NP247(2)

ADMIRALTY ANNUAL SUMMARY OF NOTICES TO MARINERS -

UPDATES TO SAILING DIRECTIONS AND
MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

CORRECT TO 31 DECEMBER 2013 (Week 52/13)

CONTENTS

PART 1

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 2

SAILING DIRECTIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

PART 3

CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

PART 4

MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS UPDATES IN FORCE

ii
 INTRODUCTION

NP247(2), Admiralty of Notices to Mariners - Updates to Sailing Directions and

Miscellaneous Nautical Publications, contains the text of all updates to current
editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications
which have been published in Sections IV and VII of Admiralty of Notices to
Mariners, and which remain in force on 31 December 2013 (Week 52/13).

HOW TO USE THIS PUBLICATION

Current editions of Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical

Publications
Updates to Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical Publications
are always applied to the most recent edition of the volume in use. Details of the most
recent edition of any particular volume can be established by consulting:
NP131 Admiralty Chart Catalogue, published annually in December.
Part 1 and Part 3 of this publication, published annually in January.
NP234 Cumulative List of Admiralty Notices to Mariners, published
6-monthly in January and July.
New editions of Admiralty Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical
Publications are announced in Section I of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
A complete listing of current editions is updated and published quarterly in Part IB
of Admiralty Notices to Mariners. It is also available on the UKHO website at
www.ukho.gov.uk.

Sailing Directions in Continuous Revision

Most volumes of Admiralty Sailing Directions are kept up to date in a “Continuous
Revision” cycle. This means that once a new edition is published it will be
continuously revised by its Editor for a period of approximately 3 years using
information received in the UKHO, and then republished. During the life of the book,
it is updated as necessary by notices published weekly at Section IV of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners. These updates will normally be restricted to those critical to the
safety of navigation, and information required to be published as a result of changes
to national legislation affecting shipping, and to port regulations.
It is recommended that updates issued in this way are cut out and pasted into the
parent book. Mariners may, however, prefer to keep updates in a separate file, and
annotate the text of the book in the margin to indicate the existence of an update.
This latter method may be more appropriate in some volumes where significant
numbers of updates, sometimes overlapping, may make the cut-and-paste method
unwieldy and confusing.

iii
Promulgation of Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners
Section IV and VII Notices to Mariners are published weekly in Admiralty Notices to
Mariners.
A check-list of all extant Notices, but not the text, is published quarterly at the end
of Sections IV and VII respectively of Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
This volume, published annually, contains the full text of all extant Section IV and
VII Notices.

Action on receipt of a volume of Admiralty Sailing Directions or

Miscellaneous Nautical Publication.
(1) Check that the most recent Edition of the volume is held.
(2) Check that the updates at Part 2 or Part 4 of this volume have been applied.
(3) Check that all updates published at either Sections IV and VII of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners subsequent to the publication of this volume have been
applied, using the most recent quarterly check-list at Section IV or VII of the
Weekly Edition.
Where it is found that the most up to date information is not held, the most recent
editions of all Admiralty publications can be obtained from Admiralty Distributors,
and back copies of Admiralty Notices to Mariners can also be downloaded from the
UKHO website.

iv
 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 1
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS
NP No Title Edition Supplement Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
1 Africa Pilot Vol 1 16th (2012) 29/12
2: Africa Pilot Vol 2 16th (2011) 12/11
3 Africa Pilot Vol 3 16th (2013) 22/13
4} South-East Alaska Pilot 7th (2010) 09/11
5 South America Pilot Vol 1 17th (2011) 23/11
6 South America Pilot Vol 2 18th (2011) 50/11
7 South America Pilot Vol 3 11th (2012) 07/13
7A South America Pilot Vol 4 6th (2013) 20/13
8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot 13th (2013) 38/13
9} Antarctic Pilot 7th (2009) 31/09
10 Arctic Pilot Vol 1 8th (2010) 10/11
11} Arctic Pilot Vol 2 10th (2010) 39/10
12} Arctic Pilot Vol 3 9th (2012) 34/12
13 Australia Pilot Vol 1 3rd (2011) 40/11
14 Australia Pilot Vol 2 12th (2013) 19/13
15 Australia Pilot Vol 3 12th (2012) 48/12
18* Baltic Pilot Vol 1 16th (2012) 01/13
19 Baltic Pilot Vol 2 15th (2011) 26/11
20 Baltic Pilot Vol 3 12th (2013) 32/13
21: Bay of Bengal Pilot 11th (2010) 44/10
22 Bay of Biscay Pilot 12th (2013) 30/13
23} Bering Sea asnd Strait Pilot 7th (2009) 33/09
24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot 4th (2013) 36/13
25 British Columbia Pilot Vol 1 15th (2013) 51/13
26} British Columbia Pilot Vol 2 10th (2011) 12/12
27 Channel Pilot 9th (2011) 17/12
28 Dover Strait Pilot 10th (2013) 40/13
30 China Sea Pilot Vol 1 9th (2013) 51/13
31 China Sea Pilot Vol 2 10th (2012) 25/12
32: China Sea Pilot Vol 3 8th (2011) 48/11
33 Philippine Islands Pilot 4th (2011) 41/11
34 Indonesia Pilot Vol 2 6th (2012) 04/13
35 Indonesia Pilot Vol 3 6th (2013) 52/13
36 Indonesia Pilot Vol 1 7th (2012) 19/12
37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot 18th (2011) 39/11
38 West Coast of India Pilot 17th (2013) 27/13
39 South Indian Ocean Pilot 13th (2011) 36/11
40 Irish Coast Pilot 19th (2013) 47/13
41 Japan Pilot Vol 1 10th (2012) 32/12
42A Japan Pilot Vol 2 4th (2013) 36/13
42B: Japan Pilot Vol 3 9th (2011) 11/12

1-1
NP No Title Edition Supplement Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
42C Japan Pilot Vol 4 4th (2013) 18/13
43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and 9th (2011) 33/11
Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
44: Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot 10th (2011) 09/12
45 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 1 14th (2011) 02/12
46 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 2 14th (2013) 45/13
47 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 3 14th (2011) 46/11
48 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 4 15th (2012) 45/12
49 Mediterranean Pilot Vol 5 11th (2011) 15/12
50} Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot 13th (2011) 36/11
51} New Zealand Pilot 18th (2010) 51/10
52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot 8th (2012) 35/12
54 North Sea (West) Pilot 9th (2013) 09/13
55 North Sea (East) Pilot 8th (2012) 46/12
56 Norway Pilot Vol 1 15th (2012) 21/12
57A Norway Pilot Vol 2A 10th (2011) 30/11
57B Norway Pilot Vol 2B 9th (2012) 22/12
58A Norway Pilot Vol 3A 7th (2010) 16/10
58B Norway Pilot Vol 3B 7th (2013) 20/13
59}: Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot 14th (2008) 11/09
60 Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 1 12th (2012) 11/13
61} Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 2 12th (2011) 13/12
62: Pacific Islands Pilot Vol 3 12th (2010) 32/10
63 Persian Gulf Pilot 16th (2013) 15/13
64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot 17th (2012) 40/12
65 St Lawrence Pilot 17th (2012) 38/12
66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot 17th (2011) 03/12
67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot 11th (2011) 08/12
68 East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 1 14th (2013) 14/13
69 East Coast of the United States Pilot Vol 2 12th (2011) 49/11
69A East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot 6th (2012) 23/12
70 West Indies Pilot Vol 1 5th (2011) 18/12
71} West Indies Pilot Vol 2 17th (2012) 50/12
72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot 2nd (2010) 31/10
: New Edition scheduled for publication in 2014.
} Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.

1-2
 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY SAILING DIRECTIONS

PART 2

INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2013 (Week 52/13)

NP Pilot Page
1 ... Africa Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 3
2 ... Africa Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 4
3 ... Africa Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
4 ... South-East Alaska Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
5 ... South America Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 7
6 ... South America Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 9
7 ... South America Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 12
7A . . South America Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 14
8 ... Pacific Coasts of Central America and United States Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 18
9 ... Antarctic Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 19
10 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 22
11 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 22
12 . . . Arctic Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 23
13 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 27
14 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 30
15 . . . Australia Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 30
18 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 31
19 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 35
20 . . . Baltic Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 42
21 . . . Bay of Bengal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 44
22 . . . Bay of Biscay Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 49
23 . . . Bering Sea and Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 53
24 . . . Black Sea Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 53
25 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 54
26 . . . British Columbia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 54
27 . . . Channel Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 55
28 . . . Dover Strait Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 57
30 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 60
31 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 60
32 . . . China Sea Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 60
33 . . . Philippine Islands Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 73
34 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 74
35 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 75
36 . . . Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 75
37 . . . West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 76
38 . . . West Coast of India Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 83
39 . . . South Indian Ocean Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 84
40 . . . Irish Coast Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 84
41 . . . Japan Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 85
42A . Japan Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 85
42B . Japan Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 85
42C . Japan Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 85
43 . . . South and East Coasts of Korea, East Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot . . . . 2 - 85
44 . . . Malacca Strait and West Coast of Sumatera Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 90
45 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 93
46 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 94
47 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 94
48 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 96
49 . . . Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 100
50 . . . Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 103
51 . . . New Zealand Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 103

2-1
NP Pilot Page
52 . . . North Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 107
54 . . . North Sea (West) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 109
55 . . . North Sea (East) Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 111
56 . . . Norway Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 115
57A . Norway Pilot Volume 2A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 117
57B . Norway Pilot Volume 2B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 124
58A . Norway Pilot Volume 3A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 127
58B . Norway Pilot Volume 3B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 134
59 . . . Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 135
60 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 137
61 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 137
62 . . . Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 140
63 . . . Persian Gulf Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 141
64 . . . Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 143
65 . . . St Lawrence Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 145
66 . . . West Coast of Scotland Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 149
67 . . . West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 156
68 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 158
69 . . . East Coast of the United States Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 158
69A . East Coasts of Central America and Gulf of Mexico Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 158
70 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 160
71 . . . West Indies Pilot Volume 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 161
72 . . . Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 161

2-2
 NP1
NP1 Africa Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition) Tugs are available; a tug is employed as a
holdback vessel secured to the vessels stern during
the loading operation.
Morocco – Jorf Lasfar — Safe water buoy
Anchorage. An anchorage area with a radius of
143 3 miles, centred on 4q40c˜00N 2q40c˜00W, exists for
vessels awaiting berthing.
Paragraph 5.167 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: Restricted area. A designated Area To Be
Avoided, radius 5 miles, centred on 4q32c˜10N
1 From a position 3½ miles SW of Cap Blanc du 2q54c˜60W has been established.
Nord the route leads E, passing clear of a light buoy Regulations. Berthing of export tankers will only
(safe water, pillar) (33q07c˜16N 8q39c˜94W), to the take place during daylight hours, between 0700 and
harbour entrance. 1800. Berthing must be completed by 1800.
M. T. Argent Eyebright Directions
(SDD 2013000 036411) [15/13] 10.27d
1 The chart is sufficient guide.
Guinea – Conakry — Directions; obstruction Berths
10.27e
247 1 Export tankers moor in tandem with the FPSO, with
After Paragraph 8.57 1 line 2 Insert: the export tanker’s bow to the stern of the FPSO, and
a floating hose arrangement between the two.
Clear of an obstruction (3¼ miles S) with a depth of
9˜1 m, thence: Services
10.27f
French Notice 12/44/105 1 None available. Limited medical facilities may be
(SDD 2012000 220836) [47/12] available in an emergency.

Tullow Oil Ghana Ltd

Ghana – Abidjan to Aboadi Point —
Jubilee Terminal (SDD 2012000 122777) [29/12]

303 Benin – Cotonou – Directions — Buoyage

Paragraph 10.19 and heading Replace by: 328

Spare Paragraph 11.94 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:

10.19
1 Racon
Paragraph 10.22 4 line 6 For (10.19) Read (10.27a) Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (6q19c˜64N
2q27c˜51E).
AIS
305
Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (6q19c˜64N
After Paragraph 10.27 3 Insert: 2q27c˜51E).
Paragraph 11.95 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
Jubilee Terminal Clear of Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (1¾ miles
General information SSE); a depth of 9 m lies 2½ cables S of the buoy,
10.27a thence:
1 Position and function. The Jubilee Terminal
Paragraph 11.95 2 lines 9-12 Delete
consists of a turret-moored FPSO in position
4q36c˜00N 2q53c˜40W. Its function is to extract,
process, store and export crude oil from the Jubilee French Notice 14/146/2013
Field. (SDD 2013000 073959) [18/13]
Terminal Authority: Tullow Oil Ghana Ltd.
E-mail: gh_fpsomooringmaster@tullowoil.com Nigeria – Antan Terminal — Restricted area
Limiting conditions 373
10.27b
1 Maximum size of vessel handled: 350 000 dwt; Paragraph 12.267 2 line 2 For Restricted area Read
Length 366˜5 m. Restricted areas
Minimum size of vessel handled: 70 000 dwt;
length 270 m. After Paragraph 12.267 2 line 3 Insert:
Arrival information There is also an area of radius 1 mile centred on
10.27c 4q16c˜00N 8q18c˜00E which should be avoided by
1 Notice of ETA: Vessels should send ETA 7 days, vessels not associated with Antan Oilfield operations.
72, 48, 24 and 12 hours before arrival.
Pilotage is compulsory; the Mooring Master boards Antan Marine Superintendent/NE Chart 3433
vessels in the anchorage area. (SDD 2012000 232838) [08/13]

2-3
 NP2
NP2 Africa Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition) Cameroun – Limbe – Directions for entering
harbour — Obstruction
121
Equatorial Guinea – Isla de Bioko – Paragraph 4.63 5 lines 7 to 8 Replace by:
Puerto de Malabo – Arrival information; Thence the track leads to anchorage D (4.66), or
Prohibited anchorage; Submarine cable the required destination, noting an obstruction with a
depth of 7˜1m (3¼ miles NNW).
97 French Notice 17/30/2011
Paragraph 3.52 Replace by: (SDD 2011000 087144) [21/11]
1 Anchorage may be obtained in Ensenada de
Gravina (3q45c˜40N 8q45c˜80E), clear of a submarine Cameroun – Limbe — Directions for entering
cable (3.52a). Anchoring further offshore where it is harbour; light beacons; leading lines
cooler, will enable a vessel to be free of mosquitos.
Also, during the tornado season, it gives more sea 121
room as winds frequently blow directly towards the Paragraph 4.63 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
land.
Prohibited anchorages exist in the following areas: 1 Baie Ambas may be entered between Île Ambas
Within 3 cables of the submarine cable (3.52a). (3q58c˜60N 9q10c˜10E) and Île Mondole 1¼ miles E.
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited in Bahia de Vessels from the W can enter between Pirate Islands
Malabo. and Île Ambas or, if approaching from S, between Île
Mondole and the mainland.
After Paragraph 3.52 Insert: Paragraph 4.63 2 lines 1-7 Delete

Submarine cable Paragraph 4.63 3 lines 1-4 Replace by:

3.52a
1 A submarine cable runs NE from the W side of 3 From a position about 2½ miles WNW of Cap
Ensenada de Gravina, as shown on the chart. Nachtigal (3q57c˜14N 9q12c˜63E), the track leads NE,
passing (with positions relative to Cap Nachtigal):

French Notice 26/35/2011 Paragraph 4.64 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:

(SDD 2011000 122423) [30/11] 1 If proceeding to Anchorage A, B or C (4.66), after
passing between Île Ambas (4.63) and Île Mondole
Cameroun - Moudi Marine Terminal — (4.63), the track leads N towards the anchorages,
Name change; anchorage passing:

116 French Notice 42/143/2013, BA chart 1456

(SDD 2013000 225792) [45/13]
Paragraph 4.14 3 line 5 For Moudi Read Massongo
Gabon – Port Gentil – Directions — Buoyage

Paragraph 4.17 Heading For Moudi Marine Terminal 157

Read Massongo Marine Terminal After Paragraph 5.116 1 line 4 Insert:
Clear of EM.B Light Buoy (safe water) (6¼ miles
Paragraph 4.17 1 line 1 For Moudi Read Massongo NE), thence:
French Notice 12/149/2013
Paragraph 4.17 1 line 5 For Moudi Read Massongo (SDD 2013000 065142) [16/13]

Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo –

Paragraph 4.19 2 lines 1-7 Replace by: Angola LNG Terminal —
Pilotage; pumping platforms
2 Waiting anchorage may be obtained in a 177
designated anchorage, as indicated on the chart, in
position 4q08c˜00N 8q33c˜00E. Paragraph 6.5 1 line 3 For 9 Read 10
Pilotage is compulsory and is provided by Douala
pilots. The pilot boards in position 4q07c˜54N Paragraph 6.9 3 lines 1-6 Replace by:
8q31c˜37E. 3 Thence the track leads to a position 10 miles WNW
of Ponta Padrão (6q04c˜67S 12q19c˜83E).
117
185
Paragraph 4.27 1 line 6 For Moudi Read Massongo
Paragraph 6.87 1 line 3 For 9 Read 10

186
Perenco Ltd Cameroun
(SDD 2013000 113391) [27/13] Paragraph 6.97 4 line 11 For 9 Read 10

2-4

187
Paragraph 6.111 1 line 1 For 9 Read 10
188
Paragraph 6.117 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position 10 miles WNW of Ponta Padrão
(6q04c˜67S 12q19c˜83E), the track leads E, passing
(with positions relative to Ponta Padrão):
Clear of the outer pilot boarding position for the Port
of Soyo (Angola LNG) (10 miles WNW), thence:
N of South Pigging (8 miles W), an offshore pumping
platform; North Pigging platform is situated
2¾ miles N, thence:
Existing Section IV Notice Week 49/11, line 1 Replace by:
...(7.58), noting the inner pilot boarding position for...
Existing Section IV Notice Week 26/12 Paragraph 6.120a 2
line 4 Replace by:
6q02c˜00S 12q10c˜00E.
Angola LNG/ BA Chart 658
(SDD 2013000 036455, 064220) [16/13]
Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo —
Angola LNG Terminal
187
Paragraph 6.108 1 line 4 Add:
Vessels should anchor clear of drilling rigs which
may operate off this area and note the possible
existence of underwater pipelines.
188
After Paragraph 6.117 2 line 2-3 Replace by:
...(7.58), noting the pilot boarding position for the Port
of Soyo (Angola LNG) (3¼ miles WNW). Thence:
N of Ponta Padrão (6.9).
(Directions for the Port of Soyo are at 6.120c)
Paragraphs 6.119 and 6.120, including headings
Replace by:
Port of Soyo
Chart 659
General information
6.119
1 Position and function. The Port of Soyo
(6q06c˜95S 12q19c˜90E), comprises a newly constructed
Angola LNG exporting terminal and the port of
Kwanda Base. It lies at the head of Baía de Diogo
Câo.
As well as being a major LNG exporting terminal, it
is also used as a supply base for the offshore oil
industry.
2 Approach and entry. The port is entered via
Pululu Channel, close E of Ponta Padrão to a basin
area N of the town of Kwanda.
3 Port Authority. Capitania do Porto Soyo.
2-5
NP2
Limiting conditions
6.120
1 Controlling depths. The approach channel is
dredged to 14˜0 m. Depth in the Basin and alongside
the LNG terminal is 14˜0 m.
Depths in the approaches to, and at the berths of
Kwanda Base are maintained at 7˜5 m.
Arrival information
6.120a
1 Outer anchorages. See 6.108.
2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding position for vessels
destined for the LNG terminals is 3¼ miles WNW of
Ponta Padrão.
Pilots for vessels bound for Kwanda Base board at
the entrance to the Pululu Channel.
Tugs are available.
Harbour
6.120b
1 General layout. The port consists of Kwanda Base
which lies on the W side at the head of Baía de
Diogo Câo, and the Angola LNG terminal built on
reclaimed land formerly known as Praia Quanda.
Directions
6.120c
1 Caution. Due to strong surface currents at the
entrance to the approach channel, 2-6 kts depending
on season, vessels transit speed will be in the region
of 8-10 kts to maintain the required track. Careful
attention is to be paid to the steering of the vessel at
this time.
Approach. From the pilot boarding position the
track leads ESE for 3½ miles to a position N of Ponta
Padrão.
2 Port of Soyo. Directional lights.
Entrance Channel Directional Light (6q07c˜05S
12q20c˜28E).
Remaining in the white sector (179˜2q-180˜2q) of
this light leads into the Pululu Channel marked by
light buoys (lateral) passing:
E of Ponta Padrão
Entrance Channel Directional Light (6q06c˜79S
12q19c˜07E).
Remaining in the white sector (199˜3q-200˜1q) of
this light continues passage through the Pululu
Channel to the turning basin N of the LNG terminal.
Thence to required berth.
Berths
6.120d
1 Kwanda Base:
Main Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 150 m
and is used by offshore support vessels, bulk and
container traffic.
Commercial Quay - Can accommodate vessels of
140 m and is used by oil tankers and passenger
vessels.
Texaco Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 100 m
and is used by oil tankers
ALNG Quay - Can accommodate vessels of 170 m
and is used by container, bulk and RoRo vessels
 NP2
2 Angola LNG Terminal:
LNG Jetty - Can accommodate vessels between
125 000m3 and 215 000m3.
LPG Jetty - Can accommodate vessels between
35 000m3 and 120 000m3.
Pressurized Butane Jetty - Can accommodate
vessels between 3 500m3 and 5 000m3.
Minor and river ports
Canal de Soyo
6.120e
1 Canal de Soyo is entered between Ponta Quengue
(6q07c˜14S 12q21c˜70E) and Ponta da Ilha, 1½ cables
NE. It is occasionally used by fishing vessels and
small naval craft.
Sociedade Operacional Angola LNG SA
(SDD 2011000 127131,131587,147980.) [49/11]
Angola – Approaches to River Congo – Soyo –
Angola LNG Terminal — Pilotage
188
Existing Section IV Notice Week 49/11 Paragraph 6.120a 2
lines 1-3 Replace by:
Notice of ETA required. Notice is to be given on
commencement of passage to terminal and 96, 72,
48, 24 and 4 hours prior to arrival.
Waiting area. A designated waiting area lies N of
the FPSO. This is a circular area of diameter 10 miles
centred on 6q07c˜50S 10q36c˜70E.
2 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board at position
6q10c˜90S 10q40c˜30E.
Tugs. A tug will normally be connected prior to the
export tankers final approach to the FPSO, and will
remain connected to the vessels stern throughout the
loading operation.
Restricted area. It is prohibited to approach within
5 miles of the FPSO without a pilot or Terminal
representative on board.
Due to continuing exploration and construction
activities within the vicinity of the Terminal, vessels
due to offload will be advised in pre-arrival
communications of any temporary restricted areas or
areas of high vessel activity.
Terminal
7.13d
1 The FPSO PSVM is situated in a depth of
approximately 2000 m. It is a mounted turret moored
FPSO used as a hub for subsea wells and as an
offloading platform.

2 Pilotage. Pilot boarding positions for vessels Services

destined for Angola LNG terminals are: 7.13e
For vessels of length 120 m or more in position 1 See 7.13.
06q03c˜00S 12q12c˜00E.
For vessels less than 120 m in position 06q03c˜00S BP Exploration (Angola) Ltd
12q17c˜00E. (SDD 2012000 012504) [06/12]

Angola LNG Marine Department Namibia – Walvis Bay — Controlling depths;

(SDD 2012000 106089) [26/12] Arrival information; Directions for entering
harbour; Berths
Angola – River Congo to Ponta das Palmeirinhas 240
— PSVM Terminal
Paragraph 8.49 1 line 1 For 12˜8 m Read 14˜0 m
202

After Paragraph 7.13 Insert: 241

Paragraph 8.60 1 line 6 For 6 cables Read 7 cables
PSVM Terminal
Paragraph 8.61 1 line 3 For (22q52c˜84S 14q30c˜00E) Read
General information (22q51c˜82S 14q30c˜05E)
7.13a
1 Position and function. The PVSM development is
situated 92 miles W of the River Congo entrance. 242
The FPSO PSVM (6q14c˜60S 10q43c˜90E) serves as Paragraph 8.69 2 lines 2 to 4 Replace by:
an offloading platform.
Terminal Authority. BP Exploration (Angola) ...Buoy (22q51c˜62S 14q26c˜87E), the track leads ESE for
Limited. about 4¼ miles to the vicinity of the Fairway Buoy (safe
E-mail: AngolaB31PSVMTerm@bp.com water) (22q51c˜82S 14q30c˜05E) and the pilot...
Paragraph 8.70 1 line 2 For (22q52c˜84S 14q30c˜00E) Read
Limiting conditions
(22q51c˜82S 14q30c˜05E)
7.13b
1 Local weather and sea state. See 7.10.
Paragraph 8.70 1 line 5 For 4 miles Read 5 miles
Arrival information
7.13c Paragraph 8.74 1 line 3 For 12˜8 m Read 14˜0 m
1 Terminal opertions. Mooring operations are
normally conducted during daylight hours only, South African Notices 7/58/2011; 7/61/2011
between 0600 and 1500. (SDD 2011000 149087) [37/11]

2-6
 NP2
Namibia – Walvis Bay — Outer anchorage Brazil - North coast — Directions; light

121
241
Paragraph 4.28 1 line 7 Including existing Section IV Notice
Paragraph 8.60 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: Week 17/12 For (1q10c˜10S 45q38c˜20W) Read (1q10c˜00S
45q38c˜10W)
1 There are 3 designated anchorages, the limits of
which are shown on the chart. Vessels may anchor as
advised and directed by Port Control. The holding is Brazil Notice 14/68/12
generally good on a mud bottom. (SDD 2012000 154512) [34/12]

South African Notice 5/60/2012 Brazil - North coast - Porto de Itaqui —

Directions; Useful mark
(SDD 2012000 111977) [30/12]
127
Paragraph 4.82 1 lines 6-7 Delete
NP3 Africa Pilot Volume 3 (2013 Edition)
Brazil Notice 1/2/13
(SDD 20132000 014843) [06/13]
South Africa – Mossel Bay —
Outer anchorage; foul ground
Brazil – Porto de Mucuripe — Arrival
information; anchorage
82
136
After Paragraph 2.60 1 line 3 Insert:
Paragraph 4.164 3 line 4 For 1½ miles N Read 2¼ miles
A foul exists in the NE part of the anchorage in NE
position 34q06c˜90S 22q11c˜70E.
Paragraph 4.164 3 line 5 For 5 cables ENE Read
South African NM 95/2013 3½ cables WSW
(SDD 2013000 243327) [48/13]
Brazil Notice 11/76/13
(SDD 2013000 132112) [28/13]
NP4 South-East Alaska Pilot (2010 Edition)
Brazil – N coast – Porto de Areia Branca —
Nil Anchorage

142
NP5 South America Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition) Paragraph 4.217 2 line 1 For 4q51c˜6S 37q04c˜6W Read
4q51c˜62S 37q04c˜26W

Brazil – Rio Amazonas — Directions; light Brazil Notice 23/172/12

(SDD 2012000 254949) [02/13]
85
Brazil – North coast — Directions; platform; light
Paragraph 3.53 2 lines 1-3 Delete
142
Paragraph 4.227 1 line 3 Replace by:
86
Production Platform PAG II (4q52c˜45S 36q16c˜22W).
Paragraph 3.57 5 lines 4-5 Replace by:
143
...covered in mangroves. Banks,...
Paragraph 4.229 1 line 3 Replace by:
Brazil Notice 15/79/12 ...positions from Production Platform PAG II (4q52c˜45S
(SDD 2012000 166404) [37/12] 36q16c˜22W)):
Paragraph 4.229 2 lines 7-10 Replace by:
Brazil – Rio Pará — Directions; racon NNE of the designated oilfield area (centred 3 miles
SW) (4.178) in which lies Guamaré Oil Terminal
93 (4.241), thence:

Paragraph 3.125 1 line 5 Delete Paragraph 4.229 3 line 2 For Agulha Light Read Production
Platform PAG II

Brazil Notice 15/80/12 Captain F Carvalho, Petrobras

(SDD 2012000 166404) [37/12] (SDD 2012000 176359) [38/12]

2-7
 NP5
Brazil – North coast — Guamaré Oil Terminal; Brazil – Porto do Tubarão —
platform; light Limiting conditions; depths

144 204

Paragraph 4.241 1 lines 1-2 For 4q52c˜00S 36q21c˜00W Existing Section IV Notice Week 17/13 Paragraph 6.127 1
Read 4q52c˜42S 36q22c˜45W lines 7-8 For 24 m (2012) Read 25˜3 m (2012)

Paragraph 4.245 1 line 2 For WNW of Agulha Light 207

(4q52c˜8S 36q16c˜3W) (4.229) Read W of Production
Platform PAG II (4.227) Existing Section IV Notice Week 17/13 Paragraph 6.148 1
line 2 For 24 m (2012) Read 25˜3 m (2012)
Captain F Carvalho, Petrobras
(SDD 2012000 176359) [38/12] Brazil Notice 7/42/13
(SDD 2013000 085629) [19/13]
Brazil – Porto de Natal —
Arrival information; anchorage Brazil – Porto do Tubarão —
Limiting conditions; depths
150
204
Paragraph 5.18 1 lines 9-10 For 5q45c˜50S 35q11c˜25W
Read 5q45c˜60S 35q10c˜65W Paragraph 6.127 1 lines 7-8 For 20˜4 m (1998) Read 24 m
(2012)

Brazil Notice 6/43/13

(SDD 2013000 073627) [17/13] 207

Paragraph 6.148 1 line 2 For 20˜4 m (1998) Read 24 m

Brazil – E coast — Directions; Offshore marks (2012)

201 Paragraph 6.148 1 line 7 For 15 m. Read 17˜1 m (2012).

Paragraph 6.106 2 line 8 Delete
208
212
After Paragraph 6.182 2 line 12 Insert: Paragraph 6.153 1 line 7 For 12 m. Read 13˜9 m (2012).
3 Offshore marks:
FPSO Espirito Santo (lit) (21q12c˜41S 39q44c˜64W)
Brazil Notice 6/42/13
(6.187a).
(SDD 2013000 073627) [17/13]
FPSO Capixaba (lit) (21q14c˜05S 39q57c˜50W).

Marine Superintendent FPSO Espirito Santo Brazil – E coast — Offshore terminal

(SDDs 2011000 088571; 100562) [25/11]
213
After Paragraph 6.187 1 line 6 Insert:
Brazil – South-east coast —
Traffic regulations; ATBA
Offshore terminal
201 Espirito Santo
After Paragraph 6.105 1 line 9 Insert: 6.187a
1 General information. FPSO Espirito Santo
(21q12c˜41S 39q44c˜64W) is moored within the BC-10
Traffic regulations oilfield.
6.105a Approach to FPSO and berthing during daylight
1 ATBA has been established around Golfinho Field only; unberthing may occur at anytime.
(20q00c˜17S 39q34c˜75W), with a radius of 7 miles. Pilotage from Brazilian mainland ports see Admiralty
List of Radio Signals Volume 6(5).
212 Tugs available. Compulsory for berthing, one
remains secured during loading operations.
After Paragraph 6.180 1 line 5 Insert: 2 Tankers loading at Espirito Santo are not permitted
to approach closer than 2 miles without a pilot.
Traffic regulations Berth. In tandem; moored astern of FPSO.
6.180a Repairs. None.
1 ATBA has been established around Jubarte Field Other facilities. None. No garbage is to be thrown
(21q16c˜42S 40q01c˜90W), with a radius of 7˜5 miles. overboard in the vicinity of the terminal.

IMO SN.1/Circ.317 FPSO Espirito Santo Terminal Regulations

(SDD 2012000 260390) [20/13] (SDDs 2011000 088571; 092909) [25/11]

2-8
 NP5
Brazil – Santos — Directions; obstruction; 300
wreck; rock
Paragraph 9.124 including heading Replace by:
255
Spare
Paragraph 8.53 3 lines 1-4 Replace by: 9.124

3 W of a light buoy (W cardinal) (3¼ cables SSW), 305

thence:
W of a 9˜5 m rock (1½ cables SW), marked by... Paragraph 9.159 1 lines 4-5 Delete

Brazilian Notice 8/57/13

(SDD 2013000 096167) [30/13] 307

Paragraph 9.174 1 line 4 Delete

Brazil – São Francisco do Sul —
Arrival information; anchorages
312
264
Paragraph 9.226 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Paragraph 8.134 3 Replace by:

3 Outer anchorages:
No 7 (26q11c˜00S 48q26c˜00W), for vessels with a ENC UY400040; Uruguayan Notice 5/55/13
draught less than 16 m awaiting entrance to Baia (SDD 2013000 127087) [27/13]
da Babitonga, or waiting to moor at the SBM
(8.141), in ballast or awaiting repairs.
No 8 (26q12c˜57S 48q25c˜20W), for loaded vessels
with a draught between 16 m and 18 m.
NP6 South America Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
No 9 (26q09c˜00S 48q25c˜10W), for vessels carrying
explosives, or dangerous cargo, and/or in
quarantine. Canal Beagle – West Part – Canal Thomson —
General information; directions
Paragraph 8.134 5 line 7 Replace by:
220-221
Quarantine anchorage No 9. See above.
Paragraph 5.276 to 5.280 including heading Replace by:
265

Paragraph 8.139 1 lines 2-9 Replace by: CANAL THOMSON

No 1 (26q14c˜15S 48q39c˜00W) for vessels up to
215 m in length and draught 7˜8 m.
No 2 (26q14c˜70S 48q38c˜62W) for small vessels,
yachts and sailing boats.
No 3 (26q12c˜50S 48q37c˜68W) preferably for vessels
greater than 150 m in length and more than 8 m
draught.
No 4 (26q12c˜60S 48q37c˜00W) preferably for vessels
with a draught less than 8 m.
Nos 5 (26q11c˜00S 48q35c˜00W) and 6 (26q10c˜40S
48q34c˜00W) preferably for vessels with a draught
of more than 10 m.
Paragraph 8.143 1 line 9 For 5 and 6 Read 7 and 8
General information
Chart 1373 (undetermined datum), Chilean Chart 12750
(WGS84 datum), 12720 (yendegaia datum) (see 1.10)
Route
5.276
1 From the head of Bahía Cook (55q10c˜00S
70q10c˜00W) (5.371) the route leads NNW, NNE, then
N, for about 17 miles, to a position ENE of Isla Timbal
Chico (54q54c˜20S 70q14c˜60W) in the W entrance to
Paso Darwin (5.264) and the junction of Canal
Thomson with Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
(5.257) and Canal O’Brien (5.283).

Depths
Brazil Notices 9/65/13 and 10/71/13 5.277
(SDD’s 2013000 108020 and 118825) [26/13] 1 The fairway has depths of more than 100 m over a
least width of 1 mile.
Uruguay – Approaches to Montevideo —
Directions; racons Pilotage
5.278
294 1 See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(7)
and 5.54.
Paragraph 9.73 1 lines 4-6 Replace by:
Traffic regulations
Km 42˜4 Light Buoy (safe water) (35q03c˜40S 5.279
55q51c˜28W). 1 See 5.285.

2-9
 NP6
Directions
(continued from 5.375)
Track
5.280
1 From a position ESE of Islotes Salientes
(55q08c˜03S 70q15c˜16W) the track leads NNW,
passing:
ENE of Islotes Salientes; Islotes Salientes Light
(white GRP tower, red band; 3 m in height)
(55q08c˜03S 70q15c˜16W) is exhibited from the E
islet of the group. Thence:
2 ENE of Islotes Miño (55q07c˜25S 70q14c˜20W),
thence:
WSW of Islote Goddard (55q06c˜00S 70q09c˜80W),
thence:
ENE of the islets lying off the E side of Isla Herrera
(55q06c˜30S 70q15c˜80W), thence:
WSW of Islote Redondo (55q05c˜20S 70q11c˜00W),
thence:
3 WSW of Islotes Pollera (55q04c˜35S 70q12c˜90W);
Islotes Pollera Light (red GRP tower, lateral;
3 m in height), is exhibited from the W islet.
Thence:
ENE of the dangers (55q04c˜10S 70q17c˜20W) lying
E, and NE, of Punta Mariana, thence:
ENE of the dangers (55q03c˜20S 70q17c˜60W) lying N
of Punta González, and:
4 WSW of Bajo Ana Maria (55q02c˜34S
70q14c˜00W), a shoal, covered by kelp, lying
W of the W end of Isla Dos Cumbres; a light
buoy (lateral) marks the shoal.
The track then leads NNE, passing:
ESE of the rocks, islets and other dangers
(55q01c˜00S 70q16c˜00W) fronting Isla Kelvin
(55q00c˜40S 70q17c˜80W), thence:
5 WNW of a dangerous rock (55q00c˜90S
70q12c˜60W) lying close off the SW side of
Isla Thomson, thence:
WNW of Islote Uribe (54q59c˜10S 70q11c˜80W ) the
largest of the islets and rocks lying off the NW
corner of Isla Thomson, thence:
ESE of the E extremity of Isla Cook (54q57c˜80S
70q13c˜80W).
6 The track then leads N, passing:
W of Punta Howard (54q56c˜45S 70q12c˜20W), a
point of sheer cliffs, thence:
E of Isla Maruja Light (white GRP tower, red band,
4 m in height) (54q56c˜03S 70q14c˜10W) exhibited
from the E extremity of Isla Maruja (54q56c˜10S
70q14c˜60W) the largest island of the Islas Ferrer.
Thence:
E of Isla Timbal Chico (54q54c˜20S 70q14c˜60W) the
E islet of the Grupo Timbales (5.283).
7 The track continues a short distance N to a position
ENE of Isla Timbal Chico.
Useful mark:
Pico Huemul (54q55c˜60S 70q80c˜80W) (5.263).
(Directions for Canal O’Brien continue at 5.287,
Directions for Brazo Noroeste del Canal Beagle
are given at 5.263, and for
Canal Pomar at 5.292)
Chilean Chart 12750
(SDD 2012000 045357) [25/12]
2 - 10
Bahia Cook – General information — Directions
235-236
Paragraph 5.371 to 5.375 including heading and existing
section IV Notice Week 10/12 Replace by:
BAHÍA COOK
General information
Charts 1373, 554 (undetermined datums), Chilean Chart
12750 (WGS84 datum) (see 1.10)
Description
5.371
1 Bahía Cook (55q10c˜00S 70q10c˜00W), bounded SE
by Islas Christmas and Isla Hoste, and NW by Isla
Londonderry, is an extensive arm of the sea forming
probably the best approach from SW to the W part of
Canal Beagle (5.243) and Canal O’Brien (5.283).
Though the bay has not been fully surveyed it is free
of dangers in the fairway.
2 From a position SW of Islotes (Rocas)
Cabrestantes (55q23c˜80S 70q13c˜00W) the route leads
NNE for about 25 miles to a position at the junction of
the route with Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle
(5.245) and Canal Thomson (5.276), ESE of Islotes
Salientes (55q08c˜03S 70q15c˜16W).
Depths
5.372
1 There is a least depth (55q15c˜80S 70q18c˜52W) of
29 m close to track.
Pilotage
5.373
1 A pilot boarding area for vessels entering Chilean
channels from S is situated, as shown on the chart,
about about 2½ miles SE of Islotes Salientes Light
(55q08c˜03S 70q15c˜16W). See 5.54.
Directions
Other aids to navigation
5.374
1 Racon:
Rocas Sandwich Light (55q12c˜55S 70q25c˜80W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Automatic Identification System:
Rocas Sandwich Light (55q12c˜55S 70q25c˜80W).
See Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 2.
Track
5.375
1 From a position SW of Islotes (Rocas)
Cabrestantes (55q23c˜80S 70q13c˜00W) the track leads
NNE, passing:
WNW of Islotes (Rocas) Cabrestantes (5.355),
thence:
WNW of Islotes Ripita (55q20c˜20S 70q12c˜40W), a
group of islets and rocks, thence:
WNW of Cabo Carfort (55q16c˜70S 70q12c˜80W) the
W extremity of Isla Hamond; see 5.372. Thence:
2 WNW of a shoal (55q15c˜30S 70q16c˜70W) with a
depth of 26m, thence:
ESE of Islotes Sandwich (55q12c˜55S 70q25c˜80W), a
large group of islets and rocks; Islotes Sandwich
Light is exhibited from the group. Thence:
 NP6
ESE of a shoal (55q12c˜60S 70q18c˜80W) with a depth Chile – Estrecho de Magallanes – Puerto Sara —
of 16 m lying ESE of the Islotes Exterior, thence: General information; directions; leading lights
3 WNW of Islote Niño (55q11c˜40S 70q09c˜10W),
thence: 275-276
ESE of Islotes Salientes (55q08c˜03S 70q15c˜16W) Paragraph 7.76 to 7.82 including headings Replace by:
(5.280); Islotes Salientes Light is exhibited from
the E islet of the group.
Useful marks: Puerto Sara
Islote Redondo (55q05c˜20S 70q11c˜00W). Chilean Chart 11512 (WGS84)
Islotes Pollera Light (55q04c˜35S 70q12c˜90W)
(5.280). General information
(Directions continue for Canal Thomson at 5.280; 7.76
directions for Brazo Sudoeste del Canal Beagle 1 Position and function. Puerto Sara (52q37c˜50S
are given at 5.250) 70q11c˜80W), an oil terminal on the W shore of Bahía
Gregorio (7.84), comprises an offshore mooring
terminal for use by tankers loading crude oil and oil
Chilean Chart 12750 products, and a jetty for loading and discharge of
(SDD 2012000 045357) [25/12] clean oil products.
Port Authority. Puerto Sara is a satellite port of
Punta Arenas, see 7.162.
Chile – Canal Cockburn — Directions; light
Limiting conditions
7.77
243 1 Density of water is 1˜025 g/cm3.
Maximum size of vessel handled:
Offshore terminal; length 250 m, draught 14˜9 m,
Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
75 000 dwt.
Clean oil quay; length 120m draught 7˜0 m,
1 From a position NW of Islote Negro (54q31c˜2S
6500 dwt.
72q02c˜8W) the track leads NE, passing (with positions
2 Local weather. Winds from E create a swell which
relative to the SE islet (54q25c˜3S 71q59c˜2W) of Islas
affects both the offshore terminal and the clean oil
Clavel):
quay. The prevailing winds are from W and WNW with
the most frequent gales from NW and N; see 7.12.
Paragraph 6.24 2 lines 3-6 Replace by:
Arrival information
SE of Islas Clavel, a small group of islets, thence: 7.78
1 Port operations. Berthing and unberthing from the
offshore terminal are undertaken in daylight only at
244 HW slack which usually occurs about 33 minutes
before HW Puerto Montt (41q28c˜91S 72q57c˜04W).
Paragraph 6.28 1 lines 6-7 Delete Mariners are advised to anchor off the terminal about
1 hour before the predicted time of slack water;
observation of the small buoys marking the flexible
pipelines will give a good indication of the time of
252
commencement of slack water, a time which may be
advanced or delayed by the prevailing wind.
Paragraph 6.92 1 line 1-6 Replace by: 2 Maximum permitted wind speed during berthing and
unberthing operations is 10 m/second (19 kn); during
1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, SSW of Islas periods of winds with an E component the maximum
Clavel (6.24), Paso Sur (54q25c˜0S 72q03c˜0W) leads permitted wind speed is reduced to 5 m/second
N, between Isla Henry and Islas Clavel, to a position (10 kn).
NE of Isla Ballena (54q20c˜7S 72q07c˜3W), passing 3 Berthing is undertaken with the assistance of two
(with positions relative to the SE islet (54q25c˜3S tugs which take ship’s lines to mooring buoys and
71q59c˜2W) of Islas Clavel): provide two wires, one on each quarter, laid from
permanent moorings. On close approach to the berth
Paragraph 6.93 1 line 1-7 Replace by: the port anchor is let go, good holding ground of mud
and shell; the starboard anchor is then let go, over
1 From a position in Canal Cockburn, ENE of Islas poorer holding ground of rock and pebbles taking care
Clavel (6.24), Paso Aguila (54q24c˜0S 71q59c˜0W) to avoid dragging, and the stern is swung to starboard
leads NW, between Islas Clavel and Isla Vidal to make secure at the berth on a heading of 230q. As
Gormáz, to a position NE of Isla Ballena (54q20c˜7S prevailing winds are from W extra lines should be
72q07c˜3W), passing (with positions relative to the SE passed to the appropriate buoys.
islet (54q25c˜3S 71q59c˜2W) of Islas Clavel): 4 Berthing at San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay is carried
NE of Islas Clavel, thence: out during daylight at slack water; maximum permitted
wind 10 m/second (19 kn), with an E component then
Chilean Notice 141/11/11 5 m/second (10 kn). Departure undertaken day or night
(SDD 2011000 192402; 234905) [10/12] at slack water; similar maximum permitted wind

2 - 11
 NP6
speeds. The exact time of slack water in the vicinity Port services
of San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay has not been fully 7.82
ascertained and, given it is of short duration, then all 1 Facilities. Dirty ballast accepted at Clean Oil Quay.
manoeuvres are undertaken when some stream is Supplies. Fuel oil, diesel oil and fresh water
flowing, however there is no set on, or off, the quay. available from Clean Oil Quay.
Vessels berth on heading 013q.
Chilean Chart 11512; Chilean Notice to Mariners 65-2012
5 Notice of ETA required. See 7.171.
(SDD 2012000 054222; 116984) [42/12]
Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained, as
shown on the chart, about 3 miles NE of Cabo
Gregorio in depths between 23 and 24 m. NP7 South America Pilot Volume 3 (2012 Edition)
Pilotage is compulsory; if not embarked, pilot
boards in the pilot and waiting area 1½ miles ENE of
Chile – Canal Dalcahue —
Cabo Gregorio (52q39c˜05S 70q12c˜75cW) (7.92), as Traffic regulations; speed
shown on the chart.
Tugs are available. 154
Quarantine. See 7.175.
After Paragraph 4.219 1 line 4 Insert:

Harbour Traffic regulations

7.79 4.219a
1 General layout. The offshore oil terminal lies SE of 1 Maximum speed of 9 kn is compulsory for all types
Puerto Sara Quay (52q37c˜57S 70q11c˜75W) (ruins of vessel navigating in Canal Dalcahue (4.218) in
2008) in depths between 25 and 28 m. San Gregorio each direction, between Banco del Astillero (4.224)
Clean Oil Quay is situated close NNE of Cabo and Bajo Dalcahue (4.225).
Gregorio.
Tidal streams set S with the in-going stream and Chilean Notice 6/65/13
N with the out-going; see Admiralty Tide Tables (SDD 2013000 125632) [26/13]
Volume 4.
Chile - Bahía Coronel — Anchorages

Directions for entering harbour 198

7.80
Paragraph 6.213 1 line 1 For 22 m Read 23 m
1 Offshore Oil Terminal Leading Light Beacons:
Front light beacon (white triangle with orange bands Paragraph 6.213 1 lines 3-9 Replace by:
on white post with red bands, 11 m in height)
(52q37c˜39S 70q11c˜83W). A. 37q02c˜90S 73q10c˜13W
Rear light beacon (white metal framework tower, red B. 37q03c˜32S 73q10c˜13W
bands, 5 m in height) (52q37c˜21S 70q11c˜98W). C. 37q03c˜73S 73q10c˜13W
2 From a position in the pilot and waiting area (7.78) D. 37q03c˜50S 73q10c˜60W
the alignment (334q) of these light beacons leads E. 37q04c˜00S 73q10c˜60W.
NNW towards the offshore terminal berth. ENC CL5BB025; Chilean Notice 11/160/12
Anchor positioning beacons: (SDD 2012000 255941) [07/13]
Beacon (52q38c˜17S 70q12c˜42W) (common).
Beacon (52q38c˜18S 70q12c˜58W).
Chile – Bahía Coronel — Berths; lights
3 The alignment (265˜5q) of these beacons indicate
the position to drop the port anchor. 198
Beacon (52q38c˜17S 70q12c˜42W) (common).
Beacon (52q38c˜19S 70q12c˜57W). Paragraph 6.218 1 lines 4-8 Replace by:
The alignment (256q) of these beacons indicate the The approach is marked by one pair of leading
position to drop the starboard anchor. lights and two pairs of anchorage lights in line:
4 Useful marks: Front leading light Ox1 (red triangle, point up, on
Oil storage tanks (52q37c˜28S 70q12c˜00W). white round metal tower, red bands, 8 m in height)
Radio masts (52q38c˜25S 70q12c˜60W). (36q57c˜10S 73q09c˜90W).
Rear leading light Ox2 (similar structure) 78 m from
front on the alignment 137q.
Berths
7.81 Paragraph 6.218 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Offshore terminal. The berth (52q38c˜07S
2 Common front anchorage light in line Ox3 (red
70q11c˜43W) consists of a submarine pipeline laid from triangle, point up, on white round metal tower,
shore to the vicinity of four mooring buoys and two red bands, 8 m in height) (36q56c˜60S
permanent ground moorings. 73q09c˜70W).
San Gregorio Clean Oil Quay (52q38c˜90S Rear anchorage light in line Ox4 (similar structure)
70q12c˜49W) is connected to the shore by a 79 m from front on the alignment 084q.
footbridge. The berth consists of a T-shaped head Rear anchorage light in line Ox5 (similar structure)
with a berthing face of 30 m and two mooring 77 m from front on the alignment 072q.
dolphins. Vessels over 70 m in length must not
exceed a forward draught of 6˜0 m. The quay is fairly Chilean Notice 5/47/13
well protected from the prevailing winds. (SDD 2013000 102537) [23/13]

2 - 12
 Index

NP7
Chile – Puerto Talcahuano — Paragraph 8.174 1 line 6 Replace by:
Directions; leading lights
...N of Punta Patillos. The pilot comes from Iquique. For
vessels exceeding LOA 220 m, two pilots are required for
205 berthing.
2 Tugs are ordered from Iquique (8.185). One tug is
Paragraph 6.292 including heading Replace by: used for vessels up to LOA 200 m and two tugs for
vessels exceeding LOA 220 m. One tug will standby
during loading until the vessel sails.
Spare
6.292 Paragraph 8.175 1 line 1 For A pier is Read Two piers are

Paragraph 6.293 1 lines 1-7 Replace by: Paragraph 8.176 2 lines 3-8 Replace by:
1 From a position S of Banco Belen Light (6.287), the Terminal Maritimo No 1 (20q44c˜72S 70q11c˜47W).
track leads WNW towards Molo Quinientos. Front leading light (alignment 138q) (daymark
orange diamond) (20q44c˜86S 70q11c˜41W).
Rear leading light (similar structure) (176 m from
Chilean Notice 6/62/13
front light).
(SDD 2013000 125632) [26/13]

271

Paragraph 8.176 2 lines 9-11 Replace by:

Chile – Puerto Caldera — Berths; anchorage Front anchorage light (lights in line 202q) (daymark
orange diamond) (20q44c˜93S 70q11c˜71W).
244 Paragraph 8.176 2 lines 12 and 13 For beacon Read light

Paragraph 7.220 2 lines 3-4 Delete
Chilean Notice 8/93/13
(SDD 2013000 179662)
Chile – Puerto Tocopilla —
Arrival information; anchorages
266
Paragraph 8.131 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
After Paragraph 8.176 2 line 13 Insert:
3 Terminal Maritimo No 2 (20q44c˜86S 70q11c˜78W).
Front leading light (alignment 152q) (daymark
[38/13] orange rectangle) (20q44c˜96S 70q11c˜80W).
Rear leading light (similar structure) (198 m from
front light).
Front anchorage light (lights in line 094q) (daymark
orange rectangle) (20q44c˜82S 70q11c˜34W).
Rear anchorage light (similar structure) (238 m from
front light).
Paragraph 8.177 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained, positioned from the
head (20q44c˜72S 70q11c˜47W) of Terminal No 1, as
follows:

1 Anchorage may be obtained at any one of three

Anchorage Bearing Distance
designated alphabetically listed anchorages
approximately 1 mile N of the port. Reported No 1 354q 2˜63 cables
anchorages are also at: No 2 331q 4˜78 cables
22q04c˜86S 70q12c˜62W
22q04c˜86S 70q12c˜42W. No 3 301q 3˜10 cables
No 4 000q 5˜20 cables
Chilean Notice 3/24/13
(SDD 2013000 059592) [20/13] Paragraph 8.177 1 line 3 Replace by:
Alongside berths:
Maximum size of vessel handled at berths: LOA
250 m; beam 41 m; draught 14˜3 m; 100 000 dwt.
Chile – Patillos — General information;
arrival information; harbour; directions; berths Paragraph 8.177 1 line 7 For 500 m S Read 600 m WSW

Paragraph 8.177 1 line 9 For the pier Read Terminal No 1

270

Paragraph 8.173 1 line 4 For There is a pier Read There are Chilean Notice 8/90/13
piers (SDD 2013000 179662) [38/13]

2 - 13
 NP7
Chile – Patillos — Berths; anchorage 366

271 Paragraph 12.40 3 line 4 For 3q47c˜65N 77q19c˜15W Read

3q47c˜68N 77q19c˜61W
Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/13 Paragraph 8.177 1
line 8 For 5˜20 cables Read 4˜00 cables
367
Chilean Notice 9/116/13 Paragraph 12.60 1 lines 8-9 For 3q48c˜47N 77q10c˜82W
(SDD 2013000 201043) [41/13] Read 3q48c˜52N 77q10c˜77W

Peru - Approaches to Callao — After Paragraph 12.60 1 line 13 Insert:

Directions; Depths
Other aid to navigation
298
12.60a
Paragraph 9.184 4 lines 9-12 Replace by: 1 Racon:
Fairway light buoy (safe water) (3q47c˜68N
Isolated obstructions, position doubtful, (reported 77q19c˜61W).
1983), lie 24 miles WSW and 24 miles W, respectively, For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
of Isla San Lorenzo. Volume 2.
Peruvian Chart 223 Paragraph 12.61 1 line 2 For 3q47c˜65N 77q19c˜15W Read
(SDD 2012000 231110) [07/13] 3q47c˜68N 77q19c˜61W

Peru – Salaverry — Arrival information; 368

outer anchorages
Paragraph 12.62 1 line 2 For 3q48c˜47N 77q10c˜82W Read
318 3q48c˜52N 77q10c˜77W
After Paragraph 10.125 2 line 5 Insert:
Paragraph 12.73 1 line 2 For 3q47c˜65N 77q19c˜15W Read
3q47c˜68N 77q19c˜61W
Position Designation Remarks
1¼ miles SW Quarantine 369

Peru Notice 11/2/13 Paragraph 12.78 2 line 2 For 3q48c˜47N 77q10c˜82W Read
(SDD 2013000 055302) [14/13] 3q48c˜52N 77q10c˜77W

After Paragraph 12.78 2 line 8 Insert:

Peru – Paita — Directions; wreck

329 Other aid to navigation

12.78a
Paragraph 10.235 2 lines 3-4 Delete 1 Racon:
Fairway light buoy (safe water) (3q47c˜68N
Peru Notice 10/64/13 77q19c˜61W).
(SDD 2013000 239218) [50/13] For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
Colombia – Buenaventura — Directions; Paragraph 12.79 1 line 2 For 3q47c˜65N 77q19c˜15W Read
light; racon 3q47c˜68N 77q19c˜61W

365
Colombian Notices 52 and 53/13
Paragraph 12.32 1 lines 4-5 For 3q47c˜65N 77q19c˜15W (SDD 2013000 086726) [20/13]
Read 3q47c˜68N 77q19c˜61W

Paragraph 12.38 3 line 3 For 3q48c˜47N 77q10c˜82W Read NP7A South America Pilot Volume 4
3q48c˜52N 77q10c˜77W (2013 Edition)

After Paragraph 12.38 3 line 8 Insert:

Guyana – Berbice River — Directions; lights
Other aid to navigation
78
12.38a
1 Racon: Paragraph 2.144 1 line 7 For 6q20c˜72N Read 6q20c˜83N
Fairway light buoy (safe water) (3q47c˜68N
77q19c˜61W). Paragraph 2.144 3 lines 2-3 Replace by:
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2. Front light (6q21c˜70N 57q31c˜30W).

2 - 14
 NP7A
Guyana – Approaches to Georgetown — Paragraph 2.215 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
Directions; lights
...(6q54c˜50N 58q30c˜80W), until abreast Wakenaam
79 Stelling (6q57c˜10N...

Paragraph 2.157 2 lines 1-8 Replace by: 89

2 Major light: Paragraph 2.222 5 lines 5-12 Replace by:

Between Sail Rock (6q29c˜30N 58q35c˜50W), and a
Guyana – Georgetown — Directions; lights rocky patch, with a depth of 3˜4 m (11 ft), lying
2 cables E of Sail Rock. Sail Rock, on which
81 stands a tree and a beacon, is conspicuous and
easily identified; a quarry, situated at Dalli
Paragraph 2.172 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: 4 cables ESE of Sail Rock is also conspicuous.
2 Major light: Thence:
Paragraph 2.223 1 lines 4-10 Replace by:
82
Midway between Makauria Island (6q28c˜15N
Paragraph 2.174 3 line 6 For 8½ cables Read 8¾ cables 58q35c˜30W) and Chou Chou Rock (6q28c˜06N
58q35c˜86W). Chou Chou Rock, on which stands a
Paragraph 2.174 5 lines 7-9 Replace by: tree and a beacon (concrete pillar), lies on the NE
part of Hastings Ridge; other rocks lie within
W of the head (6q49c˜68N 58q09c˜85W) of Fort 3 cables NE of it. Thence:
Groyne.
Paragraph 2.223 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Paragraph 2.174 6 lines 7-12 Delete
4 N of Kujarou Rock (6q26c˜02N 58q36c˜34W), on
which stands a beacon (concrete pillar),
marking the N end of Anderson Bank.
Guyana – Demerara River — Directions;
leading lights Paragraph 2.223 4 line 4 For Lights Read marks

82 Paragraph 2.223 4 lines 5, 8 and 9 For light Read beacon

Paragraph 2.174 3 lines 3-4 For white metal framework Paragraph 2.223 5 lines 5-6 Replace by:
tower, black stripes, on piles Read metal tower on four pile
platform ...58q36c˜80W), marked by a buoy (port hand),
thence:
Paragraph 2.174 3 lines 5-6 For white metal framework Guyana Lights List 2013
tower, on piles Read metal tower on four pile platform (SDD 2013000 163190; 180955) [38/13]

Guyana – Pomeroon River — Directions; lights

Guyana – Essequibo River — Directions;
lights; buoys 91
86 Paragraph 2.234 1 and 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 2.203 2 lines 4-6 Replace by: 1 Entry. There is no channel leading to the entrance
of the river. Local knowledge is essential.
Thence the track passes NE of Essequibo Light
Buoy (port hand) (7q01c˜40N 58q11c˜90W), taking care Guyana – Waini River — Directions; light
to allow for the tidal stream...
91
Paragraph 2.203 3 lines 5-9 Delete
Paragraph 2.237 1 lines 2-3 For 8q27c˜51N 59q47c˜51W
Paragraph 2.203 4 lines 1-3 Replace by: Read 8q28c˜00N 59q47c˜60W
4 NW of Boerasirie Bank (6q54c˜10N 58q17c˜80W),
Guyana Lights List 2013
thence:
(SDD 2013000 163190) [33/13]
Paragraph 2.204 2 line 4 Replace by:
Guyana – Waini River — Directions; light
...Bank (6q51c˜50N 58q28c˜70W), marked by buoys
(starboard hand),... 91
Paragraph 2.204 2 lines 7-12 Delete Existing Section IV Notice Week 33/13 Paragraph 2.237 1
lines 1-3 Replace by:
87 1 Inward bound. Punta Guaini Light (metal tower on
four pile platform) (8q27c˜69N 59q47c˜42W) marks the
Paragraph 2.213 2 lines 8-9 Replace by: approach to the river. There...
...spit is marked by a buoy (port hand).
Guyana Lights List 2013
Paragraph 2.213 5 lines 4-7 Delete (SDD 2013000 163190; 180955) [38/13]

2 - 15
 NP7A
Venezuela – Río San Juan — Directions; buoy Venezuela – Canal de Margarita —
Directions; wreck
138
158
Paragraph 4.233 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: Paragraph 5.69 1 lines 1-3 Delete
1 From a position 10 miles ENE of Punta Arenas
(10q20c˜77N 62q39c˜10W) the track leads initially SW, Venezuela – Puerto Jose — Directions; light
for a short distance to the beginning of a dredged
channel, which crosses the bar. 170
Paragraph 5.160 2 lines 1-2 Delete
Venezuelan Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2013000 162648) [42/13]
Venezuelan Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2013000 225182) [48/13]
Venezuela – Gulf of Paria —
Directions; storage vessel Venezuela – Isla La Blanquilla —
Directions; light
139 175
Paragraph 4.244 2 lines 1-2 Delete Paragraph 5.180 1 line 6 For white round GRP tower Read
white GRP framework tower,...

Venezuelan Hydrographic Office Venezuelan Lights List 2012

(SDD 2013000 162648) [42/13] (SDD 2012000 243788) [20/13]

Venezuela – Puerto Carúpano — Directions; light Venezuela – Puerto La Guaira —

Arrival information; anchorage
154 181
Paragraph 5.34 5 line 2 For white GRP tower, green bands, Paragraph 6.17 3 lines 4-7 Delete
Read green GRP tower, white band,...
ENC VE400305
(SDD 2013000 079716) [31/13]
Venezuela – Isla de Margarita — Directions; light
Venezuela – Morro Pelotas — Directions; light
157 164
Paragraph 5.58 2 line 3-4 For white GRP tower, orange Paragraph 5.118 2 lines 2-4 Delete
band Read orange 6-sided GRP tower, white band,...
165
Paragraph 5.120 4 lines 4-8 Replace by:
Venezuela – Isla Coche — Directions; light
NNW of Morro Pelotas (10q18c˜26N 64q41c˜07W), a
159 dark-coloured islet; a disused framework light
tower stands on its SW extremity.
Paragraph 5.69 1 line 7 Replace by:
168
Isla Coche Light (orange truncated conical GRP
tower, white band... Paragraph 5.139 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 Major light:
Venezuela – Puerto Jose — Directions; light Paragraph 5.141 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:
WSW of Morro Pelotas (10q18c˜26N 64q41c˜07W),
170 thence:
Paragraph 5.160 2 lines 3-4 For white GRP tower, orange ALL Volume J 2012/13 Edition
bands Read orange round GRP tower, white band,... (SDD 2013000 162648) [40/13]

Venezuela – Península de Paraguaná —

Venezuela – Punta Unare — Directions; light Directions; light
196
173
Paragraph 6.109 2 lines 2-3 For white eight-sided
Paragraph 5.166 1 line 7 For 8-sided GRP tower Read framework tower, orange band Read four-sided masonry
orange GRP tower, white band,... tower,...

2 - 16
 NP7A
Venezuela – Isla La Orchila — Directions; light Venezuela – Península de Paraguaná —
Directions; light
199
234
Paragraph 7.7 1 lines 2-3 For white six-sided GRP tower, Paragraph 8.28 2 lines 4-9 Delete
orange bands Read orange galvanised iron tower, white
band,... 236
Paragraph 8.50 1 lines 4-6 Delete
Venezuela – Archipielago Los Roques,
Archipielago Las Aves — Directions; lights 237

201 Paragraph 8.62 1 lines 1-3 Delete

Paragraph 7.10 2 lines 3-4 For white GRP tower, orange 238
bands Read orange truncated conical GRP tower, white
Paragraph 8.72 1 lines 4-6 Delete
band
Paragraph 8.81 1 lines 4-6 Delete
Paragraph 7.10 3 lines 3-4 For white GRP tower, orange
bands Read orange truncated conical GRP tower, white ENC VE400102
band,... (SDD 2013000 079677) [22/13]

Paragraph 7.10 4 line 2-3 For white metal framework tower, Colombia – Approaches to Río Magdalena —
orange bands Read orange GRP tower, white band,... Directions; lights
262
Paragraph 9.70 1 lines 8-9 Replace by:
Venezuela – Archipielago Las Aves —
Directions; light 2 Río Magdalena East Breakwater Head Light F1
(11q06c˜37N 74q50c˜97W) (9.94).
203
Río Magdalena West Breakwater Head Light F2
Paragraph 7.20 2 lines 7-8 For orange and white GRP (11q06c˜38N 74q51c˜28W) (9.94).
tower Read orange GRP tower, white band,... Punta Morro Hermoso Light (10q57c˜80N
75q01c˜05W) (9.113).

Venezuelan Lights List 2012 265

(SDD 2012000 243788) [20/13] Paragraph 9.94 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
Río Magdalena East Breakwater Head Light F1
(white tower, red bands) (11q06c˜37N
74q50c˜97W).
Venezuela – Península de Paraguaná — Río Magdalena West Breakwater Head Light F2
Traffic regulations; prohibited area (white tower, red bands) (11q06c˜38N
74q51c˜28W).
232 Punta Morro Hermoso Light (10q57c˜80N
75q01c˜05W) (9.113).
Paragraph 8.17 including heading Replace by:
266
Spare Paragraph 9.97 4 lines 6-7 For white framework tower, red
8.17 bands, 20 m in height Read 9.94
234 Paragraph 9.97 5 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.27 2 Delete 5 WSW of the head (11q06c˜37N 74q50c˜97W) of
East Breakwater, from which a light (9.94) is
exhibited.
ENC VE500104
(SDD 2013000 079677) [20/13] 268
Paragraph 9.113 1 lines 2-4 Replace by:
Venezuela – Península de Paraguaná — Río Magdalena East Breakwater Head Light F1
Directions; light
(11q06c˜37N 74q50c˜97W) (9.94).
233 Río Magdalena West Breakwater Head Light F2
(11q06c˜38N 74q51c˜28W) (9.94).
Paragraph 8.18 1 lines 9-10 For metal tower on wooden 2 Punta Morro Hermoso Light (white metal
building Read grey eight-sided galvanised metal tower,... framework tower, red bands) (10q57c˜80N
75q01c˜05W).
Venezuelan Lights List 2012 Columbian Notices 92 and 93/13
(SDD 2012000 243788) [20/13] (SDD 2013000 159935) [34/13]

2 - 17
 NP7A
Colombia – Golfo de Morrosquillo — Paragraph 9.204 4 line 4 For 1 cable ENE of Read from
Directions; racon
275 Colombian Notices 77 and 81/13
(SDD 2013000 118808) [26/13]
Paragraph 9.162 including heading Replace by:

Spare NP8 Pacific Coasts of Central America and

9.162 United States Pilot (2013 Edition)

Colombian Hydrographic Office

Mexico – West Coast — Manzanillo
(SDD 2013000 037452) [20/13]
159
Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — Directions; racon Paragraph 5.138 1 line 4 Replace by:
279 Puerto de Láguna de Cuyutlán Landfall Light Buoy
(18q58c˜35N 104q16c˜23W).
Paragraph 9.192 including heading Replace by: Manzanillo Approach Light Buoy (5.152)
Paragraph 5.141 heading For Anchorages Read
Spare Anchorages and harbours
9.192

284 160

Paragraph 10.12 including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 5.141 1 Insert:

Puerto de Láguna de Cuyutlán

Spare
5.141a
10.12
1 General information. Puerto de Láguna de
Colombian Notice 99/13 Cuyutlán (18q59c˜78N 104q15c˜63W) is situated ESE of
(SDD 2013000 179593) [36/13] Manzanillo at the W end of Láguna de Cuyutlán. The
terminal began operating in May 2013 and supplies
Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — Directions; light local power plants and neighbouring cities. For further
information, consult the local authority.
280
161
Paragraph 9.205 2 line 1 For marks Read mark
Paragraph 5.151 heading For Other aid to navigation
Paragraph 9.205 2 lines 2-3 Delete Read Other aids to navigation

Paragraph 5.151 1 line 1 For Racon Read Racons

Colombian Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2013000 037452) [20/13] Paragraph 5.151 1 line 2 Replace by:
Puerto de Láguna de Cuyutlán Landfall Light Buoy
Colombia – Golfo de Urabá — Directions; (18q58c˜35N 104q16c˜23W).
lights; racon; AIS
Manzanillo Approach Light Buoy (5.152)
280 Asuntos Hidrográficos Externos
(SDD 2013000 059333) [44/13]
After Paragraph 9.203 1 line 10 Insert:

United States of America – Pacific Coast –

Other aids to navigation Humboldt Bay — Directions; light
9.203a
1 Racon: 364
Punta Las Vacas Light (8q03c˜83N 76q44c˜56W).
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Paragraph 11.64 2 lines 7-8 Delete
Volume 2.
Paragraph 11.64 3 Delete
AIS:
Isla Los Muertos Light (8q07c˜86N 76q48c˜78W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and 367
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Paragraph 11.81 1 line 2 Delete
Paragraph 9.204 3 lines 1-2 For 8q07c˜97N 76q49c˜07W
Read 8q07c˜86N 76q48c˜78W Paragraph 11.81 1 lines 10-11 Delete

Paragraph 11.84 1 line 8 Delete

Paragraph 9.204 4 line 2 For 8q03c˜92N 76q44c˜57W
Read 8q03c˜83N 76q44c˜56W ...on Humboldt Bay Lighthouse (11.64)...

2 - 18
 NP8
368 174
Paragraph 11.93 1 lines 2-3 Delete Paragraph 3.95 including heading Replace by:

Charts 3597 (unknown datum), 3586 plan of Ocean

Harbour and Hound Bay
369
Hound Bay
Paragraph 11.93 3 lines 2-3 Delete 3.95
1 General Information. Hound Bay is entered
between Tijuca Point (54q20c˜95S 36q12c˜60W) and
(US Notice 42/18622/13) Cape Vakop (3.86).
(SDD 2013000 223684) [45/13] Directions. From a position NNW of Cape Vakop
(54q22c˜90S 36q09c˜90W), the track leads WSW into
the bay, passing:
SSE of islets and shoals (3.86) lying up to 2 cables off
NP9 Antarctic Pilot (2009 Edition) Tijuca Point, thence:
NNW of Rolf Rock (54q22c˜50S 36q11c˜80W)
comprising an islet 4½ m high and a drying rock. A
reef with a least depth of 10˜1 m extends 4 cables
South Georgia and Approaches – NNW. Thence:
Cumberland Bay – King Edward Cove —
Directions; light beacons ESE of a shoal (54 q21c˜75S 36q13c˜40W) with a least
depth of 11˜3 m, thence:
N of a rock (54q22c˜85N 36q13c˜20W) with a least
169 depth of 9˜9 m.
Thence the track continues a short distance WSW
Paragraph 3.73 1 Replace by: to the anchorage.
2 Anchorage. Sheltered anchorage may be obtained
1 Outer leading light beacons: in the bay, in depths from 18 to 27 m. At the SW end
Front beacon (orange triangular topmark, point of the bay there are two small coves; the N-most
uppermost on white metal post with orange cove is a suitable anchorage for small vessels, noting
bands, 8.5m in height) (54q17c˜06S 36q30c˜44W). a shoal (54q22c˜75S 36q14c˜75W) with a depth of
Rear beacon (orange triangular topmark, point 2˜9 m, lying close offshore near the head of the bay.
uppermost on white metal post with orange
bands, 12.5m in height) (54q17c˜04S 36q30c˜59W). Chart 3586 [48/12]

Paragraph 3.73 4 lines 5-8 Replace by: South Georgia and Approaches –
Cumberland Bay to Cape Charlotte –
Inner leading light beacons: Ocean Harbour — Directions
Front beacon (orange triangular topmark, point down 173
on white metal post with orange bands, 6m in
height) (54q16c˜86S 36q30c˜46W). Paragraph 3.94 2 line 5 For E Read W

Paragraph 3.73 5 lines 1-2 Replace by: MV Pharos SG

5 Rear beacon (orange triangular topmark, point
down on white metal post) (54q16c˜81S
36q30c˜57W).
The spire of Grytviken Church (elevation 27m) is in
line with these light beacons .
ADLL G1365, G1365˜1; G1367, G1367˜1
(SDD 2012000 022492) [10/12]
South Georgia – Ocean Harbour – Hound Bay —
Directions; depth
172
Paragraph 3.86 5 line 4 For (54q22c˜5S 36q09c˜8W) Read
(54q22c˜90S 36q09c˜90W)
173
Paragraph 3.94 For Chart 3588 Read Charts 3588, 3586
plan of Ocean Harbour and Hound Bay
(SDD 2012000 022483) [10/12]
South Georgia – St Andrews Bay —
Directions; depth
174-175
Paragraph 3.97 including heading Replace by:
Charts 3597 (unknown datum), 3586 plan of St Andrews
Bay
St Andrews Bay
3.97
1 Description. St Andrews Bay (54q26c˜50S
36q10c˜00W) is entered between Clark Point
(54q26c˜00S 36q11c˜00W) 1¼ miles South of Mount
Skittle (3.96), and a point 1¾ miles SSE. Both these
points are foul and a number of dangerous rocks are
reported within the bay.
Cook Glacier lies on the W side of St Andrews
Bay. A beach lies close SW of Clark Point and is free
from dangers.
Local Knowledge is required for the inner
anchorage.
Local Weather. Strong katabatic winds may occur
without warning within the bay.

2 - 19
 NP9
2 Directions. From a position SE of Cape Vakop
(54q22c˜90S 36q09c˜90W) the track towards the outer
anchorage leads SW, passing SE of a dangerous rock
(54q25c˜70S 36q09c˜03W) with a least known depth of
4˜4 m, lying about 1 mile ENE of the N entrance point
and close to the inner anchorage. Mariners should
note Ryan Reef (54q27c˜10S 36q08c˜25W) with a rock
awash and a depth of 3 m lying 7 cables NE of the S
entrance point. A shoal (54q26c˜30 N 36q09c˜25 W) with
a least charted depth of 7 m lies in the middle of the
bay.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in the outer part of
the bay, about 1¾ miles from the shoreline, in depths
of about 30 m. Anchorage may also be obtained,
closer to the shoreline, about 5 cables from the N end
of the bay, in depths of about 12 m.
Landing on a beach S of Cook Glacier is often
impossible because of swell and surf. The far N
corner of the bay, under Clarke Point (54q26c˜00S
36q11c˜00W), is the most sheltered landing site.
Chart 3586 [48/12]
South Georgia – King Haakon Bay — Directions
181
Paragraph 3.134 including heading Replace by:
Chart 3586 plan of King Haakon Bay
King Haakon Bay
3.134
1 Description. King Haakon Bay (54q09c˜50S
37q17c˜00W), a fjord entered between Cape Rosa
(54q11c˜10S 37q24c˜60W) and the E entrance point of
Cheapman Bay (54q09c˜00S 37q31c˜70W), extends
9½ miles E.
Topography. McNish Island (54q08c˜95S
37q28c˜10W), McCarthy Island (54q10c˜10S 37q25c˜50W)
and Vincent Islands (54q09c˜20S 37q16c˜37W) all lie
within King Hakkon Bay. Cheapman Bay (54q09c˜00S
37q31c˜70W) lies 4 miles ENE of Samuel Islands
(54q11c˜40S 37q36c˜70W) (3.123); kelp extends across
the entrance to the bay. Peters Glacier flows S into
the inner part of Cheapman Bay, and Price Glacier
reaches the sea near the N entrance point of King
Haakon Bay.
2 Depths. Dangerous rocks lie between 2½ miles
WNW and and 8½ cables W of Cape Rosa
(54q11c˜10S 37q24c˜60W), and a large area of kelp lies
between these and McNish Island. A dangerous rock
(54q11c˜05S 37q26c˜15W) (reported 2004), lies 7 cables
W of the Cape.
Caution. The least charted depths over the terminal
moraine are 7˜8 m (54q10c˜00S 37q20c˜20W) and 8˜0 m
(54q09c˜75S 37q20c˜20W); these rocks are marked by
kelp. The S shoreline is reported to be foul.
Local knowledge is required for a safe passage
through the alternative S entrance channel.
2 - 20
3 History. It was here that Sir Ernest Shackleton’s
James Caird, Endurance’s 6 m (20 ft) lifeboat, arrived
at the end of their 17 day, 670 mile, epic crossing of
the Scotia Sea, from Elephant Island, in May 1916.
The party comprised of Shackleton, Worsley, McNish,
McCarthy, Crean and Vincent. They beached on 10th
May 1916, in a small cove just E of Cape Rosa
(54q11c˜10S 37q24c˜60W). On 15th May they moved up
the fjord to Peggotty Bluff (54q08c˜75S 37q17c˜10W)
where they camped. On 19th May, Shackleton,
Worseley and Crean started their remarkable crossing
of South Georgia to arrive in Stromness Bay on 20th
May.
4 Directions. From a position 3½ miles ESE of the
Samuel Islands (54q11c˜40S 37q36c˜70W) the track
leads NNW in deep water free from dangers towards
Price Glacier front passing:
SE of Nilse Hullet (54q10c˜65S 37q35c˜00W), a cove
2 miles NW.
ESE of the East entrance point of Cheapman Bay
(54q09c˜00S 37q31c˜70W) remaining in deep water
1 mile from the coast and clear of several
dangerous rocks and rocks awash.
WNW of 2 dangerous rocks (54q10c˜15S
37q29c˜00W); and a rock awash (54q10c˜20S
37q28c˜70W) position doubtful.
When 8 cables from the North shore of the fjord the
track leads E in the deep water channel, 5 cables S
of McNish Island passing:
S of dangerous rocks WSW of McNish Island in
positions (54q09c˜10S 37q29c˜15W) and
(54q09c˜15S 37q28c˜40W).
N of a rock awash (54q09c˜78S 37q27c˜18W).
N of McCarthy Island (54q10c˜10S 37q25c˜50W) and a
reef that extends up to 1 mile W.
5 The track then leads ESE to a position ENE of the
E point of McCarthy Island. From this vicinity the track
leads E, to pass about 6½ cables from the N shore
over the terminal moraine.
On this track a least depth of 21 m was found
crossing the terminal moraine.
The track continues to lead E towards the head of
the fjord, noting a dangerous rock that uncovers
(54q09c˜28S 37q16c˜85W) marked by kelp, lying
2½ cables WSW of the W extremity of Vincent
Islands.
6 Directions for Alternative passage. An alternative
approach into King Haakon Bay leads through a deep
channel between between a group of islets
(54q11c˜28S 37q25c˜30W) 4 cables WSW of Cape
Rosa (54q11c˜10S 37q24c˜60W) and a rock dangerous
to surface navigation (54q11c˜05S 37q26c˜15W) position
approximate (reported 2004) 8 cables W of Cape
Rosa. This channel should be navigated with extreme
caution.
7 Anchorages. In 2003 MS Explorer, 2398 tonnes,
5 m draught, obtained good anchorage in position
54q09c˜10S 37q16c˜85W NW of Vincent Islands
(54q09c˜20S 37q16c˜45W), in depths between
30 and 40 m, muddy clay. The same vessel obtained
temporary anchorage about 3 cables E of Cape Rosa
(54q11c˜10S 37q24c˜60W) and about 1 cable from the S
shore of the fjord, in a depth of about 50 m.

8 Landings. Landing has been effected in the vicinity
of Peggotty Bluff (54q08c˜75S 37q17c˜10W), on the N
shore of the bay 7 cables NW of Vincent Islands, the
ultimate site for Sir Ernest Shackleton’s James Caird
party. Shackleton Gap (3.54) connects the head of the
bay with Possession Bay (3.54). Landing has also
been effected in Cave Cove (54q10c˜94S 37q24c˜40W),
the spectacular first landing site of the James Caird
party.
Chart 3586 [48/12]
South Orkney Islands – Washington Strait —
Directions; AIS
207
After Paragraph 4.64 2 Insert:
Other aid to navigation
4.64a
1 AIS:
An AIS transmitter has been established at the
Orcadas Base in Wilton Bay on Laurie Island in
position 60q44c˜29S 44q44c˜25W.
Agentinian Notice 06/68/12
(SDD 2012000 112915) [27/12]
South Orkney Islands – Laurie Island —
Scotia Bay; directions; anchorages
208-209
Paragraphs 4.67 to 4.70 including headings Replace by:
Scotia Bay
International Chart 9142
General Information
4.67
1 Description. Scotia Bay (60q45c˜50S 44q41c˜75W) is
entered between Point Rae (60q45c˜50S 44q38c˜00W)
and Cape Murdoch, (60q46c˜80S 44q42c˜40W) (4.56).
There are several islets and rocks, some of which are
underwater, off both sides of the bay. A number of
monuments in Scotia Bay comprise an Historic
Monument Site. See Appendix IV.
2 History. The bay was roughly charted by Powell
and Palmer in 1821 and further charted by Weddell in
1822; re-charted by the Scottish National Antarctic
Expedition in March 1903, and named after the
expedition ship Scotia, ex Hekla, Norwegian whaler,
which wintered in the bay. The SNAE meteorological
station was sited at the head of the bay, which was
operated from March to November 1903 and handed
over to the Oficina Meteorológica Argentina in
February 1904, since when it has been continuously
manned.
2 - 21
NP9
Directions
(continued from 4.56)
4.68
1 Caution. Vessels should navigate with extreme
caution in the vicinity of Laurie Island; parts of the
island have not been adequately surveyed. See 4.4.
Track. From a position SSE of Cape Murdoch
(60q46c˜80S 44q42c˜40W) (4.56), on the coastal
passage, the track into the bay leads NNW, passing:
WSW of Ailsa Craig (60q46c˜80S 44q37c˜90W) (4.55),
thence:
WSW of Florence Rock (60q46c˜10S 44q37c˜35W),
thence:
2 ENE of Cape Murdoch (4.56) (60q46c˜80S
44q42c˜40W), thence:
WSW of a shoal (60q46c˜29S 44q40c˜50W), position
approximate, reported, in 1968, to have a depth of
22 m, and:
ENE of a reef (60q46c˜50S 44q41c˜85W), comprising
of an islet and several dangerous rocks awash,
thence:
WSW of SW extremity of a reef (60q45c˜20S
44q41c˜25W), with a least depth of 0˜3 m,
extending 4 cables from the coast close E of Point
Davis and WSW of a shoal 9˜6m (60q45c˜30S
44q41c˜40W) position approximate reported in
1994, thence:
3 ENE of a shoal patch (60q45c˜82S 44q42c˜25W),
with a least charted depth of 10˜8 m, lying
5 cables ENE of Point Martin, thence:
ENE of a dangerous rock (60q45c˜62S 44q42c˜28W)
position approximate, thence:
ENE of a shoal area (60q45c˜55S 44q42c˜70W), with a
least depth of 8˜2 m, thence:
WSW of a dangerous rock (60q45c˜05S 44q41c˜37W)
position approximate, thence:
4 WSW of an islet (60q44c˜91S 44q41c˜10W), and
two dangerous rocks, lying close SW of Point
Davis, from where a light (red round GRP
tower, white band, 4 m in height) is exhibited.
Thence as required for the inner anchorage, noting
a dangerous rock (60q44c˜46S 44q43c˜21W) close S of
Point Moreno (4.69).
Useful marks:
Light (white round GRP tower, red top, 3 m in height)
(60q45c˜38S 44q43c˜94W).
Beacon (60q44c˜70S 44q44c˜10W), marked W,
standing on a rock, close inshore, 7 cables N of
the light.
Light (red round GRP tower, white band, 4 m in
height) (60q44c˜91S 44q41c˜10W) (4.25).
A Light (60q44c˜28S 44q44c˜27W) (lantern in radio
mast) is exhibited from the NW side of the bay at
the Argentine station (4.26).
Anchorage
4.69
1 Scotia Bay is not recommended as an anchorage,
the outer harbour being exposed and the inner
harbour very restricted, but anchorage may be
obtained near the middle of the entrance to the cove,
about 3 cables W of Point Moreno, (60q44c˜42S
44q43c˜18W), from which a reef extends ½ cable S,
and 2¾ cables from the beach at the head of the
cove, in depths of about 17 m. The holding ground is
good, being better than that in Uruguay Cove (4.26).
 NP9
Scotia, the vessel of the Scottish National Antarctic James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to
Expedition, anchored and wintered here. Cape Longing through Prince Gustav Channel —
Directions

372
Anchorages and Harbours
Paragraph 7.19 1 lines 10-11 Delete
Mill Cove
4.70 (SDD 2009000 021841) [04/12]
1 Description. Mill Cove (60q45c˜30S 44q36c˜50W) is
entered between Cape Anderson (60q45c˜48S
44q36c˜30W), and Valette Island (60q45c˜50S
44q37c˜30W). The E side of this cove comprises a NP10 Arctic Pilot Volume 1 (2010 Edition)
rocky cliff about 244 m (800 ft) high.
Depths. There are general depths from 38 to 47 m Russia – Laptev Sea –
in the outer part of Mill Cove, except near its shores, Reka Lena Delta — Wreck
but in the NW part of the cove, which is 3½ cables
across, there are depths from 10 to 20 m; there is a 463
shoal in the centre of the NE part.
Paragraph 16.135 2 line 13 Replace by:
Caution. Vessels should navigate with caution in
Lena. Caution. A wreck with a clearance depth of 14 m lies
the inner part of Mill Cove; it has not been fully
in position 73q01c˜53N 130q39c˜81E, 20 miles E of Ostrova
surveyed.
Grigoriy. Thence:
International Chart 9142
Russian Notice 29/3547/2011
(SDD 2012000 151616) [45/12]
(SDD 2011000 122708) [30/11]

Gerlache Strait – South Part – Port Lockroy —

Directions; isolated Shoal NP11 Arctic Pilot Volume 2 (2010 Edition)

Radio Navigational Warnings

299

After Paragraph 5.168 2 line 1 Insert: 4

Clear of an isolated shoal 17˜8m (64q49c˜50S
63q32c˜50W), position approximate, thence:
Chilean Notice 10/126/11
(SDD 2011000 215405)
James Ross Island Group – Cape Purvis to
Cape Longing through Prince Gustav Channel —
Route; directions
Paragraph 1.18 1 line 3 After Service. Add: The service in
NAVAREA XIX is currently on trial, and is scheduled to
become fully operational on 1st June 2011.
[51/11] United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
Iceland – West coast – Faxaflói — Racons

368 95

Paragraph 7.10 1 line 5 For SE Read SW After Paragraph 3.41 1 line 2 Insert:
Grótta Light (64q10cN 22q01cW).
Paragraph 7.10 1 line 7 For SSE Read SSW
109
369 Paragraph 3.131 1 line 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.15 1 line 5 For (63q48c˜6S 57q53c˜0W) Read Grótta Light (64q10cN 22q01cW) (3.40).
(63q43c˜6S 57q53c˜0W)
112
372 Paragraph 3.146 1 Delete
Paragraph 7.16 7 line 2 For (63q48c˜5S 57q53c˜0W) Read
(63q43c˜5S 57q53c˜0W) 114

Paragraph 7.17 1 line 1 For (63q48c˜5S 57q53c˜0W) Read Paragraph 3.154 1 lines 1-2 Delete
(63q43c˜5S 57q53c˜0W)
Icelandic Notices 2/8/12; 2/9/12
BA Chart 227 [04/12] (SDD 2012000 112913) [27/12]

2 - 22
 NP11
Iceland – Reykjavík – ViÉeyjarsund — NP12 Arctic Pilot Volume 3 (2012 Edition)
Spoil ground
Greenland – Julianhåbs Fjord – Qaqortoq —
106 General information; positions
After Paragraph 3.113 4 line 8 Insert: 102
NE of an area of spoil ground with a least depth of Paragraph 2.100 Delete reference charts and Replace by:
4˜1 m which extends 3½ cables E from the S tip of
Engey, thence: Danish Charts 1132 (Qornoq 1927), 1151(WGS 84)
(see 1.14)
Icelandic Notice 2/7/12
(SDD 2012000 112913) [27/12] Greenland – Julianhåbs Fjord –
Qaqortoq — Anchorage
Svalbard – Wedel Jarlsberg Land — 102-103
Underwater rock
Paragraph 2.107 2 lines 5 and 6 Replace by:
201
...orange triangle, point up) (60q42c˜82N
After Paragraph 9.23 1 Line 6 Including existing Section IV 46q02c˜63W) (WGS 84).
Week 39/10 Insert:
An underwater rock with a depth of 3m has been Paragraph 2.107 5 and 6 Replace by:
reported off Middagsskjæra in position 77q24c˜6N 5 Anchoring lights, west pair:
13q47c˜7E. Front light (mast, topmark orange triangle, point up,
6 m in height) (60q42c˜86N 46q02c˜54W) (WGS
Norwegian notice 14/28198/10 84).
(SDD 2010000 123628) [48/10] Rear light (mast, topmark orange triangle, point
down, 6 m in height) (31 m NW).
Svalbard – Billefjorden – Pyramiden — 6 Anchoring lights, northeast pair:
Leading lights Front light (white mast, topmark red and white
triangle, point up, 9 m in height) (60q43c˜08N
215 46q01c˜97W) (WGS 84).
Rear light (white mast, topmark red and white
Paragraph 9.80 1 line 6 For lights Read beacons triangle, point down, 5 m in height) (17 m NNE).
Paragraph 2.109 1 line 8 Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 11/44102/12 ...(60q42c˜96N 46q02c˜22W) (WGS 84).
(SDD 2012000 117171) [27/12]
Paragraph 2.110 1 lines 6 and 7 Replace by:
Svalbard – Hinlopenstretet — Anchorages ...triangle, point up, 23 in height) (60q43c˜10N
46q02c˜15W) (WGS 84).
235
Danish Chart 1151
Paragraphs 10.53, 10.56 and 10.57 Including headings (SDD 2013000 013620) [06/13]
Replace by:
Greenland – Skovfjord and Tunugdliarfik –
Narsaq — General description; positions
Spare
10.53 106

Spare Paragraph 2.137 Delete title, heading and reference chart

10.56 and Replace by:

Spare Narsaq
10.57
Danish Chart 1151(WGS 84) (see 1.14)
Norwegian Chart 537 General description
(SDD 2011000 162370) [43/11]
Paragraph 2.137 1 Replace by:

Svalbard – Freemansundet — Rock awash 1 Narsap Ikerasaa (Narssaq Sund) (60q55c˜58N

46q08c˜00W) is bounded on the SW side by Illutalik
251 and Tugtutôq, and on the NE side by the mainland
coast.
Paragraph 11.39 2 line 5 After Freemanbreen. Add: A rock Narsaq (Narssaq) (60q54c˜60N 46q02c˜70W), a large
awash lies off the S coast of Barentsøya in position settlement, population in 2011 1598, stands on the
78q15c˜38N 21q41c˜59E. mainland coast at the head of a narrow cove 1¼ miles
NW of Nuugaarsuk (Narssaq Pynt) (60q53c˜61N
Norwegian Notice 17/29576/10 46q01c˜50W), which marks the junction of Skovfjord,
(SDD 2010000 146843) [42/10] Narsap Ikerasaa and Tunugdliarfik (2.147).

2 - 23
 NP12
Paragraph 2.137 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: Greenland West Coast - Kigataq SW — Depths
2 Niaqornaarsuk (Niaqornârssuk) (60q54c˜34N 192
46q03c˜64W), connected to the coast by a gravel spit,
is situated on the S side of the entrance to the cove; After Paragraph 5.68 1 line 11 Insert:
a 4˜0 m patch lies... A depth of 8 m lies in position 72q01c˜80N
56q02c˜50W.
Paragraph 2.137 3 line 4 For Narssaq Read Narsaq
Danish Notice 640/40/2013
Paragraph 2.137 3 line 6 For Narssaq Pynt Read (SDD 2013000 216438) [44/13]
Nuugaarsuk
Canada – Franklin Strait – East Side —
Paragraph 2.137 3 line 8 For Narssaq Pynt Read General description; shoal
Nuugaarsuk
390
Paragraph 12.108 2 line 7 Add:
107
...A shoal depth of 2˜2 m is reported (2012) to lie in
Paragraph 2.143 1 lines 4-9 Replace by: position 71q43c˜94N 95q41c˜30W.
Anchoring lights, north pair: Canadian Eastern Notices 7573/7575/01/2013
Front light (framework mast, topmark orange (SDD 2013000 014704) [06/13]
triangle, point up, 8 m in height) (60q54c˜50N
46q02c˜77W) (WGS 84). Coronation Gulf – Off-lying islands — Depth
Rear light (framework mast, topmark orange
triangle, point down, 4 m in height) (34 m N). 431
Paragraph 2.143 2 lines 1-6 Replace by: Paragraph 14.180 1 line 9 Add:
2 Anchoring lights, east pair: A shoal, least depth 2˜3 m lies in position
Front light (framework mast, topmark red triangle, 67q58c˜27N 112q40c˜34W.
point up, 7 m in height) (60q54c˜38N 46q02c˜29W)
(WGS 84). Canadian Notice
Rear light (framework mast, topmark red triangle, (SDD 2010000 179285) [36/12]
point up, 7 m in height) (28 m ENE).
Canada – Simpson Strait — directions
Paragraph 2.144 1 line 2 For 8˜3 m Read 8˜6 m
449
Danish Chart 1151 Paragraphs 15.56 - 15.73 inclusive, including title, Replace
(SDD 2013000 013620) [06/13] by:

Greenland – Nuup Kangerlua — Directions

SIMPSON STRAIT
132
Paragraph 2.346 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: GENERAL INFORMATION
1 Attention is drawn to the note on the chart
regarding two-way routes in Nuup Kangerlua. Mariners Canadian Charts 7083,7736,7760 (see 1.14)
should note that the directions in this volume make General description
the assumption that electronic navigation aids may not 15.56
be available, and should be guided accordingly. 1 Simpson Strait, which lies between King William
A vessel making for Nuuk from seaward is Island on the N and Adelaide Peninsula on the S,
recommended to approach from 7 to 10 miles W of connects Queen Maud Gulf with Rasmussen Basin,
Kitsissut, steering for position 64q00cN 52q20cW. 45 miles ESE.
The strait is entered from W between Cape John
Danish Chart 1331 Herschel (68q41cN 98q04cW) and Cape Geddes,
(SDD 2012000 097541) [36/12] 8 miles SSE. Its E limit lies between Booth Point
(68q29cN 96q16cW) and Ogle Point, 14 miles SE.
Greenland – Sisimiut — Approaches; wreck 15.57
1 The W part of the strait, between the entrance and
151 a narrows, 16 miles ESE, is greatly encumbered with
small islands, islets and rocks concentrated, mainly,
After Paragraph 3.101 4 Insert: on the S and shallower side.
A wreck, depth unknown, has been reported to lie 2 The islands are generally low-lying, although some
in approximate position 66q58c˜05N 53q47c˜95W, SSE have elevations up to 15 or 30 m, and are mostly
of this inner route. composed of stones and boulders. From seaward,
they appear to merge with each other and are difficult
Danish Notice 1073/43/2012 to distinguish, both individually and from the adjacent
(SDD 2012000 216872) [47/12] shoreline. Alicia Island (15.73) is radar conspicuous.

2 - 24

In the narrows, Simpson Strait is only about
1¾ miles wide and the navigable channel is reduced
to a width of about 7 cables by off-lying islands and
dangers.
Ice
15.58
1 Break-up commences in late July and by
mid-August the strait is normally clear of ice.
Freeze-up commences in early October. The dates
are much affected by variations in weather conditions.
Tidal streams
15.59
1 From brief, intermittent observations, the tidal
streams appear to set roughly along the axis of the
strait, except in the vicinity of the islands, islets and
shoals, where there are marked changes of direction,
tide rips and eddies.
In the narrows, a W-going stream of 2 kn has been
observed, followed by a stronger E-going stream for a
shorter period. At times a stream with a rate of 4 kn
has been experienced in the strait, and up to 7 kn S
of Eta Island (68q39c˜40N 97q23c˜33W) (15.67).
ROUTE THROUGH SIMPSON STRAIT
General information
Canadian Chart 7736 (see 1.14)
General description
15.60
1 Passage through Simpson Strait is generally
considered to be the most difficult, navigationally, of
any part of the sea route between the Canadian
mainland and the SW islands of the Arctic
Archipelago.
The recommended track is normally marked each
season by buoys (red or green); red buoys are left to
starboard proceeding from W to E through the strait.
2 The buoys are liable to be displaced by ice and
strong streams, and in some years cannot be laid
because of ice conditions and so cannot be relied
upon.
Caution. Since many dangerous shoals with depths
of 5˜0 m or less exist close to the track, it is most
important that it be closely adhered to and beacons
have been established along the strait to facilitate this.
It is probable that the shoals may alter from year to
year with ice action.
3 Strong tide rips occur in the narrows from 4 miles
WNW to 1½ miles SE of Eta Island and it is
recommended that passage of this part of Simpson
Strait only be attempted at slack water.
Directions
Aid to navigation
15.60a
1 Racon:
Ristvedt Island beacon (15.70).
2 - 25
NP12
Approach
15.61
1 In the middle of the W entrance to the strait a
beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, radar reflector,
elevation 13 m) stands on Salliq Island (68q38cN
98q01cW).
A vessel entering Simpson Strait from Storis
Passage (15.33) is recommended to follow a track of
072q through a position 1¼ miles 004q from this
beacon, until the W edge of Alicia Island (15.73)
situated 3½ miles E of Cape John Herschel, bears
350q.
Leading beacons
15.62
1 Then alter track ESE onto the alignment (111q) of
leading beacons established on the King William
Island coast, 10½ miles ESE of Cape John Herschel.
Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower,
elevation 11 m) (68q37c˜06N 97q38c˜97W) stands
on the shore.
Rear beacon (similar structure, radar reflector,
elevation 20 m) (5¾ cables from front beacon).
2 Aligned (111q) the beacons lead clear of shoals
which encumber Simpson Strait between the coast of
King William Island and Comb Islands, a chain of four
small islands about 4 miles S.
15.63
1 On the SE extremity of Gladman Point (15.74)
8 miles ESE of Cape John Herschel, there is a
beacon (red daymarks on tripod tower, radar reflector,
elevation 5 m). Continue to make good a track of 111q
until this beacon bears 045q distant 9 cables.
Leading beacons
15.64
1 Then alter track SSE onto the alignment (331q),
astern, of leading beacons established on King William
Island 1½ miles WNW of Gladman Point.
Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower,
radar reflector, elevation 8 m) (68q39c˜37N
97q47c˜74W).
Rear beacon (similar structure, radar reflector,
elevation 12 m) (about 3 cables NNW).
2 When abeam of the summit of St Magnus Island
(68q35c˜83N 97q45c˜11W) alter track onto the alignment
(151q) of leading beacons established on Boulder
Island and Dens Island. These islands lie off the coast
of Adelaide Peninsula, about 8 miles E of Cape
Geddes (68q33cN 97q58cW).
Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower,
elevation 8 m) (68q33c˜76N 97q39c˜58W) stands
on the N end of Boulder Island.
Rear beacon (similar structure, elevation 17 m)
(about 1½ miles SSE) stands on Dens Island.
3 Aligned (151q) the beacons lead between shoals
which front King William Island, on the E, and shoal
water which surrounds Saint Magnus Island, Sarvaq
Island and Kilwinning Island, in that order from N to S,
on the W.
4 Maintain the alignment of 151q/331q as far as Hook
Island, which lies about 7½ miles ENE of Cape
Geddes. A beacon (red daymarks on tripod tower,
radar reflector, elevation 11 m) (68q35c˜06N
97q39c˜64W), stands on the NW end of Hook Island.
 NP12
Caution: A shoal patch depth 5˜8 m lies close to
the track 7 cables WNW of the beacon on Hook
Island.
Leading beacons
15.65
1 When the SE extremity of Hook Island bears 061½q
distant 7½ cables, alter track E onto the alignment
(095˜5q) of leading beacons established 3½ cables SE
of Amittuq Point (68q34c˜57N 97q33c˜86W).
The latter point is the NW extremity of a small,
irregular peninsula, situated 9½ miles ENE of Cape
Geddes, and connected to the King William Island
coast by a short, narrow neck of land.
2 Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tripod
tower, elevation 9 m) (68q34c˜33N 97q33c˜31W)
stands on the shore.
Rear beacon (similar structure, radar reflector,
elevation 17 m) (1 cable E) is situated in the
middle of the peninsula.
Aligned (095˜5q) the beacons lead in mid-channel
between Boulder Island, to the S, and Hook Island.
Leading beacons
15.66
1 A beacon (tripod tower, radar reflector, elevation
6 m), stands in the middle of Minor Island. When it
bears 143q distant 6½ cables, alter track SE onto the
alignment (126q) of leading beacons established on
Saatuq Island, which lies in shoal water 10½ miles E
of Cape Geddes, in the W entrance to Simpson Strait
narrows.
Front beacon (red and white daymark on square
framework tower, radar reflector, elevation 9 m)
(68q33c˜00N 97q31c˜96W) stands on the NW
extremity of Saatuq Island.
2 Rear beacon (red and white daymark on tripod
tower, radar reflector, elevation 13 m)
(3 cables from front beacon) stands in the
middle of the NE side of the island.
Aligned (126q) the beacons lead in mid-channel
between Amittuq Point, on the E, and Minor Island
and Ujarat Island on the W.
Leading beacons
15.67
1 Maintain the alignment (126q) until the rear beacon
at Amittuq Point bears 028q, distant 8½ cables, and
then alter track onto the alignment (109q) of leading
beacons on Eta Island, situated 13 miles E of Cape
Geddes, in the middle of the narrows.
The island, 15 m high, is one of the larger islands
in Simpson Strait, composed of rock and boulders,
interspersed with ponds and green patches.
2 Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tripod
tower, elevation 11 m) (68q32c˜27N
97q23c˜76W) stands on the SW side of Eta
Island.
Rear beacon (similar structure, elevation 22 m)
(about 1½ cables from front beacon) is situated in
the middle of the island.
Aligned (109q) the beacons lead between two
buoys (red conical), on the S, and a buoy (green can)
on the N, toward the narrows.
2 - 26
15.68
1 These buoys normally mark, respectively, the NE
limit of shoal water off Saatuq Island and the
extremity of a shoal extending SSE from Amittuq
Point. Between the buoys the fairway through
Simpson Strait has a least width of 1½ cables.
The strong tide rips mentioned above extend across
the fairway at this point and also mark a shoal with a
depth of 0˜6 m (2 ft) or less, situated midway between
Saatuq Island and Dolphin Island, 1½ miles ESE.
2 A beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, radar
reflector, elevation 13 m) (68q33c˜07N 97q26c˜60W)
stands 2 cables within Peglar Point (68q33cN 97q26cW)
on the N shore of the narrows, about 7 cables NW of
Eta Island.
Leading beacons
15.69
1 Keep the leading beacons on Eta Island aligned
(109q) until the rear beacon on Saatuq Island bears
210q distant 3¾ cables, and then alter track onto the
recommended track (117q) on line of bearing of the
beacon established on Cape Seaforth the N extremity
of Catherine Island. The latter island is situated about
1 mile SE of Eta Island, close off the S shore of the
narrows.
Beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, radar
reflector, elevation 11 m) (68q31c˜26N
97q20c˜64W) on Cape Seaforth.
Strong tide rips extend into the fairway, created by
a shoal off the SE end of Eta Island. The channel
between Eta Island and King William Island is foul.
Leading beacons
15.70
1 A beacon (red daymark on tripod tower, radar
reflector, elevation 14 m) (68q32c˜08N 97q23c˜39W)
stands on the SW extremity of Eta Island (15.67).
When it bears 024q distant 3 cables, alter track on the
alignment (107q), of leading beacons established on
Ristvedt Island (68q31c˜02N 97q15c˜59W) and its
unnamed neighbour close W.
Front beacon (red daymark on tripod tower,
elevation 8 m) (68q30c˜98N 97q16c˜27W) on
unnamed island.
Rear beacon (similar structure, racon, elevation
12 m) (4 cables from front beacon) stands near
the S end of Ristvedt Island.
Leading beacons
15.71
1 Maintain a track of 107q until on the alignment
(305q), astern, of leading beacons established on the
E side of Eta Island, when the track can be altered to
125q.
Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower,
elevation 9 m) (68q32c˜18N 97q22c˜68W) stands
near the SE extremity of Eta Island.
Rear beacon (tower, elevation 21 m) (3¾ cables
from front beacon) stands near the N end of the
island.
Aligned (305q), astern, the beacons lead through
the E approach to the narrows into the more open
water of the E part of Simpson Strait.
 NP12
2 Maintain a track of 125q until on the alignment Canada – Eureka Sound — Depth
(286q), astern, of leading beacons standing on
Catherine Island, when track can be altered to 106q. 491
Front beacon (red and white daymarks on tower,
elevation 13 m) (68q30c˜86N 97q19c˜66W) stands Paragraph 17.115 3 lines 7-10 Replace by:
in the middle of the E side of the island.
The W part of Slidre Fiord appears to be deep; in
3 Rear beacon (similar structure, elevation 18 m)
the E part the depths are irregular. A depth of 14˜8 m
(1¼ cables from front beacon) stands in the
lies about 3 miles SE of Eureka Station.
middle of Catherine Island.
Aligned (286q), astern, the beacons lead through
Canada East Notice 7920/05/12
the E approach to the narrows into the more open
(SDD 2012000 103960) [36/12]
water of the E part of Simpson Strait.
15.72
1 On the N side of the approach, Tulloch Point
(68q31cN 97q07cW), is a prominent, fairly high point, NP13 Australia Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
covered with rounded boulders on its lower levels and
distinctively marked with old beachlines; a beacon
(tower, red daymark, radar reflector, elevation 18 m), Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and
stands on the point. Tide rips extend up to 3 miles S Operations — Fishing; marine farms
from the point.
2 On the S side of the approach, 2 miles SSW of 2
Tulloch Point, a beacon (red daymark on tripod tower,
Paragraph 1.8 including heading Replace by:
radar reflector, elevation 11 m) stands on the
outermost small island of a chain which fringes the Marine Farms
coast of Adelaide Peninsula between Gould Point 1.8
(68q30cN 97q15cW), and Thunder Cove (15.83), 9 miles 1 Marine farms, which may be floating or fixed
SSE. structures, and their associated moorings should be
avoided. The farms and beds are generally marked by
SIMPSON STRAIT – NORTH SIDE buoys or beacons, which may be lit. Their charted
Canadian Charts 7646,7736,7760 (see 1.14) positions are approximate.
General description
15.73 Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
1 Between Cape John Herschel (68q41cN 98q04cW)
and Booth Point, 41 miles ESE, the S coast of King Northern Territory – Bing Bong — Anchorages
William Island is low, regular and generally
featureless, backed by long, low, narrow hills formed 105
of glacial deposits running NW/SE and seldom rising
over 45 m. After Paragraph 2.183 1 line 4 Insert:
2 Shoal water, in which lie numerous islets and rocks,
fringes the whole coast which is everywhere marked WD1 15q26c˜95S 136q32c˜70E.
by old beachlines. WD2 15q22c˜80S 136q33c˜10E.
Secchi Bay is formed 2 miles E of Cape John WD3 15q20c˜30S 136q34c˜30E.
Herschel (15.32), between Mitalik Peninsula, about
5 m high, and the coast 1 mile N. Shoal water fronts Australian Notice 892/18/2013
the bay within which the depths are not known. (SDD 2013000 196629) [39/13]
3 Alicia Island, over 5 m high and Petersen Island, lie
in shoal water close offshore about midway between Northern Territory – Bowen Strait —
Cape John Herschel and Gladman Point, 8 miles ESE. Offshore dangers
Canada East Notice 11/7736/12
130
(SDD 2012000 243277) &
Paragraph 3.58 4 lines 1-5 Replace by:
Canada East Notice 12/ARC403/12
(SDD 2012000 260244) [07/13] 4 Offshore dangers. A shoal (11q04c˜04S
132q20c˜45E), with a depth of 7˜4 m and Campbell
Canada – Rasmussen Basin – West Side — Reef (11q10c˜27S 132q23c˜84E).
General description; shoal
131
453
Paragraph 15.91 2 line 5 Add: Paragraph 3.61 3 line 4 Add:

...A shoal depth of 19 ft (5˜8 m), is reported (2013) A shoal (11q04c˜23S 132q11c˜93E), with a depth of
to lie in position 68q29c˜41N 95q46c˜38W. 9˜9 m. A patch (11q04c˜62S 132q17c˜29E), with a depth
of 7˜7 m.
Canadian Eastern Notices 7760/02/2013
(SDD 2013000037558) [11/13] Australian Notice 07/324/12 [18/12]

2 - 27
 NP13
Western Australia – Ashmore Reef — Harbour Western Australia – Griffin Marine Terminal —
Operational status
142
251
Paragraph 4.13 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.240 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
1 Landmarks: West Island has two prominent trees,
visible from 5 miles and the remains of a weather 1 Position and function. Griffin Marine Terminal
station, charted as poles, visible from 3 miles (see (21q13c˜30S 114q38c˜73E) is the outlet for the Griffin
1.21). Oilfield. It is presently non operational, and is marked
Approach: A passage to the W lagoon lies 2 miles by a light buoy, surrounded by a safety zone (1.11).
NE of West Island (12q14c˜50S 122q58c˜00E) and leads Paragraph 6.241 and heading Replace by:
into a lagoon where there are numerous detached
reefs and coral heads with depths of less than 2 m Spare
(charted as dangerous rocks) over them. A marked 6.241
channel leads to visitor moorings, however the Paragraph 6.242 and heading Replace by:
channel is not fully surveyed.
Spare
Paragraph 4.13 2 line 5 Add: 6.242
Securing to a mooring is recommended and Paragraph 6.243 and heading Replace by:
preferable to anchoring.
Spare
AA589034 [20/12] 6.243

(AA558419) [44/11]
Western Australia – Port Walcott —
Controlling depths
Western Australia – Saladin Marine Terminal —
231 Under-keel clearance

Paragraph 6.80 1 line 4 For 16˜0 m Read 15˜6 m 256

Paragraph 6.292 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Chart Aus 55 [09/12]
...operator and shall be a minimum of 2˜8 m dependent on
the swell conditions.
Western Australia – John’s Creek —
Approach; buoy AA561794 [48/11]

234 Western Australia – Geraldton —

Outer anchorages
After Paragraph 6.107 1 line 6 Insert:
A lit mooring buoy is moored at 20q38c˜36S 280
117q12c˜40E. Paragraph 7.191 1 line 1 For Ten Read Fourteen
Australian Notice 21/1070/11 [45/11]
Australian Notice 07/328/12 [18/12]
Western Australia – Dampier —
Directions; depths Western Australia – Oyster Harbour —
Directions
235
318
After Paragraph 6.117 2 line 1 Insert:
Paragraph 9.52 2 lines 4-5 Delete
Clear of a 12˜4 m shoal (20q23c˜05S 117q04c˜60E),
thence:
319-320
Australian Notice 02/99/12 [07/12]
Paragraph 9.72 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:

Western Australia – 1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding position

Barrow Island Oil Terminal — (35q03c˜2S 117q58c˜4E), the initial approach to Ataturk
Controlling depth Entrance leads NNW passing (with positions relative
to King Point Light (35q02c˜10S 117q55c˜10E)):
249
321
Paragraph 6.224 1 line 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 9.80 1 lines 4-8 Replace by:
1 Controlling depth. 12˜0 m in the berth and
approach channel. From a position about 2 miles SSE of Emu Point
(34q59c˜91S 117q56c˜85E), the track leads NNW
AA561793 [48/11] passing (with positions relative to Emu Point):

2 - 28
 NP13
Paragraph 9.80 3 line 5 Replace by: South Australia – Spencer Gulf —
Directions; caution
ESE of Emu Point; an historic...
356
Paragraph 9.80 5 line 6 Delete Direction To Light
After Paragraph 11.13 1 line 4 Insert:
Paragraph 9.81 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Caution. A number of marine farms lie in the
1 Useful marks. (Positions are relative to Emu Point vicinity of Buffalo Reef (34q43c˜11S 136q27c˜71E);
(34q59c˜91S 117q56c˜85E)): see 1.8

Australian Notice 14/689/11 [40/11] AA573902 & AA573903 [04/12]

Western Australia – Emu Point — South Australia – Point Boston —

Directional light Directions; marine farms

321 361
Paragraph 11.63 1 line 1 Replace by:
Existing Section IV Notice (Week 40/11) Paragraph 9.80 1
lines 4-8 Replace by: 1 Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this
passage (see 1.8).
1 From a position about 2 miles SSE of Emu Point
From a position SE of Point Boston the track leads...
Light (34q59c˜94S 117q56c˜78E), the entrance channel
is approached in the white sector (340½q to 344½q) of Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
the light, passing (with positions relative to Emu Point
Light):
South Australia – Franklin Harbor — Directions
Australian Notice 893/18/2013
364
(SDD 2013000 196629) [39/13]
After Paragraph 11.77 5 line 3 Insert:
Western Australia – Esperance — Anchorages N of a beacon (port hand) (33q44c˜00S
136q57c˜48E), thence:
331
Australian Notice 22/1134/11 [47/11]
Paragraph 9.142 1 line 1 For E Read H

South Australia – Point Turton —

AA579345 [08/12] Directions; marine farms

367
South Australia – Smoky Bay — Directions;
marine farms After Paragraph 11.91 1 line 10 Insert:
345 2 A marine farm exists in the vicinity of 34q51c˜54S
137q21c˜75E, (see 1.8).
After Paragraph 10.82 4 line 8 Insert:
Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]
Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this
passage (see 1.8).
South Australia – Port Augusta —
Australian Notice 25/1310/11 [02/12] Directions; marine farms

380
South Australia – Warburton Channel —
Directions; depth Paragraph 11.229 1 line 1 Replace by:

346 1 Caution. Marine farms may be encountered in this

passage (see 1.8).
Paragraph 10.86 3 line 5 For 8˜5 m Read 7˜3 m From a position SE of Point Lowly (33q00cS...

Australian Notice 24/1253/11 [01/12]

Chart Aus 121 [09/12]

South Australia – Port Augusta —

South Australia – Streaky Bay — Directions; buoy
Directions; depth
381
346
Paragraph 11.229 6 line 2 For starboard hand Read W
Paragraph 10.87 1 line 4 For 4˜6 m Read 3˜6 m cardinal

Chart Aus 121 [09/12] Australian Notice 21/1073/11 [45/11]

2 - 29
 NP14
NP14 Australia Pilot Volume 2 (2013 Edition) Queensland – Gladstone —
Pilotage; LNG vessels

Victoria – Melbourne — Prohibited anchorages 178

After Paragraph 5.162 1 line 15 Insert:

124-125
Pilot for LNG vessels boards 5½ miles NE of S1
Paragraph 4.141 1 lines 7-9 Replace by: and S2 light beacons (5.160) in approximate position
23q50c˜09S 151q34c˜67E.
...S as T1/T2 Light Beacons (special) (38q00c˜00S
144q55c˜87E). The zone is marked by light buoys and Queensland Notice 826/13
light beacons (special). The purpose of the zone is to (AA702992) [46/13]
minimise...
Queensland – Cairns — Outer anchorage;
Victorian Notice 128/13 Trinity Harbour.
(AA701882) [46/13]
297
New South Wales – Botany Bay and Paragraph 9.60 1 line 9 Replace by:
Sydney Harbour — Under keel clearance
CPS2 16q49c˜00S 145q51c˜10E
322
Queensland Notice 703/13
After Paragraph 12.77 1 Insert: (AA694211) [46/13]

Under keel clearance Queensland – Cairns Channel and Trinity Inlet —

12.77a
1 All sea-going vessels must maintain a minimum
under keel clearance of 0˜5 m at all times when
alongside in Botany Bay. For further details see Port
Procedures Guide for Sydney Harbour and Botany
Bay available from Sydney Ports Corporation website
(12.117).
328
Paragraph 12.124 2 lines 4-5 Replace by:
...0.2 m. All sea-going vessels must maintain a
minimum under keel clearance of 0˜5 m at all times
when alongside.
Sydney Ports Notice 32/13
(AA697241) [46/13]
NP15 Australia Pilot Volume 3 (2012 Edition)
New South Wales – Clarence River and Yamba
— North Channel; restricted zone
122
After Paragraph 3.193 4 line 8 Insert:
Caution - restricted zone. A restricted zone,
radius 30 m, in which anchoring and underwater
activities are prohibited is established around a light
buoy (special) in position 29q25c˜39S 153q21c˜20E in
close proximity to the above alignment; a diffuser riser
pipe with associated infrastructure installed above and
around the diffuser have been established.
Port of Clarence River Notice 11/13
(AA699124) [46/13]
Under keel clearance; speed limits.
297
Paragraph 9.53 Replace by:
1 The following minimum under-keel clearances are
required when under way in the Cairns Channel and
Trinity Inlet:
Vessels up to 30 000 gt: 10% of draught or a
minimum of 0.9m, whatever is the greatest in the
channel, and 0.6m in the swing basin, or on actual
squat figures provided for a channel similar to
Cairns at 10 knots + 0.6m.
Vessels up to 40 000 gt: UKC 1.3 m in the channel
and 0.6 m in the swing basin.
2 Vessels over 40 000 gt: UKC 1.5 m in the
channel and 0.6m in the swing basin.
Vessels over 90 000 gt: UKC 2.0m in the channel
and 0.6 m in the swing basin.
For vessels in the berth pocket, a UKC of 0.3 m is
to be maintained at all times.
298
Paragraph 9.63 Replace by:
1 Speed limits for vessels with a draught in excess of
3 m, within the Cairns Channel, Trinity Inlet and
Smiths Creek, are as follows:
Entrance channel seaward of Beacon C15
(16q53c˜37S 145q47c˜82E), draught greater than
3 m: 12 kn.
Trinity Inlet inshore from Beacon C15, greater than
3 m draught: 8 kn, no wash.
Smith’s Creek, and draught greater than 3 m: 6 kn,
no wash.
2 Smith’s Creek between Senrab Point (16q56c˜45S
145q46c˜72E) and Chinamans Creek
(16q57c˜66S 145q45c˜98E): 6 kn, no wash.
Queensland Notices 638, 650/13 [37/13]

2 - 30
 NP18
NP18 Baltic Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition) Sweden – Kattegat east – Varberg —
draughts

135
Sweden – Kattegat N – Styrsö/Donsö —
vertical clearance Paragraph 4.88 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Maximum draught to Farehamnen is 10˜0 m.
105
Paragraph 4.90 1 line 5 For Industrihamnen Read
Innerhamnen
Paragraph 3.234 5 line 8 For 9˜2 m Read 8˜6 m
Paragraph 4.90 2 line 6 For Industrihamnen Read
Innerhamnen
Swedish Notice 427/8265/12
(SDD 2012000 238018) [02/13] Paragraph 4.93 5 line 4 For Industrihamnen Read
Innerhamnen

Sweden – Approaches to Göteborg –

Styrsö Sandvikshamnen — Directions
105
Paragraph 3.235 2 line 1 to 4 line 2 Replace by:
2 Directions for entering harbour. The harbour is
approached from the following routes:
ESE from Känsö Fjärskär (57q37c˜56N 11q43c˜73E),
described at 3.218.
NE from Hästbåden (57q36c˜23N 11q42c˜76E),
described at 3.225.
3 WNW from the S inner channel, passing N of
Styrsö described, with directions reversed, at
3.223 and 3.222.
Thence, from the junction of the above three
routes, about 3½ cables NE of Svarta Båden Light
(57q37c˜13N 11q45c˜45E) (3.225), the track leads SSW
into harbour.
Swedish Notice 436/8424/13
(SDD 2013000 030645)
Sweden – Kattegat east – Hållsundsudde —
beacon
132
136
Paragraph 4.95 1 lines 3-9 Replace by:
Innerhamnen. The principal wharf, on the E side of
the harbour basin, is about 650 m in length. There is
a fixed RoRo berth at the N end of the harbour,
Gyprockajen, maximum length 135 m, draught 6˜9 m,
ramp width 25 m, with height 0˜8 m above sea level.
An oil pier in the NW part of the harbour has depths
of 6˜5 m alongside, while the S end of the principal
wharf can accommodate a draught of 4˜1 m. The SW
berth in the harbour is for vessels with a deepest
draught of 6˜3 m.
Swedish Notice 425/7899 and 8260(T)/12
(SDD 2012000 226759) [02/13]
Sweden – Kattegat – Hallands Väderö —
Anchorage
142
Paragraph 4.145 1 line 5 Replace by:
[09/13]
...island in W gales, but see 4.147.
Paragraph 4.147 1 line 4 Add:
On the NE side of the island, Sandhamnsbukten is
an area in which anchorage is prohibited.
143

Paragraph 4.58 1 line 9 Replace by: Paragraph 4.151 1 line 7 Add: Mariners should note that
anchorage is prohibited in Sandhamnsbukten.
...mainland, on which stands a beacon (lattice,
18 m in height) (57q20c˜56N 11q59c˜98E). Swedish Notice 458/8851/13
(SDD 2013000 179961) [36/13]
Paragraph 4.59 1 line 4 Add:

Hållsundsudde Beacon (57q20c˜56N 11q59c˜98E) Denmark – Kattegat – Anholt Havn — Directions

(4.58).
164

133 Paragraph 5.22 1-2 Replace by:

1 North -west approach. From a position
Paragraph 4.67 1 line 2 Add: approximately 13 miles NW of Anholt, the track over
the coastal bank, least depth 4˜3 m, leads SE,
Hållsundsudde Beacon (57q20c˜56N 11q59c˜98E) passing:
(4.58). SW of a dangerous wreck (56q49c˜48N 11q18c˜46E),
thence:
Swedish Notice 423/8183/12 SW of a patch (56q47c˜22N 11q22c˜30E), with a depth
(SDD 2012000 216084) [02/13] of 5˜7 m, marked by a buoy (W cardinal), thence:

2 - 31
 NP18
SW of Nordvestrev (56q45c˜42N 11q27c˜00E) (4.23). Denmark – København – Skudeløbet —
Thence, when a position is reached off the harbour Directions
entrance, the track leads ENE into the harbour,
passing between the heads of the N and S 217
breakwaters from which lights (lateral) are exhibited.
2 Slusen, an alternative narrow channel, depth 3˜4 m, Paragraph 6.144 4 lines 1-6 and 5 lines 1-3 Replace by:
leads SSE over the inner part of Nordvestrev. Care is 4 The alignment (208˜1q) of these lights leads SSW
needed as this channel is unmarked. from a position about 1½ miles NNE of the front light,
passing:
Danish Notice 48/1295/2013 WNW of a 4˜8 m shoal (55q44c˜01N 12q37c˜21E),
(SDD 2013000 259126) [51/13] lying at the N extremity of Stubben (6.135),
marked on its N side by a light buoy (port hand),
thence:
Denmark – København – North approach — 5 WNW of a buoy (port hand) (55q43c˜71N
Directions
12q36c˜30E), moored off the seaward end of
the approach to Tuborg Havn (6.159).
206
BA Chart 902 [51/13]
Paragraph 6.87 1 lines 4-6 Replace by:

...about 3¼ miles in the white sector (207˜2q-212˜2q) of Denmark – The Sound – Central part —
København Nord Light (55q43c˜50N 12q37c˜92E), passing Dredged depth; principal mark; directions
(positioned from Middelgrunds Fort):
219
210
Paragraph 6.167 2 lines 1-3 and 7 Delete
Paragraph 6.111 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:

Passage through Renden in white sector 221-222

(207˜2q-212˜2q) of København Nord Light
(55q43c˜50N 12q37c˜92E): 9 m. Paragraph 6.193 1 lines 2-3 and 2 lines 12-13 Delete

214 224

Paragraph 6.134 2-3 Replace by: Paragraph 6.212 1 line 3 For 8˜2 m Read 8˜0 m
2 Alternatively, from a position about 2 miles N of
Middelgrunds Fort (6.132), the track leads SSW in the 226
white sector (207˜2q-212˜2q) of København Nord Light
(55q43c˜50N 12q37c˜92E) through the W part of Renden Paragraph 6.223 2 lines 4-5 and 4 lines 7-8 Delete
(6.135), passing (positioned from Middelgrunds Fort):
ESE of No 2 Anchorage (2 miles NNW), and:
WNW of No 3 Anchorage (1 mile NNW). 227
Thence the track rounds the SW end of No 3
Paragraph 6.234 1 lines 4-5 and 2 lines 7-8 Delete
Anchorage and leads SSE, passing:
3 Clear of a 9˜5 m shoal (8 cables NW), as above,
and: Paragraph 6.234 5 lines 8-9 Replace by:
ESE of a group of buoys and a light buoy (starboard
NW of a bank (1½ miles SE), with a least depth of
hand) (7 cables W), marking the E side of an area
of reclaimed land, SE of Stubben. 1˜7 m, fronting the W side of the entrance to
Limhamn Centralhamn. The edges of the bank
are marked by buoys and by a light buoy (special).
Danish Notices 1007(P)-1008(P)/38/13 Thence:
(SDD 2013000 206976) [42/13]
After Paragraph 6.234 7 line 6 Insert:

Sweden – The Sound – Landskrona approaches 8 Useful mark:

— Directions Limhamn Norra Light (55q35c˜85N 12q55c˜77E)
(6.232).
207
228
After Paragraph 6.93 2 line 4 Insert:
Paragraph 6.236 1 lines 4-5 and 2 lines 7-8 Delete
NE of a buoy (E cardinal) (2 miles WNW), moored off
the NE side of Staffans Bank, thence:
Paragraph 6.243 1 lines 4-5 Delete
Swedish Notice 464/8971/2013
(SDD 2013000 212073) [42/13] BA Chart 903 [28/13]

2 - 32
 NP18
Denmark – København – Dragør Fort — Paragraph 6.307 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Directions
... board about 1 mile S of No 1 Light Buoy (starboard
226 hand).

Paragraph 6.227 1 line 4 For Light Read (55q35c˜33N Paragraph 6.310 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
12q40c˜80E) 1 South-west approach. From a position about
5 miles SSW of Trelleborg Beacon (6.303), the track
Paragraph 6.228 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: leads ENE for about 4 miles to the alignment of
Trelleborg Leading Lights, passing SSE of a 4˜8 m
1 From a position E of Dragør Fort (55q35c˜33N shoal (1¾ miles WSW of the beacon), marked by a
12q40c˜80E), the dredged channel leads into the S part buoy (S cardinal). This ...
of Drogden, known as Dragør Bro, passing (positioned
from Dragør Fort): Paragraph 6.310 2 lines 3-5 Replace by:

Danish Notice 8/239/13 ... the track leads WNW for about 7 miles to the alignment
(SDD 2013000 040227) [12/13] of Trelleborg Leading Lights, passing SSW of a ...
Paragraph 6.310 3-5 Replace by:
Sweden – South coast – Kullagrund — Light 3 Trelleborg leading lights.
Front light (white triangle, point up, on white metal
237 tower, black band) (55q22c˜22N 13q09c˜26E).
Rear light (white triangle, point down, on red and
Paragraph 6.300 2 line 5 Delete floodlit
white framework tower) (540 m from front light).
4 The alignment (016˜2q) of these lights leads NNE to
Paragraph 6.300 3 line 4 Delete enter the seaward end of the dredged channel,
marked by Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys.
Swedish Notice 460/8886/2013
(SDD 2013000 189381) [38/13] Swedish Notice 8739/453/2013
(SDD 2013000 140130) [33/13]

Sweden – Trelleborg — Light; directions

Denmark – Samsø Bælt – Vejrø Bugt —
Directions
237
248
Paragraph 6.300 2 lines 1-3 Delete
Paragraph 7.28 3-4 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.300 3 line 3 Delete
3 General layout. The harbour is protected from the
N by a W breakwater, 220 m in length, with a
Paragraph 6.301 1 line 5 Replace by:
triangular head from which a mole extends 190 m E.
Trelleborg No 1 Light Buoy (55q20c˜72N 13q08c˜58E). The entrance to the harbour faces N between the
spur from the W breakwater and the E breakwater,
Paragraph 6.303 1 line 2 Replace by: 120 m in length.
... Harbour entrance (55q21c˜60N 13q08c˜95E), the track 4 Directions for entering harbour. From a position
leads ... about 2 miles N of the harbour in Nekselø Bugt, the
track leads S until a short distance from Havnsø N
After Paragraph 6.303 2 line 2 Insert: Mole E Head Light (green and white mast)
(55q45c˜29N 11q19c˜56E), exhibited from the E end of
Trelleborg Beacon (black tower, white band, on grey
base, 15 m in height) (55q21c˜41N 13q08c˜95E) the N mole. Thence, from a position close N of the
standing 2 cables S of the harbour entrance. entrance, the track leads SE between the heads of
the moles.
238 Useful mark:
Light (55q45c˜30N 11q19c˜60E) (red and white mast)
Paragraph 6.305 2 Replace by: exhibited from the head of the E mole.

2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from Danish Notice 47/1271/2013
SSW through a channel dredged to a depth of 9˜5 m (SDD 2013000 254105) [51/13]
(2013), 150 m in width, 9 cables in length.
Paragraph 6.306 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: Denmark – Samsø Bælt – Vejrø — Buoyage

1 Controlling depth: 9˜5 m in the approach channel, 252

9˜0 m inside the outer breakwaters and 8˜0 m in the
inner harbour. Paragraph 7.57 4 line 7 Delete light

Paragraph 6.307 1 lines 6-8 Replace by:

Danish Notice 46/1244/2013
... the seaward end of the entrance channel, in depths ... (SDD 2013000 248882) [49/13]

2 - 33
 NP18
Denmark – Ebeltoft Vig — buoy Denmark – Northern part of Lillebælt –
Tragten — Directions
253
302
Paragraph 7.72 2 lines 1–2 Replace by:
Paragraph 9.29 1 lines 6-10 Replace by:
2 N of the 4˜8 m shoal at the NE extremity of NW of a dangerous underwater rock (2¾ miles
Øreflak (1¼ miles SE) (7.71), and: ENE), reported in 2009, lying on the N extremity of
the coastal bank fronting the N coast of Fyn,
Danish Notice 47/1173/12 thence:
(SDD 2012000 238607) [02/13]
Danish Notice 23/601/13
Denmark – Storebælt north part — Directions (SDD 2013000 125802) [26/13]

280 Denmark – Svendborg Sund —

Directions; leading light
Paragraph 8.37 4 lines 1-5 Delete
335

281 Paragraph 10.47 1 lines 3-4 Delete common To Lights

Paragraph 8.42 3 lines 1-4 Delete Paragraph 10.47 3 lines 5-8 and 4 lines 1-7 Replace by:
Thence, when a position is reached 2 cables W of
BA Chart 938 [44/13] Kristiansminde North Front Light (55q03c˜53N
10q38c˜27E), the track leads W for about 3 cables, and
at night in the white sector (084˜5q-090˜5q), astern, of
Denmark – Storebælt – Romsø Sund – Kristiansminde North Front Light, passing N of
Klæpen — Buoyage Tåsinge Skanseodde (10.44), either to the harbour
approach (10.48), or to the white sector (232q-237q) of
280 Gasværk Light (10.44) for onward passage W through
the sound.
Paragraph 8.34 2 line 7 For port hand Read W cardinal
Danish Notice 22/571/13
(SDD 2013000 118448) [26/13]
Denmark – Smålandsfarvandet – Bandholm —
Channel depth
Denmark – Agersø Sund – Skælskør Fjord —
depths
363
355
Paragraph 11.107 1 line 2 For 5˜8 m Read 5˜6 m
Paragraph 11.46 2 line 4 Replace by:
Danish Notices 44/1174/1175/2013 Controlling depth is 3˜5 m.
(SDD 2013000 238514) [47/13]
Danish Notice 45/1112/12
(SDD 2012000 227427) [02/13]
Denmark – Storebælt southern part –
Langelandsbælt S — buoyage
Denmark – Smålandsfarvandet –
Northern Passage — Controlling depth
292
373
Paragraph 8.117 1 line 5 Add:
Paragraph 11.182 1 line 7 For 2˜3 m Read 2˜2 m
Langelandsbælt S DW54 Light Buoy (54q48c˜02N
10q50c˜27E).
Danish Notice 22/562/13
Paragraph 8.117 2 line 5 Add: (SDD 2013000 118448) [26/13]
Langelandsbælt S DW54 Light Buoy (54q48c˜02N
10q50c˜27E). Denmark – Fehmarn Belt west part –
Langelandsbælt S — buoyage
293 382
Paragraph 8.125 1 line 5 Add: Paragraph 12.14 1 line 2-3 Replace by:
Langelandsbælt S DW54 Light Buoy (54q48c˜02N Langelandsbælt S DW54 Light Buoy (54q48c˜02N
10q50c˜27E). 10q50c˜27E).

Danish Notice 50/1235(P)/12 Danish Notice 50/1235(P)/12

(SDD 2012000 254600) [02/13] (SDD 2012000 254600) [02/13]

2 - 34
 NP18
Germany – Kieler Hafen – Anchorages — NP19 Baltic Pilot Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
Obstruction

Sweden – East coast — Restricted Areas

389
15
After Paragraph 12.62 1 line 7 Insert:
Paragraph 1.89 including heading Delete
Care is needed to avoid an obstruction (54q23c˜13N
10q11c˜05E) lying in the anchorage, near the N limit. Paragraph 1.90 including heading Delete

German Notice 5/(16)34/2013 113

(SDD 2013000 025047) [08/13]
Paragraph 2.201 including heading Delete

Germany – Warnemünde approaches – 114

Warnemünde Reede — Anchorage
Paragraph 2.210 1 lines 6-7 Delete
431
Paragraph 2.210 2 line 1 Replace by:
After Paragraph 13.139 1 line 6 Insert: 2 Restricted area. The entrance to Slite Hamn lies
within a Restricted...
Mariners should note two patches of foul ground in
positions 54q13c˜60N 12q00c˜60E and 54q13c˜49N 115
12q01c˜14E, on the E side of Area No 1.
Paragraph 2.218 1 lines 7-8 Delete
German Notice 14/(16)36/13, ENC Cell DE416050
(SDD 2013000 074148) [17/13] Paragraph 2.219 1 lines 5-6 Delete It lies within to
Restricted Area.

Germany – Rügen inner waters – Paragraph 2.223 including heading Delete

Libben Fahrwasser — Directions
145
448
Paragraph 3.197 including heading Delete
Paragraph 13.288 1-2 Replace by:
235
1 From a position about 2½ miles ENE of Dornbusch
Light (54q35c˜95N 13q07c˜16E) (13.277) in Libben Paragraph 6.6 1 lines 5-8 Delete
(13.276), the track leads SSW for 3 miles to enter
Vitter Bodden, the expanse of water lying between the Paragraph 6.6 2 Delete
N part of Hiddensee (13.217) and Bug (13.278),
passing: 268
Clear of Hiddensee Light Buoy (safe water)
(54q36c˜30N 13q11c˜08E), thence: Paragraph 7.8 Delete
2 Through Libben Fahrwasser (13.276), a channel
marked by light buoys (lateral).
Thence the track leads to a position at the 269
beginning of the Poggenhof leading line, between No 9 Paragraph 7.17 including heading Delete
Light Buoy (starboard hand) (54q33c˜96N 13q09c˜45E)
and No10 Light Buoy (port hand) (54q33c˜96N
13q09c˜51E). 272

Paragraph 13.289 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 5¼ cables N of Poggenhof
Front Leading Light (54q32c˜69N 13q09c˜54E)
(13.288),...
Paragraph 13.290 2 lines 2-3 Replace by:
...E from a position about 4½ cables NNE of Poggenhof
Front Leading Light (54q32c˜69N 13q09c˜54E)...
German Notice 39/(16)162/2013
(SDD 2013000 212074)
After Paragraph 7.32 Insert:
Depths
7.32a
1 The greater part of the waters lying NW of
Mysingen, as shown on the chart, are incompletely
surveyed. Uncharted dangers may exist. Similar areas
exist W of Nåttarö and between Råno and Alö.
Paragraph 7.38 including heading Delete
276
[42/13] Paragraph 7.68 1 lines 1-2 Delete The port to See 7.17.

2 - 35
 NP19
278 269

Paragraph 7.90 1 line 1 Delete Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.17
including heading Replace by:
Spare
284 7.17

Paragraph 7.128 Delete 272

Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.38
307 including heading Replace by:
Spare
Paragraph 7.280 including heading Delete 7.38

284
Swedish Notice 390/7686; 391/7684 and 7687;
392/7689/2012 Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.128
(SDD 2012000 035205; 040056; 045644) [12/12] Replace by:
7.128
Sweden – East coast — Restricted areas 1 Spare.

307
15
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.280
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.89 including heading Replace by:
including heading Replace by:
Spare
Spare 7.280
1.89
Swedish Notice 390/7686; 391/7684 and 7687;
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 1.90 392/7689/2012
including heading Replace by: (SDD 2012000 035205; 040056; 045644) [13/12]
Spare
1.90 Sweden – SE Baltic – Södra Midsjöbanken —
Directions; light platform

113 86

Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 2.201 Paragraph 2.10 1 line 2 Replace by:
including heading Replace by:
...of 11 to 18 m. A lighted platform (2.18) has been
Spare established at the N end of the bank. A wreck with a depth
2.201 of 15 m lies...
After Paragraph 2.15 2 line 2 Insert:
115 Södra Midsjöbanken, lighted platform (55q43c˜20N
17q19c˜98E) (2.18).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 2.223
including heading Replace by: After Paragraph 2.16 1 Insert:

Spare 2 AIS:
2.223 Södra Midsjöbanken platform (55q43c˜20N
17q19c˜98E).
For information, see The Mariner’s Handbook and
145
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 3.197
87
including heading Replace by:
After Paragraph 2.18 1 line 11 Insert:
Spare
3.197 Södra Midsjöbanken, lighted meteorological
platform (mast on yellow platform, 100 m in
268 height) (55q43c˜20N 17q19c˜98E).
After Paragraph 2.18 3 line 4 Insert:
Existing Section IV Notice Week 12/12 Paragraph 7.8
Replace by: Södra Midsjöbanken platform (55q43c˜20N
17q19c˜98E).
7.8 For information, see The Mariner’s Handbook and
1 Spare. Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

2 - 36

Paragraph 2.19 1 line 10-11 Replace by:
NNW of Södra Midsjöbanken platform (30 miles
SSE) (2.18); thence:
Swedish Notice 396/7793/2012
(SDD 2012000 064614)
Sweden – South coast – Kullagrund — Light
86
NP19
141
Paragraph 3.168 1 lines 3-4 For the vicinity of Karlskrona
Angöring light buoy (56q03c˜2N 15q33c˜4E) Read
Karlskrona pilot boarding position (56q02c˜8N 15q33c˜3E)
[20/12]
145
Paragraph 3.193 1 lines 3-4 For close to Karlskrona
Angöring Light Buoy (56q03c˜2N 15q33c˜3E). Read in
position 56q02c˜8N 15q33c˜3E.

Paragraph 2.15 2 lines 4-5 Delete 146

Paragraph 3.208 5 lines 1-3 Replace by:
87
5 Thence the track leads 6 miles WNW, clear of any
Paragraph 2.18 2 lines 2-3 Delete charted dangers, to a position 4 miles SSW of Västra
Försänkningen Light (56q06c˜5N 15q34c˜5E).

122 Paragraph 3.209 2-4 & 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:

2 From a position SSW of Västra Försänkningen
Paragraph 3.17 2 lines 5-6 Delete
Light, the alignment (012˜5q) of these lights leads
4 miles NNE to the entrance, through a channel
Swedish Notice 460/8886/2013 marked by light buoys (lateral) and in the white sector
(SDD 2013000 189381) [38/13] (001˜7q–014˜1q) of Västra Försänkningen Light,
passing (with positions from the light):
3 E of Farstugrund (2½ miles SSW), thence:
Estonia – North-west coast of Hiiumaa —
Dangerous wrecks WNW of Esten (2¼ miles S), thence:
ESE of Saltknölen (1¾ miles SSW), thence:
88 WNW of Sundsbåden (1½ miles S), thence:ESE of
Ällebåden (1 mile SSW), thence:
Paragraph 2.26 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: W of Yttre Hjortgrundet (1 mile S).

...the TSS, the track leads NE for about 17 miles, passing Paragraph 3.210 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
NW of a dangerous wreck (59q12c˜80N 22q15c˜36E) lying 1 Alternative channel. From a position close E of
WNW of Glotovi madal (12.70), to a position NW of Anchor Berth A (3.213) the ....
Tahkuna nina (59q46cN 22q57cE).
147
429
Paragraph 3.213 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
After Paragraph 12.70 2 line 10 Insert:
1 Anchorage may be obtained at Anchor Berth A
NNW of a dangerous wreck (8½ miles W), thence: (56q03c˜5N 15q31c˜5E).

Estonian Notice 3/32/13 Swedish Notice 414/8126/12

(SDD 2013000 048960) [16/13] (SDD 2012000 170261) [37/12]

Southern Baltic - Sweden - Åhus — Draughts

Sweden – Visby — Anchorage
127
106
Paragraph 3.62 1 line 3 For 7˜1 m Read 6˜9 m
After Paragraph 2.164 2 line 4 Insert:
Mariners should note a pipeline laid ESE/WNW 128
passing about 1 cable N of No 3 Anchorage.
Paragraph 3.62 2 lines 2-4 Delete
Swedish Notice 455/8775/2013
(SDD 2013000 159906) [32/13] Paragraph 3.66 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2 The dredged outer harbour is about 70 m wide with
Sweden – Karlskrona approaches — a turning basin at each end. The outer turning basin
Directions; buoyage is for vessels of length up to 120 m with a maximum
recommended draught of 5˜9 m. The inner turning
121 basin is for vessels of length up to 110 m with a
maximum recommended draught of 6˜3 m.
Paragraph 3.7 3 lines 5-6 For near Karlskrona Angöring
Light Buoy (56q03c˜2N 15q33c˜4E) Read in position Swedish Notice 411/7963/12
56q02c˜8N 15q33c˜3E. (SDD 2012000 155959) [34/12]

2 - 37
 NP19
Sweden - Åhus — Draughts Sweden – Kalmarsund south part – Bergkvara —
Leading lights; directions

128 161
Paragraph 4.34 5 and 6 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.62 1 lines 6-7 Delete
5 This alignment leads 6 cables W through the
channel, marked by buoys (lateral), to a position
Existing Section IV Week 34/12 Paragraph 3.66 2 line 6 For 2¾ cables from Bergkvara S Front Light. Thence the
6˜3 m Read 5˜9 m track leads NNW, and at night in the white sector
(334q–344q) of Dalskär Front Light, above, to the
commercial harbour area and the small vessel harbour
through another channel, also marked by buoys
129 (lateral).

Swedish Notices 452/8737/13

Paragraph 3.74 Replace by:
(SDD 2013000 135762) [28/13]
1 Outer harbour. Bollards 32 to 41; there is a
maximum recommended draught of 5˜9 m at arrival Sweden – Kalmarsund – Ölandsbron —
Vertical clearance
and 6˜9 m on departure for vessels up to 120 m
length. 163
There is a small shipyard on the S bank of the
river mid-way between the turning basins. Paragraph 4.47 1 line 7 For 36 m Read 34˜9 m
2 Inner harbour. Bollards 1 to 32; there is a
maximum recommended draught at arrival and on Swedish Notice 436/8382/13
departure of 5˜9 m for vessels up to 110 m length. (SDD 2013000 030645) [09/13]
There is a small boat harbour at the W end of the
inner harbour with 250 m of berthing space with Sweden – Öland E coast – Kårehamn —
depths alongside of about 3 m. Another small boat Wind farm
harbour lies on the S bank of the river close to the
shipyard. 185
After Paragraph 4.200 Insert:
Swedish Notice 411/7963/2012; 432/8367/2013
(SDD 2012000 155959; 2013000 009711) [05/13] Kårehamn wind farm
4.200a
Sweden - Karlshamn approaches — 1 A wind farm, centred on position 56q59c˜12N
Directions; wreck 17q00c˜69E and lying within a restricted area in which
anchoring is prohibited, is situated ENE of Kårehamn.
140 The wind farm consists of 16 turbines arranged in an
arc from N to SE. Lights are exhibited from each
Paragraph 3.151 3 line 6 Replace by: turbine.
Paragraph 4.203 2 line 4 to 3 line 3 Replace by:
ENE of Älleskärv (1½ miles S), an islet, and:
WSW of Eneskärv (1½ miles SE), thence: ESE of a wind farm (4.200a) situated on Klappervall
ENE of a dangerous wreck (1¼ miles S). (19½ miles SSW), a shoal bank marked by a buoy
(E cardinal), and Yttergrund (18½ miles SSW),
upon which stands a mast (framework, 50 m in
Swedish Chart 7421 height, red obstruction light), thence:
(SDD 2013000 085337) [27/13]
Swedish Notice 469/9068/2013
(SDD 2013000 243542) [48/13]
Sweden – Ronneby — Anchorage
Sweden – Västervik approaches —
Directions; tracks; lights; buoyage; depth
142
196

After Paragraph 3.171 1 line 7 Insert: Paragraph 5.72 2 Replace by:

2 From a position close N of Västerviks Angöring
Mariners should note a dangerous wreck off the N Light Buoy (N cardinal) (57q44c˜9N 16q55c˜0E), the
coast of Stora Ekön, surrounded by an area, radius track leads 5½ miles W through the fairway, marked
100 m, in which anchoring, diving and fishing are by buoys and light buoys (lateral), in the white sector
prohibited.
(268q–269½q) of Västerbådan Light (red tower, black
base, 15 m in height, floodlit) (57q44c˜84N 16q44c˜50E),
Swedish Notice 455/8795/2013 to a position 1½ cables E of the light, passing (with
(SDD 2013000 159906) [32/13] positions from Västerbådan Light):

2 - 38

Paragraph 5.72 4-8 Replace by:
4 N of Norra Per-Mattsbåden (1 mile ESE), thence:
N of a 4˜8 m shoal (7 cables ESE), marked by No 4
Light Buoy (port hand) which also marks the
junction where the inshore channel briefly joins
the main channel to lead E for 6 cables.
Tallskärshålet Leading Lights:
Front light (green tower, white band) (57q43c˜5N
16q43c˜5E).
Rear light (similar structure) (5¾ cables SSW of front
light).
5 From a position 1½ cables E of Västerbådan Light
the alignment (207q) of the above lights leads
1¼ miles SSW through Tallskärshålet, a narrow,
straight channel marked by light buoys (lateral),
between Lilla Tallskär on the W side and Stångskär,
on which stands a beacon (white cairn, red band, 4 m
in height) (57q44c˜0N 16q44c˜3E), on the E side.
6 Useful mark:
Light (yellow post) (57q44c˜1N 16q43c˜3E) standing
close off the SE point of Gränsö.
197
Paragraph 5.78 2-6 Replace by:
2 From a position close NE of Marsholmen
(57q43c˜6N 16q43c˜2E) the alignment (279q) of these
lights leads 1 mile W to a position 2½ cables from the
front light, passing (with positions from the front light):
S of a rocky shelf which extends 1½ cables ESE from
the SE extremity of Gränsö, and is marked by a
light buoy (starboard hand), thence:
3 S of an islet (3¾ cables E) which is marked by
a beacon on its S side and a light buoy
(starboard hand) close off its W extremity,
thence:
N of Borgö Light (3 cables ESE) (white lantern)
displayed from the NW side of Borgö.
4 Thence the track leads 1½ miles NNW through the
fairway, marked by buoys and light buoys (lateral),
initially in the white sector (154q–158q), astern, of
Borgö Light to a position E of Källarmästaren Beacon
(57q44c˜6N 16q40c˜5E), and thence in the white sector
(347q-350q) of Vitudden Light (white lantern)
(57q45c˜7N 16q40c˜5E) to Djuphamnen.
5 From a position S of Ekholmsgrundet Beacon
(57q45c˜4N 16q40c˜6E) the channel leads 2 cables NW
to Blockholmssundet entrance, in the white sector
(301q–307q) of No 1 Light (green tower, grey base,
6 m in height), exhibited on the N side of the channel.
After Paragraph 5.79 3 Insert:
Alternative channel
5.79a
1 From a position N of Borgö Light an alternative
channel leads 1 mile N through Lusärnafjärden in the
white sector (176q-182q), astern, of Borgö Light to a
position between Tärnskär (57q45c˜0N 16q41c˜8E) and
Tärnskärgrund, 2 cables WSW, both of which are
marked by light buoys (lateral). Thence the channel
leads 6 cables NW in the white sector (301q–307q) of
No 1 Light (5.78) to rejoin the main channel S of
Ekholmsgrundet Beacon, passing N of Lilla
Lusärnagrund (57q45c˜1N 16q41c˜0E), marked on its N
side by a light buoy (port hand).
2 - 39
NP19
197-198
Paragraph 5.80 2-4 Replace by:
2 From a position in the main channel 4½ cables E of
Borgö Light (57q43c˜8N 16q41c˜6E) the track leads
5 cables NNW into Lusärnafjärden through either of
two channels marked by buoys (lateral and isolated
danger) and a beacon standing on a rock in the
centre of the fairway. Thence the track continues
NNW to join the alternative channel (5.79a) and
thence the main channel S of Ekholmsgrundet
Beacon.
3 A branch channel continues NNW to pass N of
Stora Ringholm and enter the inner harbour close W
of the inner end of Blockholmssundet.
Useful mark:
Watch tower (57q45c˜9N 16q38c˜7E).
Swedish Notice 372/7297/2011
(SDD 2011000 179661) [43/11]
Sweden – East coast – Söderköping approaches
– Horvelsö — Anchorage
207
Paragraph 5.151 2 lines 4-6 Delete
Swedish Notice 465/8999/13
(SDD 2013000 213796) [43/13]
Sweden – Norrköping – Pampushamnen —
Directions; lights; buoys;
dredged channel; depths
215
Paragraph 5.198 8 line 5 For (251q-254q) Read
(251˜1q-253˜3q)
221-222
Paragraph 5.251 Replace by:
1 Lindökanalen Leading Lights:
Front light (58q37c˜0N 16q14c˜9E).
Rear light (4¼ cables WSW of front light).
From a position NE of Stora Juten Light (58q38c˜1N
16q19c˜7E) the track leads 2½ miles WSW to
Pampushamnen entrance passing NNW of Stora Juten
to join the alignment (247q) of the above lights which
lead in a 100 m wide channel, dredged to 14˜9 m
(2011) and marked by light buoys (lateral). At night
the channel leads in the white sector (066˜8q-067˜5q),
astern, of Stora Juten Västra Light (58q38c˜1N
16q19c˜7E).
2 The Pampushamnen turning basin, with a diameter
of about 400 m, and the dredged area are marked at
their limits by buoys and light buoys (lateral). The
centre of the short channel through Pampushamnen is
indicated by the alignment (295q) of Pampushamnen
Leading Lights:
Front light (red triangle on red post) (58q37c˜7N
16q14c˜3E), displayed from the NE corner of
Händelön.
Rear light (similar structure) (80 m NW of front light).
3 Caution. In winter an ice-bridge, crossing the
entrance channels, is established from Getå (58q40cN
16q18cE), on the N side, to Marby, 4 miles S and
close E of Lindöhamnen.
 NP19
222 284
Paragraph 5.252 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.136 1 line 6 Delete
1 Lindökanalen is entered from Pampushamnen
turning basin from the alignment of Lindökanalen Swedish Notice 8824/460/2013
Leading Lights (5.251). (SDD 2013000 189381) [38/13]

Paragraph 5.256 Replace by:

Sweden – Stockholm approaches – Växlet —
1 Pampushamnen. The oil harbour has three berths Buoyage
with depths of 9˜0 m, 11˜9 m and 14˜2 m. The 311
multi-purpose terminal has a total length of 610 m with
a dredged depth of 14˜2 m; the NW end of the quay Paragraph 7.307 6 line 4 Replace by:
is a RoRo berth with a dredged depth of 10˜4 m. A SSE of a 9˜1 m patch (2½ cables E) marked by a light
second RoRo berth, 80 m in length, lies close S of buoy (starboard hand) and by a buoy (S cardinal),
the main quay and has a depth of 8˜8 m. thence:

Swedish Notice 360/7282/11 Paragraph 7.308 4 lines 4-6 Replace by:

(SDD 2011000 127250)
Sweden – Östersviken – Oxelösunds Fiskehamn
— Leading lights; buoyage
224
Paragraph 5.280 Replace by:
[31/11] NW of a 9˜1 m patch (3˜2 miles SW) marked by a light
buoy (starboard hand) and by a buoy (S cardinal),
thence:
SE of the shoal bank, marked by a light buoy
(starboard hand), fronting the S side of Växlet
Södra Light (3˜4 miles SW).
Thence the track joins the main channel S of
Växlet Södra Light.

5.280 312
1 Spare.
Paragraph 7.318 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Swedish Notice 432/8365/2013 2 N of Växelgrund (7 miles NE), marked on its N
(SDD 2013000 009711) [05/13] side by a buoy (port hand), and on which
stands a beacon (floodlit), thence:

Sweden – Mälaren east side – Swedish Notice 448/8627/13

Skeppsbackasundet — Maximum draught (SDD 2013000 107060) [23/13]

251 Sweden – East coast – Approaches to Norrtälje

— Prohibited anchorage
Paragraph 6.115 1 line 5 For 5˜3 m Read 5˜0 m
317
Swedish Notice 444/8560/13 Paragraph 7.349 1 lines 4-7 Replace by:
(SDD 2013000 079684) [18/13]
Anchoring is prohibited in an area, about 5 cables
W of Harkö Light (59q45c˜63N 18q45c˜58E),
Sweden – South-east coast – Nynäshamn encompassing water pipelines which are laid from the
approaches – Danziger Gatt — Directions N shore across the fairway and into Kvisthamraviken
(59q45c˜00N 18q43c˜35E).
276 Paragraph 7.353 1 lines 1-2 Delete
After Paragraph 7.73 2 line 7 Insert:
Swedish Notice 461/8912(T)/2013
NE of a rock (8½ cables E), with a depth of 2˜8 m. A (SDD 2013000 196623) [43/13]
buoy (E cardinal) is moored off the E side of this
danger. Thence: Germany – Greifswalder Bodden –
Lauterbach approaches — Directions
Swedish Notice 462/8777/2013
(SDD 2013000 201076) [40/13] 328
Paragraph 8.68 2 lines 1-5 and 3 lines 1-6 Replace by:
Sweden – Stockholm – Stavsnäs — Radio masts 2 Thence the recommended track (306½q) leads
5¾ cables NW through a buoyed (lateral) channel until
281 a position is reached between No 5 Buoy (starboard
hand) (54q20c˜28N 13q33c˜56E) and No 8 Buoy (port
Paragraph 7.108 1 lines 2-7 Replace by:
hand). The track then leads 1½ miles WSW to the
Radio masts (red lights) (59q17c˜34N 18q41c˜31E), Lauterbach approach leading line, 7 cables SE of the
including one with an elevation of 72 m, stand in harbour entrance, passing close SSE of No 6 Buoy
the vicinity of Stavsnäs. (port hand) (54q20c˜13N 13q32c˜35E).

2 - 40
 NP19
Paragraph 8.69 2 lines 1-7 Replace by: Poland – Gulf of Gdamsk approaches — Wreck

2 Thence the route leads NNE for 1¼ miles within the 363
white sector (024q–029q) of Lauterbach S Mole Light
After Paragraph 9.20 1 line 6 Insert:
(white metal framework tower) (54q20c˜38N
13q30c˜19E), through a buoyed (lateral) channel, to a Clear of a wreck (54q56c˜02N 18q31c˜71E) with a
position close NNW of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard depth of 16˜9 m, which is the centre of a prohibited
hand) (54q19c˜67N 13q29c˜65E), and then ENE for area with a radius of 500 m, thence:
9 cables to the Lauterbach approach, 7 cables SE of
the harbour entrance. Polish Notice 29/602/2013
(SDD 2013000 163697) [32/13]
German Chart 1578; ENC Cell DE416080 [50/13]
Poland – Gdamsk approaches — Directions
Poland – Mrzeÿyno — Entrance depths 371

356 Paragraph 9.103 1 lines 1 to 9 Replace by:

1 From the vicinity of NP Light Buoy (safe water)
After Paragraph 8.294 1 line 6 Insert: (54q27c˜90N 18q42c˜05E), the approach leads SW for
about 2½ miles, through a fairway marked by buoys
Depths. There is a least depth of 1˜3 m in the (lateral), passing:
middle of the entrance to the river. Along the inside of Between No 2 Anchorage and No 3 Anchorage,
the W breakwater there are depths of more than thence:
2˜0 m, but depths may be even shallower than 1˜3 m 2 NW of a patch (54q27c˜28N 18q41c˜48E) of foul
on the E side of the entrance due to a shifting ground, with a depth of 11˜1 m, thence:
sandbank. NW of an 8˜4 m patch (54q26c˜98N 18q41c˜61E)
marked by M-NP Light Buoy (W cardinal), moored
Polish Notice 5/115(T)/13; ENC Cell PL5MRZEZ 2¼ miles NNE of the entrance.
(SDD 2013000 030423) [10/13] Thence the port is entered through the fairway,
further marked by buoys (lateral), on the alignment of
the following leading lights:
Poland – WÞadysÞawowo – Entrance channel —
Depths; buoyage Polish Notice 5/92/13
(SDD 2013000 030423) [13/13]
363
Poland – Port PóÞnocny — Racon
Paragraph 9.24 2 lines 3-7 Replace by:
372
Depths. The navigable depth in the entrance to the
harbour is 3˜5 m. All inbound and outbound vessels Paragraph 9.125 1 lines 1-5 Delete
should contact the WÞadysÞawowo Harbour Master to
ascertain the current navigational situation within the Polish Notice 418/20/2013
harbour. In the harbour the depths are subject to (SDD 2013000 111807) [24/13]
change and vary between 2˜5 and 6˜0 m, the least
depths being along the N mole. Estonia – Irbe Strait — Approach buoy
Paragraph 9.25 2 lines 6-8 Replace by: 403
...gallery, 10 m in height, stands on the E mole. A buoy (port Paragraph 11.18 1 line 2 Replace by:
hand) marks a shallow area N of the E mole.
...Irbe Lighthouse (11.15), in the vicinity of No 1 Light Buoy
(safe water), the track leads...
Polish Notice 4/61(T)/2013
(SDD 2013000 024945) [08/13] Estonian Notice 6/140/13
(SDD 2013000 119130) [33/13]

Poland – WÞadysÞawowo – Entrance channel — Estonia – Saaremaa – Kihelkonna — Directions

Buoyage
424
363
Paragraph 12.24 3 lines 6-10 Replace by:
Existing Section IV Notice Week 08/13 Paragraph 9.25 2 Directions. From a position about 3½ miles W of
lines 6-8 Replace by: Kiipsaare nukk (58q29c˜75N 21q50c˜46E) (12.14) the
track leads SE, passing:
...gallery, 10 m in height, stands on the E mole. SW of Laevarahu (58q29c˜49N 21q48c˜30E), thence:
SW of the shoal water fronting Harilaid (58q28c˜50N
Polish Notice 15/338/2013 21q51c˜30E), and:
(SDD 2013000 083409) [18/13] NE of Soolakuiv (58q25c˜90N 21q46c˜40E), thence:

2 - 41
 NP19
SW of Vörkrahu (58q26c˜46N 21q54c˜00E), thence:
NE of an obstruction (58q24c˜28N 21q53c˜42E), with a
depth of 0˜8 m.
Thence the track leads into the bay on the
alignment (129q) of a tower (concrete, 18 m in height)
(58q22c˜54N 21q59c˜95E) with Kihelkonna church (red
steeple) (58q21c˜62N 22q02c˜12E), 1½ miles SE.
Caution. Care is needed to keep clear of a
dangerous wreck (58q23c˜34N 21q58c˜17E) lying on the
leading line 4 cables S of the head of the ruined pier
at Allika rahu (58q23c˜81N 21q58c˜59E).
Estonian Notice 10/232/2013, Estonia Chart 515 (3rd Edt),
ENC EE4B2415
(SDD 2013000 213879) [43/13]
Estonia – Outer approaches to Väinameri —
Pilotage; offshore route
430
Paragraph 12.78 1 lines 2 to 3 Replace by:
...Väinameri. For vessels approaching from N the pilot
boarding point is at 59q01c˜00N 23q05c˜00E, WSW of
Vormsi Common Front and Rear Light (59q01c˜7N
23q07c˜1E).
Paragraph 12.82 1 lines 1 to 3 Replace by:
1 From a position NNW of Tahkuna nina (59q06cN
22q35cE), the track leads ESE, passing...
Estonian Notice 3/40/2013
(SDD 2013000 048960) [13/13]
Kaskinen, Vaasa, Pietarsaari, Kokkola, Raahe,
Oulu, Kemi and Röyttä (Tornio).
2 The Finnish Transport Agency (FTA) procures
icebreaker services from Sweden and private towing
companies. Visual representations of the vessels used
are shown in diagram 1.91.1. The FTA address for
winter navigation issues is:
Address. Finnish Transport Agency, Winter
Navigation Unit, P.O. Box 33, FIN-00521,
Helsinki, Finland.
E-mail. winternavigation@fta.fi
3 Useful information about winter navigation can be
found on the website www.fta.fi The FTA also
publishes a set of instructions for merchant vessels,
Finland’s Winter Navigation, which is updated annually
and is available from the previously mentioned
website. This document also provides information on
the Russian and Estonian icebreaking services.
4 For further details on the names and call signs of
icebreakers see The Finnish Transport Agency
website and Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2).
Finnish Notice 30/364/2013
(SDD 2013000 234722) [46/13]
Gulf of Finland – Russia – Luzhskaya Guba —
Directions
122
After Paragraph 3.160 2 Insert:

Estonia – Outer approaches to Väinameri — West side of Luzhskaya Guba to the port of Ust’-Luga
Directions 3.160a
1 Luzhskiy Morskoy-Zapadnyy Leading Lights:
430 Front light (white rectangular panel, black stripe, on
After Paragraph 12.82 1 line 4 Insert: framework tower, 42 m in height) (59q43c˜88N
28q26c˜80E).
NNE of a wreck (3¾ miles NNE), with a depth of Rear light (similar construction, 67 m in height)
10˜4 m, thence: (5 cables SE of front light).
2 From a position on the W side of Luzhskaya Guba,
Estonia Notice 11/250/2013 in the vicinity of No 3 Light Buoy (safe water)
(SDD 2013000 238981) [47/13] (59q49c˜70N 28q11c˜70E), the track leads SE on the
alignment (127˜6q) of these leading lights, passing:
SW of a 9˜2 m shoal (59q49c˜03N 28q15c˜24E)
NP20 Baltic Pilot Volume 3 (2013 Edition) (3.158), thence:
3 NE of Banka Shpartenkova (59q47c˜43N
28q16c˜71E) (3.158), thence:
Finland — Winter navigation SW of a shoal (59q47c˜44N 28q19c˜66E), with a depth
of 8˜2 m, thence:
22 NE of a shoal (59q46c˜18N 28q19c˜51E), with a depth
of 5˜8 m, thence:
Paragraph 1.91 and heading Replace by: 4 SW of Tyomnaya Loda Bank (59q47c˜26N
28q22c˜55E), marked at its S end by a light
Finland buoy (S cardinal) (59q46c˜43N 28q21c˜99E).
1.91 Thence the track leads to a position in
1 The Finnish Transport Agency has designated Precautionary Area 355, 1˜9 miles NW of Luzhskiy
23 ports as winter harbours. These are harbours which Morskoy-Zapadnyy Front Leading Light.
are kept open all year round, and are as follows: (Directions continue for the Port of Ust’-Luga at 3.179)
Hamina, Kotka, Loviisa, Porvoo/Sköldvik Oil
Terminal, Helsinki, Kantvik/Porkkala, Inkoo, Russian Notice 27/4089/2013; Admiralty List of Lights and
Koverhar, Hanko, Turku, Naantali, Fog Signals Volume C 3982.1, 3982.2
Maarianhamina, Uusikaupunki, Rauma, Pori, (SDD 2013000 140416) [39/13]

2 - 42
 NP20
Finland – Helsinki – Sompassari — 294
vertical clearance
Paragraph 7.39 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
174 4 Rear light (red rectangle, yellow stripe) (1¼ miles
NNW of front light) standing on Sammo.
Paragraph 4.216 1 line 6 For 36 m Read 21 m
Paragraph 7.42 1 line 1 For Sammo Light Read Sammo

Finnish notice 18/226/2013 Finnish Notice 26/303/13

(SDD 2013000 140704) [32/13] (SDD 2013000 205076) [41/13]

Finland – South Coast – Finland – Gulf of Bothnia – Malskeri to

Utö south-eastwards — Depth Kristiinankaupunki – Kiili roadstead —
Leading line
234
310
Paragraph 6.21 3 line 4 For 6˜6 m Read 5˜7 m Paragraph 7.142 8 lines 2-6 Delete

Finnish chart 952 Finnish notice 31/372/2013

(SDD 2013000 018540) [34/13] (SDD 2013000 243938) [48/13]

Finland – Gulf of Bothnia – South approaches to

Finland – N approaches to Uusikaupunki — Vaasa – Storkors — Directions
Directions
324
293
Paragraph 7.221 3 lines 4-6 Delete
Paragraph 7.42 1 and 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 From a position about 4½ miles NW of Kajakulma
Light (red rectangle, yellow stripe, 8 m in height) Finnish Notice 33/390/2013
(60q59c˜93N 21q10c˜80E) the track leads SE for 4 miles (SDD 2013000 258578) [51/13]
to the Santakarinluoto leading line, passing (with
positions from Kajakulma Light): Gulf of Bothnia – Finland – North-west
approaches to Vaasa — Directions
Paragraph 7.42 3 line 5 For Kajakulma Front Light Read
Kajakulma Light 326

Paragraph 7.42 4 Replace by: Paragraph 7.232 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
4 From a position about 1½ miles NW of Kajakulma
Secondary routes authorised for draughts of 6˜5 m,
Light an offshore channel, authorised for a draught of 4˜5 m and 4˜3 m are also described.
5˜5 m, leads N to the entrance into Rauma.
Paragraph 7.43 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 329
1 From the position 4 cables NW of Kajakulma Light
(60q59c˜93N 21q10c˜80E) (7.42) the alignment (198q) of Paragraph 7.251 Heading Replace by:
the above lights, leads...
Connecting 4˜3 m channel
298 Paragraph 7.251 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.80 1 line 1 For Kajakulma Front Light Read 2 The track, which is marked by the alignment
Kajakulma Light (081˜3q) of Kopparfuruskär Leading Lights (7.230),
leads ENE, passing:
Close NNW of Gråskäl Light Beacon (63q07c˜64N
Paragraph 7.80 2 lines 2-3 For Kajakulma Front Light Read
21q19c˜94E) (7.241), thence:
Kajakulma Light
Across the main shipping channel and NNW of a
9˜8 m shoal (63q07c˜67N 21q20c˜34E) marked by a
Finnish Notice 15/184/2013 buoy (port hand), thence:
(SDD 2013000 118236) [32/13] 3 Through a short section of channel (63q07c˜83N
21q22c˜20E) marked by buoys (lateral).
The track then continues ENE to the position
Gulf of Bothnia – Finland – North approaches to 2 cables WSW of Kopparfuruskär Front Leading Light,
Uusikaupunki — Directions; light passing close NNW of a shoal (63q07c˜87N
21q24c˜26E) with a depth of 2˜4 m, marked on its N
293-294 side by a buoy (N cardinal), lying off the N side of the
islet of Mastören (63q07c˜60N 21q24c˜05E).
Paragraph 7.38 2 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Finnish Notice 30/360/2013
...the above beacons, to the Kiuskeri leading line. (SDD 2013000 234722) [46/13]

2 - 43
NP20
Finland – Gulf of Bothnia – Vaasa – Gulf of Bothnia – Holmön – Byviken —
Secondary approach channel — Anchorage
Authorised draught

461
333-334
Paragraph 10.362 4 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.287 1 line 4 For 3˜5 m Read 3˜4 m
4 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor 1½ cables off the
W shore of the narrow bay, in a depth of 20 m, sand,
Paragraph 7.287 3 line 2 For 2˜9 m Read 2˜4 m but care is needed to avoid a submarine pipeline laid
along the W shore, which lands at the root of the E
Finnish Notices 33/391/2013; 22/267(P)/2013 breakwater.
(SDD 2013000 258578; 2013000 184081) [51/13]
Swedish Notice 468/9058/2013
(SDD 2013000 238153) [47/13]

Finland – Gulf of Bothnia – Oulu to Kemi –

Inshore channel — Directions
Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia –
South-east of Malören — Depth
357

Paragraph 8.149 4 line 4 For 7½ Read 7 494

After Paragraph 11.200 2 line 5 Insert:

After Paragraph 8.149 4 line 7 Insert:
SW of a shoal (7½ miles SE), with a depth of 9˜0 m,
Selkäkari Leading Beacons (red, white, red vertical thence:
stripes on front; yellow, red, yellow vertical stripes
on rear) (65q34c˜86N 25q01c˜16E), in line bearing Swedish Notice 467/9041(P)/2013
324q, lead 2½ miles NW, thence: (SDD 2013000 233629) [46/13]

Paragraph 8.149 5 line 3 For 4 Read 2½

Sweden – Gulf of Bothnia –
Finnish Notice 33/394/2013 Karlsborg approaches — Depth
(SDD 2013000 258578) [51/13]

502

Sweden-E coast – Hallstavik — Shoal Paragraph 11.266 1 line 1 Replace by:

1 Controlling depth. There is a minimum depth of
376 8˜5 m in the channel leading to Karlsborg.
Pilotage. See 11.192 for information on pilots.
Paragraph 9.86 3 line 2 Replace by:
Swedish Notice 466/9013/2013
...of Vändvik Light. A shoal depth of 6˜9 m has been (SDD 2013000 220455) [44/13]
reported (2013) in the fairway 8 cables S of the light. On the
W side of the...

Swedish Notice 461/8914/2013

NP21 Bay of Bengal Pilot (2010 Edition)
(SDD 2013000 196623) [39/13]

India East Coast – Chennai to Penner River —

Sweden – Approaches to Gävle — Buoyage Directions

386 89
Paragraph 9.159 4 line 2 For buoy (N cardinal) Read light Paragraph 2.106 1 lines 15 and 16 For (14q15c˜3N 80q07c˜7E)
buoy (port hand) Read (14q17c˜14N 80q08c˜27E).

Paragraph 9.159 4 line 3 For buoy (S cardinal) Read light Paragraph 2.107 1 line 5 For (14q15c˜3N 80q07c˜7E) Read
buoy (starboard hand) (14q17c˜14N 80q08c˜27E).

Swedish Notice 457/8817/2013 Indian Notice 24/280/12

(SDD 2013000 175294) [35/13] (SDD 2012000 261827) [07/13]

2 - 44

India – Chennai to Kºkinºda Bay — Kattupalli Port
91
After Paragraph 2.115 1 line 6 Insert:
Kattupali Port
Chart 317, Indian Chart 3039 (see 1.16)
General information
2.115a
1 Position and function. Kattupalli Port (13q18c˜50N
80q21c˜20E) is located 3½ miles N of Ennore Port; it
handles container, lighter and general cargo traffic in
addition to being a major shipbuilding and ship repair
centre.
The port has been developed by Larsen and Toubro (L
and T) Shipbuilding Limited (LTSB), a joint venture
between L and T and the Tamilnadu Industrial
Development Corporation (TIDCO).
2 Port Authority. LTSB has been licensed by the
Tamilnadu Maritime Board to operate the port.
LTSB - Port Division, Kattupalli Village, Ponneri Taluk,
Tiruvallur District, Tamilnadu 600 120, India.
Tamilnadu Maritime Board, 22 Sir Thyagaraya Road,
T. Nagar, Chennai 600 017, India.
Limiting conditions
2.115b
1 Controlling depth. The approach channel is reported
(2012) to be dredged to 14 m although charted depths are
less. The Port Authority should be contacted for the most
up to date information.
Tidal levels. Tides are semi-diurnal and similar in
character to those at Ennore. The mean spring range is
1˜2 m with a mean neap range of 0˜2 m.
For further information, see Admiralty Tide Tables
Volume 3.
Arrival information
2.115c
1 Outer anchorages. There are two anchorage areas,
shown on the chart, located N of the pilot boarding
position. The N anchorage is for dangerous cargo, the S
anchorage is unrestricted. A dumping ground (13q19c˜80N
80q24c˜35E) is located NE of the anchorage areas.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels above 100 gt. The
pilot boarding position (13q18c˜33N 80q23c˜41E) is located
between the outer anchorages and the fairway light buoy
(safe water) moored in the E approaches to the buoyed
channel.
For further information, see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6.
Harbour
2.115d
1 General layout. The harbour is entered through a 180 m
wide dredged channel marked by light buoys. There are
two 1 mile long breakwaters protecting the inner harbour.
Inside the breakwaters, there is a turning circle, 570 m in
diameter, and the main berthing area.
2 - 45
NP21
2 The container berths are located in the N half of the
harbour, with a finger jetty and a ship lift facility to the S.
In the S half of the harbour, there is a sea water intake for
the Chennai Petroleum Corporation Limited (CPCL),
extending 500 m NE from a sea island, which is linked to
the shore by a 500 m long causeway. A jetty serving L and
T’s offshore platform and floating production unit modular
fabrication facility (MFF) is located just N of the root of
the S breakwater.
3 Development is continuing at the port, with the erection
of transits and further navigation marks planned. A new sea
water intake for CPCL is being constructed to the S of the
S breakwater. The existing CPCL intake will be
decommissioned once the new intake is operational.
Natural conditions. The weather and sea state are
driven by the monsoons. During the NE monsoon
(November to January), wind speeds of 20-25 kn and a S
setting current, at a rate of ½ kn at the harbour entrance,
may be expected. For climate information see 1.157.
Directions
2.115e
1 Landmark:
Radio Tower (13q18c˜61N 80q20c˜24E) (50 m in height).
Approach. From a position E of the port, in deep water
and seaward of the 200 m depth contour, the track to the
fairway light buoy (safe water) (13q17c˜82N 80q23c˜41E)
moored in the approaches to the port is straightforward and
the chart is the best guide.
2 Entry. From the fairway light buoy, the track leads
WNW to the first pair of light buoys (port and starboard
hand) marking the dredged channel, thence through the
buoyed channel, passing:
N of the extremity of the S breakwater (13q18c˜17N
80q21c˜55E), from which a light is exhibited, thence:
S of the SW extremity of a 4˜2 m shoal bank (13q18c˜38N
80q21c˜68E), marked by a light buoy (S cardinal),
thence:
SSW of the extremity of the N breakwater (13q18c˜45N
80q21c˜55E), from which a light is exhibited.
3 Once inside the harbour, courses may be directed as
required to make an approach to the allocated berth. The
limits of the dredged area are marked by light buoys.
Useful marks:
Port control building and signal station (13q18c˜92N
80q20c˜77E) (30 m in height), located near the root of
the N breakwater.
Radar tower (13q18c˜45N 80q21c˜55E) (red and white
bands, 20 m in height), located at the S extremity of the
N breakwater.
Berths
2.115f
1 Container berths. There are 2 berths located in the NW
corner of the harbour. Container Berth 1 (13q18c˜70N
80q20c˜85E) is 350 m long with a charted depth alongside
of 14˜0 m. Container Berth 2 (13q18c˜82N 80q20c˜93E) is
360 m in length with a charted depth alongside of 14˜0 m.
Vessels of up to 300 m LOA and 13˜5 m draught can be
handled at the container berths.
 NP21
2 Shipyard. There are two 260 m long berths either side Port Authority
of the shipyard’s shiplift (13q18c˜40N 80q20c˜90E). Both 2.164f
berths are 25 m wide and have a charted depth of 10˜0 m 1 Gangavaram Port Limited., Hyderadad 500 033, Andhra
alongside. There is also a Finger Jetty (13q18c˜55N Pradesh.
80q20c˜90E) situated N of the shipyard shiplift. It is 200 m Internet. www.gangavaram.com
long and 20 m wide and has 2 berths with a charted depth e-mail. port@gangavaram.com
of 10˜0 m alongside.
3 Other berth. There is an additional berth (13q17c˜80N Limiting conditions
80q20c˜85E) which serves the MFF in the SW corner of the
harbour. The MFF Jetty is 100 m long with depths Controlling depths
alongside of 6˜0 m. 2.164g
1 The following depths are maintained by dredging:
Port services Outer channel, 20˜2 m
2.115g Inner harbour and turning circle, 19˜5 m.
1 Repairs. As a major shipbuilding and ship repair port, 2 Due to siltation and strong currents, the depths in the
Kattupalli is set up to handle most hull, machinery and outer channel are liable to change.
underwater repairs. There is a ship lift which can The mariner should contact the port authorities for
accommodate vessels up to 18 500 tons and 210 m LOA. depths maintained in the channel and inner harbour.
2 Other facilities. Garbage and oily waste disposal are
available. There are basic medical facilities at the port with Deepest and longest berth
major hospitals located in Chennai. 2.164h
Supplies. Food supplies and fresh water are available. 1 Deepest, Iron ore berth 4 and Coal berth 5.
Agents can arrange the supply of fuel by bunker through Longest, Iron ore berth 4.
the official supplier.
Tidal levels
2.164i
Indian Chart 3039; L & T Shipbuilding 1 Mean spring range about 1˜4 m, mean neap range about
(SDD 2012000 159513) [49/12]
0˜6 m. For further information see Admiralty Tide Tables
Volume 3.
India - Kºkinºda Bay to Vamsadhºra River —
Gangavaram Port Maximum size of vessel handled
2.164j
1 A Capesize bulk coal vessel of 180 199 dwt was
99
discharged in 2011. The port is capable of handling vessels
After Paragraph 2.164 1 line 5 Insert:
up to 200 000 dwt.

Local weather and sea state

GANGAVARAM PORT 2.164k
1 Wind. From March to May the wind shifts SW and is
General Information the precursor to the SW Monsoon, which normally lasts
Chart 234 from mid May until mid October. The SW Monsoon is
Position usually accompanied by cloudy weather and includes the
2.164a wet season. The wind and weather become more variable
1 Gangavaram Port (17q37c˜60N 83q14c˜80E), in the state after the SW Monsoon but NE winds prevail between
of Andhra Pradesh, lies 4½ miles SSW of Vishákhapatnam. October and December. A NW wind is usually fresh during
the day but at night become light and W. In October and
Function November squalls and rain are common. The greatest
2.164b rainfall occurs between June and November.
1 Gangavaram Port has been developed as an all weather 2 Cyclonic storms in the Bay of Bengal normally occur 4
deep water multi-purpose port. The port handles a variety to 5 times a year. They are most likely in November but
of bulk cargoes including coal, iron ore, fertiliser, can also occur in May.
limestone, food grains, steel products and petrochemicals. Fog. There is a small likelihood of fog between
December and May.
Port Limits Sea state. There is always a considerable swell here.
2.164c The highest sea state is normally between April and
1 The port limits are shown on the chart. September.

Approach and entry Arrival information

2.164d
1 Gangavaram Port is approached from the E and entered Port operations
through the dredged channel leading between the N and S 2.164l
breakwaters. 1 The port operates 24 hours a day.

Traffic Port radio

2.164e 2.164m
1 Approximately 8 000 000 tonnes of cargo handled 1 There is a port radio station, see Admiralty List of Radio
annually. Signals Volume 6(4).

2 - 46
 NP21
Notice of ETA required Entrance channel to turning circle
2.164n 2.164w
1 Notice of ETA required at least 48 hrs in advance. 1 Gangavaram Leading Lights:
Front transit mark (white 4-sided framework tower, red
Outer Anchorages bands, 14 m in height) (17q37c˜48N 83q13c˜76E).
2.164o Rear transit mark (white 4-sided framework tower, red
1 Within the port limits there are 10 designated bands, 29 m in height) (500 m from front mark).
anchorages marked on the charts. Each anchorage is about 2 From a position 1¼ miles W of the breakwater entrance
1¼ miles in diameter. There is also an examination the track, on the alignment (2655), leads through the
anchorage. buoyed entrance channel to the turning circle.

Spoil ground
Basin and berths
2.164p
1 A spoil ground (17q36c˜20N 83q16c˜80E), within the Basin
outer anchorage, is charted 1 mile SW of the pilot boarding 2.164x
position. 1 The inner harbour enclosed by N and S breakwaters
consists of a turning circle and 5 berths.
Pilotage
2.164q Alongside berths
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot boards 2.164y
in position 17q37c˜08N 83q17c˜53E. In bad weather the pilot 1 There are 5 alongside berths; the largest berth, the iron
will guide the vessel until boarding becomes possible. ore berth, has a length of 340 m and a depth of 19˜5 m.

Tugs
Port services
1 Tugs are available.
Repairs
Harbour 2.164z
1 Local workshops can carry out hull and machinery
General layout repairs. Divers are available.
2.164r
1 The main harbour area is enclosed by two breakwaters Other facilities
to the N and S of the dredged entrance channel. Berths 1, 2.164aa
2 and 3, W and SW of the turning circle, are for general 1 Medical facitities are available in Vishºkhapatnam.
and dry cargo; berths 4 and 5 to the S are for bulk iron ore Garbage and waste oil disposal can be arranged.
and coal. Compass adjustment can be arranged through the ship
agent.
Development
2.164s Supplies
1 Further development within the breakwaters proposes an 2.164ab
additional 9 berths. Additional plans are for ship building 1 Marine diesel and fuel oil is available by road tanker or
with repair facilities and a marine oil terminal with SPM fuel barge.
and an onshore tank farm. Fresh water, provisions and stores are available.

Currents Communications
2.164t 2.164ac
1 Currents of monsoonal origin exist, tending to follow the 1 The nearest airport is at Vishºkhapatnam, 13 km N of
coast line. From September to December, SW current the port.
setting with rates from 0˜5 to 2 kts are experienced,
maximum being September. During the rest of the year, NE BA Chart 234; INP 2 Bay of Bengal Pilot (Edition 1 2007)
current with rates from 0˜5 to 1˜5 kts are experienced with Amendment 06/2010
(SDD 2010000 045338) [21/11]
maximum being in May.

Directions for entering harbour India – East Coast – Bºruva — Directions; light

Principal marks 108

2.164u
1 Landmarks: After Paragraph 3.7 2 line 2 Insert:
Gangavaram Signal station (17q37c˜05N 83q13c˜93E).
Pigeon Island (17q37c˜19N 83q14c˜42E). Bºruva Light (white tower, black bands, 30 m in height)
Water tower (17q37c˜52N 83q13c˜61E). (18q52c˜08N 84q35c˜08E).
Paragraph 3.9 1 line 54 Replace by:
Approaches
2.164v ...casuarina stands SW of the Customs House. A light
1 From a position SE of Dolphin’s Nose Light (3.7) is exhibited from Bºruva. Thence:
(17q40c˜59N 83q17c˜57E) the track leads WNW into the
roadstead toward the pilot boarding position and onto the Indian Notice 103/09/13
alignment of Gangavaram Port Leading Lights. (SDD 2013000 095852) [23/13]

2 - 47
 NP21
India – East Coast – Gopºlpur Port to Puri — 2 Approach and entry. From S. After passing E of
Directions; light Palmyras Shoals (3.72) and remaining outside the 30 m
contour, the approach can be made from the E, passing
109 close N of the Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) then
proceeding via the buoyed channel marked by paired light
After Paragraph 3.18 1 line 5 Insert: buoys (port and starboard laterals) numbered 1 to 20. The
Proyºgi Light (white circular tower, 32 m in height) channel’s depth is maintained by dredging as indicated on
(19q28c˜00N 85q10c˜00E). the chart; it is between 170 and 240 m wide.
2 Major light: Berths
Proyºgi Light (above) (19q28c˜00N 85q10c˜00E). 3.72e
1 There are two 350 m long berths with depths alongside
Paragraph 3.19 1 line 13 Replace by:
of 19 m which can handle vessels up to 290 m LOA.
...extremity of hills surrounding Ganjºm; Proyºgi Port services
Light (3.18) (19q28c˜00N 85q10c˜00E) lies 2½ miles 3.72f
ENE. Thence: 1 Repairs. Minor.
Other facilities. Medical facilities are available.
Indian Notice 14/176/12 Supplies. Fuel, fresh water and provisions are available.
(SDD 2012000 145256) [37/12]
Paragraph 3.73 including heading Replace by:

India – East Coast — Dhºmra Port Spare

3.73
117
Dhºmra Port Company Limited
After Paragraph 3.72 Insert: (HH. 021/200/01) [10/12]

Burma – Yangon River and approaches —

Dhºmra Port Directions; light float
Chart 814, Indian Chart 3037
General information 173
3.72a Paragraph 6.39 1 lines 10-13 Replace by:
1 Position and function. The Port of Dhºmra (20q49c˜15N
86q58c˜21E) is a joint venture between L&T and Tata Steel. ...until SE of the N part of the shoal. From Krishna Shoal, the
It is located 3 miles N of the mouth of the Dhºmra River track remains in charted depths from 10 to 18 m until the
and W of Kanika Sand Island. It is one of the deepest approach to Yangon River is made.
ports in India and deals with the import and export of coal, Paragraph 6.42 1 line 5 Delete
iron ore and limestone.
2 Port authority. Harbour Master, Dhºmra Port Company Paragraph 6.43 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Ltd, Dosinga, Dhºmra, Bansada, Bhadrak 756171, Orissa, SE and E of the dangerous wreck (15q59c˜78N
India. 96q14c˜51E) of an earlier light vessel.
Website: www.dhamraport.com
Paragraph 6.43 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Arrival information
3.72b 3 From a position approximately 4¾ miles E of the
1 Port operations. The port operates 24 hours a day. dangerous wreck (15q59c˜78N 96q14c˜51E), the track leads
Anchorage may be obtained 2 to 3 miles NE of the N, passing:
Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (20q55c˜46N 87q07c˜12E)
in depths no less than 18 m with good holding ground. 175
Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels above 200 gt. The Paragraph 6.57 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
pilot boards 1 mile E of the Fairway Light Buoy.
...should not attempt to enter the Western Channel unless they
Harbour are confident of their position.
3.72c
1 General layout. The berths are approached through a 179
9¾ mile long buoyed channel leading to an L-shaped jetty
lying in a NNE/SSW orientation. A 600 m wide turning Paragraph 6.97 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
circle with a minimum depth of 17 m lies at the S end of 1 This offshore route leads, from a position in the S
the jetty. The limits of the turning circle are marked by approaches to Yangon River, 70 miles E across the...
Light Buoys No 23 (W cardinal) and 24 (N cardinal).
Paragraph 6.100 1 lines 1-2 Delete
2 Tidal levels. The mean spring range is 4˜0 m. For
further details see Admiralty Tide Tables.
Paragraph 6.102 1 line 2 Replace by:
Directions ...passage from the S approaches to Yangon River to W of Kyun
3.72d Nyi...
1 Other aid to navigation.
Racon: Indian Notice 6/86/12
Fairway Light Buoy (20q55c˜46N 87q07c˜12E) (3.72b) (SDD 2012000 060144) [35/12]

2 - 48
 NP21
Burma – Yangon River and Approaches — Paragraph 6.42 4 Replace by:
Directions; recommended track
4 Boarding place (47q07c˜40N 2q21c˜12W). The pilot
175 vessel, La Couronnée, anchors on the alignment
(083˜5q) of Pointe de Saint-Gildas Light (47q08c˜02N
Paragraph 6.57 1 lines 8-10 Delete from ...and 5 miles To then
2q14c˜75W) (6.34) and La Couronnée Light Buoy
leads NNE,...
(starboard hand) (3½ miles W) (6.48) where it
intersects the meridian of Île du Pilier Light
Paragraph 6.57 2 line 4 Delete ...- recommended track... (47q02c˜56N 2q21c˜60W) (6.31). The pilot cutter closes
the ship and sends a small boat with the pilot. In
Paragraph 6.57 2 line 5 Delete ...recommended... good weather, the pilot cutter might remain at its
anchorage or a high-speed launch might be sent from
Paragraph 6.57 2 line 8 Delete ...recommended... and shore. Ships should always obey the directions of the
...(011q/191q)... pilot cutter for boardings. Pilots take vessels from the
boarding place to their berth without changing.
Paragraph 6.58 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
Track. From a position E of Sin Min Point the track 128
leads...
Paragraph 6.49 1 line 2 Delete (exhibited 24 hours)
Mynamar Naval Hydrographic Centre
(SDD 2013000 117153) [34/13]
Paragraph 6.49 1 lines 5-8 Replace by:
Bay of Bengal – south-eastern part –
Taung Kyun Su — Depths Front (white column; 23 m in height) (47q14c˜58N
2q15c˜44W); exhibited at night, in poor visibility
200 and on demand.
After Paragraph 7.46 1 line 11 Insert: Rear (white rectangular topmark on white tower;
19 m in height) (7½ cables NNE of front light);
Depths exhibited 24 hours.
7.46a
1 An uncharted 5 m shoal has been reported (2011) in
position 9q56c˜77N 97q51c˜77E. Mariners are advised to 129
exercise caution when navigating in this area.
Paragraph 6.57 4 lines 4-5 Delete.
MY Andiamo
(SDD 2011000 019782) [09/11]
132
NP22 Bay of Biscay Pilot (2013 Edition)
Paragraph 6.86 1 line 5 For 50 m or less Read 41 m or less

France – West coast – Loire River, approaches

and vicinity — Pilotage; lights; berths;
anchorages; natural conditions 133

123 Paragraph 6.91 1 line 2 For at its S end Read at its N end
Paragraph 6.5 1 lines 3-4 For Île de Noirmoutier
(46q58c˜40N 2q13c˜50W) Read Les Sables d’Olonne
(46q29c˜40N 1q47c˜54W) 135

Paragraph 6.5 2 lines 3-6 Replace by: Paragraph 6.100 1 lines 5-8 Replace by:
As far as the small ports in the area, including Le W side, overall length 1100 m, handles various
Palais (5.39), Baie de Quiberon (5.108), Golfe du cargoes at Quai des Grands Puits (RoRo berth),
Morbihan (5.119), La Vilaine (5.206), Le Croisic Quai des Darses and Quai des Charbonniers,
(5.236), Baie de Bourgneuf (6.163) and Pornic which is equipped with a 400-tonne derrick.
(6.182).
Paragraph 6.101 1 Replace by:
127
1 Naval Repair Wharf, extending NE from E side of
Paragraph 6.42 2 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Joubert Dock entrance, consists of a quay 230 m
Authority: Les Pilotes de la Loire, 1 rue Eugène long, and a waiting berth, only used by sand
Varlin, 44100 Nantes Cedex 4. dredgers.
email: pilote-major@pilotes-loire.com or Two ship-building docks are situated 1 to 4 cables
bateau- pilote@pilotes-loire.com farther NE in the Chantiers de l’Atlantique shipyard.

2 - 49
 NP22
137 Paragraph 6.159 1-2 Replace by:

Paragraph 6.114 1 lines 4-6 Replace by: 1 Principal berths listed from W to E (positions
given from Pont de Cheviré):
...depths. The low tidal wave moves upriver at about Quai Émile Cormerais (7 cables W on N bank): Berth
10-14 kn, and the high tidal wave moves upriver at about No 3, length 180 m, maximum depth alongside
18-26 kn. 6˜2 m; and Berth No 1, length 120 m, maximum
depth alongside 6˜0 m.
138 Cheviré, with berths 3 and 4 (3 cables W, on S bank)
length 330 m, charted depth alongside 9˜6 m; and
Paragraph 6.119 Replace by:
berths 1 and 2 (7½ cables E) length 300 m,
charted depth 7˜6 m.
Spare 2 Quai de Roche-Maurice (under bridge, N bank)
6.119 length 747 m, berths No 1 and 2 charted
depth alongside 9˜1 m; berths 3 to 6, charted
Paragraph 6.126 1 line 4-5 For vessels maximum length
depth alongside 5˜1 m.
180 m and maximum draught 9 m Read vessels of
Port Public: Quai du Président Wilson (2 miles E, on
maximum draught 9 m
Île Beaulieu) length 1472 m, 12 berths of which
only berths 1 to 3 are maintained.
Paragraph 6.126 2 line 2 For 610 m Read 943 m
153
Paragraph 6.126 2 line 5 For 125 000 m3 Read 266 000 m3
Paragraph 7.34 2 lines 2-5 Replace by:
Paragraph 6.126 3 line 1 For length 822 m Read 1018 m
Pilotage. Les Sables-d’Olonne pilots are the official
pilots.
Paragraph 6.126 3 line 5 For Gardiloire Read Montoir

139
Paragraph 6.131 1 line 7 For draught Read depth
Paragraph 6.131 2 Replace by:
2 Poste de l’Arceau (9 cables W): used by tankers
carrying refined oils; maximum depth
alongside 10˜1 m.
Berth No 5 (7½ cables W): used by vessels up to
95 000 dwt and 255 m in length; maximum depth
11˜6 m; handles crude and refined oils.
Berth No 4 (close E) at SW end of wharf: used by
vessels up to 36 000 dwt, 206 m in length,
maximum depth 9 m; handles LPG, crude and
refined oils.
3 Berth No 3 (upstream extension of Berth No 4):
used by vessels up to 24 000 tonnes
displacement and 135 m in length; maximum
depth 7˜1 m; handles LPG and refined oils.
Berth No 2 (upstream extension of Berth No 3): used
by tanker barges; maximum depth 2˜5 m.
140
Paragraph 6.141 3 lines 7-10 Replace by:
Le Carnet (47q17c˜20N 2q00c˜03W): T-headed pier.
Paragraph 6.142 4 line 5 Replace by:
...30 000 dwt and 200 m LOA. Maximum depth alongside
8˜6 m. Tidal...
Paragraph 6.145 1 line 3 For draught allowed 5 m Read
depth alongside 4˜5 m
157
Paragraph 7.64 2-3 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorages. Commercial vessels must use
the waiting area centred on 46q28c˜40N 1q46c˜90W,
1 mile SSE of the harbour entrance.
Small vessels may use Rade des Sables-d’Olonne
(46q28c˜80N 1q46c˜70W), the roads SE of the harbour
entrance. This anchorage is exposed to winds
between SE and W and dangerous in SW squalls.
The best holding ground lies close to the 320q leading
line (7.72) 2½ cables NW of its intersection with the
032˜5q leading line (7.71), depth 10 m and bottom
muddy sand, noting a wreck lying close W.
3 Petite Rade, N of this anchorage, provides
anchorage for small craft in depths of 6 to 8 m,
bottom sand and clay.
Paragraph 7.65 2 Replace by:
2 There is no permanent watch on VHF Channel 12;
contact the pilot 15 minutes before boarding or Sables
d’Olonne Port during gate opening times.
Boarding: Pilots board in the roadstead from a pilot
boat, see 1.33 for distinguishing marks.
Loire Pilotage Service
(SDD 2013000 207048) [44/13]
France – West coast – Pertuis de Maumusson —
Light buoy and buoys
163

Paragraph 7.110 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:

141
Initial position in the vicinity of ATT Maumusson
Paragraph 6.155 1 line 1 For 2 Read 1 Light Buoy (safe water) (45q46c˜46N 1q18c˜13W).

2 - 50
 NP22
Paragraph 7.110 2 line 3 to 3 line 2 Replace by: Spain – North coast – Gijón — Berths

Between Tabouret Buoy (port hand) and La Barre

Buoy (starboard hand) (45q46c˜93N 1q15c˜79W), 263
thence:
NW of Mattes Buoy (starboard hand) (45q47c˜04N
1q15c˜02W), thence: Paragraph 10.151 1 table following line 6 Replace by:
3 Close SE of Gatseau Buoy (port hand)
(45q47c˜47N 1q14c˜37W), thence:
Berths, generally Length Depth Cargo
from N to S (m) (m) handled,
French Notice 31/60/13 remarks
(SDD 2013000 170245) [34/13]
Muelle Norte 1250 23˜0 General
Liquid bulk berth 125 16˜5 Liquid bulk
Enagas berth 125 14˜5 Liquid bulk
France – West coast – Approaches to the
Gironde — AIS Contradique Principe 125 16˜5 Liquid bulk
de Asturias
Muelle de Marcelino 270 18˜0 Dry bulk
189 León (W part)
(E part) 530 21˜0 Dry bulk
Paragraph 8.37 1 line 5 Delete
Muelle Olano 326 8˜5 - General
(NW part) 11˜0
French Notice 61/39/13 (SE part) 696 14˜0 General
(SDD 2013000 212687) [42/13] Espigón I, S side 335 10˜0 - Steel
11˜5 products
Espigón II, N side 230 8˜0 Cement &
France – West coast – Gironde estuary – general
Passe Sud — Depths Pantalán de G. 182 8˜5 - Petroleum
Líqui-dos (S of 9˜0 products
Espigón II)
191 Muelle del Rendiello 448 5˜0 - Fish quay,
(SW side) 6˜0 in 3 parts
After Paragraph 8.50 1 line 5 Insert:
Muelle Moliner 282 14˜0 Bulk &
general
Less water than charted is reported (2013) to the E
of G6 buoy (8.53). Muelle de la Osa 200 10˜8 Petroleum
(SW part) products
Paragraph 8.53 4 line 4 Replace by:
(NE part) 260 11˜8 Containers
...the buoy. See also 8.50. Thence: RoRo berth E of 180 12˜0 Vehicles
Muelle de la Osa
French Notice 36/64/13
(SDD 2013000 196706) [39/13] Spanish Notice 24/2013
(SDD 2013000 136223) [33/13]

France – West coast – Bordeaux –

Pont Chaban-Delmas — Vertical clearance Spain – North coast – Avilés — Direction light

194 270

Paragraph 8.84 1 line 7 For 53 m when raised. Read 53 m Paragraph 11.34 2 and 3 Replace by:
when raised, 5˜4 m when lowered. Gauges on all four
2 SW of Punta de la Forcada (43q35c˜82N
protective dolphins indicate current vertical clearance 5q56c˜82W); a light beacon (red mast on white
under the bridge when lowered. truncated conical tower, 4 m in height) stands
on the point.
The route then leads E into the dredged channel on
French Notice 29/65/13 a line of bearing 099˜1q of the Laviana direction light
(SDD 2013000 160001) [33/13] (11.35).

2 - 51
 NP22
Paragraph 11.35 Replace by: Paragraphs 1.39-1.43 Replace by:

11.35 Spare
1 Entering Puerto de Avilés the white sector 1.39 - 1.43
(098˜9q-099˜3q) of the direction light (white round
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
tower, 14 m in height) (43q35c˜40N 5q54c˜58W) at (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
Laviana leads 8 cables E through the channel to the
entrance of Dársena de San Juan de Nieva, passing:
Close S of Punta del Castillo (43q35c˜73N United States of America – Alaska –
Saint Paul Harbor — General information;
5q56c˜72W). A light beacon (red truncated conical vertical clearance
tower, 3 m in height) stands at the foot of the point,
37 m SW of Avilés Lighthouse (11.15), and: 104
2 N of the S breakwater head (43q35c˜55N
5q56c˜78W), on which stands a light (green After Paragraph 3.113 1 line 9 Insert:
post on concrete base, 8 m in height), thence:
S of Escollera Norte, the rubble embankment on the Vertical clearance
N side of the channel, marked by light beacons 3.113a
(red columns on white bases, 4 m in height), and: 1 Caution. Vessels with a masthead height/air draught of
N of a light beacon (green round tower, truncated 42˜06 m (138 ft) or more are in danger when aircraft using
conical base and top, 7 m in height) (43q35c˜57N Kodiak Airport use runway 25 during low visibility
5q56c˜49W) at the W end of Escollera Sur, the landings.
embankment on the S side, and eight light
beacons (green columns on white bases, 4 m in 106
height) at 110 m intervals along the top of the
embankment. Paragraph 3.129 Replace by:
1 A fixed bridge spans the N dredged entry channel
Spanish Notice 19/140/13 3½ cables SW of Cyane Rock; vertical clearance is 30˜8 m
(SDD 2013000 106970) [35/13] (101 ft).
See also 3.113a.

109

NP23 Bering Sea and Strait Pilot (2009 Edition) After Paragraph 3.160 1 line 1 Insert:

Vertical clearance
3.160a
Maritime safety information 1 See 3.113a.

US Notice 35/16596/13
7-8 (SDD 2013000 184723) [37/13]
Paragraph 1.38 Replace by:
United States of America – Krenitzin Islands –
Akutan Harbor — Berth
World-Wide Navigational Warning Service
1.38 196
1 West side of Bering Strait and W part of Bering Sea
are within NAVAREAS XIII and XXI of the World-Wide Paragraph 6.63 5 lines 5-7 Replace by:
Navigational Warning Service. Coastal navigational
...use, at the former whaling station.
warnings and meteorological warnings and forecasts are
available via the international NAVTEX service from US Notice 25/16531/12
Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy Coast Radio Station. (SDD 2012000 117897) [27/12]
2 East side of Bering Strait and E part of Bering Sea
are within NAVAREAs XII and XVII of the World-Wide
United States of America – Unalaska Island –
Navigational Warning Service. Local navigational warnings Dutch Harbor — Anchorage
for the coasts and harbours of Alaska are broadcast by
NAVTEX and the appropriate US Coast Guard radio 207
station.
3 NAVAREA and METAREA warnings for NAVAREAs After Paragraph 6.135 1 line 6 Insert:
and METAREAs XII, XIII, XVII and XXI are also In severe weather, restrictions apply to anchoring in
available via the international SafetyNET service. The Iliuliuk Bay and vessels are recommended to contact the
service is currently on trial in NAVAREAs XVII and XXI, Port Authority and consult the United States Coast Guard
and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st June Severe Weather Guidelines which may be found at:
2011. www.homeport.uscg.mil/anchorage
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3 (parts 1
and 2) and Volume 5, and The Mariner’s Handbook for US Coast Pilot No 9 2009 Edition Change 5
details. (HH. 078/557/12) [18/10]

2 - 52
 NP23
United States of America – Attu Island — NP24 Black Sea and Sea of Azov Pilot
Loran tower (2013 Edition)

266
Turkey – Armutlu — Anchorage
Paragraph 7.218 6 lines 3-7 Delete
92
US Notice 45/16431/10
(SDD 2010000 183675) [49/10] Paragraph 2.180 1 line 3 For (2.190) Read (40q30c˜55N
28q50c˜10E)

United States of America – Alaska – 93

Port Clarence — Loran tower
Paragraph 2.190 and heading Replace by:
312
Spare
Paragraph 9.78 1 line 9 to 2 line 10 Replace by: 2.190

2 Useful mark: Turkish Hydrographic Office

Point Spencer Light (framework tower, red and white (SDD 2013000 233655) [46/13]
chequered diamond daymark) (65q16c˜6N
166q50c˜9W), seasonal. On the spit S of the light is a Georgia – Bat’umi — Directions; anchorages,
US Coast Guard airstrip. Some green fuel tanks on the pilot boarding position; lights; buoyage
spit are only visible from E.
148
United States Coast Guard Paragraph 3.313 1-2 including title Replace by:
(HH. 023/200/01) [20/10]
Anchorages
3.313
United States of America – Bering Strait to 1 Ten designated anchorage areas lie from 1˜1 to
Cape Krusenstern – Kotzebue — Light 3˜3 miles NE of Bat’umis Konts’khi Light (3.306), in
depths of 13 to 41 m, mud and sand. It was reported
318 (1989) that with a strong W wind and a heavy swell,
anchors are likely to drag in this area.
Paragraph 9.110 2 line 8 to 3 line 4 Replace by: 2 Anchorage areas a and b lie at the intersection of
the alignments (158˜8q and 244q) and (158˜8q and
Landmark: 255˜2q), respectively, of lights in line (3.321). The
Dish aerial (66q50c˜97N 162q36c˜44W). former is for tankers of 250 m LOA or less, the latter
3 Anchorage. Sea-going vessels anchor as close as... for tankers of 182 m LOA or less. The lights are
operational on pilot request.
US Notice 18/16005/12 3 A small craft anchorage area is centred 7 cables E
(SDD 2012000 084967) [20/12] of Bat’umis Konts’khi Light, in depths of 5˜7 to 7˜4 m.

149
United States of America – Alaska –
Red Dog — Directions; racon Paragraph 3.314 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
...leaving harbour. In good weather pilots board 6½ cables
321 NNE of Bat’umis Konts’khi Light. In bad weather...
Paragraph 9.125 1 lines 1 to 4 Replace by: Paragraph 3.320 1-4 Replace by:
1 Approach. The loading anchorage should be 1 Route. The SE lane of the TSS leads from the pilot
approached... boarding position (41q39c˜95N 41q38c˜79E), (with
positions from Bat’umis Konts’khi Light) passing:
US Notice 27/16005/09 W of a W cardinal light buoy (7 cables NNE), thence:
(SDD 2009000 055196) [33/09] 2 W of two buoys (W cardinal) (5½ cables NE)
which mark the NW limit of the coastal bank
that occupies the E part of Bat’umis Qure,
Russia – Pacific coast – thence:
Port Beringovskiy — Anchorage 3 E of Burun-Tabia (not named) (1¼ cables NW),
the cape is the termination of a marshy
tree-covered plane being extended by gravel
390
deposits from the Ch’orokhi (3.300), thence:
Paragraph 12.43 1 line 8 For 10 Read 7 4 E of a light buoy (special) (1½ cables E),
marking the seaward end of a submarine
Russian Notice 52/7187/09 pipeline, thence:
(SDD 2009000 194589) [35/10] W of two mooring buoys (4 cables ESE).

2 - 53
 NP24
150 Romania – Constanòa and approaches —
Directions; wrecks
Paragraph 3.321 1 line 1 Replace by:
171
1 Harbour Leading Lights:
Paragraph 4.159 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.321 2 lines 4-8 Replace by:
Caution. A dangerous wreck lies 6¾ miles SSE of
Lights in line. The alignment (158˜8q) of a pair of the harbour entrance, ¾ cable outside the SE-going
lights located on Neftyanoy Mol and the S shore of lane of the TSS.
Neftyanaya Gavan, and the alignment (244q and
255˜2q) of 2 pairs of lights, marking the white sector of 173
a common rear light, 2 cables S of Bat’umis Konts’khi
Light, assist tanker berthing operations in the inner After Paragraph 4.172 1 line 5 Insert:
roadstead. SE of a dangerous wreck (57 miles SSW), thence:

Georgian chart 101 Romanian Notice 7/205/2013

(SDD 2013000 225474) [45/13] (SDD 2013000 170710) [36/13]

Romania – Capul Constanòa to Ostriv Zmiinyi —

Georgia – Kulevi — Directions; pilot boarding Prohibited area
positions; direction light; obstructions
172
270
After Paragraph 4.169 3 line 6 Insert:
Paragraph 7.251 1 line 8 Replace by:
4 Prohibited area. A prohibited area of radius 1 mile
Kulevi Direction Light (42q16c˜35N 41q38c˜60E) is centred on position 44q21c˜97N 28q50c˜66E. The
(7.258). area contains a mine.

Romanian Notice 302/9/13

271 (SDD 2013000 216227) [43/13]

Paragraph 7.256 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:

2 Pilotage is compulsory. The pilot boards in

position 1 (42q17c˜50N 41q35c˜00E), 6 cables W of the NP25 British Columbia Pilot Volume 1
fairway buoy, for vessels less than 50 000 dwt. (2013 Edition)
Position 2 (42q17c˜74N 41q33c˜95E), 1˜3 miles W of the Nil
fairway buoy, is for vessels greater than 50 000 dwt.

Paragraph 7.258 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:

Kulevi Radar Tower (red four-sided metal framework NP26 British Columbia Pilot Volume 2
tower, 45 m in height) (42q16c˜47N 41q38c˜12E). (2011 Edition)
Kulevi Direction Light (42q16c˜35N 41q38c˜60E).

Paragraph 7.258 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:

Gardner Canal — Directions; Kitlope Anchorage
2 The port is approached from the open sea in the
white sector (119q-121q) of a direction light, through a 95
channel 2 miles long, 150 m wide, and with a Paragraph 3.129 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
minimum charted depth (Georgian chart 104) of 13 m.
The channel is marked by pairs of light buoys ...128q48c˜97W) the route leads generally SE to the
(lateral). head of the canal, passing:

Paragraph 7.258 3 lines 1-5 Replace by: 96

3 Cautions. An obstruction lies ½ cable SW of the Paragraph 3.129 4 lines 7-9 Replace by:
starboard side of the channel, 2 cables WNW of
Kulevi Radar Tower. A stranded wreck lies on the port Through to the head of the canal.
side of the channel, 3¼ cables NW of Kulevi Radar Paragraph 3.142 including heading Replace by:
Tower; the wreck is surrounded by an area of
obstructions, the SW part of which encroaches on the Spare
white sector of the direction light. 3.142

Georgian chart 104 Canadian West Notice 3948/09/2012

(SDD 2013000 225280) [45/13] (SDD 2012000 196081) [42/12]

2 - 54
 NP27
NP27 Channel Pilot (2011 Edition) Paragraph 2.34 1 Replace by:
1 North-east going traffic lane. From the vicinity of
48q36c˜00N 5q45c˜00W at the entrance to the
England – Wolf Rock —
Automatic Identification System NE-bound traffic lane, the route leads 12 miles NNE,
thence 7 miles ENE, to the vicinity of 48q50c˜50N
63 5q26c˜80W at the exit from the lane.
Paragraph 2.35 1 Replace by:
After Paragraph 2.23 1 line 7 Insert:
1 From the vicinity of 48q50c˜50N 5q26c˜80W at the
Automatic Identification System: exit from the NE-bound traffic lane of Off Ushant TSS,
Wolf Rock Light (49q56c˜72N 5q48c˜55W) the direction of traffic flow leads generally ENE for
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and about 117 miles to a position SSE of Channel Light
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 Float (49q54c˜47N 2q53c˜74W) (2.38), moored at the W
end of Off Casquets TSS.
After Paragraph 2.27 1 line 5 Insert:
(Directions continue at 2.38)
Automatic Identification System:
Wolf Rock Light (49q56c˜72N 5q48c˜55W) French Notice 47/35/12
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and (SDD 2012000 238360) [50/12]
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2
France – Île d’Ouessant — Off Ushant TSS
79 64

After Paragraph 3.83 1 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 2.30 2-3 Replace by:
2 The two-way traffic lane may only be used by
Automatic Identification System:
Wolf Rock Light (49q56c˜72N 5q48c˜55W) passenger vessels and vessels of less than
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and 6000 tonnes travelling from or to a port situated
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 between Cabo Finisterre and Cap de la Hague. This
lane must not be used by:
Ships carrying oils listed in Appendix I, Annex I of the
81
International Convention for the Prevention of
After Paragraph 3.96 1 line 4 Insert: Pollution from Ships, 1973, as modified by the
Protocol of 1978 (MARPOL 73/78).
Automatic Identification System: 3 Ships carrying in bulk the substances classified
Wolf Rock Light (49q56c˜72N 5q48c˜55W) in categories X and Y as defined in
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and regulation 6, Annex II of that convention.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 Ships corresponding to the requirements of the
International Code for the Construction and
82 Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in
Bulk (IGC Code).
After Paragraph 3.102 1 line 4 Insert: Ships carrying fissile or irradiated materials.

Automatic Identification System: IMO Circular 64

Wolf Rock Light (49q56c˜72N 5q48c˜55W) (SDD 2013000 018793) [20/13]
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 Isles of Scilly – Crow Sound — Pilotage
74
Trinity House Notice 23/13
(SDD 2013000 254073) [50/13] Paragraph 3.46 3 line 4 For 6q14c˜00W Read 6q13c˜50W
The following notice is to be implemented at
St Mary’s Harbour Master
0000 UTC on 1st June 2013
(SDD 2013000 213386) [43/13]

France – Off Ushant TSS — England – Gwennap Head to Lizard Point —

Directions; buoyage; AIS Anchorage; fishing pots
81
64
After Paragraph 3.92 1 line 4 Insert:
Paragraph 2.33 1 line 2 Delete
2 Concentrations of fishing pots may be encountered
up to 6 miles offshore in Mounts Bay, between
Paragraph 2.33 1 line 4 Delete Gwennap Head and Lizard Point. Much of this gear is
unmarked and creates a risk of fouling to vessels
Paragraph 2.33 2 lines 2-3 Replace by: anchoring.
Virtual (safe water) (48q30c˜00N 5q45c˜00W). Maritime and Coastguard Agency
Virtual (safe water) (48q59c˜50N 5q24c˜00W). (SDD 2013000 112533) [24/13]

2 - 55
 NP27
England – Lizard Point to Falmouth — England – Lyme Bay — Mussel farms
Fishing pots
152
90 After Paragraph 5.111 2 line 5 Insert:
After Paragraph 4.16 1 Insert: 3 Mussel farms consisting of ropes suspended from
floats and marked by special light buoys are centred
Fishing pots on 50q34c˜35N 3q13c˜00W and 50q39c˜00N 3q11c˜40W.
4.16a Offshore Shellfish Ltd
1 An unusually dense concentration of crab pots (SDD 2013000 210369) [44/13]
extends up to 6 miles off the coast between Lizard
Point and Nare Point, 9 miles NNE. Much of this gear England – South coast – The Shambles —
is unmarked and creates a risk of fouling to vessels Directions; light; buoyage
anchoring, particularly in the deeper water offshore.
160
Maritime and Coastguard Agency Paragraph 6.23 3 lines 11-13 Replace by:
(SDD 2012000 208018) [47/12]
...Shambles Light Buoy (E cardinal) (50q31c˜26N
2q20c˜08W) moored ENE of the bank.
England – Falmouth — Directions; light
Paragraph 6.24 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:
96 ...Buoy (E cardinal) (50q31c˜26N 2q20c˜08W) moored ENE
of The Shambles (6.23) the route...
Paragraph 4.50 2 line 1 For 269q Read 266q
Paragraph 6.25 1 line 2 For 271q Read 265q
Paragraph 4.50 2 line 2 For (267q-271q) Read (264q-268q)
Trinity House
(SDD 2013000 065011; 068795) [16/13]
BA Chart 18 [02/13]
England – Christchurch Bay – Dolphin Bank —
Dangerous wreck
England – Plymouth — Pilot boarding position
173
111-112
After Paragraph 6.97 2 line 12 Insert:
Paragraph 4.150 5 Replace by: A dangerous wreck lies in position 50q40c˜24N
1q41c˜46W.
5 Boarding position. Pilots board in the vicinity of
50q18c˜50N 4q10c˜50W having first established direct Solent Coastguard
communication with the vessel requiring pilotage. (SDD 2013000 202150) [44/13]

Cattewater Harbour Commissioners England – Poole Harbour —

(SDD 2012000 060493) [17/12] Bridges; navigable width; traffic signals
174
England – Plymouth —
Millbay Docks Inner Basin After Paragraph 6.102 2 Insert:
Navigable width
113 6.102a
1 Poole Bridge: 18˜4 m.
Paragraph 4.160 2 lines 10-13 Replace by: Twin Sails Bridge: 19˜0m.
...Camber Jetty. Inner Basin, N of the main basin, is the
176
location of King Point Marina.
Paragraph 6.112 including heading Replace by:
QHM Plymouth - Notice 25/13
Spare
(SDD 2013000 189960) [39/13]
6.112
Paragraph 6.115 including heading Replace by:
England – Brixham Harbour —
Directions; direction light Bridges
6.115
145 1 Two bascule bridges, Poole Bridge (50q42c˜76N
1q59c˜56W) and Twin Sails Bridge (50q42c˜92N
Paragraph 5.72 1 Replace by: 1q59c˜59W), cross Backwater Channel (6.131) between
1 Main Fairway is approached from a position NW of Old Town and Lower Hamworthy. Both bridges are
Victoria Breakwater head. It leads SSE through Outer equipped with traffic signal lights (Diagram 6.115) and
Harbour and is marked by numbered light buoys LED screens indicating the vertical distance between
(lateral). the water level and the underside of the lifting spans.
These lights and screens are displayed on either side
Tor Bay Harbour Authority Notice 14/12 of the channel at both bridges and are visible both
(SDD 2012000 111695) [26/12] upstream and downstream.

2 - 56

2 To minimise disruption to mariners while keeping
one bridge available to road traffic, the two bridges
are opened sequentially at specified times between
0530 and 2345. Temporary berths are available on the
Hamworthy side of the channel for vessels awaiting
the opening of the second bridge. Full details of the
summer and winter schedules of opening times are
available on the Port Authority website (6.101) and at
www.boroughofpoole.com. Poole Harbour Control and
Poole Bridge may be directly contacted by VHF.
177
Paragraph 6.117 5 line 2 For the bridge Read Poole Bridge
NP27
420
Paragraph 13.92 1 Replace by:
1 From a position WSW of DI Light Buoy (safe water)
(49q19c˜17N 0q05c˜84W) the bearing 159½q of
Dives-sur-Mer Lighthouse (disused) (red hut, 5 m in
height) (49q17c˜80N 0q05c˜22W) leads in the entrance
channel passing between No 1 Light Buoy (starboard
hand) (49q18c˜49N 0q05c˜67W) and No 2 Light Buoy
(port hand) (49q18c˜50N 0q05c˜56W). The channel is
marked by buoys and beacons, some of which are lit.
The channel frequently alters and the bearing of the
lighthouse and the channel markings are adjusted
accordingly.
French Notice 9/29/12
(SDD 2012000 046167) [17/12]

178
NP28 Dover Strait Pilot (2013 Edition)
Paragraph 6.122 2 lines 6-7 For the bridge Read Poole
Bridge
England – Dover Strait — AIS

Poole Harbour Commissioners

61
(SDDs 2012000 043365; 050763) [17/12]
Paragraph 2.41 1 line 7 For (51q06c˜12N 1q38c˜24E) Read
(51q06c˜13N 1q38c˜25E)

France – L’Élorn – Saint-Nicolas — After Paragraph 2.41 2 line 10 Insert:

Prohibited areas
MPC Light Buoy (51q06c˜13N 1q38c˜25E).

267 62

Paragraph 8.133 5 lines 4-8 Replace by: Paragraph 2.43 3 lines 3-4 For (51q06c˜12N 1q38c˜24E)
Read (51q06c˜13N 1q38c˜25E)
Anchoring is prohibited within 50 m above and
below the bridges, as shown on the chart.
Anchoring, stopping, fishing and diving are 65
prohibited in a ½ mile stretch of the river in the vicinity
of the pyrotechnical works at Saint-Nicolas. In Paragraph 2.65 1 line 7 For (51q06c˜12N 1q38c˜24E) Read
addition, unauthorised vessels are prohibited from (51q06c˜13N 1q38c˜25E)
entering an area which extends up to 1 cable from the
berth. After Paragraph 2.65 2 line 5 Insert:
SW Goodwin Light Buoy (51q08c˜50N 1q28c˜88E).
French Notice 07/34/12 MPC Light Buoy (51q06c˜13N 1q38c˜25E).
(SDD 2012000 035973) [17/12]
Paragraph 2.67 3 line 8 For (51q06c˜12N 1q38c˜24E) Read
(51q06c˜13N 1q38c˜25E)

France – Dives-Sur-Mer —
Directions; light; buoyage 102

After Paragraph 4.62 2 line 2 Insert:

416 SW Goodwin Light Buoy (51q08c˜50N 1q28c˜88E).

Paragraph 13.69 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:

109
5 E limit, the meridian passing through After Paragraph 4.103 2 line 1 Insert:
Dives-sur-Mer Lighthouse (disused)
0q05c˜22W. SW Goodwin Light Buoy (51q08c˜50N 1q28c˜88E).

2 - 57
 NP28
250 255

After Paragraph 10.35 3 line 1 Insert: Paragraph 10.66 1 lines 2-3 For Sea Reach No 1 Light
Buoy (special) (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach
SW Goodwin Light Buoy (51q08c˜50N 1q28c˜88E).
No 1 N Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E)
MPC Light Buoy (51q06c˜13N 1q38c˜25E).

Trinity House Notice 23/13

256
(SDD 201300 248090) [48/13]
Paragraph 10.73 2 lines 1-2 For Sea Reach No 1 Light
England – Dover Harbour — Pilotage Buoy (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach No 1 N
Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E)
96

Paragraph 4.33 1 line 1 For 80 m Read 50 m 309

Paragraph 14.1 1 lines 1-2 For Sea Reach No 1 Light Buoy

Port of Dover Pilotage Direction No.4 (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach No 1 N Light
(SDD 2013000 206294) [43/13] Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E)

Westerschelde and Approaches - Outer banks in

the Approaches to Westerschelde - 310
Thorntonbank — Wind farm
Paragraph 14.9 1 lines 1-2 For Sea Reach No 1 Light Buoy
164 (special) (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach No 1 N
Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E)
Paragraph 7.12 1 Replace by:
1 Thorntonbank (51q33c˜00N 2q59c˜00E) comprises Paragraph 14.12 1 lines 2-3 For Sea Reach No 1 Light
54 wind turbines. Vessels are prohibited from entering Buoy (special) (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach
the wind farm area including a distance of 500 m from No 1 N Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E)
any installation. Wind turbines on the perimeter exhibit
flashing lights.
311
Belgian Notices 280, 281/18/2013
(SDD 2013000 190277) [40/13] Paragraph 14.20 1 lines 2-5 Replace by:
Sea Reach No 1 N Light Buoy (special) (51q29c˜59N
England — East coast — River Thames — 0q52c˜71E)
Yantlet Channel — Buoyage Sea Reach No 7 S Light Buoy (port hand)
(51q30c˜01N 0q36c˜91E)
246
Paragraph 14.21 1 lines 1-3 Delete
Paragraph 10.9 1 lines 1-2 For Sea Reach No 1 Light Buoy
(51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach No 1 N Light Paragraph 14.21 1 lines 4-5 For Sea Reach No 1 Light
Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E) Buoy (special) (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach
No 1 N Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E)
251
Paragraph 14.21 1 lines 8-11 For The centreline of the
Paragraph 10.37 3 lines 1-2 For Sea Reach No 1 Light dredged channel is marked by Sea Reach No 1 to Sea
Buoy (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach No 1 N Reach No 7 Light Buoys (Nos 1, 4 and 7 special,
Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E) remainder safe water) Read The boundaries of the
dredged channel are marked by Sea Reach No 1 N and S
Light Buoys to Sea Reach No 7 N and S Light Buoys
253

Paragraph 10.53 1 lines 6-7 For Sea Reach No 1 Light Paragraph 14.21 3 line 6 For 51q29c˜43N 0q47c˜07E Read
Buoy (special) (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach 51q29c˜41N 0q47c˜06E
No 1 N Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E)

313
254
Paragraph 14.32 1 lines 4-6 For Sea Reach No 6 Light
Paragraph 10.59 4 lines 3-4 For Sea Reach No 1 Light
Buoy (51q30c˜04N 0q39c˜55E) and Sea Reach No 7 Light
Buoy (special) (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach
Buoy Read Sea Reach No 6 N Light Buoy (51q30c˜13N
No 1 N Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E)
0q39c˜87E) and Sea Reach No 7 N Light Buoy

Paragraph 10.62 1 lines 6-7 For Sea Reach No 1 Light

Buoy (special) (51q29c˜49N 0q52c˜63E) Read Sea Reach PLA Notice L14/2013
No 1 N Light Buoy (51q29c˜59N 0q52c˜71E) (SDD 2013000 146973) [40/13]

2 - 58
 NP28
Approaches to the Thames Estuary — 274
Sunk Inner Light Float
Paragraph 12.21 1 line 2 For Orford Ness Lighthouse Read
248 Orford Ness Lighthouse (disused)

Paragraph 10.24 1 line 4 For (51q51c˜03N 1q34c˜89E) Read Paragraph 12.21 2 lines 3-4 Delete
(51q51c˜17N 1q34c˜40E)
Paragraph 12.22 1 line 2 Delete
252
Paragraph 12.24 2 lines 9-10 Delete from and to 45E)
Paragraph 10.51 1 lines 1-2 For (51q51c˜03N 1q34c˜89E)
Read (51q51c˜17N 1q34c˜40E) Paragraph 12.25 3 lines 6-8 Delete

275
253
Paragraph 12.35 1 line 4 For Orford Ness Lighthouse Read
Paragraph 10.53 1 line 3 For (51q51c˜03N 1q34c˜89E) Read Orford Ness Lighthouse (disused)
(51q51c˜17N 1q34c˜40E)
Trinity House
Paragraph 10.55 2 line 2 For (51q51c˜03N 1q34c˜89E) Read (SDD’s 2012000 027494; 222087; 243642; 2013000
(51q51c˜17N 1q34c˜40E) 140534) [40/13]

254 England – Thames Estuary – DW Route —

Buoyage; wind farm
Paragraph 10.62 1 line 3 For (51q51c˜03N 1q34c˜89E) Read
(51q51c˜17N 1q34c˜40E) 251
Paragraph 10.42 1 line 4 For (51q29c˜06N 0q55c˜43E) Read
Trinity House Notice 15/13 (51q28c˜98N 0q55c˜41E)
(SDD 2013000 146986) [40/13]
Paragraph 10.44 1 lines 7-8 For (51q29c˜06N 0q56c˜93E)
Read (51q28c˜98N 0q56c˜92E)
England – East coast – Southwold to Harwich —
Directions; lights; racons; AIS
Paragraph 10.44 1 line 9 For (51q29c˜06N 0q55c˜43E) Read
(51q28c˜98N 0q55c˜41E)
250

After Paragraph 10.34 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 10.45 1 line 9 For (51q33c˜75N 1q10c˜71E) Read
(51q33c˜72N 1q10c˜83E)
Orford Ness Lighthouse (disused) (52q05c˜03N
1q34c˜46E) (12.10)
252
Paragraph 10.34 1 line 5 Delete
Paragraph 10.46 2 line 6 For (0q56c˜90E) Read (0q56c˜92E)

272 253
Paragraph 12.10 2 lines 7-8 Replace by: Orford Ness After Paragraph 10.53 1 line 3 Insert: SHM Light Buoy
Lighthouse (disused) (white round tower, red bands, 30 m (special) (51q46c˜05N 1q31c˜54E)
in height) (52q05c˜03N 1q34c˜46E).
Paragraph 10.58 2 line 3 For (51q33c˜61N 1q11c˜37E) Read
Paragraph 12.10 3 line 7 Delete (51q33c˜66N 1q11c˜36E)

Paragraph 12.11 1 lines 1-4 Delete 254

Paragraph 12.11 1 line 6 Replace by: Paragraph 10.59 2 line 3 For (51q30c˜03N 1q00c˜70E) Read
(51q30c˜00N 1q00c˜00E)
Southwold Lighthouse (52q19c˜63N 1q40c˜89E)
(12.10). Paragraph 10.59 3 lines 2-3 For (51q29c˜06N 0q56c˜93E)
N Shipwash Light Buoy (52q01c˜73N 1q38c˜23E). Read (51q28c˜98N 0q56c˜92E)
Paragraph 12.12 1 lines 7-9 Delete from The To Ness Light. Paragraph 10.59 4 line 2 For (51q29c˜06N 0q55c˜43E) Read
(51q28c˜98N 0q55c˜41E)
Paragraph 12.12 2 lines 6-7 Delete from The To Light.
After Paragraph 10.62 1 line 3 Insert: SHM Light Buoy
(special) (51q46c˜05N 1q31c˜54E)
273

Paragraph 12.12 4 line 9 For Orford Ness Lighthouse Read Trinity House
Orford Ness Lighthouse (disused) (SDD 2013000 216480) [43/13]

2 - 59
 NP30
NP30 China Sea Pilot Volume 1 (2013 Edition) Other aid to navigation
Racon:
Namyit Island Light (10q11c˜00N 114q21c˜70E).
Panyu Oil Terminal Tizard Bank (10q18c˜00N 114q27c˜00E) extends...

82 66
Paragraph 2.112 5 line 5 Add: A light (see above) is
After Paragraph 2.93 2 line 7 Add:
exhibited from the island.
Caution. It has been reported (2013) that, in
position 20q43c˜00N 114q35c˜00E (position UKHO
approximate), there is an uncharted, unlit, platform leg (SDD 2013000 019907) [10/13]
protruding from the sea. It is reported to have a
diameter of 3m, and to be protruding approximately Philippines – Luzon – Mariveles —
3m above sea level. Total Bataan Terminal
185
MV Pacific Heron
(SDD 2013000 254106) [51/13] After Paragraph 8.120 Insert:

Total Bataan Terminal

8.120a
NP31 China Sea Pilot Volume 2 (2012 Edition) 1 General Information. Total Bataan Terminal
(14q25c˜60N 120q33c˜80E), part of the port of Mariveles
South China Sea - Dangerous Ground - (8.95), is located at Alasasin Point and consists of a
South West Part — Major Light T-head jetty 530 m in length leading SSE from the
shore.
62 2 Berth. The berth at the head of the jetty has two
berthing and four mooring dolphins and can
After Paragraph 2.85 1 line 5 Insert: accommodate vessels up to 50 000 dwt at a depth of
Sin Cowe Island Light (yellow square tower on yellow 9˜5 m.
and red building, 23 m in height) (9q52c˜43N Bataan Terminal Marine Handbook
114q19c˜17E). (SDD 2012000 128445) [30/12]

63
NP32 China Sea Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition)
After Paragraph 2.86 1 line 8 Insert:
Taiwan – Taiwan Strait —
Sin Cowe Island Light (9q52c˜43N 114q19c˜17E). Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links
Paragraph 2.90 2 line 3 Add: From where a light (2.85) is 65
exhibited.
Paragraph 2.7 1 lines 3-10 Replace by:
Taiwan/Mainland Direct Cross-strait Shipping
Vietnam Notice to Mariners 132/2012
Links for vessels trading between Taiwan and the
(SDD 2012000 208149) [49/12]
mainland have been established providing specified
pass points and channels leading into the main
South China Sea – Dangerous Ground – Taiwanese ports. Details of these routes are shown
South- west part — Light on chart 1760. Vessels bound for ports in Taiwan
should use the charted fairways. The fairways should
64 be entered via the appropriate pass point. For further
information the Taiwanese Authorities should be
Paragraph 2.102 2 line 3 Replace by: consulted.
...111q32c˜55E) lies at the S end, from where a light 117
(7q31c˜67N 111q31c˜57E) is exhibited and Orleana Shoal...
Paragraph 3.74 1 lines 3-10 Replace by:
UKHO Taiwan/Mainland Direct Cross-strait Shipping
(SDD 2013000 096121) [26/13] Links for vessels trading between Taiwan and the
mainland have been established providing specified
South China Sea – Dangerous Ground – pass points and channels leading into the main
North West Part — Major Light Taiwanese ports. Details of these routes are shown
on chart 3236. Vessels bound for ports in Taiwan
65 should use the charted fairways. The fairways should
be entered via the appropriate pass point. For further
Paragraph 2.112 1 line 1 Replace by: information the Taiwanese Authorities should be
consulted.
1 Major light:
Namyit Island Light (white round tower, red bands, BA Chart 3236
23 m in height) (10q11c˜00N 114q21c˜70E). (HH. 032/209-02) [50/11]

2 - 60
 NP32
Taiwan – Taiwan Strait — Taiwan – Hua-lien Kang —
Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links Arrival information; pilotage

65 120

After Paragraph 3.89 4 line 6 Insert:

Paragraph 2.7 Including Section IV Notice Week 50/11
Replace by: A pilot station has been established at position
23q57c˜18N 121q37c˜68E.
1 Regulations for foreign vessels in Taiwanese waters
are at Appendix II. Taiwanese Notice 71/13
Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links. Vessels (SDD 2013000 117759) [25/13]
navigating between mainland China and ports in
Taiwan should use the charted fairways. The fairways
should be entered via the appropriate pass point.
Details of these routes are shown on chart 1760. Taiwan – East coast – Su-ao Kang — Anchorage
2 Mini Three Links System for vessels trading
between Taiwan, the offshore islands and the 125
mainland see 2.121.
Paragraph 3.113 2 lines 6-8 Replace by:
...a foul area lies 2 cables N. A second anchorage area lies
117 between co-ordinates:
24q34c˜38N 121q53c˜33E
Paragraph 3.74 Including Section IV Notice Week 50/11 24q34c˜37N 121q53c˜62E
Replace by: 24q34c˜10N 121q53c˜62E
24q34c˜10N 121q53c˜35E
1 Regulations for foreign vessels in Taiwanese waters The recognised quarantine anchorage is within the
are at Appendix II. outer harbour, clear of the main fairway, in 19 to
Direct Cross-strait Shipping Links. Vessels 21 m, sand.
navigating between mainland China and ports in
Taiwan should use the charted fairways. The fairways Taiwainese Notice 208/2011
should be entered via the appropriate pass point. (SDD 2011000 240184) [03/12]
Details of these routes are shown on chart 3236.

Chinese Hydrographic Office China – South Coast – Zhelang Jiao to Jiazi Jiao
(SDD 2012000 211863) [48/12] — Dangerous wrecks

131
Philippines – North coast of Luzon – After Paragraph 4.18 5 line 10 Insert:
Aparri — Dangerous wreck
Clear of a dangerous wreck (22q40c˜67N
107 115q59c˜83E) reported 2012, thence:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (22q46c˜00N
116q04c˜00E), thence:
After Paragraph 3.17 2 line 2 Insert:

A dangerous wreck, with about 2 m of water over it, Chinese Notices 01/3/13, 14/384/12. Chinese chart 15110
lies N of the port entrance in position 18q23c˜35N (SDD 2013000 005037, 2012000 071147) [09/13]
121q38c˜19E.

Philippine Notice 086/05/12 China – South Coast – Jiazi Jiao to Biao Jiao —
(SDD 2012000 112353) [27/12] Dangerous wrecks

131-132

Taiwan – Luzon Strait — Directions; dangers Paragraph 4.19 2 Replace by:

2 Clear of a dangerous wreck (22q48c˜99N
111 116q21c04E), position approximate; two further
dangerous wrecks (22q42c˜52N 116q21c˜34E
After Paragraph 3.35 2 line 4 Insert: and 22q41c˜99N 116q21c˜04E) lie 6½ m S.
Thence:
Clear of an obstruction (3˜8 m) (20q37c˜80N SSE of a stranded wreck (22q51c˜30N 116q26c˜83E),
118q40c˜80E). position approximate (reported 2006), thence:

Taiwanese Chart 0328B Chinese Notices 01/3/13, 14/384/12. Chinese chart 15110
(SDD 2011000 162684) [50/12] (SDD 2013000 005037, 2012000 071147) [09/13]

2 - 61
 NP32
China – Zhelang Yan to Biao Jiao – 235
Haimen Wan — Anchorage
Paragraph 6.57 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
133 1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and
available 24 hours. Pilots board in the following
After Paragraph 4.28 2 line 7 Insert: positions:
Minerals Anchorage (29q44c˜60N 122q34c˜25E).
A second anchorage and pilot boarding position, in Tanker Anchorage (29q42c˜70N 122q34c˜25E).
a depth of about 23 m centred on position 23q02c˜00N Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29q45c˜50N
116q38c˜00E, lies on the S side of Haimen Wan. 122q21c˜50E).
Xiazhi Men Southern Anchorage 29q42c˜28N
Chinese NM 343/11/13 122q21c˜18E.
(SDD 2013000 064744) [15/13] 2 29q45c˜30N 122q18c˜95E.
Ao Shan Quarantine Anchorage (29q51c˜58N
122q12c˜95E).
China – East Coast – Xiamen Gang — Mazhi No 1 Anchorage (29q54c˜81N 122q15c˜03E).
Approach and entry Yeyashan Inspection Anchorage (30q00c˜62N
121q59c˜42E).
146 Jintang Maodi Anchorage (30q00c˜80N
121q49c˜40E).
After Paragraph 4.106 1 line 8 Insert: Qili Zhi Anchorage 30q00c˜65N 121q46c˜72E.

2 Extensive changes to fairways, buoyage, depths, 246

anchorage areas, wrecks, piers and AIS are currently Paragraph 6.117 1 Replace by:
taking place in Xiamen Gang. Details are promulgated
in Admiralty Notice to Mariners 5167(P)/11. 1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and
available 24 hours. Pilots board in the following
(NM 5167(P)/11) [48/11] positions:
Minerals Anchorage (29q44c˜60N 122q34c˜25E).
Tanker Anchorage (29q42c˜70N 122q34c˜25E).
China – East Coast – Quanzhou Wan – Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29q45c˜50N
Directions — Wreck 122q21c˜50E).
Xiazhi Men Southern Anchorage (29q42c˜28N
122q21c˜18E).
161
29q45c˜30N 122q18c˜95E.
Ao Shan Quarantine Anchorage (29q51c˜58N
After Paragraph 4.180 2 line 8 Insert:
122q12c˜95E).
Clear of a dangerous wreck (24q48c˜70N Mazhi No 1 Anchorage (29q54c˜81N 122q15c˜03E).
118q57c˜16E). Yeyashan Inspection Anchorage (30q00c˜62N
121q59c˜42E).
Jintang Maodi Anchorage (30q00c˜80N
Chinese Notice 52/2123/12
121q49c˜40E).
(SDD 2012000 261685) [08/13]
Qili Zhi Anchorage (30q00c˜65N 121q46c˜72E).

251
China – East coast – Ningbo and Zhoushan —
Anchorages; pilotage Paragraph 6.145 1 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and
234 available 24 hours. Pilots board in the following
positions:
Paragraph 6.55 1-3 Replace by: Minerals Anchorage (29q44c˜60N 122q34c˜25E).
Tanker Anchorage (29q42c˜70N 122q34c˜25E).
1 Five anchorages lie in the E outer approaches to
Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29q45c˜50N
Zhoushan and Ningbo, the limits of which are shown
122q21c˜50E).
on the chart:
Xiazhi Men Southern Anchorage (29q42c˜28N
Minerals Anchorage (29q44c˜60N 122q34c˜25E), 122q21c˜18E).
depth about 30 m. 2 29q45c˜30N 122q18c˜95E.
Tanker Anchorage (29q42c˜70N 122q34c˜25E), depth Ao Shan Quarantine Anchorage (29q51c˜58N
about 29 m. 122q12c˜95E).
Lightering anchorage (29q42c˜31N 122q32c˜60E), Mazhi No 1 Anchorage (29q54c˜81N 122q15c˜03E).
depths 25 to 28 m. Yeyashan Inspection Anchorage (30q00c˜62N
2 These three anchorages are seaward of the deep 121q59c˜42E).
water channel (6.62). Jintang Maodi Anchorage (30q00c˜80N
Xiazhi Men Northern Anchorage (29q45c˜50N 121q49c˜40E).
122q21c˜50E), depths 16 to 21 m, mud. Qili Zhi Anchorage (30q00c˜65N 121q46c˜72E).
Xiazhi Men Southern Anchorage (29q42c˜28N
122q21c˜18E), depths 19 to 23 m. Chinese charts 13391, 13521, 13522
For anchorages closer to Ningbo see 6.115. (SDD 2012000 185557; 186047; 192307) [01/13]

2 - 62
 NP32
China – East coast – Tiaozhou Men — China – Shanghai – Hengsha Tongdao —
Vertical clearances Directions; TSS
284
235
Paragraph 7.47 1 lines 8-10 Delete
Paragraph 6.59 2 line 9 For 42 m Read 36 m ...The S entrance is marked by light buoys (lateral),
but the main part of the strait is mainly unmarked.
Paragraph 6.59 2 lines 10-11 Replace by: Paragraph 7.47 4 lines 4-6 Replace by:
The track then leads generally NNW, joining a TSS,
Zoumatang Dao (29q44c˜30N 122q13c˜70E) to Chang through a short entrance channel, marked by light
Shan, two cables, least safe vertical clearance buoys (lateral), thence:
19 m. N and NNW, following the TSS, through Hengsha
Tongdao, thence:
Chinese Chart 13521
Paragraph 7.47 5 line 1 For (E cardinal) (31q23c˜14N
(SDD 2012000 186047) [51/12]
121q46c˜95E) Read (lateral) (31q23c˜09N 121q46c˜79E)

Chinese chart 13181

China – Yellow Sea – Zhoushan – (SDD 2012000 184747) [49/12]
Mazhi No 2 Anchorage — Dangerous wreck
China – Yellow Sea – Changjiangkou Beiji`o to
251 Cheniushan Dao — Directions; Side channels;
Harbours
Paragraph 6.144 3 lines 1-4 Replace by: 310

3 Name Position Remarks Paragraph 8.12 Charts heading Replace by: Charts 3480
(undetermined datum), 1253, 1281
Mazhi No 2 29q52c˜90N Depths 23 to 44 m, mud.
Anchorage 122q12c˜90E A dangerous wreck Paragraph 8.18 1 lines 2-4 Replace by:
(29q52c˜93N
122q12c˜61E) (position Waikejiao Light (white round beacon) (33q00c˜90N
approximate reported 121q38c˜40E).
2012) lies in the W of the Dafeng LANBY (super buoy) (33q35c˜57N
anchorage; a wreck, 120q47c˜71E).
depth 35 m, lies on the Dafeng Gang Light (white concrete tower, 40 m in
S boundary. height) (33q16c˜32N 120q46c˜42E).
Macaiheng Light (white round beacon) (33q21c˜80N
121q20c˜80E).
Chinese Notice 50/2025/12
(SDD 2012000 254054) [06/13] Paragraph 8.19 2 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Waikejiao Light (33q00c˜90N 121q38c˜40E).
Dafeng Gang Light Beacon (33q17c˜10N
China – Shanghai approaches – 120q48c˜61E).
Nancao Hangdao — Pilot boarding positions Macaiheng Light (33q21c˜80N 121q20c˜80E).
311
279
Paragraph 8.19 4 lines 2-3 including existing section IV
Paragraph 7.27 2 lines 3-4 Replace by: Replace by:
Yangkou Gang YK Light Buoy (safe water)
No 3(N) (31q03c˜40N 122q12c˜20E)
(32q32c˜24N 121q45c˜12E).
No 3(S) (31q02c˜48N 122q12c˜20E)
Dafenggang Hangdo No 1 Light Buoy (lateral)
(33q33c˜16N 120q45c˜53E).
Chinese chart 13178 Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(SDD 2012000 190915) [49/12] (34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
Paragraph 8.20 Replace by:
China – East coast – Changjiang Kou — 1 From a position well E of Changjiangkou Beiji`o
Directions; dangerous wreck (31q41c˜60N 121q52c˜83E) (7.14), the track leads N in
depths of 30 m or greater passing:
281 Clear of the numerous charted dangerous wrecks
and obstructions (8.16), thence:
Paragraph 7.34 5 line 4 Replace by: E of Yangkou Gang YK Light Buoy (8.19), marking
the Yangkou Gang Fairway, thence
...(31q00c˜00N 122q32c˜00E). A dangerous wreck 2 E of Waikejiao Light (8.18), thence:
(30q59c˜11N 122q31c˜78E), marked by buoys (cardinal), Clear of a former mined area (33q51c˜00N
lies 4˜5 cables SSW of Nancao Light Vessel. 123q10c˜00E).
The track then continues N to a position at least
Chinese NM 14/478/13 100 miles ENE of Feihuanghe Kou (34q14c˜73N
(SDD 2013000 080434) [18/13] 120q16c˜97E).

2 - 63
 NP32
Paragraph 8.22 and heading Replace by:
Side channels
Chart 1281
Dafeng Gang approaches
8.22
1 From the vicinity of 34q00c˜00N 122q40c˜00E the
approach to Dafeng Gang leads generally W, keeping
N of the extensive shoal area (8.14). The track leads:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (33q57c˜49N
122q03c˜52E) existence doubtful, thence:
N of a dangerous wreck (33q50c˜07N 121q25c˜62E).
Extensive shoals and stranded wrecks lie to the S.
Thence:
N of Macaiheng Light (33q21c˜80N 121q20c˜80E).
2 The track then leads WSW. passing N of the
shoals, to the vicinity of Dafeng LANBY (super buoy)
(33q35c˜57N 120q47c˜71E).
The track then leads SW to the vicinity of
Dafenggang Hangdo No 1 Light Buoy (33q33c˜16N
120q45c˜53E).
(Directions for Dafeng Gang continue at 8.22c)
Chart 1253
Guan He
8.22a
1 Guanhe Kou (34q30c˜55N 119q47c˜00E) is the mouth
of Guan He river. Small vessels can ascend the river
for about 25 miles. Shoaling has taken place off the
mouth of Guan He and care is necessary.
2 Yanwei Gang Light (white concrete column, black
bands, 8 m in height) (34q28c˜67N 119q47c˜19E) stands
on the W side of the entrance; Diaowei He Light (grey
four sided metal column, 12 m in height) (34q28c˜29N
119q46c˜90E) and Guanhe Kou Light (square metal
lattice beacon, 9 m in height) (34q27c˜96N
119q47c˜45E) are on the E side of the entrance. The
approach to entrance from WNW is marked by buoys.
A dangerous wreck (34q32c˜80N 119q50c˜62E), position
approximate (2012), lies at the W entrance to the port.
Harbours
Charts 1281, 1284, 1285
Yangkou Gang
8.22b
1 Description. From the vicinity of Yangkou Gang
(32q35c˜70N 121q19c˜30E) is a newly developed port
and industrial complex handling bulk cargo,
petro-chemicals and LNG.
2 Directions. From the vicinity of Yangkou Gang YK
Light Buoy (8.19) the track leads W following the
Yangkou Gang Fairway buoyed channel to the N
berth.
The S jetty is approached through Xiao Hong. From
the vicinity of S1 Light Buoy (safe water) (32q26c˜39N
121q42c˜81E), a buoyed channel leads WNW to the
berth.
3 Alongside berths. The berths are located on piers
extending from a man made island on Xitaiyang Sha
(32q31c˜50N 121q25c˜00E).
2 - 64
The N berth consists of a T-shaped jetty with
dolphins, with an alongside depth of 18˜1 m. A light
beacon (yellow cross topmark, 9 m in height) is
exhibited from the E end.
The S berth consists of a L-shaped jetty, with an
alongside depth of 10˜3 m.
Further development (2011) is in progress E of the
berths.
Charts 1281, 1283
Dafeng Gang
8.22c
1 Description. Dafeng Gang (33q13c˜00N
120q47c˜00E) is a newly developed port handling coal
and containers.
Port Authority. Dafeng Port Authority, 1 Zhong
Huan Da Doo, Dafeng Port, Dafeng, Jiangsu Province,
224145.
2 Directions. From the vicinity of Dafenggang
Hangdo No 1 Light Buoy the track leads SSE through
the Dafenggang Hangdo buoyed channel to a position
off the berths.
Anchorage. No 1 anchorage is centred on
33q21c˜30N 120q52c˜00E with a minimum depth of
8˜4 m.
3 Alongside berths. The N berth consists of a
L-shaped jetty located on a pier extending from the
coast in the vicinity of Dafeng Gang Light (8.18). A
light beacon (special purpose) (height 12 m) is
exhibited from the N end of the jetty. Depths in the
vicinity of the jetty are subject to change as
development is in progress (2012).
4 The S berth consists of a T-shaped jetty at the end
of a pier extending from the coast, with an alongside
depth of 14˜3 m. Light beacons (special purpose) are
exhibited from both ends of the jetty.
A new L-shaped jetty is under construction (2012)
to the S of the pier.
Chinese charts 12650, 12711, 12742, 12741
(SDD 2009000 099332; SDD 2011000 175066; SDD
2012000 122409; 122725) [06/13]
China – Yellow Sea – Guan He — Anchorages
311
Existing Section IV Notice 6/13 Paragraph 8.22a 2 lines 5-7
Replace by:
Anchorages:
No 1 Anchorage is centred on 33q21c˜30N
120q52c˜00E with a minimum depth of 8˜4 m.
No 2 Anchorage is centred on 33q18c˜83N
120q52c˜34E with a minimum depth of 10˜7 m.
No 3 Anchorage is centred on 33q17c˜25N
120q52c˜94E with a minimum depth of 11˜9 m. A
9˜8 m patch lies in the N of the anchorage, ¾ mile
N of the centre.
No 4 Anchorage is centred on 33q14c˜49N
120q54c˜00E with a minimum depth of 13˜8 m.
Chinese Notice 12/377/13
(SDD 2013000 069336) [16/13]

China – Yellow Sea — Page update, including
new channel information for Lianyungang
311
Page 311 including existing Section IV Notices for weeks
9/12, 40/12, 6/13 and 16/13 Replace by:
Zhendongzha Kou Light (34q12c˜47N 120q17c˜81E).
3 Huanghe Kou Light Beacon (34q16c˜23N
120q16c˜75E).
Xiangshui Wind Tower No 1 (34q32c˜67N
119q54c˜09E).
Kaishan Dao Light (34q31c˜80N 119q52c˜31E).
Cheniushan Dao Light (34q59c˜76N 119q49c˜33E).
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
Many of these racons are not shown on the chart.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 2.
4 Automatic Identification System:
Yangkou Gang YK Light Buoy (safe water)
(32q32c˜24N 121q45c˜12E).
Defenggang Hangdo No 1 Light Buoy (lateral)
(33q33c˜16N 120q45c˜53E).
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Changjiangkou Beiji`o to Feihuanghe Kou
8.20
1 From a position well E of Changjiangkou Beiji`o
(31q41c˜60N 121q52c˜83E) (7.14), the track leads N in
depths of 30 m or greater passing:
Clear of the numerous charted dangerous wrecks
and obstructions (8.16), and:
E of Yangkou Gang YK Light Buoy (8.19), marking
the Yangkou Gang Fairway, thence:
2 E of Waikejiao Light (8.18), thence:
Clear of a former mined area (33q51c˜00N
123q10c˜00E).
The track then continues N to a position at least
100 miles ENE of Feihuanghe Kou (34q14c˜73N
120q16c˜97E).
Feihuanghe Kou to Cheniushan Dao
8.21
1 From a position at least 100 miles ENE of
Feihuanghe Kou (34q14c˜73N 120q16c˜97E), the track
leads WNW thence W for about 120 miles keeping
seaward of the 20 m depth contour, and passing:
Clear of the numerous charted dangerous wrecks,
shoals and obstructions (8.16), and:
2 The track then leads W passing:
N of extensive coastal banks and clear of numerous
charted dangerous wrecks. Kaishan Dao
(34q31c˜80N 119q52c˜31E), a round topped islet
appearing dark grey from seaward, lies off the
coast SW of the bank; a light (8.18) is exhibited
from the island, which lies on a rocky bank
extending 1 mile SE of Chuanshan Light
(34q31c˜12N 119q52c˜88E) which marks a rock.
2 - 65
NP32
3 The track then leads to a position about 10 miles
ESE of Cheniushan Dao (34q59c˜76N 119q49c˜33E),
from where a light (8.18) is exhibited. Several rocks
and rocky islets, the highest 30 m high, lie within
1 mile SW of Cheniushan Dao, and Dashan Dao
(8.42), from where a light (8.18) is exhibited.
(Directions continue
for entering Lianyungang at 8.40,
for the coastal route to Qingdao at 8.62,
and for the offshore route to Qingdao at 8.59)
Side channels
Chart 1281
Dafeng Gang approaches
8.22
1 From the vicinity of 34q00c˜00N 122q40c˜00E the
approach to Dafeng Gang leads generaly W, keeping
N of the extensive shoal area (8.14). The track leads:
Clear of a dangerous wreck (33q57c˜49N
122q03c˜52E) existence doubtful, thence:
N of a dangerous wreck (33q50c˜07N 121q25c˜62E).
Extensive shoals and stranded wrecks lie to the S.
Thence:
N of Macaiheng Light (33q21c˜80N 121q20c˜80E).
2 The track then leads WSW, passing N of the
shoals, to the vicinity of Dafeng LANBY (super buoy)
(33q35c˜57N 120q47c˜71E).
(Directions for Dafeng Gang continue at 8.22c)
Guan He
8.22a
1 Guanhe Kou (34q30c˜55N 119q47c˜00E) is the mouth
of Guan He river. Small vessels can ascend the river
for about 25 miles. Shoaling has taken place off the
mouth of Guan He and care is necessary.
2 Yanwei Gang Light (white concrete column, black
bands, 8 m in height) (34q28c˜67N 119q47c˜19E) stands
on the W side of the entrance; Diaowei He Light (grey
four sided metal column, 12 m in height) (34q28c˜29N
119q46c˜90E) and Guanhe Kou Light (square metal
lattice beacon, 9 m in height) (34q27c˜96N
119q47c˜45E) are on the E side of the entrance. The
approach to entrance from WNW is marked by buoys.
A dangerous wreck (34q32c˜80N 119q50c˜50E), position
approximate (2012), lies at the W entrance to the port.
Harbours
Charts 1281, 1284, 1285
Yangkou Gang
8.22b
1 Description. From the vicinity of Yangkou Gang
(32q35c˜70N 121q19c˜30E) is a newly developed port
and industrial complex handling bulk cargo,
petro-chemicals and LNG.
2 Directions. From the vicinity of Yangkou Gang YK
Light Buoy (8.19) the track leads W following the
Yangkou Gang Fairway buoyed channel to the N
berth.
The S jetty is approached through Xiao Hong. From
the vicinity of S1 Light Buoy (safe water) (32q26c˜39N
121q42c˜81E), a buoyed channel leads WNW to the
berth.
3 Alongside berths. The berths are located on piers
extending from a man made island on Xitaiyang Sha
(32q31c˜50N 121q25c˜00E).
 NP32
The N berth consists of a T-shaped jetty with Approach and entry
dolphins, with an alongside depth of 18˜1 m. A light 8.26
beacon (yellow cross topmark, 9 m in height) is 1 Lianyungang should be approached by making for a
exhibited from the E end. position 10 miles ESE of Cheniushan Dao. The port is
The S berth consists of a L-shaped jetty, with an entered through a dredged fairway channel marked by
alongside depth of 10˜3 m. light buoys (lateral), which is suitable for use by
Further development (2011) is in progress E of the vessels of up to 250 000 dwt, and on the alignment of
berths. leading lights.
2 The parameters of the channel are as follows:
Charts 1281, 1283
Outer Channel outer part leads from 34q54c˜37N
Dafeng Gang
119q54c˜63E to 34q47c˜97N 119q39c˜42E, with a
8.22c
dredged depth of 20˜30 m.
1 Description. Dafeng Gang (33q13c˜00N
Outer Channel inner part leads from 34q47˜97N
120q47c˜00E) is a newly developed port handling coal
119q39c˜42E to 34q44c˜05N 119q30c˜10E, with a
and containers.
dredged depth of 19˜80 m.
Port Authority. Dafeng Port Authority, 1 Zhong Qitai Channel part leads from 34q44c˜05N
Huan Da Doo, Dafeng Port, Dafeng, Jiangsu Province, 119q30c˜10E to 34q44c˜33N 119q29c˜27E, with a
224145.
dredged depth of 19˜80 m.
2 Directions. From the vicinity of Dafenggang
Hangdo No 1 Light Buoy the track leads SSE through Port Authority
the Dafenggang Hangdo buoyed channel to a position 8.27
off the berths. 1 Lianyungang Port Affairs Administration Bureau,
Anchorage. No 1 anchorage is centred on 99 Zhongshan Dong Road, Lianyungang, Jiangsu
33q21c˜30N 120q52c˜00E with a minimum depth of Province, 222046, China.
8˜4 m. Website: www.lygport.com.cn
3 Alongside berths. The N berth consists of a
L-shaped jetty located on a pier extending from the Limiting conditions
coast in the vicinity of Dafeng Gang Light Beacon
Controlling depths
(8.18). A light beacon (special purpose) (height 12 m)
8.28
is exhibited from the N end of the jetty. Depths in the 1 The main channel to the principal wharves of
vicinity of the jetty are subject to change as Lianyungang, designated for vessels up to
development is in progress (2012). 150 000 dwt, has a least charted depth 10.8 m for the
4 The S berth consists of a T-shaped jetty at the end most part of the channel as far as the turning area off
of a pier extending from the coast, with an alongside the coal wharf. The W end of the channel approaching
depth of 14˜3 m. Light beacons (special purpose) are Xugou Gangqu has a least charted depth of 6˜6 m.
exhibited from both ends of the jetty. 2 The channel is liable to siltation and depths
A new L-shaped jetty is under construction (2010) frequent change. The channel is dredged annually.
to the S of the pier.
For further information the local authorities should be
consulted.
LIANYUNGANG
Local weather and sea state
General information 8.29
1 It has been reported that at night a katabatic wind
Charts 1253, 723, 738, 739 effect from the mountains immediately S of the port...
Position
8.23 UKHO/Chinese NM Week 14/13
1 Lianyungang (Lianyun Gang) is formed by the (SDD 2013000 080434) [18/13]
passage between Dongxi Liandao (34q45c˜40N
119q28c˜50E) and the mainland to the S. From Dongxi China – Yellow Sea – Lianyungang —
Liandao, West Seawall extends 3½ miles WSW to the Directions; buoyage
mainland thereby enclosing the harbour from the N.
311
Function
8.24 Paragraph 8.19 3 lines 8-9 Replace by:
1 The port of Lianyungang has a considerable export
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
trade, especially in coal. The town of Lianyungang has
(34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
a population of about 715 600 (2009).
Paragraph 8.19 4 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Topography
8.25 Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
1 Yangshan Dao (34q41c˜98N 119q28c˜93E) is an islet (34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
connected to the mainland by a wall. It has a drying
flat to the E. 313
Qitai Zui (34q43c˜62N 119q28c˜67E), a cliffy point Paragraph 8.41 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
1½ miles N of Yangshan Dao, is the S entrance point
to Lianyungang. From the point the land rises to Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
Dawei Jian, 2 miles W, a peak of Houyuntai Shan. (34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).

2 - 66

Paragraph 8.41 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
After Paragraph 8.42 2 line 7 Insert:
Clear of Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy
(superbuoy) (34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E), thence:
Paragraph 8.42 4 lines 1-4 Replace by:
The track then continues WSW to the vicinity of
No 11 Light Buoy (34q52c˜26N 119q49c˜34E);
anchorages (8.32) may be approached directly, or
from the buoyed entrance channel (below).
315
Paragraph 8.60 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
Paragraph 8.60 4 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
317
Paragraph 8.68 2 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
Paragraph 8.68 3 lines 2-3 Replace by:
Lianyunganggangkoumen Light Buoy (superbuoy)
(34q55c˜58N 119q57c˜53E).
Chinese Notice 5/135/12
(SDD 2012000 025972)
China - Yellow Sea - Lianyungang —
Charts; directions; berths
311
Paragraph 8.23 Charts heading For Charts 1253, 878
Read Charts 1253, 723, 738, 739
312
Paragraph 8.32 3 lines 14-15 For Dangerous Goods Read
Explosives
Paragraph 8.34 3 line 3 For areas: Read area:
Paragraph 8.34 3 lines 4-5 Delete
313
After Paragraph 8.43 4 Add:
Between the breakwaters (under construction 2012)
in the vicinity of No 37 and No 38 Light Buoys
(34q44c˜77N 119q31c˜49E and 34q44c˜46N
119q31c˜34E respectively).
NP32
314
After Paragraph 8.44 1 line 5 Add:
NNE of a large area being reclaimed (2010)
extending ESE from the Ore Terminal (8.48).
Paragraph 8.48 1 Replace by:
1 Ore Terminal with a depth of 15 m. A turning area
lies NNE of the terminal.
Fertilizer Wharf under construction (2012).
Mayao Working Area has three piers with
14 berths for vessels of up to 25 000 dwt. There is a
coal pier for vessels of 10 000 dwt WNW of Pier No 3.
A turning area lies NE of Pier No 3.
2 Miaoling Working Area consists of Miaoling
Container Wharf with 4 berths with depths of 14 m.
There are two basins further W with 12 berths for
vessels of up to 35 000 dwt. There are three turning
areas with an unspecified obstruction, position
approximate, in the E most one.
Xugou Working Area has four turning areas, 12
berths for vessels up to 25 000 dwt and a RoRo
Terminal.
Charts 723, 738 & 739 [40/12]
China – North East coast – Lanshan —
Berths; development
317
Paragraph 8.70 2 lines 1-7 Replace by:
2 Development. New wharves, protected by
breakwaters, have been constructed in the NE of the
[09/12] port, and work in this area is ongoing (2013).
A buoyed channel leads W thence NW into the
new development, commencing from 1 mile W of No
305 Light Buoy (35q07c˜81N 119q42c˜42E).
New berths have been constructed in the NW of
the port, and a new buoyed channel, commencing
from position 35q02c˜80N 119q38c˜10E, leads W thence
NW into the new berths, cutting across the NE corner
of No 1 Anchorage (8.67).
Chinese ENC C1512577
(SDD 2013000 208117) [42/13]
China – Yellow Sea – Rizhao Gang — Anchorage
318
After Paragraph 8.74 6 Insert:
7 Tanker 35q08c˜60N P2 Light Buoy (special)
119q49c˜40E marks NW corner and P1
Light Buoy (special)
marks NW corner and P1
Chinese Notice 37/1452/12
(SDD 2012000 188367) [43/12]
2 - 67
 NP32
China – East coast – China – Yellow Sea – Penglai — Anchorages
Moye Dao to Chengshan Jiao –
Coastal route — Dangerous wreck 350
Paragraph 9.129 1 line 4 Delete
331
Paragraph 9.129 2 Including existing Section IV Notice
After Paragraph 8.159 6 line 3 Insert: Week 48/11 Replace by:
A dangerous wreck (37q19c˜25N 122q47c˜40E) lies 2 Outer anchorages:
6 miles SE of Chengshan Jiao, in the middle of the A quarantine anchorage lies N of Penglai, depth 15
S-bound TSS. to 17 m, bounded by the following coordinates:
37q57c˜00N 120q53c˜00E
37q56c˜45N 120q56c˜83E
Chinese Notice 768/21/13
(SDD 2013000 119129) [26/13] 37q54c˜47N 120q56c˜83E
37q52c˜87N 120q53c˜00E
No 5 quarantine anchorage, depth 17 to 19 m,
bounded by the following coordinates:
China – Bo Hai – Yantai — Pilotage
37q51c˜00N 121q20c˜00E
37q48c˜00N 121q20c˜00E
344 37q48c˜00N 121q15c˜00E
37q51c˜00N 121q15c˜00E
Paragraph 9.83 2 line 7 Delete No 6 quarantine and dangerous goods anchorage,
depth 18 m, bounded by the following coordinates:
No 2 Pilot and 37q51c˜00N 121q09c˜20E
37q49c˜50N 121q09c˜20E
Paragraph 9.84 Replace by: 37q49c˜50N 121q06c˜00E
1 Pilots board in the following positions: 37q51c˜00N 121q06c˜00E
No 1 Pilot boarding position (37q43c˜60N Paragraph 9.129 5 line 3 For anchorage Read anchorages
121q30c˜50E).
No 2 Pilot boarding position (37q38c˜51N Chinese Notice 20/598/12
121q29c˜03E). (SDD 2012000 098907) [27/12]
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals 6(6).
China – Bohai – Longkou Gang — Anchorages
Chinese Chart 11940
(SDD 2012000 184261) [47/12] 377
Paragraph 10.42 1 lines 4-8 Delete
China – Bo Hai – Yantai — Anchorages; pilotage After Paragraph 10.42 2 line 5 Insert:
No 4 (unrestricted) Anchorage (37q39c˜70N
344
120q10˜42E), depths 10 to 14 m.
Paragraph 9.83 2 lines 7-11 Including existing Section IV Chinese Notice 591/17/13
Notice Week 47/12 Replace by: (SDD 2013000 097015) [22/13]

No 2 37q39c˜80N Depths about 18 m, China – Bohai – Laizhou Gang —

Quarantine 121q30c˜55E mud; for vessels of Racon; buoyed channel
Anchorage more than 9˜5 m
378-379
draught or 180 m in
length. After Paragraph 10.60 1 line 2 Insert:
No 4 37q57c˜50N Depths about 24 m, Laizhou Gang Light Buoy (37q39c˜80N 120q00c˜19E).
Anchorage 121q27c˜50E mud; for large dry cargo
vessels. Paragraph 10.61 1 and 2 Replace by:
No 7 38q04c˜75N Depths about 30 m, 1 For No 2 Pilot Boarding Position: From the
Anchorage 121q21c˜50E mud; waiting anchorage vicinity of Laizhou Gang Light Buoy (37q39c˜80N
for tankers. 120q00c˜19E) off Longkou, the track leads S, following
a channel marked by light buoys (lateral), passing:
After Paragraph 9.84 Including existing Section IV Notice W of a light buoy (isolated danger) (37q39c˜26N
Week 47/12 line 5 Add: 120q06c˜98E), moored close ESE an area of less
water, reported 2007, thence:
No 4 Pilot boarding position (37q57c˜50N W of a dangerous wreck (37q35c˜02N 120q02c˜04E).
121q27c˜50E). 2 The track then continues S to No 2 Pilot Boarding
No 7 Pilot boarding position (38q04c˜75N
Position (37q31c˜51N 119q59c˜44E) and then SSW to
121q21c˜50E).
the entrance to the port of Laizhou.

Chinese NM 304/10/13 Chinese NM 14/474-476/13

(SDD 2013000 059456) [15/13] (SDD 2013000 080434) [19/13]

2 - 68
 NP32
China – Bo Hai – Huanghua Gang — Directions The North Channel leads to a 2000 m pier with a
general depths of 6˜3 m to 14 m. The NE end of the
381 pier is marked by a light (white concrete column with
red bands, 12 m in height) (38q21c˜06N 117q52c˜28E).
Paragraph 10.86 2 Replace by: 10 Xincun is approached via Dakouhe Hekou, a
2 Approach and entry. The port is approached from shallow channel, marked by light buoys (lateral) and
Huanghua Gang in the W of Bohai Wan through two leading lights, to the SE of Huanghua Gang S
buoyed channels and the harbour entered between a Groyne, and across a bar which dries, and entered
series of groynes. via a river. Two dangerous wrecks, marked by light
The outer anchorages may be approached directly buoys (isolated danger), lie on the approach SE of the
from the E or NE; but keeping clear of a dangerous outer part of the breakwater.
wreck (38q28c˜07N 118q21c˜79E), marked by a light 11 Useful mark:
buoy (isolated danger). Operating Vessel Pier Light (white metal pile, red
bands, 9 m in height) (38q19c˜34N 117q53c˜27E).
Paragraph 10.86 4 lines 1-2 Replace by:
(BA Chart 2650) [15/12]
4 Controlling depths. Both channels are dredged;
the least charted depth in the North Channel is 12˜5 m
and in the South Channel 12˜6 m. China – Bohai – Tianjin Gang –
Dagukou South Anchorage — Dangerous wreck
382
384
After Paragraph 10.87 2 line 3 Insert:
Paragraph 10.105 2 Replace by:
No 235 Buoy (lateral) (38q25c˜44N 118q00c˜59E).
Name Position Designation Remarks
Paragraph 10.87 2 lines 6-9 Delete 2 Dagukou 38q57c˜43N All vessels Depths
North 118q02c˜22E (except those 6 to 14 m.
Paragraph 10.87 3 line 1 Replace by: Anchorage below) with
3 South Channel Dakoue Leading Lights: draught less
than 10˜5 m,
Paragraph 10.87 4 line 1 For (239½q) Read (240q) quarantine
anchorage.
Paragraph 10.87 4 line 7 For breakwater head Read groyne Dagukou 38q54c˜01N Vessels with Entry is
South 118q03c˜55E dangerous prohibited to
Anchorage cargo, an area
Paragraph 10.87 4 line 12 For breakwater Read groyne
draught over within the
8 m; other anchorage
Paragraph 10.87 5 line 1 Replace by: vessels over containing a
10 m draught, dangerous
5 South Channel Dakoue Inner Leading Lights:
quarantine wreck
Paragraph 10.87 6-8 Replace by: anchorage. marked to N
by light buoy
6 North Channel Leading Lights: (isolated
Front light (black diamond on white metal framework danger). A
tower, 45 m in height) (38q20c˜80N 117q60c˜50E). further
Rear light (black diamond on white metal framework dangerous
tower, 67 m in height) (1˜3 miles from front). wreck lies in
7 Entry. The alignment (240q) of the lights passes position
close SE of Zonghegangqu Light Buoy (safe water) 38q53c˜53N
and follows the buoyed channel, thence: 118q02c˜86E
The track then continues on the alignment through a
channel marked by light buoys, passing S of a Chinese Notice 48/1802/11
groyne marked at its outer end by a light beacon (SDD 2011000 225155) [03/12]
(special) (38q25c˜32N 117q59c˜83E). An identical
light beacon (38q24c˜85N 118q00c˜17E) SW of the
channel marks the NW extremity of a submerged China – Bohai – Caofeidian — Anchorage
groyne.
8 The track continues on the 240q alignment, 389
passing NE of extensive construction works
(2010) until the vicinity of No 249 Light Buoy After Paragraph 10.134 2 line 9 Insert:
(38q21c˜92N 117q52c˜77E). The channel then
leads SW to the jetty. A dangerous wreck (38q53c˜10N 118q25c˜20E) lies
9 Berths. The South Channel leads to three berths, close to the centre of the anchorage.
largest 280 m in length and a depth of 14˜0 m. The
head of the coal pier (38q19c˜4N 117q52c˜9E) is Chinese Chart 11661
marked by a light (green and white GRP pile). (SDD 2013000 004219) [14/13]

2 - 69
 NP32
China – Bohai – Jingtang — Anchorages
390-391
Paragraph 10.139 2 and 3 Replace by:
2 Outer anchorages. There are six outer
anchorages, the limits of which are as follows:
No 1 Anchorage:
39q09c˜67N 119q04c˜75E
39q12c˜40N 119q08c˜32E
39q08c˜78N 119q12c˜90E
39q06c˜05N 119q09c˜34E
No 2 Anchorage:
39q07c˜73N 119q02c˜25E
39q08c˜69N 119q03c˜46E
39q06c˜08N 119q06c˜78E
39q05c˜13N 119q05c˜55E
No 3 Anchorage:
39q02c˜75N 119q01c˜00E
39q02c˜90N 119q10c˜00E
39q01c˜03N 119q10c˜06E
38q57c˜93N 119q03c˜87E
38q57c˜89N 119q01c˜13E
3 No 4 Anchorage:
38q54c˜68N 119q08c˜95E
38q56c˜13N 119q14c˜16E
38q53c˜08N 119q15c˜55E
38q51c˜63N 119q10c˜34E
No 5 Anchorage:
38q49c˜63N 119q16c˜88E
38q51c˜67N 119q15c˜95E
38q52c˜39N 119q18c˜56E
38q50c˜35N 119q19c˜49E
No 6 Anchorage:
39q11c˜35N 119q13c˜34E
39q12c˜98N 119q19c˜23E
39q10c˜42N 119q22c˜43E
39q08c˜80N 119q16c˜54E
The holding ground is reportedly good, and suitable
for vessels up to 50 000 dwt.
Chinese NM 14/470/13; Chinese Chart 11710
(SDD 2013000 080434)
China – Bohai – Jingtang — Directions; racon
391
Paragraph 10.141 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Jingtang No 2 Light Buoy (39q05c˜25N 119q09c˜27E).
Paragraph 10.143 5 line 6 For (39q08c˜53N 119q04c˜95E)
Read (39q05c˜25N 119q09c˜27E).
Chinese Notices 43/1567-1569/11
(SDD 2011000 199946)
China – Bohai – Qinhuangdao Gang —
Dangerous wreck
393
After Paragraph 10.163 2 line 2 Insert:
A dangerous wreck (39q49c˜40N 119q34c˜40E) lies
1 mile W of the NW corner of West Anchorage.
Chinese Notice 14/468/13
(SDD 2013000 080434) [19/13]
China – Bohai – Qinhuangdao Gang —
Dangerous wreck
393
Paragraph 10.163 2 including Section IV Notice Week
19/13 Delete
A dangerous wreck to West Anchorage.
Chinese Notice 630/18/13
(SDD 2013000 101521) [22/13]
China – Bo Hai – Liaodong Wan –
Qinhuangdao — Pilotage
394
Paragraph 10.164 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory for foreign vessels and
available 24 hours. The pilot boards in the pilotage
and quarantine anchorages (10.163) or in the vicinity
of the SE of Shiwandunji Hangdo Fairway (39q48c˜03N
119q46c˜04E). For details see Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6(6).
Chinese Chart 11500
(SDD 2013000 003945) [11/13]
China – Bohai – Quinhuangdao to Jinzhou —
Suizhong Gang
398
After Paragraph 10.193 7 line 7 Insert:
Suizhong Gang
Chart 1252, Chinese Chart 11571
Position
[19/13] 10.193a
1 Suizhong Gang (40q04c˜00N 120q02c˜70E), a new
port, lies 20 miles ENE of Quihuangdao (10.153), in
Bohai.
Limiting conditions
10.193b
1 A buoyed channel with a least depth of 12˜4 m
leads into the port from position 40q00c˜17N
120q02c˜68E, between Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys.
Arrival information
10.193c
1 Pilotage. Pilot boards in position 40q00c˜62N
120q02c˜75E, close S of Nos 3 and 4 Light Buoys.
Harbour
10.193d
1 Suizhong Gang consists of two L-shaped piers, the
E-most of which has three berths as follows:
The outer, dolphin, berth has 15 m alongside.
The centre berth has 13 m alongside.
[51/11] The inner berth has between 7 and 8 m alongside.

2 - 70

2 A second buoyed channel, entered ½ mile WNW of
the centre berth (above) leads to the W-most pier, on
which there is a berth with 6˜6 m alongside.
Directions for entering harbour
10.193e
1 Main Leading Lights:
Suizhong Pier No 36 No 1 Channel Front Light (white
structure, 33 m in height) (40q05c˜00N
120q02c˜60E).
Suizhong Pier No 36 No 1 Channel Rear Light
(similar construction, 37 m in height) (4 cables
from front light).
The alignment (000q) of the above lights leads
through a buoyed channel to the main pier and the
three berths described in paragraph 10.193d.
2 Secondary Leading Lights:
Suizhong Gang Middle Front Light (red and white
diamond on white metal framework tower, red
bands, 16 m in height) (40q04c˜99N 120q02c˜33E).
Suizhong Gang Middle rear Light (similar
construction, 18 m in height) (0˜5 cables from
front light).
The alignment (006˜5q) of the above lights leads
through a buoyed channel to the W-most pier and the
berth described in paragraph 10.193d.
Chinese Chart 11571
(SDD 2013000 201879) [41/13]
Bohai Sea – Lüshun Xingang —
Light Buoy and Racon
400
After Paragraph 10.211 1 line 4 Insert:
Lüshun Xingang Light Buoy (38q47c˜32N
121q04c˜90E).
Chinese NM 239/8/13
(SDD 2013000 048297) [12/13]
China – Boi Hai – Jinzhou Gang — Directions
404
Paragraph 10.237 3-10 Replace by:
3 Tankers of 50 000 dwt or less should follow the
temporary tanker channel (10.233) from the vicinity of
No 3 Anchorage (40q14c˜96N 121q22c˜04E) (10.227),
passing SW of the oilfields (40q30c˜00N 121q21c˜00E),
and E of Dajiulou Jiao (40q43c˜10N 121q02c˜00E)
(10.193).
4 Leading Lights:
Front light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 33 m in height) (40q44c˜30N
121q03c˜06E).
Rear light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 55 m in height) (9¾ cables
from front).
5 From a position E of Juhua Dao (40q29c˜41N
120q49c˜24E) the alignment (352q) of these lights leads
to a position between Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light
Buoys (lateral) (40q43c˜54N 121q03c˜20E).
2 - 71
NP32
6 Other vessels continue N passing:
E of a platform (lit) (40q22c˜62N 121q23c˜76E); a well,
depth 12 m, lies about 1½ miles N, marked by a
light buoy (special), thence:
E of the oilfields with lit production platforms and
submerged wells, least depth 4˜8 m, (40q30c˜31N
121q23c˜35E).
The track the continues N to the vicinity of
No 2 Anchorage (40q32c˜96N 121q26c˜59N) (10.231).
7 The track then leads WNW through the fairway of
the preferred channel to either anchorage No 1
(10.227) or a position about 5 miles E of Huludao
Gaojiao Light (40q42c˜87N 121q01c˜32E) (10.190).
The track then continues WNW to Jinzhougang Nos
1 and 2 Light Buoys (lateral).
8 Jinzhou Gang Leading Lights:
Front light (circle on white pile) (40q48c˜73N
121q03c˜88E),
Rear light (similar construction) 9¾ cables from
front.
9 From a position between Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2
Light Buoys (lateral) (40q43c˜54N 121q03c˜20E), the
alignment (005¾q) of these lights leads through
Jinzhougang Hangdao, a channel marked by light
buoys and light beacons (lateral) towards the harbour
and into the basins, Nos 1 and 2 Basins being
approached directly from the channel.
10 Tanker Jetty Leading Lights:
Front light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 32 m in height) (40q48c˜64N
121q02c˜27E).
Rear light (white diamond on white metal framework
tower with red stripes, 42 m in height) (2¾ cables
from front).
11 From a position about 2½ cables NNE of No 7 Light
Beacon (40q46c˜37N 121q03c˜46E), the alingnment
(335q) of these lights leads NNW for about 1 mile to a
tanker jetty marked at S end and N end, by lights (red
and white GRP towers, 10 m in height).
12 No 5 Basin:
From a position about 1½ cables SSE of No 9 Light
Beacon (port hand) (40q47c˜66N 121q03c˜65E), the
alignment (060q) of leading lights leads about 7 cables
into the basin:
Front light (white metal pipe) (40q47c˜92N
121q04c˜65E),
Rear light (similar structure) (½ cable from front).
13 A new buoyed channel has been established from
the vicinity of Jinzhougang Nos 1 and 2 Light Buoys
(lateral) (40q43c˜54N 121q03c˜20E), leading generally
NW to a position N of the construction work off
Huludao.
Chinese Notices 52/1966-1967/11; ALLFS F3965.61,
F3965.601, F3965.668, F3965.6681
(SDD 2011000 240256) [06/12]
China – Bo Hai – Yingkou —
Vertical clearance; racon
405
After Paragraph 10.245 1 line 6 Insert:
Vertical clearance
10.245a
1 The Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (40q41c˜66N
122q10c˜91E) crosses the river between Yinkou and
Liaobin. Vertical clearance is unknown.
NP32
407 Korea – West coast – Taesan — Anchorages

After Paragraph 10.261 1 line 8 Add: 457

Liao He Ultra Large Bridge (40q41c˜66N
122q10c˜91E). Paragraph 12.69 2-4 Replace by:

Chinese Notices 33/1180-1182/11

(SDD 2011000 151046) [48/11] Name Position Remarks
(Centre)
2 A14 37q03c˜70N Depth about 30 m;
Korea – West coast – Taesan Hang — Light Anchorage 126q19c˜55E outside harbour
limits

427 A13 37q04c˜00N Depth about 13 m;

Anchorage 126q20c˜75E outside harbour
Paragraph 11.90 2 lines 1-2 Delete limits
A12 36q59c˜02N Depth about 30 m;
Anchorage 126q15c˜31E vessels over
435 65 000 dwt;
outside harbour
limits
Paragraph 11.118 2 line 5 Delete
A11 36q59c˜55N Depths about 28 to
Anchorage 126q16c˜01E 35 m; vessels over
65 000 dwt;
436 outside harbour
limits
Paragraph 11.120 6 lines 3-6 Replace by:
A10 37q00c˜34N Depth about 31 m;
Anchorage 126q16c˜87E vessels under
S of Oedaldo, a hilly island covered in pine trees. A
65 000 dwt
light beacon (W cardinal) (34q46c˜68N
126q17c˜33E) stands off the SW point of the island. 3 Quarantine 37q00c˜78N Depths 24 to 35 m;
and A9 126q17c˜49E vessels under
Anchorage 65 000 dwt
Korean Notice 691/12
(SDD 2012000 216234) [49/12] A8 37q01c˜13N Depth about 31 m;
Anchorage 126q18c˜10E vessels under
20 000 dwt
Korea – West coast – Mokp’o Hang — A7 37q01c˜42N Depth about 33 m;
Berths; inner anchorages; depths Anchorage 126q18c˜68E vessels under
6000 dwt
438 A6 37q01c˜63N Depth about 35m;
Anchorage 126q19c˜14E vessels under
Paragraph 11.127 2 line 5 For 1˜54 m Read 15˜4 m 6000 dwt
4 A5 37q02c˜59N Depth about 29 m;
Anchorage 126q21c˜88E vessels under
Paragraph 11.127 2 line 7 For 1˜69 m Read 16˜9 m
20 000 dwt
A4 37q02c˜80N Depth about 29 m;
Anchorage 126q22c˜45E vessels under
BA Chart 1558 [29/12]
6000 dwt
A3 37q02c˜94N Depth about 19 m;
Korea – West coast – Mokp’o Hang – Anchorage 126q23c˜64E vessels under
Inner anchorages — Dangerous wreck 12 000 dwt
A2 37q02c˜58N Depth about 14 m;
438 Anchorage 126q24c˜06E vessels under
6000 dwt
After Paragraph 11.127 4 line 7 Insert: A1 37q02c˜26N Depth about 7 m;
Anchorage 126q24c˜36E vessels under
A dangerous wreck (34q44c˜21N 126q21c˜50E) lies 6000 dwt
close ENE of the anchorage.

Korean Notice 4/64/13 Korean Notice 732/12

(SDD 2013000 019752) [08/13] (SDD 2012000 216234) [49/12]

2 - 72
 NP32
Korea - West coast - Inch’än — Philippines – Panay – Juraojurao Island —
Directions; anchorages; berths Directions
269
463
After Paragraph 8.361 1 line 5 Insert:
After Paragraph 12.124 1 line 12 Insert:
Clear of a 34 m shoal (10q22c˜90N 121q58c˜06E),
The pilot boarding point for the Container Terminal thence:
(12.160) is in position 37q30c˜57N 126q35c˜88E, W of Philippine Chart 4706
Yulto. (SDD 2012000 039810) [20/12]

468 Luzon — Pagbilao Power Station

After Paragraph 12.158 4 line 6 Insert: 285

After Paragraph 9.18 Insert:
Anchorages W16 and W17 lie W of the buoyed
channel off Yulto (12.160). Pagbilao Power Station
9.18a
470 1 Description. Pagbilao Power Station (13q53c˜47N
121q44c˜63E) lies on the SW coast of Pagbilao Grande
After Paragraph 12.160 5 Insert: Island. Anchorage may be obtained at the pilot station
1 mile S of Pagbilao Grande Island.
6 Container Terminal (37q33c˜65N 126q35c˜87E), N of 2 Berth, aligned NNW/SSE, comprises two coal
Yulto. unloading gantries and is suitable for vessels of 300 m
Paragraph 12.164 3 lines 1-4 Replace by: in length, draught 13˜75 m. A conspicuous chimney
lies close E of the berth.
3 Navigational aids. A buoyed channel, with a
minimum depth of 5˜6 m, extends from Yulto to the Southwest Ships Agencies Inc
Container Terminal (12.160) NE of the Yängjongdo (SDD 2011000 220765) [51/11]
Bridge. The channel in Yäm Ha is marked by buoys
Philippine Islands – Negros –
and beacons from March to November, but they are Siquijor Island — Light
liable to drag or be destroyed by floods or other
causes. 367
After Paragraph 10.173 1 line 5 Insert:
Korean Notice 25/347/12
Minarcahan Point Light (GRP tower, 4˜6 m in height)
(SDD 2012000 123633) [36/12]
(9q18c˜08N 123q37c˜25E).
373
NP33 Philippine Islands Pilot (2011 Edition) After Paragraph 10.222 1 line 3 Insert:
Minarcahan Point Light (GRP tower, 4˜6 m in height)
Philippines – Sibutu Passage — (9q18c˜08N 123q37c˜25E).
Reporting system
381
127 After Paragraph 10.274 2 line 10 Insert:
Minarcahan Point Light (9q18c˜08N 123q37c˜25E)
After Paragraph 5.14 Insert: (10.173).

Reporting system Philippine Notice 06/104/12

5.14a (SDD 2012000 135323) [33/12]
1 A reporting system is in operation for the Sibutu
Philippine Islands – Mindanao —
Passage area and applies to all vessels in transit. For Container Terminal
details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(4). 398
After Paragraph 10.403 4 line 7 Insert:
MV British Trader
(SDD 2012000 151563) [35/12] Mindanao Container Terminal
10.403a
1 Mindanao Container Terminal (8q31c˜20N
Malaysia – Sungai Merotai Kecil — Directions 124q45c˜00E) has a 300 m berth face on a NW/SE
axis, 13 m alongside depth and two gantry cranes.
145 Port Authority. Mindanao International Container
Terminal Services Inc, Phivdec Industrial Estate,
Paragraph 5.153 2 lines 1 to 10 Delete Tagaloan 9001, Misamis Oriental.
Website: www.ictsi.com/operations
BA Chart 2099 Mindanao International Container Terminal Services
(SDD 2011000 105818) [18/12] (HH. 033/200/02) [03/12]

2 - 73
 NP33
Philippines – Luzon – Port Alabat — Light Indonesia – Jawa – Surabaya —
Directions; depth
418
77
Paragraph 11.75 2 line 11 Add: A light (white steel pipe, 4 m After Paragraph 4.102 1 line 8 Insert:
in height) is exhibited from the rock.
SE of a 5˜1 m shoal (7q00c˜08S 112q40c˜94E) which
lies close N of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand),
After Paragraph 11.75 3 line 4 Insert: thence:

Useful mark: mv Sichem Marseille and DISHIDROS

Light (white steel pipe, 4 m in height) (14q05c˜99N (SDD 2013000 163385) [37/13]
122q00c˜38E) exhibited from the causeway head.

Indonesia – Selat Lombok —

Philippines Notice 8/167/12 Directions; obstruction
(SDD 2012000 182432) [43/12]
101

Philippines – Leyte – Abuyog — Major Light After Paragraph 5.71 2 line 12 Insert:
Clear of an obstruction (8q26c˜60S 115q43c˜50E)
457 (reported 2013), thence:

After Paragraph 12.104 1 line 8 Insert: 103

2 Major Light: After Paragraph 5.81 3 line 5 Insert:
Abuyog Light (white metal tower, 20 m in height)
(10q44c˜62N 125q00c˜89E). Clear of an obstruction (8q26c˜60S 115q43c˜50E)
(reported 2013), thence:
Philippines Chart 1518
MV Far Grip
(SDD 2012000 040106) [21/12]
(SDD 2013000 128263) [31/13]

NP34 Indonesia Pilot Volume 2 (2009 Edition) Indonesia – Kalimantan – Approaches to

Balikpapan — Buoyage

Indonesia – Java Sea – Through Routes — 230

Directions; buoyage
Paragraph 10.151 1 line 8 For 4 cables Read close
69
Indonesian Notice 8/75/13
Paragraph 4.40 2 line 3 For (starboard hand) (SDD 2013000 049574) [15/13]
Read (isolated danger)
Indonesia – Approaches to Linkgas —
Directions; buoyage
70
290
Paragraph 4.44 1 line 10 For a buoy Read a buoy (isolated
danger) Paragraph 12.147 2 lines 3 and 4 Replace by:
...marked by a buoy (isolated danger) moored to the
S.
82
BA Chart 1852 [21/13]
Paragraph 4.150 3 line 1 Replace by:
Indonesia – Sulawesi – Teluk Tomini – Pasir Laut
3 A dangerous wreck (6q44c˜22S 114q17c˜00E) marked — Dangerous rock
by a buoy (isolated danger) and an...
358
90
Paragraph 15.13 1 line 8 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.228 1 line 3 For (starboard hand) Read ...depth of 5 m (16ft), lying 3½ miles NNW. A dangerous
(isolated danger) rock lies 2½ miles NE of Pasir Laut, all...

UKHO
BA Chart 3726 [21/13] (SDD 2013000 140373) [38/13]

2 - 74
 NP35
NP35 Indonesia Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition) Indonesia – Sumatera – Selat Sunda —
Directions; wreck

Indonesia – East Coast of Halmahera – 71

Teluk Buli – Directions; shoal; lights
Existing Section IV Notice Week 51/12 Paragraph 3.155 6
188
After line 8 For wreck (5q52c˜12S 105q50c˜12E) Read
After Paragraph 6.250 3 line 5 Insert: dangerous wreck (5q52c˜73S 105q51c˜13E)
ENE of a shoal (0q44c˜03N 128q23c˜54E) (6.247),
thence;
Paragraph 6.250 3 lines 9-10 Replace by: Indonesian Notice 03/21/13
ENE of Pulau Gee (Gei) (0q49c˜80N 128q19c˜25E), an (SDD 2013000 031166) [09/13]
islet, from where a light beacon (0q50c˜71N
128q19c˜09E) is exhibited, 2 miles NNW of Pulau Selat Karimata — Directions; dangerous rock
Pakal.
Paragraph 6.251 1 Replace by: 143
1 From E, the track leads W passing:
N of Pulau Leleve (0q43c˜87N 128q33c˜21E), a After Paragraph 8.18 4 line 5 Insert:
reef-fringed islet, from where a light (6.249) is
exhibited. Thence: Clear of a dangerous rock (2q12c˜90S 108q57c˜40E),
S of Pulau Parapara (Para Para) from where a light thence:
beacon (0q47c˜94N 128q30c˜46E) is exhibited,
thence; UKHO NM 46/4840/2013
N of a dangerous rock lying 6 cables E of Pulau Sain, (SDD 2013000 202440) [50/13]
an islet from where a light beacon (0q45c˜68N
128q30c˜02E) is exhibited, thence N of this islet.
Selat Riau – Through Route – Directions —
The track then passes S of Karang Bulat (Ronde Racons
Reef) from where a light beacon (0q47c˜70N
128q25c˜74E) is exhibited, thence NW direct to the 174
roadstead passing between Pulau Gee (6.250) and
Karang Litin (6.252). After Paragraph 10.72 4 line 6 Insert:
189
Paragraph 6.252 2 lines 9-12 Replace by: Other aids to navigation
The track then leads WSW as required to pass S 10.72a
of Karang Litin, a drying reef, from where a light 1 Racons
beacon (0q51c˜84N 128q22c˜32E) is exhibited, thence Pangkil Light (0q49c˜00N 104q21c˜00E).
W to the roadstead. A 2 m (6 ft) shoal patch lies Lobam Kecil Light (0q58c˜90N 104q13c˜50E).
2½ miles ESE of Karang Litin. Karang Galang Light (1q09c˜50N 104q11c˜30E).

Indonesian Notices 20/182/11; 20/183/11; 20/184/11; DG SeaComm

21/189/11; 21/194/11 (SDD 2012000 231195) [07/13]
(SDD 2011000 117572; 117577) [32/11]
East Coast of Pulau Bintan —
Directions; major light; light beacon
NP36 Indonesia Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)
180
Sumatera – South coast – Teluk Lampung –
Panjang — Directions; dangerous wreck Paragraph 10.112 4 lines 4-6 Replace by:

68 ...reef, and many rocks covered in vegetation. Pulau

Sentut (1q02c˜82N 104q49c˜78E), an islet in the form of a
Paragraph 3.136 2 lines 2-3 For (5q27c˜80S 105q18c˜65E) sugar-loaf, lies 2 miles N; a light is exhibited (10.116).
Read (5q27c˜82S 105q18c˜72E)
After Paragraph 10.116 2 line 4 Insert:
BA Chart 2965 [26/13] Pulau Sentut (white metal framework, 30 m in height)
(1q02c˜82N 104q49c˜78E).
Indonesia – Sumatera – Selat Sunda —
Directions; wreck 181
71 After Paragraph 10.128 3 line 10 Add: A light beacon (green
After Paragraph 3.155 6 line 8 Insert: metal framework tower) (0q47c˜92N 104q38c˜18E) marks a
reef off the SW extremity of Pulau Gabi.
Clear of a wreck (5q52c˜12S 105q50c˜12E), thence:

DG SeaComm DG SeaComm
(SDD 2012000 221808) [51/12] (SDD 2013000 160819) [35/13]

2 - 75
NP36
Indonesia – Sumatera – Selat Berhala to 80
Tanjung Bakau — Directions; shoals
Paragraph 2.84 2 lines 5-6 Replace by:
186
Hartland Point Light — as above.
After Paragraph 11.17 2 line 4 Insert: Paragraph 2.85 4 line 1 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read
NE of two shoals reported (2013); depths 16˜5 m (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)
(0q44c˜40S 104q08c˜50E) and 14˜8 m (0q43c˜85S
104q08c˜55E). Thence: 83
NM 17/1850/13 / MV Marie Paule Paragraph 3.1 1 line 2 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read
(SDD 2013000 065381) [18/13] (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)

Selat Durian – Directions — Racons 84

192 Paragraph 3.10 1 lines 1-2 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W)

Read (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)
After Paragraph 11.62 1 line 7 Add:
Paragraph 3.11 1 lines 1-2 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W)
Rukan Utara Light (0q37c˜45N 103q45c˜40E).
Read (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)
Pelangkat Light (0q45c˜00N 103q35c˜00E).

DG SeaComm Paragraph 3.16 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:

(SDD 2012000 231195) [07/13] Hartland Point (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W), with a
lighted beacon and disused lighthouse (2.84).

NP37 West Coasts of England and Wales Pilot
(2011 Edition)
England – West Coast – Bristol Channel — Light
Paragraph 3.16 2 line 7 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read
(51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)
Paragraph 3.17 1 line 2 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read
(51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)

65
87
Paragraph 2.1 1 line 4 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read
Paragraph 3.27 1 lines 2-3 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W)
(51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)
Read (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)

66 93
Paragraph 2.9 3 line 3 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read Paragraph 3.46 2 line 4 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read
(51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W) (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)

Paragraph 2.19 1 line 8 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜56W) Read Trinity House

(51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W) (SDD 2012000 004546; 029723) [08/12]

67 England – Isles of Scilly — Directions; racon

Paragraph 2.24 4 line 1 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read 66
(51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)
Paragraph 2.16 1 lines 3-4 Delete
Paragraph 2.26 3 lines 5-6 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W)
Read (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W) 67
Paragraph 2.25 1 lines 4-5 Delete
76
Paragraph 2.67 2 line 10 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W) Read Trinity House
(51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W) (SDD 2011000 167076) [42/11]

England – South–west coast – Offshore routes

79 — Directions; light buoys
Paragraph 2.80 1 lines 2-3 For (51q01c˜30N 4q31c˜55W)
67
Read (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W)
After Paragraph 2.25 1 Insert:
Paragraph 2.84 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
2 Automatic Identification System:
Hartland Point (51q01c˜33N 4q31c˜53W), with a Wave Hub NW Light Buoy (50q23c˜06N 5q38c˜24W).
lighted beacon (1˜5 m in height) and disused For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and
lighthouse (white round tower, 18 m in height), ... Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

2 - 76
 NP37
Paragraph 2.26 2 lines 1-4 Replace by: Wales – South–east coast – Newport —
Directions; light
1 NW of Renewable Energy Development Area
(50q21c˜84N 5q36c˜71W) marked by Wave Hub
NW Light Buoy (N cardinal) (50q23c˜06N 130
5q38c˜24W), Wave Hub SE Light Buoy (S
cardinal) (50q20c˜64N 5q35c˜01W), a wave Paragraph 4.103 1 line 3 For 023q Read 018q
recorder light buoy and six light buoys
(special), thence:
ABP South Wales NM 10/13
Wave Hub, Hayle (SDD 2013000 074914) [18/13]
(SDD 2012000 076096) [21/12]

Wales – South–east coast – River Usk — Berths

England – South–west coast – St Ives Bay —
Directions; light
132
68
Paragraph 4.116 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
Paragraph 2.36 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 General information. Birdport (51q33c˜70N
2 Godrevy Island disused lighthouse (white octagonal
2q58c˜09W) is situated on the E side of the river
tower, 26 m height) (50q14c˜55N 5q24c˜03W), which
4 cables N of Saint Julian’s Pill. It is equipped to
stands in the centre of the island, with a light (2.38)
handle processed steel, metals, timber and loose bulk
close NE.
cargoes using a gantry crane (vertical clearance
21˜5 m) spanning the dock.
69
The dock is 225 m long, 19˜8 m wide with depths of
Paragraph 2.38 5 line 5 For NW of Godrevy Island Light 8˜5 m at MHWS, 5˜2 m at MHWN and is entered
Read NW of Godrevy Island between two short jetties. Formerly a dry dock, it has
a flat concrete bottom with a covering of silt. Half-tide
After Paragraph 2.38 6 line 5 Insert: gates at the dock entrance are normally kept closed
and depths up to 6˜2 m can be maintained. Vessels
Useful mark: up to 8000 dwt and capable of taking the ground can
Godrevy Island Light (metal framework structure 4 m be accommodated.
in height, atop a rock pinnacle) (50q14c˜56N
5q24c˜01W). Paragraph 4.117 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:

Trinity House 1 MIR Steel Wharf, with a jetty close N lies on the E
(SDD 2012000 202697) [43/12] side of the river about 3 cables SSE of Birdport. The
berth, which dries at low water, can accommodate
vessels capable of taking the ground up to 150 m
England south–west coast – Hayle —
Directions; buoys LOA and 26 m maximum beam. Vessels of 150 m to
155 m LOA are only accepted after consultation with
71 the Harbour Master.

Paragraph 2.43 3 line 5 For light buoys (lateral) Read a light Cargo Services (UK) Limited; ABP South Wales
buoy (N cardinal) (SDD 2012000 135037); (SDD 2012000 129749) [30/12]

Hayle Harbour Authority Ltd

(SDD 2012000 189116 and 170011) [40/12] Wales – South–east coast – River Usk — Berth

River Taw – Yelland Marsh — Buoyage; pier 132

91 Paragraph 4.117 1 Including existing Section IV Notice

Paragraph 3.40 2 line 3 Replace by:
1 MIR Steel Wharf, with a jetty close N lies on the E
...depth of 1˜5 m at MLWS. The channel from ENE of Crow
Point to Yelland Quay is marked by four light buoys (two
port and two starboard hand). Dangerous rocks, some...
Paragraph 3.41 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
Yelland Quay (51q04c˜39N 4q10c˜27W), L-shaped
and with a light at either end of the pier head, lies
4½ cables NE of Yelland Oil Pier. The quay is used
for the export of timber.
Week 30/12 Replace by:
side of the river about 3 cables SSE of Birdport. The
berth, which dries at low water, can accommodate
vessels capable of taking the ground up to 176 m
LOA. See www.southwalesports.co.uk for SE Wales
Passage Planning and Navigation Guideline Document
for detailed information.
Wharf authority. MIR Steel Ltd, Corporation Road,
Newport, Gwent NP19 4XE.

Torridge District Council/Notts Contractors Ltd ABP South Wales NM 9/13

(SDD 2013000 018354) [07/13] (SDD 2013000 074912) [18/13]

2 - 77
 NP37
River Severn – Severn Bridge To Sharpness Paragraph 5.89 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
Point — Directions: leading lights
LOA, with depths over a width of 80 m of 16˜6 m
152 (2012) and 11˜0 m (2012) respectively.
Paragraph 5.89 2 line 2 For (2010) Read
Paragraph 4.237 6 line 1 After (metal mast with gallery
Insert and orange daymark (2012)

172
Paragraph 4.237 6 line 3 After (metal mast with gallery
Insert and orange daymark Paragraph 5.90 1 line 8 For 18˜4 m (2009) Read
19˜2 m (2012)
Gloucester Harbour Trustees Paragraph 5.90 1 line 10 For 14˜0 m and 14˜8 m Read
(SDD 2013000 140106) [29/13]
14˜8 m and 15˜8 m (2012)
Paragraph 5.90 3 line 2 For 18˜1 m (2009) Read
Wales – South-west coast – Turbot Bank —
Directions; buoy 20˜4 m (2012)
Paragraph 5.90 3 line 4 For 13˜8 m Read
162
14˜7 m (2012)
Paragraph 5.45 2 lines 7-8 Delete
Paragraph 5.90 3 line 8 For 6˜2 m Read
6˜3 m and 6˜5 m (2012) respectively
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 030857) [10/12] Paragraph 5.90 4 line 2 For 6˜0 m (2010) Read
6˜5 m (2012)
Wales – Milford Haven — Depths Paragraph 5.91 1 line 7 For 13˜2 m Read

163 13˜8 m (2012)

Paragraph 5.91 2 line 2 For 16˜3 m; Read
Paragraph 5.53 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
16˜9 m (2012)
Depth in West Channel is 16˜3 m and Main
Channel 16˜5 m (2012). 173
Paragraph 5.91 2 line 5 For 9˜4 m; Read
Milford Haven Port Authority
(SDD 2011000 223683; 2012000 037766) [14/12] 10˜9 m (2012)
Paragraph 5.94 1 line 4 For 7˜3 m; Read
Wales – South-west coast – 7˜0 m (2012)
Milford Haven — Depths
174
163
Paragraph 5.94 1 lines 6-8 Replace by:
Existing Section IV Notice Week 14/12 Paragraph 5.53 1
No 2 Quay has a length of 100 m and depth 5˜5 m
lines 1-2 Replace by:
(2012). No 3 Quay has a length of 65 m and depth
1 Controlling depth in West Channel and Main 3˜2 m (2012). Both quays lie within a basin.
Channel is 16˜0 m (2012). Paragraph 5.95 1 lines 6-8 Replace by:
...a light buoy (port hand). From Crow Pool an intake
167
channel, with depth 1˜0 m, leads W between buoys (lateral)
Paragraph 5.71 1 lines 1-2 For 15˜6 m (2009). Read towards a RoRo Jetty, with depth 1˜0 m, situated on...

16˜0 m (2012). Milford Haven Port Authority

(SDD 2012000 248040) [01/13]
168
Wales – South-west coast – Milford Haven –
Paragraph 5.73 1 line 1 Replace by: East Channel — Depth

1 East Channel has a controlling depth of 10˜5 m 168

(2012). It is...
Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.73 1
line 1 Replace by:
171
1 East Channel has a controlling depth of 9˜9 m
Paragraph 5.88 1 line 4 after 5q04c˜74W). Add: (2013). It is...

Berths No 1 and No 2 have depths of 17˜0 m (2012) Milford Haven Port Authority
and 18˜5 m (2012) respectively. (SDD 2013000 034668) [10/13]

2 - 78
 NP37
Wales – South–west coast – 174
Milford Haven — Depths
Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.94 1
170 lines 6-8 Replace by:
No 2 Quay has a length of 100 m and depth 4˜9 m
Paragraph 5.78 2 line 1 For 12˜7 m Read 12˜2 m (2013) (2013). No 3 Quay has a length of 65 m and depth
2˜9 m (2013). Both quays lie within a basin.
171 Port of Milford Haven Notice 102/13
(SDD 2013000 249751) [50/13]
Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.89 1
lines 7-8 Replace by:
Wales – West coast – Fishguard — Depth
...LOA, with depths over a width of 80 m of 15˜0 m (2013)
and 11˜0 m (2013) respectively. 188

Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.89 2 Paragraph 5.176 3 line 1 For 3 m Read 5 m
line 2 For 7˜5 m (2012) Read 7˜2 m (2013)
Harbourmaster, Stena Ports Limited
(SDD 2012000 085588) [20/12]
172

Paragraph 5.89 2 line 5 Replace by: Cardigan Bay – Port Cardigan — Light beacon

...No 3 Berth swinging area, which has a depth of 5˜7 m. 195

Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.90 1 Paragraph 6.31 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
line 8 For 19˜2 m (2012) Read 18˜5 m (2013)
3 Useful mark: From W, Cliff Base Light Beacon
No 1 (52q07c˜05N 4q41c˜39W) standing ¾ cable SW of
Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.90 1 the hotel at Craig y Gwbert (52q07c˜17N 4q41c˜50W).
line 10 For 14˜8 m and 15˜8 m (2012) Read 14˜7 m and
15˜8 m (2013) Ceredigion Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 254355) [03/13]
Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.90 3
line 2 For 20˜4 m (2012) Read 20˜1 m (2013) Wales – West coast – Barmouth Bay — Beacon

203
Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.90 3
line 4 Replace by: Paragraph 6.82 2 lines 7-8 For (red tripod tower) Read (S
cardinal)
...depths of 14˜7 m alongside No 2 Berth and 11˜8 m
(2013)...
Harbwr Feistr Abermaw Harbourmaster
Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.90 3 (SDD 2012000 079668) [19/12]
line 8 For 6˜3 m and 6˜5 m (2012) respectively. Read 6˜2 m
and 6˜1 m (2013) respectively.
Wales – North-west coast – Anglesey —
Penrhyn Mawr
Paragraph 5.91 1 line 5 For 12˜7 m Read 12˜2 m (2013)
218

Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.91 1 Paragraph 7.60 1 line 6 For (53q18c˜41N 4q41c˜98W) Read
line 7 For 13˜8 m (2012); Read 13˜6 m (2013); (53q17c˜04N 4q41c˜19W)

Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.91 2 Paragraph 7.61 1 lines 2-3 For (53q18c˜41N 4q41c˜98W)
line 2 For (2012); Read (2013); Read (53q17c˜04N 4q41c˜19W)

BA Chart 1413 [06/12]

173

Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.91 2

Wales – West Coast – Menai Strait — Directions
line 5 For 10˜9 m (2012); Read 10˜7 m (2013);
235

Paragraph 5.93 1 line 6 For 7˜2 m (2010); Read 6˜2 m Paragraph 7.158 1 line 2 For S Read SSW
(2013);
After Paragraph 7.158 1 line 6 Insert:
Existing Section IV Notice Week 01/13 Paragraph 5.94 1 Either side of Caernarfon Bar Fairway Light Buoy
line 4 For 7˜0 m (2012); Read 6˜3 m (2013); (safe water), thence:

2 - 79
 NP37
237 251
Paragraph 7.163 3 line 1 For S Read SSW Paragraph 8.42 3 line 2 For (53q21c˜99N 3q18c˜68W) Read
(53q21c˜95N 3q18c˜36W)
Paragraph 7.163 3 line 2 For 57q07c˜37N 4q25c˜14W Read
53q06c˜40N 4q26c˜01W Paragraph 8.44 1 line 1 For (53q21c˜99N 3q18c˜68W) Read
(53q21c˜95N 3q18c˜36W)

Caernarfon Harbour Trust Mostyn Harbour Master

(SDD 2011000 149390, 155116) [39/11] (SDD 2012000 054544) [14/12]

England – Liverpool Bay — Directions; buoy Wales – River Dee Estuary — Berths
245 251-252
Paragraph 8.18 4 lines 5-6 Replace by: Paragraph 8.45 1 lines 4-7 Replace by:
...5 cables and 1¼ cables W of Bar Light Float. Berths 1, 2 and 3 are 100 m sections of the river
wharf piled quay starting from upriver. Berth 1
Cefas dredged to 6˜0 m (2010).
(SDD 2012000 000206) [04/12] Berth 4 is the Dee River Craft berth.
Berth 5 is the RoRo terminal.
Wales – River Dee Estuary — Directions Mostyn Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 036212) [11/12]
248
Paragraph 8.35 2 lines 3-5 Replace by: Wales – River Dee Estuary – Mostyn Channel —
Directions
leads ESE for about 5 miles, thence SE and ESE for a
further 4½ miles to the outer end of South Hoyle Channel 251
leading into Welsh Channel, passing: Paragraph 8.44 2 lines 3-7 Replace by:
249 SW of Salisbury Middle Light Buoy (port hand)
(53q21c˜37N 3q16c˜53W), moored at the WSW
Paragraph 8.35 6 lines 1-10 Replace by: extremity of Salisbury Middle, thence:
NE of M1 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (53q20c˜93N
6 The line of bearing 090q, in the white sector
3q16c˜55W).
(089˜5q- 090˜5q), of West Hoyle Spit (Earwig) Outer
Directional Light (perch pile) (53q21c˜21N 3q24c˜07W) Paragraph 8.44 3 lines 7-8 Replace by:
which leads into South Hoyle Channel close S of ...alongside berths. The buoys are moved and Inner
South Hoyle Outer Light Buoy (port hand) (53q21c˜26N Directional Light sectors adjusted to best mark the
3q26c˜94W). The channel is marked by light buoys channel.
(lateral), has a least depth 3˜1 m (2011) and leads E
and ENE into Welsh Channel. Port of Mostyn NM 19, 20 and 21/13
(SDD 2013000 073719; 073728; 073790) [18/13]
Paragraph 8.36 1 lines 3-7 Delete from The dredged
channel to Point of Ayr.
Port of Liverpool – Arrival information:
...buoyed channel and leads close E of M1 Light Buoy. anchorages

BA Chart 1953 255

(SDD 2012000 041035) [15/12] Paragraph 8.70 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:

251 1 Two designated anchorage areas lie 1¾ miles NNW

and 4 miles SSW of Bar Light Float (53q32c˜01N
Paragraph 8.44 3 line 4 Replace by: 3q20c˜98W).
North anchorage area, centred on 53q33c˜63N
3q21c˜98W, is for deep draught vessels and contains
Wales – River Dee Estuary — Directions three anchorages numbered 10 to 12.
South anchorage area, centred on 53q28c˜42N
249 3q23c˜94W, is for all other vessels and contains nine
anchorages numbered 1 to 9.
Paragraph 8.36 2 lines 7-9 Replace by:
2 Vessels requiring to anchor within port limits are to
SW of Dee Light Buoy (S cardinal) (53q21c˜95N contact Mersey VTS to be allocated a suitable anchor
3q18c˜36W), into Wild Road (8.49) and Mostyn position.
inner pilot boarding position.
Paragraph 8.70 1 line 8 For Radio Read VTS.
250
Harbour Master, Mersey Docks and Harbour Company
Paragraph 8.37 4 lines 1-2 For (53q21c˜99N 3q18c˜68W) Limited
Read (53q21c˜95N 3q18c˜36W) (SDD 2013000 009729/010102) [05/13]

2 - 80

England – River Mersey — Arrival information;
Vessel traffic service
255
Paragraph 8.68 2 lines 4-7 Replace by:
...Marine Operations Control Centre, call sign: MERSEY
VTS, preferably when rounding The Skerries (53q25c˜27N
4q36c˜50W) and not later than the vicinity of Bar Light Float
inward-bound or before sailing. A continuous listening
watch must be maintained when under way or at anchor
within the port.
Mersey Docks and Harbour Company
(SDD 2011000 231833) [04/12]
England – North–west coast — Morecambe Bay
— Offshore wind farm; directions
277
Paragraph 9.2 1 lines 7-10 Replace by:
Barrow Wind Farm (9.33) is centred about 5 miles
SW from the S end of the Isle of Walney whilst
Ormonde and Walney Wind Farms are centred about
7 miles and 11 miles W.
West of Duddon Sands Wind Farm (53q59c˜00N
3q28c˜00W), under construction (2013), adjoins the SE
limit of Walney Wind Farm.
296
Paragraph 9.93 1 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 48/11 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Morecambe Light Buoy
(53q52c˜00N 3q22c˜00W) the offshore route runs NW for
about 16 miles and thence N for a further 27 miles to
a position W of Saint Bees Head (54q30c˜82N
3q38c˜20W) (9.106). It passes NE of South
Morecambe, North Morecambe and Millom Gasfields
(9.3) and, SW of West of Duddon Sands Wind Farm
(53q59c˜00N 3q28c˜00W), under construction (2013),
and SW of Walney Wind Farm.
297
Paragraph 9.99 1-3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 48/11 Replace by:
1 From a position W of Morecambe Light Buoy
(53q52c˜00N 3q22c˜00W) to a position W of Saint Bees
Head (54q30c˜82N 3q38c˜20W), the route leads NW
thence N, passing:
Clear of a well head (53q52c˜49N 3q28c˜02W), with a
depth of 10˜3 m and marked by a light buoy
(special), thence:
2 NE of South Morecambe Gasfield (53q50c˜74N
3q35c˜01W) (9.3).
SW of West of Duddon Sands Wind Farm
(54q00c˜00N 3q24c˜00W), under construction
(2013), marked by light buoys (cardinal), thence:
NE of North Morecambe Gasfield (53q57c˜58N
3q40c˜35W) (9.3), and:
SW of Walney Wind Farm (54q03c˜69N 3q33c˜05W),
marked on each corner by light buoys (cardinal),
thence:
2 - 81
NP37
3 NE of Millom Gasfield (54q01c˜57N 3q51c˜51W)
(9.3), thence:
The track alters to a N heading, passing:
W of Selker Point (54q17c˜10N 3q25c˜32W) (9.107),
thence:
W of Sellafield Nuclear Power Station (54q25c˜22N
3q29c˜95W) (9.107).
Paragraph 9.100 1 line 2 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 48/11 For W Read NNE
298
Paragraph 9.108 1-3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 48/11 Replace by:
1 From a position NNE of Morecambe Light Buoy
(53q52c˜00N 3q22c˜00W) to a position W of Saint Bees
Head (54q30c˜82N 3q38c˜20W), the route leads 13 miles
N to E of the easternmost corner of Ormonde Wind
Farm, and thence NNW for a further 29 miles,
passing:
2 Between the E side of West of Duddon Sands
Wind Farm (53q59c˜00N 3q28c˜00W), under
construction (2013), marked by cardinal light
buoys and the westernmost turbine
(53q59c˜72N 3q19c˜75W) of Barrow Wind Farm
(9.33), thence:
Between the S corner of Ormonde Wind Farm,
marked by a light buoy (S cardinal) (54q03c˜79N
3q25c˜43W), and an 8˜6 m patch (54q03c˜58N
3q20c˜12W) on the coastal shelf.
3 When E of the easternmost turbine (54q05c˜01N
3q24c˜22W) Ormonde Wind Farm, the route leads
NNW, passing:
Between the easternmost turbine of Ormonde Wind
Farm and a dangerous wreck, position
approximate (54q06c˜00N 3q21c˜10W). Cockspec
(54q05c˜87N 3q18c˜07W) extends 1¼ miles from
the coast abreast Vickerstown (54q06c˜26N
3q15c˜21W), the highest part of the Isle of Walney.
It is an area of rocky ground with detached,
seaweed-covered drying patches close SW and
1 mile SE. Thence:
Trinity House
(SDD 2013000 080459) [24/13]
England – North–west coast – Lune Deep —
Buoy; Automatic Identification System
278
After Paragraph 9.18 1 line 5 Insert:
2 Automatic Identification System:
Lune Deep Light Buoy (53q56c˜07N 3q12c˜90W)
(9.39).
For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
282
After Paragraph 9.38 1 line 4 Insert:
2 Automatic Identification System:
Lune Deep Light Buoy (53q56c˜07N 3q12c˜90W)
(9.39).
For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
 NP37
297 Morecambe Bay – River Lune — Buoy

After Paragraph 9.98 1 line 5 Insert: 287

Lune Deep Light Buoy (53q56c˜07N 3q12c˜90W) Paragraph 9.57 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
(9.39).
...position close S of Lune No 1 Light Buoy (W cardinal)
(53q58c˜66N 3q00c˜00W).
Trinity House
(SDD 2012000 254383) [01/13]
289
Paragraph 9.65 3 line 4 Replace by:
England – West Coast – Directions — Buoy
...and Lune No 1 Light Buoy (W cardinal)
279 (53q58c˜66N 3q00c˜00W), 1 mile E,...

Paragraph 9.19 3 line 2 For 3q24c˜10W Read 3q22c˜00W Chief Executive, Lancaster Port Commission
(SDD 2012000 060654; 231678) [49/12]

282 England – West coast – Heysham — Buoy

Paragraph 9.39 1 line 2 For 3q24c˜10W Read 3q22c˜00W 289

Paragraph 9.39 1 line 9 For 3q24c˜10W Read 3q22c˜00W Paragraph 9.65 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
4 SE of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (54q00c˜63N
Paragraph 9.41 1 line 2 For 3q24c˜10W Read 3q22c˜00W 2q58c˜18W) which marks the edge of shoal
water with depths of less than 5 m and rock
armour protecting submarine cables, thence:
296
Heysham Port Limited
Paragraph 9.93 1 line 3 For 3q24c˜10W Read 3q22c˜00W (SDD 2012000 030391) [09/12]

England – North–west coast –

297 Barrow–in–Furness — Port radio
Paragraph 9.99 1 line 2 For 3q24c˜10W Read 3q22c˜00W 290

Paragraph 9.100 1 line 2 For 3q24c˜10W Read 3q22c˜00W Paragraph 9.70 2 line 7 For Control Read Radio

Paragraph 9.71 1 line 5 and line 8 For Control Read Radio

298
292
Paragraph 9.108 1 line 2 For 3q24c˜10W Read 3q22c˜00W
Paragraph 9.73 1 line 8 and line 12 For Control Read Radio
Trinity House
(SDD 2011000 207314) [48/11] Paragraph 9.74 1 line 7 and line 10 For Control Read Radio

Associated British Ports, Barrow

North-west coast of England – Fleetwood — (SDD 2012000 105671) [25/12]
Anchorage; depth

282 England – North–west coast –

Barrow-in-Furness — Traffic signals
Paragraph 9.43 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
292
1 Vessels can find open anchorage 2¾ cables NW of
Paragraph 9.77 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
No 2 Light Buoy (53q58c˜56N 3q01c˜84W) in about
18 m, clear of submarine cables. An area of foul 1 Spare.
ground lies 1 mile NW of Wyre Lighthouse (disused)
(53q57c˜16N 3q01c˜79W) (9.48). Harbour Master ABP Barrow & Fleetwood Notice 17/12
(SDD 2012000 154359) [34/12]
Paragraph 9.45 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Controlling depths. The controlling depth is 1˜2 m England – North–west coast –
(2012) in the channel and is to be found close N of Barrow–in–Furness — Directions: light beacons
No 7 Light Buoy. The turning area off the... 293
Associated British Ports Fleetwood and Navigation Safety Paragraph 9.79 7 lines 8-10 For (white rectangular
Branch MCGA daymark, black band, framework beacon) Read (green
(SDD 2012000 064689 and 067028) [17/12] rectangular topmark, framework beacon)

2 - 82
 NP37
294 113
Paragraph 2.446 3 lines 2-5 Delete
Paragraph 9.80 3 lines 3-4 For (red and yellow chequered
rectangular topmark) Read (port hand)
Indian Notice 11/125/13
(SDD 2013000 119084) [28/13]
Paragraph 9.80 3 lines 6-7 For (white rectangular topmark,
black band) Read (green rectangular topmark) India – Jaigarh — Angre Port
229
Paragraph 9.81 2 lines 2-3 For (white rectangular topmark, After Paragraph 7.107 1 line 2 Insert:
black band) Read (green rectangular topmark)
Angre Port
Paragraph 9.81 2 lines 10-11 For (white rectangular General information
topmark, black band) Read (green rectangular topmark) 7.107a
1 Position and function. Angre Port (17q17c˜20N
73q13c˜90E) lies along the southern bank of the
Associated British Ports, Barrow
Shastri River at Jaigarh. It is a well sheltered harbour
(SDD 2013000 151183) [31/13]
handling liquid, container and multipurpose cargoes.
2 Port authority. Angre Port Private Ltd., Sande
England – Solway Firth – Silloth Harbour — Lavgan, P.O.-Jaigad, Tal & Dist.-Ratnagiri - 415614,
Maximum draught Maharashtra, India.
Website: www.angreport.com
313 Arrival information
7.107b
Existing Section IV Notice Week 06/12 Paragraph 10.59 1 1 Outer anchorage. Anchorage may be obtained in
lines 8-9 Replace by: an area bounded by the following co-ordinates:
17q19c˜82N 73q09c˜16E
...of 7˜4 m at MHWS and 5˜1 m at MHWN. A figure of 1˜0 m
17q19c˜82N 73q10c˜08E
should be subtracted from the height of HW (above the sill)
17q20c˜54N 73q10c˜08E
to obtain the maximum permissible draught. The quay
17q20c˜54N 73q09c˜16E
height is approximately 9˜9 m above sill level.
2 Pilotage is available 24 hours and pilots board in
position 17q19c˜90N 73q10c˜80E.
Associated British Ports Silloth
(SDD 2012000 054775) [14/12] Directions
7.107b
1 From the vicinity of the fairway light buoy (safe
England – Solway Firth – water) 17q19c˜84N 73q11c˜14E the track leads SE for
Silloth approach — Buoys 3½ miles through a buoyed channel.
At the end of the channel there is a turning basin,
313 440 m in diameter, close to the main berthing area.

Paragraph 10.57 3 line 2 For (54q47c˜30N 3q29c˜60W) Read Berths

(54q47c˜50N 3q30c˜00W) 7.107c
1 A quay, length 350 m, width 43 m, has four berths.
One berth is for liquid cargo and the other berths
Paragraph 10.57 3 line 4 For (54q48c˜65N 3q29c˜90W) Read handle containers and multi-purpose cargoes.
(54q48c˜90N 3q30c˜00W) There is also a jetty used for tugs.
Port services
Paragraph 10.57 4 line 2 For (54q50c˜30N 3q27c˜10W) Read 7.107d
(54q50c˜30N 3q27c˜30W) 1 Repairs. Hull, machinery and underwater repairs
may be carried out at the ship repair yard. A ship lift
facility can handle vessels of maximum LOA 116 m,
Associated British Ports Silloth and beam 24 m.
(SDD 2012000 134511 & 135340) [30/12] Supplies. Fuel and freshwater.
Indian NM 22/2013 SD
(SDD 2013000 252395) [50/13]
NP38 West Coast of India Pilot (2013 Edition)
Pakistan – Sir Mouth to Karachi — Wreck

Lakshadweep – Byramgore and Cherbaniani — 313

Buoyage After Paragraph 10.19 3 line 10 Insert:
Clear of a dangerous wreck, position approximate,
112 (24q16c˜00N 66q39c˜00E), thence:
Paragraph 2.445 3 lines 4-6 Delete from ...; a light To Pakistan Notice 94/31/13
beacon (SDD 2013000 174888) [35/13]

2 - 83
 NP39
NP39 South Indian Ocean Pilot (2011 Edition) Paragraph 7.153 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
...(184q-193q) of this light, which is obscured when
a vessel is berthed in the E part of Mole B, leads S
Comoros – Grande Comore – to the harbour, passing:
Mouillage de Moroni — Directions; marks
French Notice 04/13
67 (SDD 2013000 019714) [13/13]
Paragraph 3.24 1 lines 2-4 Delete
NP40 Irish Coast Pilot (2013 Edition)
Paragraph 3.26 1 line 1 For Lights Read Marks
South coast of Ireland – Mine Head —
Directions; automatic identification system
Paragraph 3.26 1 line 2 For lights Read marks
126
Paragraph 3.26 1 line 4 For light Read mark After Paragraph 4.31 2 line 3 Insert:
Mine Head Lighthouse (51q59c˜56N 7q35c˜19W)
Paragraph 3.26 1 line 7 Replace by: (4.30).
Rear mark (white minaret) (220 m from front mark), Commissioners of Irish Lights
from which a light is exhibited. (SDD 2013000 212245) [47/13]
Paragraph 3.26 1 line 8 For lights Read marks
South coast of Ireland – Saint Patrick’s Bridge —
Directions; buoys
Paragraph 3.26 2 line 2 Replace by:
143
Moroni Light (white minaret, 23 m in height)
(11q42c˜02S 43q14c˜52E). Paragraph 4.135 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
1 The passage through Saint Patrick’s Bridge
French Notice 23/153/13 (52q09c˜21N 6q34c˜92W) requires local knowledge.
(SDD 2013000 125556) [29/13] However, the deepest water is indicated by three light
buoys, safe water (52q09c˜22N 6q35c˜32W) moored
Madagascar – Tamatave — Arrival information; about 2½ cables W of the bridge, port hand
outer anchorages (52q09c˜30N 6q34c˜72W) and starboard hand
(52q09c˜14N 6q34c˜72W) moored close E of the Bridge.
174
Commissioners of Irish Lights
(SDD 2013000 233986) [47/13]
Paragraph 7.144 Replace by:
1 Anchorage may be obtained, E of the reefs and East coast – Dundalk and Dundrum Bays —
outside port limits, in depths between 35 and 50 m in Directions; AIS; Light buoys
good weather. In bad weather vessels are advised to
190
drift well offshore.
Port authorities may allocate one of six designated After Paragraph 6.65 2 line 2 Insert:
anchorage berths N of Pointe Tanio (18q08c˜35S
First Flight Wind 2 ODAS Buoy (53q54c˜09N
49q25c˜15E) to vessels awaiting berthing or under
5q50c˜23W).
quarantine; good holding ground.
After Paragraph 6.67 2 line 5 Insert:
Paragraph 7.147 Replace by:
WNW of First Flight Wind 2 ODAS Buoy (53q54c˜09N
1 Free pratique can be requested by radio. The Port 5q50c˜23W), marked by two light buoys (S and N
Health Officer boards the vessel in the vicinity of the cardinal), thence:
allocated anchorage.
198
French Notices 04/13, 05/152/13, 07/153/13 After Paragraph 6.126 2 line 6 Insert:
(SDD 2013000 019714; 025331; 035543) [13/13]
First Flight Wind 1 ODAS Buoy (54q08c˜93N
5q43c˜37W).
Madagascar – Tamatave — Paragraph 6.127 1 line 8 Replace by:
Directions; caution; lights
SE of Mullartown Point (54q07c˜28N 5q53c˜27W),
175 thence:
Clear of First Flight Wind 1 ODAS Buoy (54q08c˜93N
Paragraph 7.152 1 line 6 Replace by: 5q43c˜37W), marked by two light buoys (W and E
cardinal).
...the leading lights, which have been reported
(2013) as generally difficult to locate because they are First Flight Wind
weak. (SDD 2013000 238198; 250337) [51/13]

2 - 84
 NP40
East coast – Ardglass Harbour — Berths; depth E of Suzuki Iwa (34q02c˜23N 132q36c˜43E), a
detached rocky shoal close E of Ko-Tachiba
203 Shima (34q02c˜19N 132q36c˜03E), a small island
joined by a shallow bank to O-Tachiba Shima
Paragraph 6.160 1 line 11 For 3˜2 m Read 1˜3 m (7.224), 3 cables SW, thence:
2 W of Ai Shima (34q04c˜25N 132q42c˜44E). Itsuki
Phennick Cove Developments Dashi (34q04c˜07N 132q41c˜90E), a rocky
(SDD 2013000 212987) [47/13] shoal, lies close off the W side of Ai Shima.
Ai Shima Light (7.167) is exhibited from the
SE part of the island. A light buoy (safe
East coast – Donaghadee Sound and
approaches — Directions; AIS and depth water), marking the recommended track
through the N part of Aki Nada, is moored
218 1 mile NW of Ai Shima. Thence:
3 E of Sengai Iwai (34q04c˜35N 132q33c˜77E), two
After Paragraph 7.36 2 line 3 Insert: drying rocks lying 2 cables E of the E
extremity of Karoto Shima (7.71); a light
Governor Light Buoy (54q39c˜36N 5q31c˜99W).
beacon (E cardinal, 12 m in height) stands on
Paragraph 7.38 3 line 2 For 11 m Read 8˜4 m the W rock. Hiyama Dashi (7.71) lies 6 cables
S. Thence:
E of Kame-ga-Kubi (34q06c˜89N 132q35c˜58E), a
219 point at the NE end of a small but prominent
Paragraph 7.41 2 line 6 For the light buoy Read Governor peninsula forming the E extremity of Kurahashi
Light Buoy Shima (7.66), thence:
4 W of Shimo-Guro Shima (34q09c˜17N
132q39c˜26E); Kami-Guro Shima (34q09c˜29N
Commissioners of Irish Lights 132q40c˜24E), a similar islet, lies close E.
(SDD 2013000 254630; 253961) [51/13] Depths in the vicinity of theses islets are
uneven and they should be avoided. Thence:
E of Nasake Shima (34q09c˜65N 132q34c˜41E),
NP41 Japan Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition) thence:
5 W of the SW extremity of Shimo-Kamagari
Shima (34q10c˜27N 132q38c˜67E), an island
SEVERO-KURIL’SK climate station diagram
which forms the S side of Naka Seto (7.195);
63 a light buoy (starboard hand) is moored close
off the point. Thence:
Diagram 1.181 Replace by:
E of the shoal area (34q10c˜89N 132q36c˜26E), with
Diagram 1.181 which is printed at Annex A depths of less than 10 m, extending E from
(see page 4 - 11). Ondo-no-Seto (7.169).
The track then continues a short distance N to a
UKHO [33/12] position SW of Shimoneko Saki (34q12c˜13N
132q38c˜13E).
6 Useful marks:
NP42A Japan Pilot Volume 2 (2013 Edition) Shira Ishi Light (34q10c˜65N 132q20c˜86E) (7.64).
Nil Manaita Iwai Light (34q02c˜35N 132q31c˜98E) (7.64).
(Directions continue at 7.194)

NP42B Japan Pilot Volume 3 (2011 Edition) UKHO

(HH. 42B/200/01) [26/12]
Seto Naikai – Oita Ko — Directional light
NP42C Japan Pilot Volume 4 (2013 Edition)
139 Nil
Paragraph 6.65 2 lines 4-6 Delete
NP43 South and East Coasts of Korea, East
Japanese Notice 625/33/13 Coast of Siberia and Sea of Okhotsk Pilot
(SDD 2013000 179917) [36/13] (2011 Edition)

Seto Naikai – Aki Nada – Kudako Suido to Cheju Do – North Coast – Aewologot to Cheju
Kure Ko – East Part — Directions Hang — Cheju Hang; Pilot Station

185 81

Paragraph 7.168 Replace by: Paragraph 2.32 3 line 3 For 33q31c˜95N 126q32c˜55E Read
33q33c˜50N 126q33c˜00E
7.168
1 From a position NW of Uta Saki (34q01c˜08N South Korean Notice 51/875/11
132q38c˜72E) the track leads N, passing: (SDD 2011000 239652) [03/12]

2 - 85
NP43
South Korea - South coast - Cheju Do – After Paragraph 2.180 1 Insert:
Cheju Hang — Harbour; development
NW of a shoal (34q16c˜54N 127q09c˜08E) with a depth
81 of 7˜5 m, thence:

After Paragraph 2.33 2 line 4 Insert: After Paragraph 2.180 3 line 4 Insert:

Major work on a new international passenger NW of an obstruction (34q18c˜21N 127q11c˜14E) with

terminal has been completed east of the E breakwater a depth of 15˜4 m, thence:
(33q31c˜62N 126q32c˜65E). See Admiralty Notice After Paragraph 2.180 3 line 6 Insert:
5366(P)/11 for details.
NW of a wreck (34q18c˜86N 127q13c˜11E) with a
82 depth of 15˜2 m, thence:

After Paragraph 2.34 4 line 6 Insert: South Korean Notice 30/429/12

(SDD 2012000 150499) [37/12]
Passenger terminal SE breakwater light (17 m in
height) (33q31c˜77N 126q33c˜39E).
South Korea - South coast – Chungdo Sudo –
Korean Notice 43/664/11 East entrance — Light beacon
(SDD 2011000 200770) [49/11]
106
South Coast – Offshore Route – Ch’uja Hang — Paragraph 2.193 4 line 1-2 Replace by:
Position and function; directions
4 East entrance. Yeotdoam (34q21c˜94N 127q04c˜70E)
89 a rocky patch, marked by a light beacon (isolated
danger).
Paragraph 2.81 1 line 5 For ½ Read ¾ to 1
Korean Notice 43/671/11
Paragraph 2.81 3 line 2 For (33q57c˜68N 126q18c˜35E) (SDD 2011000 200770) [49/11]
Read (33q57c˜64N 126q18c˜37E)
Korea – South coast – inshore route –
South Korean Notice 8/111/12 T÷ngnyang Man — Directions; light beacon;
(SDD 2012000 039776) [11/12] submarine cable

108
South Korea – South Coast – Inshore Route -
Haenamgak to Somodo — Directions; wreck Paragraph 2.208 3 line 10 Add:

99 ...A light beacon (34q43c˜69N 127q16c˜85E) (isolated

After Paragraph 2.144
S of a dangerous wreck (34q16c˜01N 126q41c˜09E),
thence;
South Korean Notice 51/872/11
(SDD 2011000 239652)
danger) lies close NE of the anchorage.
6 line 5 Insert:
After Paragraph 2.210 1 Insert:
2 Caution. A submarine cable lies across the
anchorage orientated NNE to SSW.
[03/12] Korean ENC KR4F4H10; Korean Notice 38/598/12
(SDD 2012000 192275) [42/12]

South Korea – South Coast – Inshore route –

P’yãng-ilto to Chima Do — Directions; light
beacon
104
Paragraph 2.179 1 lines 6-8 Replace by:
S of a small above-water rock (34q18c˜29N
127q04c˜97E), lying on a bank with a depth of
7˜1 m, marked by a light buoy (34q18c˜23N
127q04c˜92E) (isolated danger), thence:
SKN 45/727/12
(SDD 2012000 225247)
Inshore Route - Chima Do to Sori Do -
Approaches to Yãja Man and Kamak Yang —
Directions; depth
109
Paragraph 2.222 3 line 2 For 6.4 Read 5.7
South Korean Chart 240 [06/12]
Outer Approaches to Yãsu Hang and
Kwangyang Hang – Yokchi Do and Chwasari
[50/12] Chedo — Vertical clearance

120
Korea – South coast – Inshore route —
Directions; depth; obstruction; wreck Paragraph 3.28 5 line 2 For 35m Read 26m

104
South Korean Notice 01/12/12
Paragraph 2.180 1 line 5 For 5˜4 m Read 5˜1 m (SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]

2 - 86

South Korea – Approaches to Yãsu Hang and
Kwangyang Hang — Directions; depths
122
Paragraph 3.43 2 line 7 For 17˜1 Read 16˜6
Paragraph 3.43 2 line 9 For 15˜2 Read 16˜6
BA Chart 3391; Korean Notice 18/251/12
(SDD 2012000 00089546)
NP43
After Paragraph 3.91 1 Insert:
2 A large suspension bridge, vertical clearance
unknown, is underconstruction (2012) orientated
north/south between 34q54c˜03N 127q42c˜27E north of
Myodo (34q52c˜12N 127q43c˜11E) and 34q54c˜62N
127q42c˜27E south of Administration Wharf (34q54c˜82N
127q42c˜47E) at the west end of POSCO steel works.
A bridge, vertical clearance unknown, is under
construction (2012) between the S extremity of Myodo
(34q52c˜12N 127q43c˜11E) and the N coast of Yosu
Pando 5 cables farther S.
[23/12] South Korea Notice 32/471/12
(SDD 2012000 160793) [42/12]

South Korea – Yãsu Hang — South Korea – Kwangyang Hang — Anchorages

Limiting Conditions; bridge
129

124 Paragraph 3.103 3 lines 1-8 Replace by:

3 North-west of Myodo. Anchorage may be obtained
Paragraph 3.57 1 lines 5-8 Replace by: within the following areas:
Bridges. The SW end of Yãsu Haehyãp, at its 34q 53c˜63 N 127q 41c˜80 E
narrowest point, is spanned by a bridge with a vertical
clearance of 20 m. The bridge links the NW end of 34q 53c˜25 N 127q 41c˜18 E
Dolsando with the city of Yeosu. 34q 53c˜57 N 127q 40c˜65 E
The E end of Yãsu Haehyãp, is spanned by a
bridge with a vertical clearance of 22 m between 34q 53c˜97 N 127q 40c˜65 E
positions 34q44c˜16N 127q44c˜95E and 34q44c˜02N 34q 53c˜88 N 127q 42c˜18 E
127q44c˜91E. 34q 53c˜63 N 127q 41c˜80 E
34q 53c˜97 N 127q 41c˜50 E
125 34q 54c˜17 N 127q 41c˜87 E

Paragraph 3.64 3 Delete

South Korean Notice 50/852/11
(SDD 2011000 234881) [03/12]

South Korean Notice 25/352/12

(SDD 2012000 123633) [29/12] Inshore Route – Paek Sã to Tumi Do – Mijo Hang
— Vertical clearance

131
South Korea – Yãsu Hang – Sin Hang —
Directions; lights Paragraph 3.119 4 line 2 For 29m Read 27m

125 Paragraph 3.119 4 line 6 For 41m Read 19m

Paragraph 3.67 3 lines 8-12 Delete South Korean Notice 01/16/12

(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12]

BA Chart 3391; Korean Notice 18/251/12 Chinju Man and approaches — Vertical
(SDD 2012000 00089546) [23/12] clearances

134
Korea – South coast – Kwangyang Hang — After Paragraph 3.136 6 line 5 Insert:
Bridges
Channel NW of N÷kto. A power cable with a vertical
clearance of 18m spans the channel between the
127 NW of N÷kto and NE of Sindo (34q55c˜70N
128q01c˜80E).
After Paragraph 3.81 1 Insert:
South Korean Notice 6/98/12
2 See also 3.91. (SDD 2012000 034861) [10/12]

2 - 87
NP43
South Korea – Samch’ãnp’o Hang to Hadaehodo South coast of Korea – Okpo Hang —
— Directions; rock Directions; lights

136 147
After Paragraph 3.219 1 line 9 Insert:
After Paragraph 3˜150 2 line 5 Add:
2 Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round
S of a rock (34q52c˜61N 128q11c˜23E) with a depth of concrete tower, 11 m in height) (34q53c˜82N
6˜9 m, thence: 128q43c˜05E).
Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round
Korean Notice 51/845/12 concrete structure, 13 m in height) (34q53c˜69N
(SDD 2012000 257176) [06/13] 128q43c˜17E).

149

South Korea – South Coast – Inshore Route – After Paragraph 3.228 1 line 8 Insert:
Paek Sã to Tumi Do – Nungyang Hang —
Directions; depth Okpo Hang N Breakwater Light (red round concrete
tower, 11 m in height) (34q53c˜82N 128q43c˜05E).
Okpo Hang S Breakwater Light (white round
137
concrete structure, 13 m in height) (34q53c˜69N
128q43c˜17E).
Paragraph 3.157 2 line 8 For 2˜3 m Read 0˜8 m
Paragraph 3.228 2 line 4 and 3.228 3 lines 1-6 Delete

SKN 43/685/12
South Korean Notice 30/426/12
(SDD 2012000 216234) [50/12]
(SDD2012000 150499) [34/12]

South Korea – South Coast – Chinhae Hang —

Samch’ãnp’o Hang to Nam Man – Kosãng Man Directions; depths
— Vertical clearance
155
138
Paragraph 3.271 3 lines 4 to 6 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.159 4 line 2 For 30m Read 26m E of an obstruction (35q05c˜15N 128q40c˜86E) with a
depth of 8˜5 m, thence:
W of an obstruction (35q05c˜55N 128q41c˜30E),
South Korean Notice 01/11/12 marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence:
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12] E of a shoal patch (35q05c˜69N 128q40c˜92E) with a
depth of 9˜5 m, thence:

Korean Notice 5/77/13

Inshore Route – Tumi Do to Pbujido – Offshore (SDD 2013000 026060) [09/13]
Islands – Yãnhwa Yãlto — Vertical clearance
South Korea - South Coast - Chinhae Man —
140 Vertical clearance
After Paragraph 3.168 1 line 9 Insert: 159
Vertical Clearance. A power cable with a vertical After Paragraph 3.309 1 line 8 Insert:
clearance of 20m spans the channel between the S of
U do and the N of Yãnhwa Do. A bridge with a vertical clearance of 20 m spans,
Kajodo Sudo (34q55c˜52N 128q31c˜63E) between the S
of Kajodo and Kãje Do.
South Korean Notice 01/12/12
(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12] South Korean Notice 9/126/12
(SDD 2012000 0444478) [12/12]

Tongyãng Haeman and Kyãnnaeryang and South Korea – Pusan Hang — Directions; light
Haehyãp — Vertical clearance
169
140
After Paragraph 3.371 2 line 8 Insert:
Paragraph 3.170 3 line 4 For 28m Read 25m Yongdu San Light (on top of Pusan Tower)
(35q06c˜07N 129q01c˜94E).

South Korean Notice 01/10/12 South Korean Notice 24/334/12

(SDD 2012000 004534) [05/12] (SDD 2012000 118381) [28/12]

2 - 88
 NP43
S Korea – East Coast – Mip’o Hang — Russia – Vladivostok — Limiting conditions
Anchorage areas
253
184 After Paragraph 6˜109 1 line 7 Add:
Russkiy Bridge, with a safe vertical clearance of
Paragraph 4.78 1 lines 4-7 Replace by: 71 m, spans Proliv Bosfor between Mys Novosil’skogo
(6.123) and Mys Nazimova.
Outer Anchorages. The following designated
anchorage areas are situated E of Mip’o Hang: Russian Notice 3/275/13
T-1 (35q30c˜62N 129q27c˜30E), radius 300m for (SDD 2013000 011628) [06/13]
vessels less than 5000gt.
T-2 (35q30c˜95N 129q27c˜30E), radius 300m for Russia – Ostrov Sakhalin – Port Kholmsk —
vessels less than 5000gt. General information; Outer anchorages; Harbour
T-3 (35q31c˜67N 129q27c˜57E), radius 250m for 311
vessels less than 2000gt.
Pilotage is compulsory and available from Ulsan Paragraph 9.40 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Hang. For details of Ulsan Hang pilotage see 4.44 Eight anchor berths are situated between 1 mile
and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(6). and 2 miles NNW of the harbour entrance, centred on
the following positions:
South Korean Notice 9/124/12 Anchor berth No 7 47q04c˜37N 142q01c˜95E
(SDD 2012000 044478) [12/12] Anchor berth No 8 47q04c˜62N 142q02c˜02E
Anchor berth No 9 47q04c˜52N 142q01c˜63E
Anchor berth No 10 47q05c˜00N 142q02c˜35E
Korea – Chumunjin Dan to Pisãn Jang — Anchor berth No 11 47q04c˜90N 142q01c˜82E
Directions; light Anchor berth No 12 47q04c˜77N 142q01c˜45E
Anchor berth No 13 47q05c˜15N 142q01c˜77E
Anchor berth No 14 47q05c˜17N 142q01c˜38E.
204
Paragraph 9.42 and heading Replace by:
After Paragraph 4.204 1 line 3 Insert:
Yuzhnaya Gavan
Daepo Hang Light (white round concrete tower, 18m General information
in height) (38q10c˜20N 128q36c˜70E). 9.42
1 Yuzhnaya Gavan, situated in the central part of
South Korean Notice 3/49/12 Port Kholmsk, consists of an outer roadstead and an
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12] enclosed harbour. The harbour is protected by two
breakwaters and consists of a main basin in the SW
part and an inner basin in the E part. The width of the
Korea – Sokch’o Hang — entrance between the breakwaters is 150 m. The E
Directions for entering harbour; light basin is separated from the main part of the harbour
by a breakwater built on the coastal reef.
205
312
Paragraph 4.212 1 lines 6-7 Replace by: Paragraph 9.47 heading Replace by:

Major lights: Severnaya Gavan

Sokch’o Light (38q12c˜82N 128q36c˜01E) (4.204). Paragraph 9.47 1 line 2 For Port Ukhodnyye Read
Daepo Hang Light (38q10c˜20N 128q36c˜70E) Severnaya Gavan
(4.204).
Russian Notice 5/635/13
South Korean Notice 3/49/12 (SDD 2013000 018413) [08/13]
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12]
Russian Federation – Sea of Okhotsk – East
coast Ostrov Sakhalin — Directions; platform
Korea – Pisãn Jang to Suwãn Dan — 354
Directions; light
After Paragraph 11.78 4 line 5 Insert:
206 ENE of BERKUT production platform (52q27c˜89N
143q39c˜05E), thence:
After Paragraph 4.220 1 line 1 Insert: After Paragraph 11.78 5 line 8 Insert:
Daepo Hang Light (38q10c˜20N 128q36c˜70E) (4.204) BERKUT production platform light (52q27c˜89N
143q39c˜05E).
South Korean Notice 3/49/12 Russian Notice 35/5149/12
(SDD 2012000 0004534) [09/12] (SDD 2012000 170355) [41/12]

2 - 89
 NP44
NP44 Malacca Strait and West coast of Sumatera
Pilot (2011 Edition)
Malacca Strait - Gosong Raleigh to
Mudah Selatan — Directions
69
Paragraph 2.82 2 Replace by:
2 Disturbed water and eddies may be encountered
in this section of the traffic lane. The
deep-water route (2.84) rejoins the main ESE
traffic lane at a shallow angle. Thence:
Paragraph 2.84 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
...SE traffic lane (2.82) at a shallow angle.
Malaysian Notice 11/178/12
(SDD 2013000 014598)
Malacca Strait – Mudah Selatan Light to
Tanjung Keling — Directions
72
Paragraph 2.113 5 lines 3-5 Delete from ...passing To
(2.82)...
Malaysian Notice 11/178/12
(SDD 2013000 014598)
Malacca Strait – Sumatera –
Approaches to Belawan — Directions; wrecks
105
Paragraph 4.107 1 lines 3-8 Replace by:
SSE of an obstruction (4q01c˜04N 98q50c˜64E),
thence:
NNW of two dangerous wrecks (3q57c˜14N
98q52c˜06E, 3q56c˜82N 98q51c˜53E). It is
reported that these wrecks will probably be
passed before the vessel’s position can be
reliably fixed visually or by radar. Thence:
Malaysian Notice to Mariners 2/46/2013
(SDD 2013000 065057)
Indonesia - Sumatera - Belawan Channel —
Directions; buoyage
106
Paragraph 4.109 4 lines 3-4 Replace by:
W of No 6 Light Buoy (port hand) (3q50c˜55N
98q44c˜46E), thence:
Paragraph 4.110 and heading Replace by:
4.110
1 Leading Lights:
Front light. Beacon No 4 (white framework tower,
5 m in height) (3q48c˜00N 98q43c˜40E).
Rear light. Beacon No 5 (similar construction, 12 m
in height) (7½ cables SSW of front light).
The alignment (200˜8q) of these lights leads through
the buoyed channel, passing:
2 E of No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(3q50c˜40N 98q44c˜20E), E of No 5 Light Buoy
(starboard hand) (3q49c˜80N 98q44c˜00E) and
WNW of No 1 Light Beacon (4.109). Between
positions about 3¼ cables NNW and
5½ cables SW of No 1 Light Beacon, it is
necessary to keep ESE of the leading line in
order to maintain deep water, as shown on
the chart. Thence:
WNW of No 2 Light Beacon (4.109) and E of No 7
Light Buoy (starboard hand) (3q49c˜33N
98q43c˜82E), thence:
3 WNW of No 3 Light Beacon (3q48c˜85N
[07/13]
98q43c˜85E) (4.111).
The track then continues on the alignment (200˜8q)
to the intersection of the alignment (040q), astern, of
Leading Lights 3 and 2 (4.111), passing E of
No 9 Light Buoy (starboard hand) (3q48c˜61N
98q43c˜46E).
Indonesian Notices 52/440, 443, 444/12
(SDD 2013000 010231) [08/13]
Malacca Strait – South-western approach to
Pelabuhan Langkawi — Directions; buoyage
155
[15/13]
Paragraph 5.203 4 lines 5-6 Replace by:
SE of a 4˜1 m shoal patch (6q15c˜40N 99q45c˜52E)
lying in the fairway, marked at SW by Jerkom 1
Light Buoy (6q15c˜30N 99q45c˜53E) and at NE by
Jerkom 2 Light Buoy (6q15c˜64N 99q45c˜88E).
Thence:
Malaysian Notice 4/13
(SDD 2013000 031895) [10/13]
Malacca Strait – Pelabuhan Klang and
Approaches — Controlling depths
189
Paragraph 6.157 1 lines 3-8 Replace by:
From N, in the vicinity of Pulau Angsa at the N
end of Selat Klang Utara, 11˜3 m (2011), to a
position in the vicinity of 3q03c˜22N
101q20c˜76E.
[16/13] From a position in the vicinity of 3q03c˜22N
101q20c˜76E at the N extremity of Pelabuhan
Utara (North Port), 13˜5 m (2011), to a position
in the vicinity of 3q01c˜90N 101q21c˜25E off
central Pelabuhan Utara (North Port).
From S, in the vicinity of 2q59c˜68N 101q20c˜43E
at the N end of Selat Klang Selatan, 15˜0 m
(2011), to a position in the vicinity of
3q01c˜90N 101q21c˜25E off central Pelabuhan
Utara (North Port).
Malaysian NM 69/13
(SDD 2013000 086578) [20/13]
2 - 90
 NP44
Pelabuhan Klang and Approaches — 225
Outer anchorages; pilotage
Paragraph 7.48 4 line 1 Delete
189

After Paragraph 6.162 1 line 8 Insert: 233

Lay-up anchorages (centred on 2q49c˜00N
101q16c˜50E) lie E of South Fairway Light Buoy. Paragraph 7.99 3 line 3 Delete

Paragraph 6.164 2 lines 3-5 Replace by:

234
Southern approach – 1½ miles NE of South Fairway
Light Buoy (2q49c˜00N 101q14c˜80E) (6.177). Paragraph 7.100 6 lines 1-4 Replace by:

192 6 SSE of Monggok Sebarok (1q11c˜84N

103q48c˜36E), a small reef marked by Sebarok
Paragraph 6.177 3 line 2 For (2q50c˜34N 101q14c˜97E) Light Buoy (port hand) (1q11c˜86N
Read (2q49c˜00N 101q14c˜80E) 103q48c˜42E) 7 cables ENE, thence:

Malaysian Notice 117/12 235

(SDD 2012000 144050) [48/12]
Paragraph 7.107 3 lines 10-11 Delete:

Malacca Strait – Pelabuhan Klang — ...until the alignment of the SBM with Sebarok Light
Directions; dangerous wreck (1q11c˜84N 103q48c˜36E) (7.100) is reached,...

191 Paragraph 7.107 5 lines 1-4 Replace by:

From position 1q10c˜96N 103q46c˜16E, the charted

Paragraph 6.174 2 lines 4-7 Replace by:
track leads 068˜4q to the SBM (1q11c˜47N
The buoyed channel then continues SE to a 103q47c˜43E) (formerly on alignment with collapsed
position NE of Tanjung Bakar (3q04c˜01N 101q19c˜88E), (2013) Sebarok Light Beacon (1q11c˜84N
passing SW of a dangerous wreck, marked by an 103q48c˜34E)), passing:
isolated danger buoy (3q04c˜25N 101q20c˜36E). The
track continues SSE, then S, through North Port, Paragraph 7.107 6 line 1 Replace by:
passing: 6 Semakau Directional Light is only exhibited when a
vessel...
193

After Paragraph 6.181 1 line 4 Insert: 259

A dangerous wreck, marked by an isolated danger Paragraph 8.118 1 line 4 Replace by:
buoy (3q04c˜25N 101q20c˜36E), lies in the NW
corner of the anchorage. ... Monggok Sebarok (1q11c˜84N 103q48c˜36E), a small reef
marked by Sebarok Light Buoy (1q11c˜86N 103q48c˜42E)
Malaysian Marine Department NTM 25(T)/2013 7 cables ENE , to a position...
(SDD 2013000 054802) [14/13]
Paragraph 8.123 1 line 2 Delete

Malaysia – Pelabuhan Sungai Udang — Paragraph 8.124 2 Lines 1-5 Replace by:
Controlling depth
2 NE of Monggok Sebarok (1q11c˜84N
202 103q48c˜36E), a small reef marked by Sebarok
Light Buoy (port hand) (1q11c˜86N
Paragraph 6.247 1 line 2 Replace by: 103q48c˜42E) 7 cables ENE. The tidal stream
...15˜0 m (2012). sets strongly onto Monggok Sebarok. Thence:

Malaysian Notice 9/148/12 & ENC MY4C5217 262

(SDD 2012000 221832) [51/12]
Paragraph 8.138 2 line 2 Delete

Singapore – Main Strait —

Monggok Sebarok Light Beacon; AIS 263
224 Paragraph 8.147 4 line 5 Delete
Paragraph 7.45 3 line 1 Delete
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
Paragraph 7.46 4 line 2 Delete (SDD 2013000 049444) [16/13]

2 - 91
 NP44
Singapore Strait – Batu Berhanti to Tanjung Babi Singapore – Jong Fairway —
— Directions Directions; buoyage
259
225
Paragraph 8.124 6 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Paragraph 7.48 2 lines 1-3 Delete Bukom ADCP1 Light Buoy (special) (1q14c˜35N
103q46c˜26E) is moored 1 cable NW of First
Bukom Light Beacon.
Indonesian Notice 50/421/12
(SDD 2012000 260249) [04/13] Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2013000 049444) [15/13]

Tanjung Babi to the South China Sea – West Johor Strait - South part — Directions
Directions — Racons
285
226 Paragraph 9.44 3 lines 1-4 Delete

After Paragraph 7.60 1 line 3 Add: Paragraph 9.44 6 lines 1-2 Delete

Karang Galang Light (1q09c˜50N 104q11c˜30E). Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
Lobam Kecil Light (0q58c˜90N 104q13c˜50E). (SDD 2013000 006284) [07/13]

DG Sea Comm Singapore – West Johor Strait – North part —

(SDD 2012000 231195) [07/13] Directions; wreck
286
Singapore Strait – Karang Singa (Carter Shoal) After Paragraph 9.57 1 line 8 Insert:
— Directions
Clear of a 13˜5 m wreck (1q23c˜04N 103q39c˜08E),
thence:
227
Singapore Notice 4/35/2013
Paragraph 7.61 3 line 8 Replace by: (SDD 2013000 093457) [21/13]

...marked by a light buoy (isolated danger), thence: Malaysia – Johor – Pelabuhan Calder —
Directions; depth
Indonesian Notice 29/247/12 300
(SDD 2012000 161327) [48/12]
After Paragraph 9.166 3 line 2 Insert:
W of a wreck (1q21c˜60N 104q04c˜99E) with a depth of
Singapore – TSS Singapore (Main Strait) — 13˜8m, thence:
Controlling depth
Malaysian Notice 9/154/12
233 (SDD 2012000 221832) [50/12]

Paragraph 7.93 1 Replace by: Sungai Johor — Directions; buoyage

2 There is a least charted depth of 20˜0 m in position 302

1q10c˜56N 103q47c˜71E, on the N limit of the traffic Paragraph 9.181 2 lines 4-5 Replace by:
lane.
S of Neville Rock Light Beacon (1q26c˜68N
Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore 104q02c˜62E), thence:
(SDD 2013000 049444) [15/13] Maritime and Port Authority of Singapore
(SDD 2013000 049444) [15/13]

Singapore - Selat Sinki — Directions; AIS Indonesia – Sumatera west coast — Directions;
rock
254
396
After Paragraph 8.87 2 line 2 Insert: After Paragraph 12.256 3 line 7 Insert:

Sinki Light Beacon (1q14c˜05N 103q43c˜31E). Clear of a dangerous rock (1q58c˜80S 100q41c˜80E),
thence:
Singaporean Notice 54/12 UKHO
(SDD 2012000 262388) [08/13] (SDD 2013000 212882) [47/13]

2 - 92
 NP45
NP45 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 1 Tunisia – Bancs Kerkenah — Wreck
(2011 Edition) 326
Existing Section IV Notice Week 45/12 Replace by:
Spain – Isla de Formentera – Cala Pujols — Light
Clear of a wreck (39½ miles ESE), with a depth of
198 18 m; dangerous wrecks lie 5 miles E and
12 miles NE, thence:
Paragraph 4.73 3 line 1 For (214½q-216½q) Read Paragraph 7.163 5 lines 1-6 Replace by:
(208˜5q-210˜5q)
5 E of No 4 Light Buoy (E cardinal) (37¾ miles
SE). Thence:
Spanish Notice SD 24.12 To a position SE from No 4 bis Light Buoy. A
(SDD 2012000 129294) [29/12] dangerous wreck lies 1¼ miles N; a wreck, with a
depth of 16 m, lies close W, and dangerous
Morocco – Melilla and Port Nador with wrecks lie 10½ miles ESE and 6½ miles S.
approaches — Outer anchorages
Tunisian Notice 049/03/13
251 (SDD 2013000 069037) [16/13]

Paragraph 5.89 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: Sicilia - Porto di Pozzallo —

Traffic Separation Scheme
1 Two designated anchorages are centred 1½ miles E
and 2½ miles SE from the common harbour entrance. 398
The latter anchorage is for vessels carrying dangerous Paragraph 9.147 1 lines 1-4 Delete
cargoes.
399
French Notice D6/21/13
(SDD 2013000 113071) [24/13] Paragraph 9.156 2 lines 5-7 Replace by:
Approach and entry. The port is approached
Algeria – Port of Arzew – Arzew-el Djédid — through a traffic separation scheme and entered E of
Directions; berths the head of Molo di Sopraflutto.

266 400

Paragraph 6.93 3 line 6 Add: After Paragraph 9.158 3 line 2 Insert:

Traffic Separation Scheme. A TSS has been
...A detached breakwater, aligned approximately E/W and
established in the approaches to the port. It comprises
4 cables long, is centred 5 cables ESE of the E end of the
inward and outward traffic lanes and a semi-circular
detached mole.
precautionary area, radius 1˜2 miles, centred on
Paragraph 6.96 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 36q43c˜47N 14q50c˜63E.
Restricted areas. Two restricted areas, where
1 From the vicinity of the pilot boarding ground anchoring is prohibited, surround submarine pipelines
(35q49c˜85N 0q13c˜65W) (6.87), the track leads which extend 1½ miles and 2¼ miles SSW, from
generally SW for about 8 cables, passing: positions on the shore 1 mile WNW and 3¼ miles
ENE of the head of Molo di Sopraflutto, respectively.
Paragraph 6.96 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Light buoys (special) are located at the seaward ends
2 Between the E end of the detached mole of the pipelines.
(35q49c˜43N 0q15c˜00W), and the W end of the Paragraph 9.160 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
detached breakwater.
1 From a position 1˜3 miles SSE of the head of Molo
Paragraph 6.97 3 lines 5-8 Delete di Sopraflutto, the track leads 1˜4 miles NNE in the
inbound lane of the TSS, to the pilot boarding
MV British Osprey position.
(SDD 2012000 129321) [29/12]
Italian Notice 1.16.12
(SDD 2012000 022399) [08/12]
Tunisia - Bancs Kerkenah — Wreck
Sicily – Isola Filicudi — Prohibited area
326
425
Paragraph 7.163 4 lines 4-5 Replace by:
After Paragraph 10.172 1 line 5 Insert:
E of a wreck (39½ miles SE), with a depth of 18 m. A Anchoring, fishing and underwater activities are
dangerous wreck lies 12 miles farther NE. prohibited within 150 m of a wreck in position
Thence: 38q33c˜70N 14q35c˜18E.
Tunisian Notice 398/18/12 Italian Notice 22.16/13
(SDD 2012000 208594) [45/12] (SDD 2013000 254080) [51/13]

2 - 93
 NP45
Sicily – Porto di Messina — Outer anchorage NP47 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 3
(2011 Edition)
459
Paragraph 12.56 including heading Replace by: Western Greek Islands – Nisída Kastós —
shoal depth
Spare
12.56 104

Italian Notice 16.33/12 Paragraph 3.198 1 line 8 Replace by:

(SDD 2012000 166566) [36/12]
20q54cE), steep to, noting a rock awash in position
38q32c˜32N 20q53c˜50E, thence:
NP46 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 2
105
(2013 Edition)
Paragraph 3.200 2 line 4 Replace by:
Italy – Imperia — Historic wreck E of Ákra Pothóni (7 miles SSW), noting a rock
awash in position 38q32c˜32N 20q53c˜50E, thence:
135
Greek NM 9/174/11
Paragraph 4.19 5 lines 5 to 7 Replace by:
(SDD 2011000 195657) [46/11]
....restricted areas, radius 500 m, centred on
historic wrecks lying 2 miles ESE and 3¾ miles E
Greece – Pelopónnisos – Pátrai —
of Capo San Lorenzo. Thence: New harbour
Italian Notice 22.4/13
126
(SDD 2013000 254080) [51/13]
Paragraph 4.44 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Italy – Savona — Anchorage area 1 The harbours are approached directly from
146 Patraïkós Kólpos and entered N or S of their
respective detached breakwaters.
Paragraph 4.91 3 lines 4 to 10 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.47 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
...approximately 1 mile SE of Savona, as shown on the
chart. Tankers and vessels with dangerous cargoes are 1 Old harbour
prohibited from using this anchorage. North entrance (4.59) about 11 m.
South entrance (4.60) about 7 m.
Paragraph 4.91 4 line 2 For berths C, D and E Read berths 2 New harbour
C and D North and South entrances limited by depths at
berths of 9˜3 to 10˜0 m.
Italian Notice 21.3/13 Paragraph 4.52 2 line 4 Replace by:
(SDD 2013000 243608) [48/13]
...of the N head of the old harbour breakwater.
Italy – Livorno – Toscana LNG platform —
Restricted areas 127

180 Paragraph 4.56 heading For Harbour Read Harbours

Paragraph 5.58 2 lines 1 to 5 Replace by:
2 Toscana LNG platform. A gas pipeline lies to the
N of Secche della Meloria from the Toscana offshore
floating LNG platform (43q38c˜67N 9q59c˜33E) to the
shore 13 miles E. In order to ensure safe navigation,
three circular areas have been established around the
platform:
4 The new harbour (2011), 1 mile SSW of the old
Area 1 Total Prohibited zone: Entry prohibited within
2 miles for all vessels except those serving the
platform.
Area 2 Limited zone: All types of activity prohibited
within 4 miles except transit at less than 10 kn.
Area 3 Advanced Notice zone: Stopping only
permitted in an emergency within 8 miles of the
platform.
5 A wreck with a clearance depth of 11˜8 m lies
Italian Notice 19.16/13
(SDD 2013000 219852) [46/13]
Paragraph 4.56 1 line 1 For The harbour Read The old
harbour
Paragraph 4.56 2 lines 5-6 Delete
After Paragraph 4.56 3 line 3 Insert:
harbour S entrance, also has a detached breakwater,
approximately 1220 m long, and orientated NNE/SSW.
Lights are exhibited at the ends (metal framework
towers with a green band at the N head and a red
band at the S head). There are bollards on the
breakwater and depths along the inner side of
between approximately 9˜5 to 10˜8 m.
approximately 270 m S of the N head of the
breakwater, and close to the inward side.

2 - 94
 NP47
Paragraph 4.59 heading For North entrance Read Old Croatia – Zadarski Kanal – Luka Zadar —
harbour North entrance Pilot boarding place

357
Paragraph 4.60 heading For South entrance Read Old Paragraph 8.603 1 line 3 For 6 cables S Read 1¼ miles
harbour South entrance WSW

Croatian Notice 1/2/12

(SDD 2012000 046600) [17/12]
After Paragraph 4.60 1 line 14 Insert:

New harbour Croatia – Urinj oil terminal — Regulations

4.60a
1 The N and S sections of the breakwater and the
shore opposite form two entrances to the new port of 391
Pátrai. The N entrance is 360 m wide and the S
entrance is 450 m wide. Paragraph 9.278 1 lines 3-5 Delete

Croatian Notice 4/13/13

Paragraph 4.62 heading For Basins Read Old harbour
(SDD 2013000 101657) [25/13]

Italy – Trieste approaches — Racon

After Paragraph 4.62 6 line 5 Insert:
472
4.62a
1 New harbour. The shore inside the breakwater is Paragraph 10.172 including heading Replace by:
quayed in steps in four sections running almost due
N/S. The first section facing the N entrance is
approximately 170 m long and has two ramps. Depths Spare
alongside range from 9˜5 to 9˜7 m. The quay then 10.172
runs west for 30 m with one ramp and depths Italian Notice 9.11/12
alongside of 9˜5 to 9˜9 m. (SDD 2012000 098936) [27/12]
The second section is 190 m long, including three
ramps and depths alongside of 9˜6 to 9˜8 m. It then
runs west for 40 m, with one ramp and depths Italy – Trieste — Lights
alongside of 9˜6 to 9˜8 m.
2 The third section is 220 m long and has three 472
ramps and depths alongside of 9˜6 to 9˜8 m. It then
Paragraph 10.175 2 line 1 Replace by:
runs west for 40 m with one ramp and depths
alongside of 9˜6 to 9˜8 m. 2 Thence a heading of 063¾q on the light (aluminium
The fourth and final section facing the S entrance mast, 9 m in height),...
is 220 m long and has three ramps and depths
Paragraph 10.175 2 lines 6-7 Delete
alongside of 9˜6 to 10˜0 m. It then runs west for 40 m
with one ramp and depths alongside of 9˜5 to 10˜0 m.
Italian Notice 16/8/13
(SDD 2013000 092376) [21/13]
Greek NMs 134 and 141/7/11
(SDD 2011000 150452) [46/11]
Italy – Brindisi approaches — Shoal depths
487
Montenegro – Budva — Directions; light Paragraph 11.58 1 and 2 Replace by:
1 Shoal depths and numerous wrecks exist in the
approaches to Brindisi and within the harbour. Off
189 Capo di Torre Cavallo several shoal depths and rocks
awash exist close inshore within the 10 metre contour.
Paragraph 6.136 1 lines 2-6 Replace by: A stranded wreck is situated 1 cable N in position
40q38c˜64N 18q01c˜28E. A dangerous wreck exists
... Nikola Light (6.130), the track into Budva leads NNE, 1¼ miles NE of the cape and 6 cables N of the NW
passing: corner of waiting area BR1.

Italian NMs 11.11/10, 14.9/11 and 16.15/11

Croatian Notice 6/2/2009 (SDDs 2010000 094665,
(SDD 2009000 076831) [42/12] 2011000 148570 & 171794) [46/11]

2 - 95
 NP47
Italy – Manfredonia – Berths — Wreck NP48 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 4
(2012 Edition)
506
Turkey - ™zmir Körfezi — Traffic separation
Paragraph 11.223 1 line 7 Add: scheme; port limits; anchorages;
pilotage; directions
2 Caution. A wreck lies in position 41q37c˜56N 428
15q55c˜33E depth 0˜5 m.
After Paragraph 12.193 1 lines 1-5 Insert:
Italian Notice 21.17/13 Traffic separation scheme
(SDD 2013000 243608) [48/13] 12.193a
1 A TSS (not IMO-adopted) has been established in
™zmir Körfezi. The scheme, between 30 and 35 miles
Italy – Porto di Vasto — Anchorage
long, consists of an approach from a position
2½ miles N of KanlÝkaya Burnu (12.154), for vessels
513 approaching from NW; or from 3 miles NW of Orak
AdasÝ (12.203), for vessels approaching from N. The
Paragraph 11.284 1 lines 5-6 For (1¾ miles E) Read scheme contains two precautionary areas; the first,
(2¾ miles NE) located 5 miles SSW of Orak AdasÝ, is where the NW
and N approach lanes converge; the second, located
3 miles W of Çilazmak Burnu (12.238), allows access
Italian NM 4.28/12
to the W part of the gulf.
(SDD 2012000 049910) [14/12]
Paragraph 12.199 1 Replace by:
1 See 12.193a.
Italy - Adriatic Sea - Pescara — Depths
429
516 Paragraph 12.203 including heading Replace by:

Paragraph 11.309 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: Outer part of ™zmir Körfezi - north-west approach
12.203
1 Depths. As a result of the gradual and irregular 1 From the vicinity of 38q43c˜0N 26q27c˜5E the track
silting of Porto Canale (2012) the depths on the charts leads 10 miles SE in the inbound lane of the TSS,
may not reflect the actual situation. Mariners are to passing:
contact the Maritime Authorities before entering the NE of KanlÝkaya Burnu (38q40c˜49N 26q28c˜50E)
port. (12.154), thence:
2 NE of Büyük Ada (38q39c˜79N 26q31c˜12E), an
Italian Notice 2.10/12 islet lying about 3½ cables off the NE coast of
(SDD 2012000 026977) [10/12] Karaburun YarÝmadasÝ. The islet slopes gently
towards its NE extremity, where it is bold and
steep-to, and at its SW end there is a steep
Italy – Ancona – Falconara Marittima — Wreck white cliff. Büyük Ada Light (metal framework
pylon, 10 m in height) is exhibited from the
523 NE extremity of the islet.
To a position W of Eskifener Burnu (38q37cN
After Paragraph 12.45 1 line 13 Insert: 26q45cE), the termination of high land.
Outer part of ™zmir Körfezi - north approach
A prohibited area is centred on a dangerous wreck 12.203a
in position 43q40c˜41N 13q21c˜50E, radius 1 mile. 1 From the vicinity of 38q45cN 26q40cE the track leads
6 miles S in the inbound lane of the TSS, passing:
Italian NM 14.12/11 W of Aslan Burnu (38q44c˜48N 26q44c˜39E), the bold
(SDD 2011000 148570) [46/11] termination of high land which attains an elevation
of 379 m at 3 miles SSE. Aslan Burnu Light (white
metal tower, 8 m in height) is exhibited from the
Italy – Rimini — Wreck point. Thence:
2 W of HayÝrsÝz Ada (2 miles SW of Aslan Burnu),
538 an islet lying 8½ cables offshore. Submerged
and above-water rocks extend a short
Paragraph 12.149 2 line 9 Add: distance from the N extremity of the islet and
nearly 1 cable from its central part. Thence:
...A wreck, depth unknown but considered potentially 3 W of Orak AdasÝ (3 miles SSW of Aslan Burnu),
dangerous to surface navigation, lies 1 cable N of the outer a large islet, thence:
breakwater light in position 44q05c˜00N 12q34c˜60E. W of Fener AdasÝ (4¼ miles SSW of Aslan Burnu), a
moderately high islet. Fener AdasÝ Light (white
Italian Notice 21.16/11 concrete tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited from the
(SDD 2011000 214683) [49/11] W end of the islet. Thence:

2 - 96
 NP48
4 W of Deveboynu Burnu (5½ miles S of Aslan Paragraph 12.257 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
Burnu), a small dark peninsula which, being
1 Pilots board in position 38q24c˜2N 26q56c˜3E, 1 mile
connected to the mainland by a low sandy
isthmus, resembles an island. Can Tepe and SW of Pelikan BankÝ, in the inbound lane of the TSS.
Karasivri Tepe, two prominent wedge-shaped Paragraph 12.262 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
hills, lie respectively 2 miles E and 3 miles
ESE of the peninsula. A mooring buoy lies 1 From the pilot boarding position, the track leads
about 7½ cables SSE of the peninsula. ENE in the inbound lane of the TSS to a position
To a position W of Eskifener Burnu (38q37cN close N of Yenikale (38q25cN 27q01cE), a low salient
26q45cE), the termination of high land. point on which there is a ruined castle, passing (with
positions from the point):
431 Paragraph 12.262 3 lines 2-3 Replace by:

Paragraph 12.225 1 lines 1-4 Replace by: From this position the track continues E in the
inbound lane of the TSS, passing:
1 Menteî Geçidi (38q27cN 26q44cE), the passage
Paragraph 12.262 4 lines 6-7 Replace by:
between the S end of Uzunada and the mainland,
leads from the vicinity of 38q28cN 26q40cE about As required for anchoring or to the berth.
9 miles E to the precautionary area (12.193a) in the
Paragraph 12.266 including heading Replace by:
TSS through ™zmir Körfezi.
Spare
432 12.266
Paragraph 12.230 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 435
1 The route from Eskifener Burnu to Pelikan BankÝ Paragraph 12.274 1 lines 1-3 including heading Replace
leads 16 miles SE, then 3 miles E in the inbound lane by:
of the TSS, to the pilot boarding position.
Anchorages
Paragraph 12.236 1 lines 1-5 Replace by: 12.274
1 From the vicinity of 38q37cN 26q40cE the track leads 1 There are four anchoring areas within the S section
SE for 13 miles in the inbound lane of the TSS, of ™zmir Körfezi:
passing (with positions given from ™sareis Burnu No 1, 2 miles NE of Çakal Burnu (38q24c˜91N
(38q33cN 26q42cE)): 27q03c˜60E), for vessels less than 3000 gt
carrying dangerous cargoes.
SW of Azaplar KayalÝÔÝ (38q37c˜12N 26q44c˜63E), a
No 2, 2 miles ENE of Çakal Burnu, for vessels less
dangerous reef, parts of which are above water,
than 5000 gt.
lying about 6½ cables offshore. Azaplar KayalÝÔÝ
No 3, 3½ miles WSW of Pelikan BankÝ, for vessels
Light (white metal tower, 7 m in height) is
greater than 5000 gt.
exhibited from the reef. Thence:
No 4, 5 miles WSW of Pelikan BankÝ, for vessels
Paragraph 12.237 1 lines 1-7 Delete greater than 5000 gt carrying dangerous cargoes.
Paragraph 12.275 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 12.238 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
Spare
1 From the vicinity of 38q27cN 26q50cE the track leads 12.275
3 miles SE in the inbound lane of the TSS, passing
(with positions given from Çilazmak Burnu (38q27cN Paragraph 12.276 including heading Replace by:
26q54cE)):
Spare
Paragraph 12.239 1 Replace by: 12.276

12.239 Paragraph 12.279 1 lines 1-4 including heading Replace

1 Spare. by:
Tugs
Paragraph 12.240 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
12.279
1 From approximate position 38q24cN 26q53cE the 1 Tugs are available. Vessels of more than 2000 gt...
track leads E for 3 miles in the inbound lane of the Paragraph 12.283 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
TSS, to the pilot boarding position, passing:
1 Anchoring and berthing. Anchoring within the
limits of the port (see Anchorages at 12.274), and
434
berthing alongside are prohibited without permission
Paragraph 12.253 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: and instruction from the Port Authority. Vessels
disregarding this regulation will be subject to the
1 The route from Pelikan BankÝ to ™zmir leads 6 miles provisions laid down by the Turkish government, and
ENE in the inbound lane of the TSS, then 4 miles if they do not shift berth when ordered to do so they
ENE to the port. will be moved by the Port Authority.

2 - 97
 NP48
436 Paragraph 12.332 1 line 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 12.286 including heading Replace by: 1 From the vicinity of 38q53c˜00N 26q50c˜00E the track
leads...
Harbour Paragraph 12.332 3 line 1 Replace by:
General information 3 NNW of ™kiz AdalarÝ (2½ miles NNE), two...
Spare
12.286 440

Paragraph 12.288 heading and 1 line 1 Replace by: Paragraph 12.337 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
1 AliaÔa LimanÝ (38q49c˜00N 26q58c˜00E) is
™zmir port approached from NW via the inbound lane of the
12.288 TSS, which is located between PÝrasa AdasÝ and ™kiz
1 Description. ™zmir port (38q25c˜75N... AdalarÝ. AliaÔa LNG and Oil Terminals are located in
KaraaÔaç Koyu (12.351), and are approached from
Turkish Transport, Maritime Affairs and Communications
Ministry, e-mail 26/11/12 SW between Tavîan AdasÝ (12.331) and IlÝca Burnu
(HH. 048/200/01) [03/13] (12.351). AliaÔa Ship Recycling Yard (12.364) lies
8 cables NE of the above terminals.
Turkey - Nemrut LimanÝ — Port limits; Paragraph 12.339 including heading Replace by:
anchorage, pilotage; directions
437 Spare
12.339
Paragraph 12.311 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
Paragraph 12.343 1-2 Replace by:
...approaches to ÇandarlÝ Körfezi. The port is approached
by an access channel from W. 1 There are seven designated anchorage areas within
AliaÔa port limits, with positions from TaîlÝ Burnu:
Paragraph 12.311 2 lines 1-6 Delete Area No 1 (1½ miles SE), for tankers and military
vessels.
438 Area No 2 (3 miles NE), for vessels not carrying
dangerous cargoes.
Paragraph 12.313 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: Area No 3 (3 miles NNE), for vessels carrying
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot dangerous cargoes.
boards about 7 cables W of Petkim Breakwater light. 2 With positions from IlÝca Burnu:
Area No 4 (4½ miles S), for vessels not carrying
Paragraph 12.313 2 lines 5-8 Replace by: dangerous cargoes.
Anchorages. For anchorage areas within AliaÔa Area No 5 (1½ miles SSW), for vessels not carrying
port limits see 12.343a. dangerous cargoes.
Area No 6 (8 cables SW), for vessels carrying
Paragraph 12.315 1-2 Replace by: dangerous cargoes.
Area No 7 (1¾ miles N), for vessels bound for AliaÔa
1 The recommended direction of traffic flow leads in a
Ship Recycling Yard (12.364).
two-way route from W towards the pilot boarding
position, passing: Paragraph 12.345 Existing Section IV Notice Week 49/12
S of IlÝca Burnu (12.351); thence: Replace by:
2 N of KaracadoÔan Burnu (38q45c˜98N
26q54c˜45E), about 3 cables W of which lie 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot
three above-water rocks. boarding place for crude oil tankers is 4½ miles NW
Thence to the pilot boarding position. of TaîlÝ Burnu; an alternative pilot boarding position
lies 1 mile NNE.
Turkish Transport, Maritime Affairs and Communications
Ministry, e-mail 26/11/12 441
(HH. 048/200/01) [03/13]
After Paragraph 12.346 1 line 7 Insert:
Turkey - AliaÔa — Traffic separation scheme;
port limits; anchorages; pilotage; directions Traffic separation scheme
12.346a
439 1 A TSS (not IMO-adopted) has been established in
ÇandarlÝ LimanÝ (12.328). The scheme, which is
Paragraph 12.328 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
3 miles long and 9 cables wide, extends in a SE
1 ÇandarlÝ Körfezi is entered between IlÝca Burnu direction from approximate position 38q53c˜00N
(38q49c˜48N 26q53c˜65E) and Kemikli Burnu (5¾ miles 26q53c˜00E to 38q51c˜00N 26q56c˜00E. A precautionary
NNW). From the vicinity of 38q53c˜00N 26q50c˜00E to area is established 1˜6 miles ENE of Tavîan AdasÝ;
the head of the gulf is about 9 miles ENE; a TSS and similar areas exist NW of AliaÔa LNG and Oil
precautionary areas in the approach to AliaÔa are Terminals, and NW of AliaÔa Ship Recycling Yard
located in the SW part of the gulf. (12.364).

2 - 98
 NP48
Paragraph 12.351 including heading Replace by: Turkey - AliaÔa — Pilotage

440
Directions Paragraph 12.345 1 line 1-3 Replace by:

Karaada to TaîlÝ Burnu 1 Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels. The pilot
12.351 boarding place is 6 cables NE of TaîlÝ Burnu.
1 From position 38q53c˜00N 26q50c˜00E the approach
leads 2½ miles E to a pilot boarding position, the Turkish ENC TR402147
route then continues 4 miles SE in the inbound lane of (SDD 2012000 217853) [49/12]
the TSS, towards AliaÔa LimanÝ, passing (with
positions given from TaîlÝ Burnu (38q50c˜00N
26q57c˜00E)): Turkey – AyvalÝk — Port limits; pilotage;
2 S of Karaada (6½ miles NW) (12.307), thence: anchorages
SW of ™kiz AdalarÝ and a 9˜6 m shoal (3¾ miles NW)
(12.332). And: 448
NE of PÝrasa AdasÝ (2¾ miles NW) (12.332), and:
Paragraph 12.408 2 lines 1-10 Delete
3 NE of Tavîan AdasÝ (3 miles WNW) (12.331);
thence:
NE of KaraaÔaç Koyu (2 miles WSW), where AliaÔa Paragraph 12.408 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
LNG Terminal (12.356), AliaÔa Oil Terminal 1 Approach and entry. The harbour is entered from
(12.361) and AliaÔa Ship Recycling Yard (12.364)
W through Dalyan BoÔazÝ (12.416) or from N through
are located. Thence:
Dolap BoÔazÝ (12.437).
4 NE then E of TaîlÝ Burnu, a sharp projecting
rocky point fronted by a shallow bank Paragraph 12.411 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
extending 1¼ cables offshore. TaîlÝ Burnu
Light (white metal framework tower, 6 m in 1 Inshore of ÇÝplak Ada. Designated anchorage area
height) is exhibited from the point. No 2 (39q18c˜00N 26q36c˜80E), with good shelter, is
Thence as required to the berth. located in Kestanelibahçe Koyu, between the E side of
ÇÝplak Ada and the coast of the mainland, in depths
of 26 to 31 m, soft mud. The anchorage is for vessels
YÝldÝrÝmkaya Burnu to KaraaÔaç Koyu less than 1000 gt. A mooring buoy is laid in the SW
12.351a part of the bay. Caution. The anchorage is enclosed
1 From position 38q49c˜50N 26q47c˜00E the approach within a seaplane operating area.
leads 4˜7 miles E towards the pilot boarding position
NW of IlÝca Burnu, passing (with positions given from Paragraph 12.412 including heading Replace by:
TaîlÝ Burnu Light (38q49c˜46N 26q53c˜66E)):
2 N of YÝldÝrÝmkaya Burnu (5 miles SW) (12.307), Spare
thence: 12.412
N of IlÝca Burnu, the termination of a bold tongue of
land fringed by a number of rocks, some awash 449
and some above water. IlÝca Burnu Light (white
concrete tower, 8 m in height) is exhibited from the After Paragraph 12.415 Insert:
point. And:
3 S of Tavîan AdasÝ (1½ miles NNW) (12.331). Pilotage
Thence through either one or two precautionary 12.415a
areas to the required berth. 1 Pilots board in position 39q18c˜90N 26q36c˜80E.
Paragraph 12.422 1 line 3 Delete

442
450
Paragraph 12.358 1 line 1 Replace by: Paragraph 12.423 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards 2˜9 miles 1 Anchorage. Designated anchorage area No 1 lies
W of IlÝca Burnu Light. 1 mile W of the harbour.
Petkim Security Zone. A security zone extends...
Paragraph 12.428 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Paragraph 12.363 1 lines 3-4 Replace by: 1 Anchorage. Designated quarantine and explosives
anchorage area No 3 is centred 3 miles SE of
Pilotage is compulsory; the pilot boards 9 cables EÔribucak Burnu in depths of 17 to 39 m, sand and
NW of IlÝca Burnu Light. mud. The anchorage area lies within Ayvalik Harbour
Limits (12.408).
Turkish Transport, Maritime Affairs and Communications
Ministry, e-mail 26/11/12 Turkish Notice 15/089/13
(HH. 048/200/01) [03/13] (SDD 2013000 086825) [31/13]

2 - 99
 NP49
NP49 Mediterranean Pilot Volume 5 Greece - Nísos Megísti, Kaî LimanÝ and
(2011 Edition) Approaches — Directions

171

Libya - Az Zºwiyah — Wreck After Paragraph 5.87 2 line 5 Insert:

67 N of a shoal depth of 14˜3 m (2½ miles W), thence:

Paragraph 2.53 3 line 3 Add: Caution. A wreck with a depth UKHO

of 16 m lies ½ cable W of the SBM. (SDD 2012000 209508) [01/13]

SHOM
(SDD 2012000 227661) [01/13] Turkey - Alanya — Anchorages

Libya - ®arºbulus (Tripoli) — Anchorage
69
1 Port operations: Continuous.
Paragraph 2.71 1 line 5 Add:
Wrecks in depths of 25 and 17 m of water lie in the
NW and SE parts, respectively, of the anchorage
area; three further wrecks, in depths between 15 and
23 m, lie to the E of the anchorage area, as charted.
SHOM
(SDD 2012000 227661) [01/13]
2 Designated anchorage area No 1, for vessels not
Libya - ®arºbulus (Tripoli) — Directions
71
Paragraph 2.79 3 lines 1-5 Replace by:
3 E of E edge of Kaliyusha Bank (1¼ miles NNW),
marked by No 3 Light Buoy (starboard hand). In
strong N winds the sea breaks on the bank.
Caution. The leading line is hard to distinguish.
Thence from a position NW of No 4 Light Beacon
(1 mile N) the course leads SW, passing between the
heads of the North East and North West Breakwaters
to the allocated berth.
Paragraph 2.79 4 lines 1-8 Delete
182
Paragraph 5.161 1-2 Replace by:
Anchorages. Alanya LimanÝ, on the E side of the
promontory, offers moderately good anchorage in
several places. The anchorages must be used with
caution, especially in winter, as the bottom is loose
sand and a heavy surf rolls in during and after S
winds.
Anchorages E of the promontory are as follows:
Small vessels anchor in a depth of about 6 m, with
Octagon Tower, 5 cables NNE of Alanya Light,
bearing 250q, distant 6 cables.
carrying dangerous cargoes, lies 1 mile SE of
Octagon Tower.
Two further designated anchorages lie on the W
side of the promontory, as follows:
Long term anchorage area No 2, for vessels not
carrying dangerous cargoes, lies 2¼ miles WNW
of Alanya Light.
Anchorage area No 3, for vessels carrying
dangerous cargoes, lies 3 miles WNW of Alanya
Light.
Official Gazette 31/10/12 Number 28453, Turkish Ministry
of Transport, Shipping and Communications, Port
Regulations
(SDD 2012000 249227/253882) [05/13]

French Notice SD.4.12

Turkey - ™skenderun Körfezi — Traffic separation
(SDD 2012000 022720) [14/13] scheme; anchorage; pilotage; tugs
Correspondence from Libya (HH. 049/200/01) [14/13]
189

Paragraph 5.225 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:

Libya – Al Khums — Wreck
4 The track then leads to a position about 15 miles
75 ESE of Karataî Burnu, close SW of the TSS.

After Paragraph 2.112 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 5.227 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:

Caution. A wreck with a depth of 55 m lies in 1 ™skenderun Körfezi is entered between Karataî
position 32q42c˜86N 14q18c˜58E, in the NW part of the Burnu (36q32cN 35q20cE) and AkÝnçÝ Burnu, 25 miles
anchorage. SE. From a position about 15 miles ESE of Karataî
Burnu, the route leads 23 miles NE in the inbound
HMS Echo lane of either the N or S section of the traffic
(SDD 2013000 140818) [30/13] separation scheme (5.228a).

2 - 100

190
After Paragraph 5.228 4 line 4 Insert:
Traffic separation scheme
5.228a
1 A TSS (not IMO-adopted) has been established in
™skenderun Körfezi. A central traffic separation zone,
2˜1 miles wide, extends in a NE direction from
36q28cN 35q39cE to 36q42cN 36q00cE. To the N and S
of this central zone are two-way schemes, each with a
separation zone 8 cables wide. Vessels bound for the
N terminals (5.241) use the N section, and those
bound for ™sdemir (5.265) and ™skenderun (5.284) use
the S section. A triangular separation zone, apex
36q38c˜9N 36q05c˜5E, lies 5½ cables WNW of
™skenderun harbour; a precautionary area, radius
3 miles, is centred on the apex. A third two-way
separation scheme, orientated NW/SE and 2½ miles in
length, is located 5½ miles NE of the N end of the
central zone; the scheme is for vessels passing N or
S between terminals at the head of the bay.
Paragraph 5.232 including heading Replace by:
Karataî Burnu to ™skenderun Körfezi N terminals
5.232
1 From a position 15 miles ESE of Karataî Burnu
(36q32cN 35q20cE) the track leads NE in the inbound
lane of the TSS, passing (with positions from Karataî
Burnu):
SE of the harbour of Karataî (2½ miles NE) (5.238).
A minaret with a white dome stands, at an
elevation of 46 m, 4 cables WSW of Karataî.
Thence:
2 SE of Kücük AdasÝ (3¾ miles NE). Between
Karataî Burnu and Kücük AdasÝ the coast is
mainly fringed with rocky ledges, and a
coastal bank, with depths of less than 5 m,
extends up to 8 cables offshore. The coast for
5 cables N of Kücük AdasÝ is rocky. Thence:
3 SE of the mouth of Kurutma KanalÝ (6 miles NE).
The coast in the vicinity of the canal is
bordered by low sand-dunes and is almost
steep-to, affording good anchorage, sheltered
from strong N winds, 1 mile offshore in depths
of from 7 to 13 m, sand. Thence:
4 SE of Hurma BoÔazÝ (11 miles ENE), which is
the mouth of Ceyhan Nehri, the principal
stream flowing into ™skenderun Körfezi.
Agyatan Gölu, a salt water lagoon, connects
with the sea 1 mile NW of Hurma BoÔazÝ.
Thence:
5 SE of Portakal Burnu (13¼ miles ENE), a
rounded projection. The coast on either side
of Portakal Burnu is bordered by sand dunes.
Thence:
SE of DevegeçeÔi (36q43cN 35q43cE) A light (white
metal framework tower, 6 m in height) is exhibited
from a position 1 mile WNW. A beacon is located
1¼ miles ESE of the light.
6 Thence to the vicinity of 36q45cN 35q58cE, from
where the N terminals (5.241) can be accessed.
2 - 101
NP49
Karataî Burnu to ™sdemir and ™skenderun
5.232a
1 From a position 15 miles ESE of Karataî Burnu
(36q32cN 35q20cE) the track continues initially 4 miles
ESE, then leads NE in the inbound lane of the TSS,
passing (with positions from Karataî Burnu):
2 NW of AkÝnçÝ Burnu (36q19cN 35q47cE), the W
termination of KÝzÝl DaÔ, which rises to an
elevation of 1698 m about 4 miles ESE of the
cape; it is steep-to and has the appearance of
a boar’s snout from seaward. The mountains
in the vicinity are densely wooded. A light
(5.230) is exhibited from the cape. Thence:
NW of UluçÝnar (36q25cN 35q53cE) (5.239), thence:
3 NW of ™skenderun Light (5.230) (36q32cN
36q03cE). From the SW limit of ™skenderun
Harbour (36q36cN 36q09cE) to ™skenderun Light
the coast consists of rocks and shingle;
behind it lies the flat, cultivated and in parts
swampy plain of ™skenderun. Thence to a
point 4 miles farther SW the coast becomes
steeper, rising abruptly to the foothills of Ada
Tepe; these hills have low scrub and few
trees and are partly cultivated. A similar
cultivated plain extends from Ada Tepe, for
11 miles SW and S, to the foot of KÝzÝl DaÔ
(5.228).
6 Thence to the vicinity of 36q37c˜1N 36q02c˜5E, from
where the track leads E in the inbound lane of a
triangular-shaped separation scheme, to ™sdemir
(5.265) and ™skenderun (5.284).
191
Paragraph 5.234 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
1 The bay is approached from the inbound lane of
the N section of the TSS (5.228a). A vessel making a
final approach from S should pass at least 1 mile E of
DevegeçeÔi (36q43cN 35q44cE), and keep
Sultansüleyman Kalesi (36q46c˜20N 35q46c˜42E)
bearing less than 014q until Liman Burnu (36q46cN
35q43cE) bears 317q, when it should be brought
ahead.
192
Paragraph 5.250 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
1 There are four anchorage areas as follows, (with
positions from Botaî (Ceyhan) Oil Terminal Jetty):
Anchorage area No 1 (3 miles SE): vessels carrying
dangerous cargo, vessels gas-freeing, nuclear
powered naval vessels and quarantine vessels.
2 Anchorage area No 2 (3½ miles ENE): vessels
not carrying dangerous cargo and naval
vessels.
Anchorage area No 3 (8 miles ESE): vessels
carrying dangerous cargo, vessels gas-freeing
and nuclear powered naval vessels.
3 Anchorage area No 4 (3½ miles SSW): vessels
not carrying dangerous cargo and naval
vessels.
 NP49
Paragraph 5.252 1 lines 1-8 Replace by: 197

1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign flagged Paragraph 5.291 1 and 2 Replace by:
vessels over 500 gt; there are four pilot boarding
stations as follows (with positions from Botaî (Ceyhan) 1 See 5.271.
Oil Terminal Jetty): Paragraph 5.294 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
Pilot station No 1 (2 miles S)
Pilot station No 2 (1¾ miles ENE) 1 See 5.272.
Pilot station No 3 (8 miles ESE) Paragraph 5.295 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
Pilot station No 4 (7 miles SW)
Pilots may board within a 5 cable radius of the 1 See 5.273.
above positions.
Paragraph 5.298 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.253 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 ™skenderun is approached by the S section and
1 Tugs are compulsory for vessels over 2000 gt; then the triangular section of the inbound lanes of the
tankers of more than 75 001 gt must have at least two TSS (5.228a). When approaching from W, especially
tugs. at night, the SW entrance point of the bay should be
given a wide berth as the bottom rises steeply and
193 the distance from the coast is very difficult to estimate
owing to the high land beyond.
Paragraph 5.257 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
199
1 The N terminals are approached by the N section
of the inbound lane of the TSS (5.228a). Paragraph 5.301 5 lines 1-2 Replace by:
5 Anchorage: see 5.271. Pilotage is compulsory and...
195
Paragraph 5.306 1 lines 1-6 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.271 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 13 miles SE of Karataî
1 There are four anchorage areas as follows, (with Burnu (36q32cN 35q20cE), 6 miles SW of ™skenderun
positions centred from ™skenderun harbour): Körfezi TSS, the coastal route leads S for about
Anchorage area S (3 miles WNW): vessels not 30 miles across Antakya Körfezi, to a position W of
carrying dangerous cargo and naval vessels. Ra’s al BasØò (35q51cN 35q48cE), in Syria.
Vessels carrying dangerous cargo, vessels
gas-freeing, nuclear powered naval vessels and Turkish Transport, Maritime Affairs and Communications
quarantine vessels are located in an area close Ministry, e-mail 26/11/12
NE of the above. (HH. 049/200/01) [03/13]
2 Anchorage area E (5½ miles NNW): vessels not
carrying dangerous cargo and naval vessels. Cyprus – Vasilikos —
Anchorage area (2 miles NW): vessels carrying Limiting conditions; berths
dangerous cargo, vessels gas-freeing and
nuclear powered naval vessels. 213
3 Anchorage area N (9 miles NNW): vessels not
carrying dangerous cargo and naval vessels. Paragraph 6.76 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:

Paragraph 5.272 1 lines 1-6 Replace by: 1 Controlling depth. In 2009 the 280 m turning basin
had a dredged depth of 9 m; this depth is no longer
1 Pilotage is compulsory for all foreign flagged maintained.
vessels over 500 gt; there are three pilot boarding
stations as follows (with positions from ™skenderun Paragraph 6.80 1 lines 7-9 Replace by:
harbour): ...20 m, in the NW part of the harbour. Caution. A
Pilot station No 1 (8 cables NW) dangerous wreck and marine farm lie on the inside of
Pilot station No 2 (4¾ miles N) the short breakwater. Two marine farms lie in the SW
Pilot station No 3 (8 miles N) corner of the turning circle.
Pilots may board within a 5 cable radius of the
above positions. Cyprus Chart 1001
(SDD 2013000 053767) [24/13]
Paragraph 5.273 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:

1 Tugs are compulsory for vessels over 2000 gt; Israel - Hadera — General information, berths
tankers of more than 75 001 gt must have at least two
tugs. 255
Paragraph 5.276 1 lines 1-2 Replace by: Paragraph 7.258 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
1 ™sdemir is approached by the S section and then Function. The terminal serves vessels supplying
the triangular section of the inbound lanes of the TSS coal and oil to a power station on the coast. An LNG
(5.228a). terminal lies 5½ miles to seaward.

2 - 102
 NP49
Paragraph 7.258 2 lines 1-5 Replace by: Newfoundland – Sops Arm — Rock
2 Approach and entry. The Israeli authorities advise 346
that vessels approaching the port should do so
through the entrance to the approach channel, in Paragraph 10.42 1 line 9 Add:
position 32q33c˜2N 34q24c˜7E. The track then leads ...A dangerous rock is reported (2011) in position
approximately 21 miles ESE to the port. 49q46c˜17N 56q52c˜33W.
After Paragraph 7.258 3 line 6 Insert: Canada Eastern Notice 4584/09/2011
Anchoring and fishing are prohibited within the LNG (SDD 2011000 176215) [42/11]
port limits, and surrounding the gas pipeline which
extends 3½ miles NE from the terminal to the
submarine gas pipeline above. Entry is prohibited to NP51 New Zealand Pilot (2010 Edition)
the area, radius 5 cables, around the LNG buoy, see
berths. Queen Charlotte Sound – Tory Channel —
Directions; pilot boarding positions
Paragraph 7.260 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
Anchorage. Two circular anchorage areas of 114
diameter 5 cables, lie 1¼ to 2 miles NNW of the head Paragraph 4.155 1 lines 5-9 Replace by:
of the coal jetty. LNG vessels anchor in a circular
area of radius 2½ cables, centred on position Pilotage is compulsory for all vessels of more than
32q25c˜61N 34q47c˜00E 4˜8 miles SW of the head of 500 gt within the entire Queen Charlotte Sound, subject to
the coal jetty. The area lies in the SE corner of the exemption by law. Pilot normally boards at Alpha pilot
LNG port limits. boarding position (41q04c˜62S 174q18c˜92E), but in heavy
weather pilot boards at Bravo pilot boarding position
256 (41q03c˜65S 174q19c˜85E).

After Paragraph 7.263 2 line 6 Insert: 115

LNG terminal. The terminal consists of an Paragraph 4.162 2 lines 4-7 Replace by:
underwater buoy in position 32q26c˜79N 34q45c˜65E,
5˜4 miles WSW from the head of the coal jetty. A Thence to a position 2 miles NE of Motuara Island Light
messenger line connects the underwater buoy to a (white metal framework tower, 5 m in height) (41q06c˜00S
light buoy. 174q16c˜60E), in the vicinity of Alpha pilot boarding
position (41q04c˜62S 174q18c˜92E).
Israel Notice No 83/2012 Paragraph 4.163 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
(SDD 2012000 260589) [03/13]
Thence the track continues SW to Alpha pilot boarding
position (41q04c˜62S 174q18c˜92E) 2 miles NE of Motuara
Island. A dangerous rock marked by a beacon (N cardinal)
NP50 Newfoundland and Labrador Pilot
lies about ½ mile N of the island.
(2011 Edition)
Paragraph 4.164 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Newfoundland – Grand Banks of Newfoundland From the vicinity of Alpha pilot boarding position
— Wellhead (41q04c˜62S 174q18c˜92E), the track...

81 116

After Paragraph 2.4 3 line 6 Insert: Paragraph 4.175 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Caution: an unmarked suspended well-head lies in 2 Pilot boarding place. By special arrangement with the
position (46q36c˜23N 47q57c˜90W). Harbour Authority pilots board in position 41q15c˜26S
174q22c˜16E. In view of the heavy ferry traffic...
Canada Eastern Notice 8012/04/2013
(SDD 2013000 091143) [21/13] New Zealand Notice 17/145/12
(SDD 2012000 165047) [36/12]
Newfoundland – Stevensons Islets — Light
South Island – Queen Charlotte Sound –
272 Directions; light

Paragraph 8.136 3 Replace by: 115

3 The track then leads to a position about 5 cables After Paragraph 4.164 2 line 2 Insert:
SE of Stevensons Islets (2 miles WSW). From this SE of Farnham Point (41q10c˜35S 174q12c˜02E) from
position the track then leads N, passing (with positions where a light (white metal tower, 6m in height) is
relative to Cabot Island Light): exhibited, thence:

Canada Eastern Notice 4857/03/2012 New Zealand Notice 20/163/12

(SDD 2012000 060469) [15/12] (SDD 2012000 197483) [43/12]

2 - 103
 NP51
South Island – North Coast – Islands South of South Island –
Queen Charlotte Sound — Snares Islands — Anchorage
Directions; light buoy
160
After Paragraph 6.13 2 line 8 Add:
119
Caution. It is reported (2010) that anchors have been
lost or become fast on obstructions when anchoring off
Paragraph 4.193 2 line 1 Replace by:
Seal Point and Ho Ho Bay.
2 SSE of Perano Shoal (2¾ miles ENE), marked by a MV Orion
light buoy (isolated danger), thence: (SDD 2010000 217996) [03/11]

New Zealand Notice 23/238/11
(SDD 2011000 210868)
New Zealand – North Island –
Doubtful Sound — Directions; buoyage
147
Paragraph 5.158 2 line 2 Replace by:
NE of Tarapunga Rock (1 mile ESE), marked by a light
buoy (isolated danger), whence the...
New Zealand Notice 21/181(P)/10
(SDD 2010000 170547)
Paterson Inlet and approaches — Directions; depths
[49/11] 180
Paragraph 6.144 1 line 6 For 7˜5 m Read 7˜1 m
Paragraph 6.144 2 line 3 For 9˜4 m Read 8˜9 m
Paragraph 6.144 2 line 5 For 8˜5 m Read 7˜9 m
Paragraph 6.151 1 line 5 For 8˜0 m Read 6˜5 m
Paragraph 6.151 1 line 6 For 5˜2 m Read 5˜4 m
Paragraph 6.151 2 line 2 For SSE of a breakwater Read SSE of
the ruins of a breakwater
181
Paragraph 6.152 2 line 2 For 6˜4 m Read 3˜4
Paragraph 6.152 3 line 3 Replace by:
...and noting a 4˜4 m shoal ¾ cable WNW, thence:
[51/10]
NZ 6825 [23/11]

North Island – North Cape to Hauraki Gulf —

New Zealand – North Island – Reporting
Breaksea Sound — Directions; buoyage
183
149 After Paragraph 7.5 1 Insert:

Paragraph 5.171 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: Reporting

2 SW of a rock (3¾ cables SSE) with a depth of 5˜1 m, 7.5a
marked by Rocky Point Buoy (isolated danger), thence: 1 Any vessel over 100 gt should contact the Regional
Harbour Master before anchoring on the coast or entering
New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 any harbours.
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10]
Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]
New Zealand – North Island – Dusky Sound — North Island – North Cape to Cape Brett –
Directions; beacon Doubtless Bay — Anchorage

151 186
Paragraph 7.19 3 lines 4-6 Delete
Paragraph 5.181 3 lines 7-8 Replace by:
...WSW of East Point; a rock, drying 0˜7 m and marked by Paget Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council
Passage Beacon (W cardinal), 3¼ cables ENE of the same point. (SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]

New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 North Island – North Cape to Cape Brett –
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10] Whangaroa Harbour — Restrictions; anchorages
189

New Zealand – North Island – After Paragraph 7.35 3 line 4 Insert:

Cascade Cove — Beacon Regulations concerning entry. Whangaroa Harbour is
limited to vessels under 100 m LOA, and all vessels over
152 100 gt must file a passage plan with the Regional Harbour
Master (7.124).
Paragraph 5.191 1 lines 9-11 Replace by: After Paragraph 7.40 2 line 6 Insert:
...9˜3 m bank on which is a rock drying 1˜5 m marked by
Cascade Cove Beacon (isolated danger); shallow patches extend In summer Pekapeka Bay is frequented by yachts, so
½ cable, both NE and SSE, from Heron Island. larger vessels are recommended to anchor 3˜2 cables SSE
of Puketamoi Point in position 35q01c˜80S 173q45c˜00E.
New Zealand Notice 23/202(P)/10 Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council
(SDD 2010000 189600) [51/10] (SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12]

2 - 104
 NP51
New Zealand – North Island – East Coast – Great Barrier Island – East coast —
Kerikeri Inlet — Directions; buoy Directions; beacons

193 212
Paragraph 7.64 3 lines 9-13 Replace by:
...which breaks occasionally. Vessels passing S should remain Paragraph 8.13 1 lines 5-10 Replace by:
clear of the shallow spit, marked by a light buoy (starboard ENE of Rakitu Island (Arid Island) (36q07cS 175q30cE),
hand), extending SW from The Brothers. Thence: thence:
ENE of Whakatautuna Point (36q11cS 175q30cE), which
New Zealand Notice 25/211/10 is surrounded by cliffs and rises to Whakatautuna, a
(SDD2010000 208217) [01/11] hill, thence (with positions from Whakatautuna Point):
Paragraph 8.13 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
North Island – Bay of Islands – Kent Passage —
Vertical clearance ENE of Oruawharo, a hill, thence:
193 New Zealand Notice 02/21/12
(SDD 2012000 015949) [06/12]
Paragraph 7.65 2 lines 3-4 Delete where To 23 m,

Regional Harbour Master, Northland Regional Council New Zealand – Great Barrier Island –
(SDD 2012000 118506) [27/12] Approach to Man of War Passage —
Directions; depth
Cape Brett to Tutukaka Harbour — Directions; depth

199 219

Paragraph 7.96 4 line 3 For 4˜3m Read 1˜5m Paragraph 8.47 3 line 8 For buoy Read light beacon
Paragraph 8.47 3 line 9 For 8˜2 m Read 5 m
New Zealand Notice 04/36/12
Chart NZ 5223
(SDD 2012000 033723) [10/12]
(SDD2010000 209052) [01/11]

North Island – Tutukaka Head to Bream Tail –

Hen and Chicken Islands — Depths
North Island – East Coast – Hauraki Gulf –
Mairangi Bay — Prohibited anchorage
201

Paragraph 7.113 2 line 2 For 2˜7 m Read 5˜9 m

220
Paragraph 7.113 2 line 3 For 7˜9 m Read 8˜0 m After Paragraph 8.54 6 line 4 Insert:
7 Within an area bounded by the following coordinates:
New Zealand Notice 12/98/12 36q 43c˜72S 174q 47c˜10E.
(SDD 2012000 111738) [29/12] 36q 43c˜82S 174q 47c˜15E.
36q 43c˜93S 174q 46c˜81E.
New Zealand – North Island – 36q 43c˜83S 174q 46c˜76E.
Whangarei Harbour — Anchorages
New Zealand Notice 16/184/11
204 (SDD 2011000 146253) [34/11]
Paragraph 7.135 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Outer anchorage. The following anchorages have been
esablished: Auckland — Vertical clearance
Anchorage area Position
35q52c˜40S 174q34c˜50E 226
35q52c˜40S 174q36c˜10E
Area A
35q53c˜40S 174q36c˜10E Paragraph 8.82 1 Replace by:
35q53c˜40S 174q34c˜50E
1 Auckland Harbour Bridge is a fixed road bridge
consisting of seven spans on six concrete piers numbered 1
35q55c˜80S 174q32c˜30E to 6 from Stokes Point. The Bridge has a vertical clearance
of 39 m. A daymark (green triangle, white border) is
Area B 35q55c˜80S 174q33c˜90E
painted on the E and W faces of No 1 Pier. No craft
35q57c˜80S 174q33c˜90E should pass between No 1 Pier and Stokes Point.

New Zealand Notice 24/206(P)/10 New Zealand Notice 02/22/12

(SDD 2010000 197929) [51/10] (SDD 2012000 015949) [06/12]

2 - 105
 NP51
Tamaki Strait — Directions; useful mark East Coast of North Island –
Tauranga to East Cape — Route
238
262
After Paragraph 8.154 6 line 3 Insert:
Paragraph 9.87 1 Replace by:
Rotoroa Island Light (57 m in height) (36q49c˜39S
175q11c˜99E). 1 The coastal route between Tauranga Harbour Entrance
(37q38cS 176q10cE) and East Cape (37q41cS 178q33cE),
New Zealand Notice 17/177/13 about 114 miles E, passes about 3 miles N of Astrolabe
(SDD 2013000 179639) [38/13] Reef (37q32c˜5S 176q25c˜5E), at least 5 miles N of Volkner
Rocks (37q28c˜6S 177q07c˜8E) and at least 5 miles N of
Cape Runaway (37q32cS 177q59cE); see 9.3. Thence the
East Coast of North Island – Tauranga — coastal route leads E to Matakaoa Point (37q34cS 178q19cE)
Prohibited Anchorages and thence ESE, passing seaward of numerous charted
dangers off East Cape.
255
Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty
Paragraph 9.60 1 lines 6-8 Replace by: (SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]

A prohibited anchorage exists within 50 metres of the

commerical wharves. The channels leading from the Tauranga to East Cape — Directions; coastal routes
harbour entrance to Tauranga and off the berths are
restricted anchorages, except in emergency.
263-264
Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]
Paragraph 9.95 1-2 including heading Replace by:

New Zealand - North Island - East coast - Coastal routes

Tauranga — Anchor berths
1 Main shipping route. From a position ENE of A Light
255
After Paragraph 9.59 1 line 10 Add:
2 Anchor berths: A number of anchor berths have been
established to the E and NE of Matakana Island (9.39) as
follows:
No 4 - centred on position 37q33c˜40S 176q10c˜00E
No 5 - centred on position 37q32c˜70S 176q09c˜00E
No 6 - centred on position 37q30c˜60S 176q08c˜20E
No 7 - centred on position 37q29c˜80S 176q07c˜30E
No 8 - centred on position 37q29c˜00S 176q06c˜50E
No 9 - centred on position 37q28c˜10S 176q05c˜90E
No 10 - centred on position 37q27c˜20S 176q05c˜30E
2 Small vessels. From a position NW of Astrolabe Reef, a
New Zealand Notice 20/01/13
(SDD 2013000 000009) [04/13]
East Coast of North Island – Tauranga — Pilotage
256
Paragraph 9.62 1 line 2 For 5 miles Read 3 miles
9.95
Beacon (E cardinal) (37q36c˜07S 176q10c˜71E), at the
seaward end of No 1 Reach to Tauranga Harbour, the track
leads initially ENE passing clear of Pudney Rock
(37q31c˜24S 176q19c˜05E), depending on draught, and NW
of Astrolabe Reef (37q32c˜50S 176q25c˜50E). The track
continues ENE to pass N of Volkner Rocks (37q28c˜60S
177q07c˜80E). The track then leads E passing N of Cape
Runaway (37q32c˜32S 177q59c˜10E), to a position N of
Matakaoa Point (37q33c˜41S 178q18c˜82E). The track then
leads ESE, passing NNE of Horoera Point, to a position
between East Island (37q41c˜5S 178q34c˜5E) and Ranfurly
Bank (37q36c˜50S 178q52c˜00E).
track, which is not recommended by NZ Authorities, but is
suitable for small vessels leads E passing (with positions
from Motiti Island Light (white metal column 4 m in
height) (37q36c˜43S 176q25c˜13E)):
North of Astrolabe Reef (above), which breaks in all swell
conditions and in fair weather appears like a boat,
thence:
Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty
(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12]

Paragraph 9.62 1 line 5 For 100gt Read 250gt

South Island – Haumuri Bluffs to Lyttelton Harbour
— Directions; Light
Paragraph 9.62 2 lines 6-9 Replace by:

There are two pilot launches. One is 16˜3m long, painted 289
yellow and named Arataki. The other is 12˜6m long and
painted orange, with the words Survey/Pilot on its side. Paragraph 10.31 and heading Replace by:

Harbour Master, Western Bay of Plenty Spare

(SDD 2012000 026524) [08/12] 10.31

2 - 106
 NP51
290 Scotland – North coast – Scrabster —
Basins and berths; depths
Paragraph 10.33 3 line 6 Delete
69
..., from where a light (10.31) is exhibited
Paragraph 3.87 2 to 4 Replace by:

293 2 Fish Dock. The NW part of the dock has depths of

7˜5 m and the SE half has a dredged depth of 5˜0 m
Paragraph 10.68 3 lines 2-4 Delete (2012). On the NW side is Southern Quay, with a
length of 120 m. New Fish Market Quay, length 123 m
and depth alongside 4˜5 m, forms the SW side,
296 adjacent to the fish market. The SE side consists of
South Breakwater, and Fuel Quay which extends N
Paragraph 10.88 1 line 2 Delete from it; it has an overall length of 150 m.
3 Outer and Inner Basins lie NW of Fish Dock and
are separated from it by a broad quay on the end of
New Zealand Notice 14/123(P)/12 which is a tanker berth, length 71 m, depth 7˜5 m. On
(SDD 2012000 134542) [30/12] the NW face of the broad quay lies Inner Basin Quay,
length 131 m, depth 4˜5 m; Inner Basin also has
pontoons for leisure craft. The entrance to the basins
is between the broad quay and Ice Quay, and is
NP52 North Coast of Scotland Pilot (2012 Edition) marked by lights at their outer ends.
Maximum size of vessel handled. A cruise ship,
length 183 m, has berthed in the port.
Scotland – North and north-east coasts —
Directions; AIS Scrabster Harbour Master
(SDD 2012000 189099; 201555) [44/12]
53
Scotland – North coast – Pentland Firth –
After Paragraph 2.19 1 line 2 Insert: Muckle Skerry Lighthouse — AIS

Automatic Identification System: 76

Sumburgh Head Light — as above. After Paragraph 3.127 2 line 2 Insert:
Automatic Identification System:
59
Muckle Skerry Light — as above.
After Paragraph 3.18 1 line 6 Insert: 85
Cape Wrath Light — as above. After Paragraph 4.19 1 line 5 Insert:
Automatic Identification System:
120 Muckle Skerry Light — as above.
After Paragraph 4.236 2 line 3 Insert: Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2013000 216235) [44/13]
Other aids to navigation
4.236a Scotland – East coast —
1 Automatic Identification System: Moray Firth; target buoy
Riff Bank East Light Buoy (57q38c˜38N 3q58c˜15W). 83
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and
The Mariner’s Handbook. Paragraph 4.4 2 Delete.

235 Briggs Marine

(SDD 2013000 091149) [20/13]
After Paragraph 6.204 2 line 2 Insert:
Scotland – North-east coast – Burghead —
Directions; lights
Other aids to navigation
6.204a 111-112
1 Automatic Identification System:
Inner Voder Light Buoy (60q16c˜44N 1q05c˜12W). Paragraph 4.183 1-4 Replace by:
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and 1 Leading lights:
The Mariner’s Handbook. Front light (wooden structure, 3 m in height)
(57q42c˜11N 3q29c˜93W) on SW corner of South
Northern Lighthouse Board Pier.
(SDD’s 2010000 108793; 2011000 111860; 2013000 Rear light (white wooden post, black bands, 6 m in
227182; 166390) [45/13] height) about 30 m NE of front light.

2 - 107
 NP52
The alignment (about 040q) of these lights leads Paragraph 4.222 2 Replace by:
over a drying bank which extends across the entrance
2 Berths. A quay (Nos 2, 3 and 4 Berths), 288 m in
to 1 cable SSW of the head of North Pier, passing:
length, extends W along the S side of the base from
2 WNW of a light beacon (metal tripod, starboard
the entrance of West Harbour. Minimum depth
hand, 3 m in height) (57q42c˜04N 3q29c˜93W)
on outer extremity of a groyne extending alongside Nos 2 and 3 Berths is 8˜9 m and alongside
115 m SSW from near the head of South No 4 Berth 12˜0 m. The Queen’s Dock, at the W end
Pier, thence: of the base, is an artificial basin open S and with a
Close ESE of a short concrete piled jetty (57q42c˜08N quay on its E side. The major part of the basin has a
3q30c˜02W) which projects S from the head of dredged depth of 11˜5 m.
North Pier; a light (red lantern on concrete base,
3 m in height) stands on the head of the jetty. A 119
second light (white concrete tower, 6 m in height) Paragraph 4.224 1 line 3 For Nigg oil rig fabrication yard
stands on the head of North Pier. (disused, 2012), Read Nigg Energy Park
3 Thence the track leads through a narrow entrance
into the harbour, with a tight turn around the N corner Paragraph 4.224 1 line 6 For 13˜0 m Read 9˜0 m
of South Pier.
Cromarty Firth Port Authority
Northern Lighthouse Board (SDD 2013000 233610) [46/13]
(SDD 2013000 239070) [47/13]
Scotland – Orkney Islands – Kirkwall — Berths
190
Scotland – North-east coast – Cromarty Firth —
Port authority; harbour; moorings; depths Paragraph 5.348 2 lines 1-5 Replace by:
2 Hatston Ferry Terminal has a T-shaped pier with
113 six berths: RoRo terminal, 158 m in length, alongside
depth 8˜0 m; NE face, two berths, total length 385 m,
Paragraph 4.193 1 line 3 Replace by: alongside depth 10 m; and three inner berths between
103 and 126 m in length, alongside depth 4 to 8 m.
E-mail: shipping@cfpa.co.uk
Orkney Islands Council
(SDD 2013000 130960) [27/13]
115
Scotland - Shetland Islands -
Paragraph 4.202 2 lines 5-8 Replace by: Sumburgh Head to Helliness — Directions; light

Nigg Energy Park (57q41c˜90N 4q02c˜00W) on 224

reclaimed land W of North Sutor. Used for the
Paragraph 6.146 4 line 1 For Lights: Read Light:
maintenance of oil and gas related vessels and
structures. The site is being redeveloped (2013).
Paragraph 6.146 4 lines 3-4 Delete

116 226
After Paragraph 6.162 1 line 1 Insert:
Paragraph 4.210 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Disused lighthouse (white tower 16 m in height, and
4 N of No 8 Mooring Buoy (57q40c˜72N 4q10c˜78W). buildings) (60q07c˜20N 1q07c˜30W) on Kirkabister
Unlighted barges or... Ness.

227
117
Paragraph 6.162 2 lines 2-4 Delete
Paragraph 4.216 1 Replace by:
230
1 There is a mooring buoy (No 8) on the S side of
the channel, 4 cables W of Newhall Point. See 4.210. After Paragraph 6.185 1 line 1 Insert:
Disused lighthouse (60q07c˜20N 1q07c˜30W) (6.162)
on Kirkabister Ness.
118
Paragraph 6.185 3 Delete
Paragraph 4.220 2 line 2 For 5˜0 m Read 6˜0 m.
Paragraph 6.186 1 lines 2-3 For 1q07c˜30W) (6.162) is
exhibited, Read 1q07c˜31W) is exhibited from a white
Paragraph 4.221 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: building with a radar scanner,

2 Depths alongside: S side of pierhead (Berths 1 Northern Lighthouse Board NM 18/12

and 2) 10˜5 m; N side (Berth 3) about 6 m. (SDD 2012000 188853) [40/12]

2 - 108
 NP52
Shetland Isles – Lerwick Harbour — Berths Faroe Islands – LeirvíksfjørÉur and
KalsoyarfjørÉur South approaches —
233 Vertical clearances; overhead cables

Paragraph 6.196 1 lines 4-6 Replace by: 296

...longest is South Quay at Greenhead Base (60q10c˜75N
1q09c˜40W), 468 m in length with dredged depths of 8˜0 m
(Berth 3) and 9˜0 m (Berths 4-7). There are three RoRo...
1 Overhead cables (7.8) span KalsoyarfjørÉur as
Paragraph 6.196 2 Replace by:
2 Mair’s Yard, close N of Holmsgarth Jetty, has a
150 m berth with a depth of 6˜2 m. Gremista Quay,
3 cables N, with five berthing faces and depths of
between 5˜9 and 7˜5 m, is used by fishing vessels;
there is also a privately owned marina 2 cables SW of
Gremista Quay.
Lerwick Port Authority
(SDD 2013000 213359) [44/13]
Paragraph 7.226 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 44/12 Replace by:
follows:
In the S part, 1¾ miles SSE of Galvur in the vicinity of
62q12c˜30N 6q37c˜25W, vertical clearance 45 m at
the centre of the span, but over 60 m within 580 m
of the shore on either side.
In the N part, 2½ miles N of Galvur in the vicinity of
62q15c˜78N 6q40c˜38W, vertical clearance 55 m.
Danish Notice 447/18/13
(SDD 2013000 096696) [23/13]
NP54 North Sea (West) Pilot (2013 Edition)

Faroe Islands - Eysturoy - NólsoyarfjørÉur —

Directions Scotland – East Coast – Aberdeen –
Basins and berths — River Dee
285
62
Paragraph 7.157 1 line 5 Add:
Paragraph 3.69 1 Replace by:
Three wind turbines (62q03c˜50N 6q41c˜55W, SE of 1 A total of 635 m of quayside on the N bank, the
three) (7.169). Two more stand 8 cables NNW.
longest berth being Mearns Quay with a depth
alongside of 6˜0 m. Torry Quay, on the S bank, offers
230 m of berths with depths alongside of 5˜6 to 6˜0 m
288 and 400 m with a depth of 7˜5 m.
Paragraph 7.169 1 lines 8-9 For 1 cable E. Thence: Read
Aberdeen Harbour Master
1 cable E, and:
(SDD 2012000 261017) [09/13]

Paragraph 7.169 1 line 9 Add:

Scotland – East coast – Firth of Forth —
SW of Eystnes (62q03c˜46N 6q41c˜69W). Three wind Pilot boarding places
turbines (62q03c˜50N 6q41c˜55W, SE of three)
stand on the point; the SE one exhibits red 85
obstruction lights. Two more wind turbines stand
8 cables NNW. Thence: Paragraph 4.5 2 lines 2-3 For ...in the vicinity of No 3 Light
Buoy... Read ...NE of No 3 Light Buoy...
Danish Notice 49/1227/12
(SDD 2012000 249139) [01/13] Paragraph 4.5 2 lines 10-12 Delete.

Forth Ports Limited

Faroe Islands – LeirvíksfjørÉur — (SDD 2013000 039988) [12/13]
Vertical clearance; overhead cables
Scotland – East coast – Firth of Forth —
Pilot boarding place
296
85
Paragraph 7.226 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
After Paragraph 4.5 2 line 9 including Existing Section IV
In the S part, 1¾ miles SSE of Galvur in the vicinity of
Notice Week 12/13 Insert:
62q12c˜30N 6q37c˜56W, vertical clearance
reported (2012) as 45 m. A reduction in the Vessels carrying 12 or more passengers,
vertical clearance may occur and mariners should irrespective of length, embark the pilot at the
approach these cables with caution. Fairway Light Buoy.

Danish Notice 1005(T)/12 Forth Ports Limited

(SDD 2012000 203235) [44/12] (SDD 2013000 220239) [43/13]

2 - 109
 NP54
England – North-east Coast –
Holy Island Harbour — Obstruction
123
After Paragraph 5.77 1 line 7 Insert:
Caution. An obstruction with a depth of
approximately 5˜3 m has been reported (2013) in
position 55q39c˜89N 1q47c˜64W.
Trinity House Notice 26/1/13
(SDD 2013000 019543) [09/13]
England – East Coast – Port of Tyne –
The Narrows to Newcastle upon Tyne –
Saint Anthony’s Reach — Light beacon
136
Paragraph 5.159 4-5 Replace by:
4 Saint Anthony’s Reach (5 cables in length). The
bend at the W end is marked by a light
beacon (green structure, 10 m in height) close
SW of St Anthony’s Point. On the S bank
there is a light beacon (red column) 1 cable S
of the point.
1 Felling Reach (7 cables in length). Saint Peter’s
Light Beacon (green structure with platform)
stands on the N bank, 5 cables W of Saint
Anthony’s Point.
Port of Tyne Authority Notices 13/12 and 1/13
(SDD 2012000 216360, 2013000 010200) [09/13]
England – East Coast – Port of Tyne –
The Narrows to Newcastle upon Tyne –
Saint Anthony’s Reach — Light beacons
136
Existing Section IV Notice Week 09/13 Paragraph 5.159
4–5 Replace by:
4 Saint Anthony’s Reach (54q57c˜62N 1q32c˜90W),
5 cables in length. The bend at the W end is
marked by a light beacon (green structure,
10 m in height) close SW of Saint Anthony’s
Point.
5 Felling Reach (54q57c˜70N 1q33c˜60W), 7 cables
in length. Saint Peter’s Light Beacon (green
pile structure with platform) stands on the N
bank, 5 cables WNW of Saint Anthony’s Point.
Port of Tyne Authority
(SDD 2013000 054213) [14/13]
2 - 110
England – East coast – Tees Bay —
Wind farm; lights; light buoy
150
Paragraph 6.108 1 Replace by:
1 The Teesside offshore wind farm lies between
½ mile and 2½ miles E of the South Gare Breakwater,
centred on 54q38c˜70N 1q05c˜60W. It comprises 27
turbines; those at the N, S, E and W extremities show
navigation lights. It is also marked on its N corner by
a light buoy (N cardinal).
TÜV SÜD Limited
(SDD 2013000 258733) [51/13]
England – East coast – Approaches to River
Humber — Recommended routes; wind farm
163
After Paragraph 7.13 4 line 10 Insert:
5 Recommended routes. Recommended routes for
wind farm transfer vessels have been established in
the Humber approaches. They should also be used by
small craft entering and leaving the Humber. The
routes are designed to avoid conflict with commercial
traffic using the Humber Approaches TSS, Bull
Anchorage and Tetney Mono Buoy. See Chart 104
and Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(1).
ABP (Humber) Notice H.30/13
(SDD 2013000 059566) [37/13]
After Paragraph 7.15 Insert:
Wind farm
7.15a
1 The Humber Gateway Offshore Wind Farm,
comprising 73 wind turbines, is under construction
(2013) and due to complete in 2015. It is centred 2
miles W of Humber Light Float and is marked by light
buoys (cardinal) at its NE, E, S, SW and NW corners.
For details see Chart 104.
ABP (Humber) Notice H.85/13
(SDD 2013000 176130) [37/13]
England – East coast – River Humber –
Grimsby — Development; berths
166
Paragraph 7.39 including paragraph heading Replace by:
Spare
7.39
 NP54
167 England – East Coast – Lowestoft —
Directions; depths
After Paragraph 7.43 4 and after heading Basins and
berths Insert: 213

Paragraph 9.98 2 line 1 For 4˜7 m Read 5˜3 m

Grimsby River Terminal
7.43a
1 Two RoRo berths suitable for ships up to 175 m in Paragraph 9.98 2 line 5 For 4˜0 m Read 4˜4 m
length; depth alongside each (2013) 7˜2 m. Depths are
liable to change; for the latest information, contact the MCA
Dock Master. Lights are exhibited from the E end of (SDD 2012000 117402) [09/13]
the jetty.

Grimsby Dock Master England – East coast – Southwold — Buoys

(SDD 2013000 239052) [47/13]
215

England – East coast — Directions; Racon; AIS Paragraph 9.112 3 line 4 For Clear of a light buoy Read
Four cables clear of a pair of light buoys
184
CEFAS Lowestoft
After Paragraph 8.12 1 line 2 Insert: (SDD 2013000 131295) [33/13]
Outer Sand Light Buoy (53q36c˜41N 0q29c˜39E).
Paragraph 8.12 2 lines 2-4 Replace by: NP55 North Sea (East) Pilot (2012 Edition)
Outer Sand Light Buoy — as above. The following notice is to be implemented at
Cromer Light — as above. 0000 UTC 1 August 2013
For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
The Netherlands – Scheveningen to Texel —
205 Limits of the book; Directions; TSS; ATBAs;
precautonary areas; anchorages;
pilot boarding positions
Paragraph 9.41 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
Automatic Identification System: 1
Newarp Light Buoy — as above.
For details see The Mariner’s Handbook and Paragraph 1.1 2 lines 1-6 Replace by:
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 2 The limits of the area are as follows:

BA Chart 104 and Trinity House Notice 23/13 Latitude N Longitude E

(SDD 2013000 248090) [48/13] From The Netherlands
coast at 52q15c˜00 4q26c˜00

England – East Coast – Great Yarmouth – WNW to Maas North TSS

Outer Harbour — Depths at 52q23c˜00 3q48c˜00
SW to North Hinder North
208 TSS at 52q05c˜50 3q06c˜30

Paragraph 9.65 1 line 5 Replace by:

3
...and the N part of the basin is dredged to 10 m. Lights...
Paragraph 1.18 1 line 2 For 51q58cN 2q39cE Read
210 51q57c˜00N 2q50c˜00E

Paragraph 9.73 1 line 2 Replace by: Paragraph 1.19 1 line 1 For 52q50cN 4q00cE Read
52q44c˜00N 4q06c˜00E
...with a dredged depth of 10 m. It comprises...
Paragraph 9.73 1 lines 5-9 Replace by: 65
On the W side, West Terminal comprises two
Paragraph 2.2 1 line 6 For 51q56c˜00N 2q48c˜00E Read
berths over a length of 200 m with a dredged depth of
51q57c˜00N 2q50c˜00E
10 m for general cargo, bulk, offshore and project
cargoes. To the S of these is a RoRo berth, length
about 90 m and a charted depth of 8 m. 66

Port of Great Yarmouth Paragraph 2.14 1 lines 2–3 For 51q56c˜00N 2q48c˜00E Read
(SDD 2013000 027709) [09/13] 51q57c˜00N 2q50c˜00E

2 - 111
 NP55
73
Paragraph 3.1 Replace by:
1 This chapter describes:
Offshore routes from North Hinder North TSS
(52q10c˜00N 3q03c˜00E) and Maas North TSS
(52q15c˜00N 3q50c˜00E) (see Dover Strait Pilot) to
the S end (52q44c˜00N 4q06c˜00E) of Off Texel
TSS (3.12).
Noordzeekanaal (52q28c˜00N 4q37c˜00E) and
approach routes, with the ports of IJmuiden and
Amsterdam (3.29)
2 Coastal waters bordering the coast of The
Netherlands from Noordwijk (52q15c˜00N
4q26c˜00E) to Zanddijk Grote Kaap
(52q52c˜85N 4q42c˜88E), 40 miles NNE.
Paragraph 3.3 Replace by:
1 Maas Centre Precautionary Area (52q02c˜00N
3q48c˜00E) (see Dover Strait Pilot) in the approaches
to Hoek van Holland should be avoided by passing
traffic which is not entering or leaving the adjacent
ports.
2 Rijnveld Precautionary Area (52q13c˜50N
3q23c˜00E) is located NE of North Hinder North TSS
and NW of Maas Northwest TSS. Rijnveld Light Buoy
(safe water) (52q10c˜41N 3q24c˜17E) lies in the SE part
of the area.
74
Paragraph 3.12 Replace by:
1 Details are given for the following through routes:
NE-bound from North Hinder North TSS (52q10c˜00N
3q03c˜00E) to the S end (52q44c˜00N 4q06c˜00E) of
the N-bound traffic lane of Off Texel TSS (3.13).
SW-bound from the SW end (52q33c˜00N 3q25c˜00E)
of the SW-bound Off Texel TSS to North Hinder
North TSS (52q10c˜00N 3q03c˜00E) (3.18).
2 SSW-bound from the SE end (52q32c˜00N
3q29c˜00E) of Off Texel TSS through Off
Breeveerten S-bound recommended route
(52q31c˜80N 3q29c˜00E) to Rijnveld
Precautionary Area (52q13c˜50N 3q11c˜00E)
(3.21a).
S-bound from the S end (52q50c˜00N 3q58c˜00E) of
the S-bound traffic lane of Off Texel TSS through
IJmuiden Crossing Precautionary Area to Maas
North TSS (52q15c˜00N 3q50c˜00E) (see Dover
Strait Pilot).
3 NNE-bound from Maas North TSS (52q15c˜00N
3q50c˜00E) (see Dover Strait Pilot) to the S
end (52q44c˜00N 4q06c˜00E) of the N-bound
traffic lane of Off Texel TSS (3.22).
Paragraph 3.13 1 Replace by:
1 This route is part of the direct route between North
Hinder Junction (51q57c˜00N 2q50c˜00E) (see Dover
Strait Pilot) and destinations in the N part of The
Netherlands and Germany. It connects North Hinder
North TSS (52q10c˜00N 3q03c˜00E) which extends NE
from the NE side of North Hinder Junction
Precautionary Area (see Dover Strait Pilot), and the S
end (52q44c˜00N 4q06c˜00E) of the N-bound traffic lane
of Off Texel TSS.
2 - 112
After Paragraph 3.14 Insert:
2 Crossing vessels from Off Breeveertien S-bound
recommended route and the Maas North West TSS
may be encountered in the Rijnveld Precautionary
Area (52q13c˜50N 3q23c˜00E).
3 An area to be avoided is established around
P11-B De Ruyter Platform (52q21c˜60N 3q20c˜52E).
Paragraph 3.16 1 line 2 For (52q10c˜91N 3q04c˜76E) Read
(52q10c˜45N 3q04c˜59E)
After Paragraph 3.16 2 line 3 Insert:
P11-B De Ruyter Platform (52q21c˜60N 3q20c˜52E)
Paragraph 3.17 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position in the NE-bound traffic lane of
North Hinder North TSS SE of this NHR-N Light Buoy
(safe water) (52q10c˜47N 3q04c˜59E), the route leads
51 miles NE, passing:
2 Clear of offshore oil and gas field installations,
details of which are best seen on the chart,
thence:
Through Rijnveld Precautionary Area (3.3), and:
SE of an ATBA surrounding P11-B De Ruyter
Platform (52q21c˜60N 3q20c˜52E), thence:
3 Into the S entrance of the N-bound traffic lane of
Off Texel TSS; the E side of the entrance is
marked by TX 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(52q43c˜48N 4q09c˜14E).
Paragraph 3.18 1 Replace by:
1 This route is part of the direct route between ports
of departure in the N part of The Netherlands and
Germany and North Hinder Junction (51q57c˜00N
2q50c˜00E) (see Dover Strait Pilot). It connects the
SW-bound lane (52q33c˜00N 3q25c˜00E) of Off Texel
TSS with the SW-bound lane of North Hinder North
TSS (52q10c˜00N 3q03c˜00E).
75
Paragraph 3.21 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 From a position at the SW end (52q33c˜00N
3q25c˜00E) of the S-bound lane of Off Texel TSS the
route leads SW for about 25 miles passing:
Paragraph 3.21 3 lines 3-4 For (52q10c˜91N 3q04c˜76E)
Read (52q10c˜47N 3q04c˜59E)
After Paragraph 3.21 Insert:
SOUTH-SOUTH-WEST ROUTE FROM
OFF TEXEL TSS TO RIJNVELD
PRECAUTIONARY AREA
General information
Description
3.21a
1 This route is part of the direct route between ports
of departure in the N part of The Netherlands and
Germany for vessels bound for Rotterdam via Maas
North West TSS, and for ports in the S part of The
Netherlands and Belgium via Maas Junction
Precautionary Area (see Dover Strait Pilot).

Hazards
3.21b
1 Crossing vessels from North Hinder North TSS
(3.13) and Maas North West TSS (see Dover Strait
Pilot) may be encountered in Rijnveld Precautionary
Area.
Directions
Other aids to navigation
3.21c
1 Racon:
Rijnveld Light Buoy (52q10c˜41N 3q24c˜17E).
Automatic Identification System:
P-11 B De Ruyter Platform (52q21c˜60N 3q20c˜52E).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Route
3.21d
1 From the vicinity of 52q32c˜00N 3q29c˜00E at the S
end of Off Texel TSS the route leads about 22 miles
S through Off Breeveerten S-bound recommended
route and Rijnveld Precautionary Area, passing:
E of P-11 B De Ruyter Platform (52q21c˜60N
3q20c˜52E) surrounded by an ATBA, thence:
To a position W of Rijnveld Light Buoy (safe water)
(52q10c˜41N 3q24c˜17E).
(Directions continue in Dover Strait Pilot)
Paragraph 3.22 Replace by:
1 This route connects the N-bound lane of Maas
North TSS (52q15c˜00N 3q50c˜00E) (see Dover Strait
Pilot), with the S end of Off Texel TSS at 52q44c˜00N
4q06c˜00E.
Paragraph 3.23 Replace by:
1 The route crosses IJ-Geul Approach Area in the
vicinity of 52q30c˜00N 3q55c˜00E.
Paragraph 3.26 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 52q22c˜00N 3q52c˜00E at the exit
of the N-bound lane of Maas North TSS, the track
leads N for 9 miles then NNE for 14 miles, passing:
W of IJMW1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(52q25c˜53N 3q54c˜53E), marking the entrance to
IJmuiden West Outer TSS, thence:
Through IJ-Geul Approach Area (52q30c˜00N
3q50c˜00E), thence:
2 E of IJM Light Buoy (safe water) (52q29c˜61N
3q52c˜85E), thence:
WNW of IJMN 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (52q35c˜40N
4q03c˜95E), marking IJmuiden North TSS, thence:
WNW of TX 1 Light Buoy (52q43c˜48N 4q09c˜14E),
marking the E side of the entrance to the N-bound
traffic lane of Off Texel TSS.
76
Paragraph 3.31 Replace by:
1 The following routes are described:
DW route by IJ-Geul and its Approach Area (3.38)
which is entered about 30 miles W of the entrance
to IJmuiden.
North Hinder North TSS (52q10c˜00N 3q03c˜00E) to
IJmuiden inner pilot boarding position (3.46).
2 - 113
NP55
2 Off Texel TSS (4.141) to IJmuiden inner pilot
boarding position (3.48).
Scheveningen to IJmuiden (3.49).
Paragraph 3.33 1 line 3 For 52q29c˜90N 3q49c˜96E Read
52q29c˜40N 3q47c˜30E
Paragraph 3.35 1 lines 3-6 Replace by:
In the vicinity of position 52q29c˜40N 3q47c˜30E
(3.33).
Within 5 miles radius of position 52q28c˜10N
4q14c˜00E (3.65).
After Paragraph 3.37 1 line 3 Insert:
Rijnveld Light Buoy (52q10c˜41N 3q24c˜17E).
77
Paragraph 3.42 1 Replace by:
1 IJ-Geul Approach Area. Channel-bound vessels
are advised to approach the pilot boarding position
(52q29c˜40N 3q47c˜30E) for the DW route from W and
should remain W of IJM Light Buoy (safe water)
(52q29c˜61N 3q52c˜85E) until the pilot has embarked.
Paragraph 3.43 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 IJ-Geul DW Channel. The outer section of IJ-Guel
commences 1¼ miles ENE of IJM Light Buoy (3.42).
An initial heading of 089½q leads 10½ miles E to a
position...
Paragraph 3.45 1 line 1 For An anchorage area Read No 6
Anchorage
Paragraph 3.45 1 lines 4-5 For A-NE Light Buoy (special)
(52q27c˜95N 3q48c˜62E) Read A NE Light Buoy (special)
(52q28c˜06N 3q49c˜44E)
Paragraph 3.46 Replace by:
1 From a position in the NE-bound traffic lane SE of
NHR-N Light Buoy (safe water) (52q10c˜47N 3q04c˜59E)
the route leads NE for 34 miles to IJmuiden West
Outer TSS, passing:
NW of Rijnveld Light Buoy (safe water) (52q10c˜41N
3q24c˜17E), thence:
SE of P12-SW Platform (52q24c˜39N 3q45c˜51E),
thence:
2 NW of IJMW 1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(52q25c˜53N 3q54c˜53E), marking the entrance
to IJmuiden West Outer TSS.
The route then leads E in the E-bound lane of the
TSSs to a position in the vicinity of IJM C Light Buoy
(safe water) (52q28c˜45N 4q23c˜79E).
Paragraph 3.48 Replace by:
1 From a position abeam TX-W Light Buoy (W
cardinal) (52q56c˜54N 4q00c˜92E) in the SW-bound
traffic lane the route leads initially S then SSE to the
IJmuiden North TSS, passing:
ENE of P6-B Platform (52q44c˜24N 3q48c˜22E),
thence:
WSW of Q7 Wind Farm (52q35c˜50N 4q13c˜50E),
thence:
The route then enters the S-bound lane of IJmuiden
North TSS and passes:
2 ENE of IJMN 2 Light Buoy (port hand)
(52q35c˜40N 4q03c˜95E) marking the NW limit
of the IJmuiden North TSS, thence:
 NP55
ENE of an ATBA encompassing a disused
ammunition dump, marked at its E corner by MSP
Light Buoy (special) (52q34c˜04N 4q04c˜82E).
The route then leads into the IJmuiden Junction
Precautionary Area, before leading E to follow the
E-bound lane of IJmuiden West Inner TSS to the
vicinity of IJM C Light Buoy (safe water) (52q28c˜45N
4q23c˜79E), passing:
3 N of IJMW 3 Light Buoy (52q28c˜58N 4q10c˜85E).
Centred heading above Paragraph 3.49 For Maas North
TSS to the inner pilot boarding position for Ijmuiden
Read Scheveningen to IJmuiden
Paragraph 3.50 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of Sch Light Buoy (safe water)
(52q07c˜75N 4q14c˜12E) the route leads NNE for 22
miles to the vicinity of IJM C Light Buoy (safe water)
(52q28c˜45N 4q23c˜79E), passing:
WNW of a well (52q12c˜83N 4q18c˜42E), swept depth
of 12˜5 m, marked by NAM 22 Light Buoy
(special), thence:
2 WNW of a wreck (52q25c˜49N 4q25c˜25E), swept
depth 7˜4 m, marked by Eveline Light Buoy
(W cardinal), and:
ESE of a wreck (52q26c˜82N 4q18c˜29E) with a depth
of 13˜2 m, marked by Wreck Light Buoy (W
cardinal).
79
Paragraph 3.63 1 Replace by:
1 The following anchorages are available:
No 6 (52q27c˜00N 3q46c˜50E) which has three
designated anchorage positions, A, B and C. See
3.45.
No 7 (52q26c˜50N 4q01c˜50E).
No 8 (52q31c˜50N 4q16c˜50E).
Paragraph 3.65 3 line 2 For 52q27c˜96N 4q14c˜92E
Read 52q29c˜43N 3q47c˜29E
NNE of IJM C Light Buoy (safe water) (52q28c˜45N
4q23c˜79E), thence:
Through the E part IJmuiden West Inner TSS,
marked at its E end by IJM W Light Buoy (port
hand) (52q30c˜52N 4q20c˜35E).
2 The route then leads NW and NNW through
IJmuiden North TSS, passing:
NE IJMN 1-IJMW 2 Light Buoy (E cardinal)
(52q31c˜50N 4q10c˜59E), thence:
ENE of IJMN 2 Light Buoy (port hand) (52q35c˜40N
4q03c˜95E) marking the NW limit of the IJmuiden
North TSS.
The route then leads N to the S end of the
N-bound lane of Off Texel TSS.
91
Paragraph 4.1 1 line 4 For 52q48c˜00N 4q12c˜00E Read
52q44c˜00N 4q06c˜00E.
103
Paragraph 4.129 2 Replace by:
1 These schemes are contiguous and lead offshore
along the coasts of Noord-Holland and the islands of
Texel and Vlieland, between the vicinity of 52q44c˜00N
4q06c˜00E, and VL-Center Light Buoy (53q26c˜96N
4q39c˜92E), 47 miles NNE; the closest approach to
land of the N-bound traffic lane is 7½ miles, at a
position abreast Texel (53q05c˜00N 4q48c˜00E).
104
Paragraph 4.141 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Off Texel TSS extends 52 miles NE from the
vicinity of 52q33c˜00N 3q25c˜00E to its junction with Off
Vlieland TSS at VL-S Light Buoy (53q08c˜89N
4q26c˜52E) (4.142).
International Maritime Organization
(SDD 2012000 107611) [27/13]

87 England – East Coast – East Anglia Offshore

Wind Zone — Meteorological Mast
Paragraph 3.130 2 line 2 For (52q48c˜00N 4q13c˜00E)
Read (52q44c˜00N 4q06c˜00E). 67

After Paragraph 2.29 1 line 1 Insert:

88
EA1B Meteorological Mast (52q12c˜86N 2q30c˜14E)
Paragraph 3.141 Replace by:
68
1 From IJmuiden the route to the S end of the
N-bound lane of Off Texel TSS leads through After Paragraph 2.34 1 line 9 Insert:
IJmuiden West Inner TSS and IJmuiden North TSS, a
distance of 27 miles. E of EA1B Meteorological Mast (52q12c˜86N
2q30c˜14E), thence:
89
(SDD 2013000 195305) [39/13]
Paragraph 3.143 Replace by:
Germany – Terschelling – German Bight TSS —
1 From position clear W of the entrance to IJmuiden Directions; buoyage; AIS
Harbour (52q28c˜00N 4q35c˜00E) the route leads WNW,
passing: 69
NNE of IJ 15 Light Buoy (special) (52q28c˜00N
4q27c˜82E), thence: Paragraph 2.41 1 line 10 For TG 18/Jade Read TG 2/Jade

2 - 114
 NP55
117 106

After Paragraph 4.244 2 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 4.155 1 line 2 For (53q19c˜58N 4q55c˜80E)
Read (53q18c˜28N 4q56c˜23E)
TG A Light Buoy (safe water) (53q50c˜20N
6q41c˜20E).
TG B Light Buoy (safe water) (53q53c˜10N Paragraph 4.157 1 lines 1-2 For (53q19c˜58N 4q55c˜80E)
7q00c˜70E). Read (53q18c˜28N 4q56c˜23E)
TG C Light Buoy (safe water) (53q55c˜60N
7q19c˜50E). Paragraph 4.157 1 line 6 For (53q19c˜01N 5q03c˜56E)
Read (53q19c˜05N 5q04c˜27E)
Paragraph 4.245 2 Replace by:
2 Buoyage. The S side of the ENE-going traffic lane Paragraph 4.158 1 line 1 For 1 mile SW Read 1¼ miles
is marked by light buoys (starboard hand; odd WNW
numbers, prefixed TG). The Separation Zone is
marked by light buoys (safe water; letters prefixed Paragraph 4.158 1 line 2 For (53q19c˜58N 4q55c˜80E)
TG). The N side of the WSW-going traffic lane is Read (53q18c˜28N 4q56c˜23E)
unmarked except for TG 2/Jade Light Buoy (port hand)
at the junction with Jade Approach TSS.
Netherlands Notice 384/32/13
Paragraph 4.246 1 line 3 For TG 17/Weser 1 (SDD 2013000 175404) [36/13]
Read TG 7/Weser 1
Germany – The Ems – Approach — Buoyage
Paragraph 4.247 1 line 3 For TG 19/Weser 2
Read TG 9/Weser 2 136

Paragraph 5.47 1 lines 10-13 Delete between TG 2-GW

German Notice 9/(21)50/13
Light Buoy To (53q43c˜31N 6q22c˜30E)
(SDD 2013000 049203) [12/13]

Paragraph 5.47 2 line 1 For TG 1/Ems Light Buoy Read

Ijmuiden to Schulpengat — Light buoys 53q43c˜00N 6q23c˜00E

88
Paragraph 5.49 1 line 4 For TG 2-GW Light Buoy
Paragraph 3.139 4 lines 1-3 Delete (53q51c˜54N 6q21c˜79E) Read Borkumriff Light Buoy
(safe-water) (53q47c˜46N 6q22c˜02E)
Paragraph 3.139 4 line 4 For 5 Read 6½
Chart 1635
(SDD 2013000 049203) [46/13]
Netherlands Notice 31/13
(SDD 2013000 170468) [34/13]
Germany – The Ems – Randzelgat;
Dukegat — Platform
The Netherlands – Zeegat van Texel –
Molengat — Directions; buoyage 140
95 Paragraph 5.82 2 line 7 Delete
Paragraph 4.41 1 Replace by:
145
1 From the vicinity of MG-A Buoy (special)
(53q02c˜54N 4q41c˜88E) the route, marked by buoys Paragraph 5.112 3 line 7 Delete
(special; letters prefixed MG), leads 4½ miles S and
SE through Molengat to Marsdiep passing between De
Hors (52q59c˜80N 4q44c˜00E), the low SW extremity of German Notice (21)90/38/13
Texel, and the E end of Noorderhaaks (52q58c˜20N (SDD 2013000 205842) [41/13]
4q40c˜50E) (4.26).

Netherlands Notice 16/183/13 NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1 (2012 Edition)

(SDD 2013000 086164) [19/13]

Sweden – Älgöfjorden — Restricted area

Netherlands – Approach to Zeegar van
Terschelling — Pilotage; directions 16-17
105 Paragraph 1.105 including heading Replace by:
Paragraph 4.147 2 line 2 For (53q19c˜58N 4q55c˜80E) Spare
Read (53q18c˜28N 4q56c˜23E) 1.105

2 - 115
 NP56
278 Paragraph 4.194 4 lines 4-7 Replace by:
Paragraph 9.148 including heading Replace by: The alignment (148˜6q) (astern) of these lights then
leads NW for 7 cables to a position in the vicinity of
Customs 59q03c˜84N 9q38c˜98E at the S end of Frierfjorden.
9.148
1 Vessels arriving from abroad are boarded by Norwegian Notice 06/43459/12
Customs officers at Hättan (57q55c˜80N 11q39c˜37E). (SDD 2012000 064895) [21/12]
The customs house is in Uddevalla.
Norway – Sandefjordsfjorden – Sandefjord Havn
Swedish Notice 390/7682/12 — Directions; depth; buoy
(SDD 2012000 035695) [21/12]
165

Norway – South-west coast – Paragraph 5.71 1 lines 9-12 Replace by:

Hellvik i Marrenbukta — Leading lights ...NNW, passing:
2 ENE of a 5˜7 m patch (59q06c˜12N 10q13c˜84E),
67 marked at its NE extent by a spar buoy (N
Paragraph 2.17 3 lines 2-5 Replace by: cardinal), thence:
WSW of Langestrandsbåen (59q06c˜70N
Front light (58q28c˜53N 5q51c˜35E). 10q13c˜76E) which, with a depth of 6˜6 m, extends
Rear light (109 m from front light). up to 1 cable from the E side of the fjord to a
Paragraph 2.17 4 line 1 For (013q) Read (016˜5q) position near the centre line.
Norwegian Notice 10/44009/12
Norwegian Notice 11/44106/12 (SDD 2012000 107597) [26/12]
(SDD 2012000 117171) [27/12]
Norway – Oslofjorden – Drøbaksundet —
Prohibited activities
Norway – Egersund – Søragabet — Depth
194
69
Paragraph 6.118 3 Delete
Paragraph 2.30 1 line 4 For 12˜5 m Read 11˜5 m
Norwegian Notice 06/43459/12
Norwegian Notice 8/46999/13 (SDD 2012000 064895) [21/12]
(SDD 2013000 091304) [25/13]
Norway – Drammensfjorden – Dramstadbukta —
Anchorages
Norway – Egersund – Regeviga — Anchorages
213
72
Paragraph 6.226 2 Delete
Paragraph 2.47 3 line 6 For 3˜0 m Read 2˜6 m
Norwegian Notice 18/45032/12
Norwegian Notice 12/47792/13 (SDD 2012000 197479) [42/12]
(SDD 2013000 140424) [31/13]
Sweden – Skagerrak – Brofjorden approaches —
Leading line
Norway – Kristiansand – Kongsgårdbukta —
Berths 261
118 Paragraph 9.49 1-2 Replace by:

After Paragraph 3.129 1 line 3 Insert: 1 Track. From the vicinity of 58q18c˜50N 11q13c˜00E
the track leads E for 4 miles through the fairway and
Kongsgårdbukta (58q09c˜44N 8q02c˜20E), on the W at night within the white sector (085˜5q–088˜5q) of
side of Topdalsfjorden, 7 cables WSW of the Svensholmen Light (9.45), passing (with positions
Varodden Bridges (3.120), has two berths with lengths relative to Dynabrott Light (58q17c˜80N 11q18c˜57E)
of 140 m and 160 m. For depths alongside consult the (9.43)):
harbour authorities.
Swedish Notice 462/8907/13
Norwegian Notice 09/43818/12 (SDD 2013000 201076) [40/13]
(SDD 2012000 095033) [23/12]
Sweden – Askeröfjorden – Stenungsund —
Norway – Brevikfjorden – Brevikstrømmen — Swept depth
Directions; lights 285
151 Paragraph 9.203 2 line 4 For 14 m Read 13˜6 m
Paragraph 4.194 3 lines 12-16 Replace by:
Swedish Notice 395/7724/12
...from which Omborg Leading Lights are exhibited. (SDD 2012000 060169) [21/12]

2 - 116
 NP56
Sweden – Stenungsund – Talludden — Rogaland — Traffic separation schemes
Alongside depth
12
285
After Paragraph 1.71 Insert:
Paragraph 9.203 1 line 2 For 6˜0 m Read 5˜0 m
Traffic separation schemes
Swedish Notice 450/8388/13 1.71a
(SDD 2013000 117879) [26/13] 1 A series of non IMO-adopted TSSs and a traffic
roundabout have been established in the approaches
and entrance to Skudenesfjorden, and approaches to
NP57A Norway Pilot Volume 2A (2011 Edition) Stavanger and Haugesund. The Norwegian authorities
advise that the principles for the use of these routeing
systems defined in Rule 10 of International
Norway – South-west coast — Lindesnes to Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea (1972)
Jærens Rev including Farsund and Egersund apply.
2 TSS (59q02c˜50N 5q19c˜50E) Kvitsøy W.
i TSS (59q05c˜90N 5q31c˜20E) Fjøløy W.
TSS (59q08c˜00N 5q29c˜00E) Boknafjorden.
Title page lines 5-6 Replace by:
TSS (59q03c˜60N 5q15c˜60E) Skudenesfjorden.
West coast of Norway TSS (59q06c˜40N 5q14c˜60E) Geitungen S.
Traffic Roundabout (59q05c˜00N 5q20c˜18E)
from Jærens Rev to Stadlandet Skudenesfjorden – Boknafjorden.
TSS (59q02c˜10N 5q32c˜60E) Alstein – Tungenes.
xvii TSS (59q11c˜00N 5q20c˜80E) Karmsundet S.
TSS (58q52c˜20N 5q30c˜90E) Feistein –
Book Limit diagram Replace by: Kolnesholmane.
Book Limit diagram which is printed at Annex B
115
(see page 4 - 13).
Paragraph 4.3 1 line 1 Replace by:
xviii
1 Ship’s routeing scheme. See 1.71.
Chapter Index diagram Replace by: Traffic separation scheme. See 1.71a.
Chapter Index diagram which is printed at Annex C
151
(see page 4 - 15).
Paragraph 5.5 1 Replace by:
1
1 Traffic separation scheme. See 1.71a.
Paragraph 1.1 1 line 3 For Lindesnes (57q58c˜83N Traffic regulations. For local traffic regulations
7q03c˜22E) Read Jærens Rev (58q45c˜15N 5q29c˜40E) concerning specific areas within this chapter see
Appendix III.
Paragraph 1.1 2 Replace by:
189
2 From Jærens Rev: 58q45c˜15 5q29c˜40
Paragraph 6.5 1 line 1 Replace by:
Thence WSW to the 57q37c˜00 2q06c˜00
United Kingdom/Norway 1 Ship’s routeing scheme. See 1.71.
Continental Shelf Traffic separation scheme. See 1.71a.
Boundary:
Norwegian Notices 24/45919,45859,45906,45903,45877,
45902, 45898, 45917, 45897/12
76 – 113
(SDD 2013000 261673) [43/13]
Chapter 3 and diagrams Replace by:
Norway – Færøysundet and Prestøysundet —
Anchorages
CHAPTER 3
86
Delete entire chapter.
Paragraph 3.57 and heading Replace by:
Note: The information formerly contained
in this chapter is now published as Spare
Chapter 2 of NP56 Norway Pilot Volume 1, 3.57
Fifteenth Edition (2012). Paragraph 3.58 2 Delete
Transfer of Chapter 3 from NP57A to Chapter 2 of NP56
15th Edition - May 2012 Norwegian Notice 17/38494/11
(HH. 056/200/01) [21/12] (SDD 2011000 171248) [41/11]

2 - 117
 NP57A
Norway – Farsund and approaches — 149
Anchorages
Delete (Sandnes 4.210) port plan
88 - 89
Norwegian Notice 10/35679/11 and ENC NO6D0711
Paragraph 3.66 4 lines 1-8 Delete (SDD 2011000 101160) [06/12]

Finnøyfjorden – Fjellberg — Overhead cable

Norwegian 15/37615/11
(SDD 2011000 149308) [35/11] 170
Paragraph 5.139 2 lines 1-3 Delete
Stavanger – Dusavika — Light; depths
Norwegian Notice 2/41715/12
128 (SDD 2012000 022567) [08/12]

Paragraph 4.82 1 lines 3-4 For (59q00c˜0N 5q40c˜9E) Read Rogaland – Fognafjorden — Anchorages
(58q59c˜98N 5q40c˜79E)
171

136 Paragraph 5.155 1 Replace by:

1 There is an angled concrete quay at Vervig
Paragraph 4.130 2 lines 3-5 Replace by: (59q07c˜00N 5q58c˜10E), with depths from 2˜1 to 4˜4 m
...3¾ cables W of Dusavika Light (58q59c˜98N 5q40c˜79E), alongside.
being the deepest and longest; length 188 m with depths Paragraph 5.157 1 Replace by:
from 8˜6 to 9˜8 m alongside.
1 Sørvåg (59q08c˜00N 5q56c˜30E) contains an angled
concrete quay; its S side, 24 m long, has depths from
Norwegian Notice 01/41495/12 and ENC NO5G071
(SDD 2012000 011429) [05/12] 4˜0 to 8˜9 m alongside.

Norwegian Notice 14/48239/13

(SDD 2013000 170267) [39/13]
Gandsfjorden – Sandnes — Depths

147 Rogaland – Fisterfjorden – Knarravågen —

Anchorage
Paragraph 4.193 Chart heading Replace by: 174
Paragraph 5.176 and heading Replace by:
Chart 3003
Spare
148 5.176

Paragraph 4.210 Replace by: Norwegian notice 13/48138/13

(SDD 2013000 151374) [31/13]
1 The main berthing areas are as follows:
Lurahammaren (58q52c˜64N 5q44c˜78E) with two
Rogaland – Erfjorden — Anchorage
concrete quays operated by Statoil AS; the largest
is the NE-most quay with a berthing length of 26 m 179
and depths from 11˜6 to 13˜1 m alongside.
2 Somanset public industrial quay (58q52c˜25N Paragraph 5.219 4 lines 1-4 Delete
5q44c˜80E). Consists of a main quay 265 m long with
two dolphins 50 and 100 m S of the quay. There are Norwegian notice 13/48121/13
depths from 8˜0 to 10˜0 m alongside the main quay. (SDD 2013000 151374) [31/13]
The quay and dolphins form a line giving a total
berthing length of 375 m for large vessels and other Karmsundet – Austdjupet — Light
floating structures.
3 Rappaneset (58q51c˜64N 5q44c˜85E). There are 193
three quays in the vicinity of Rappaneset; the deepest
and longest is the S-most with an E face 64 m long Paragraph 6.36 title For Austdupet Read Austdjupet
and depths from 5˜0 to 7˜8 m alongside.
4 Public quays (58q51c˜30N 5q44c˜63E) are situated on Paragraph 6.36 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:
the W side of Vågen, this berthing area consists of a ...5q21c˜7E) (6.22). Thence the track leads N, and at
pier, at its N end, and two concrete quays. The SE night in the white sector (009q-016q) of
side of the pier is 148 m long, with depths from 6˜0 to Austdjupholmane Light (metal column, 11˜5 m in
6˜8 m alongside. South of the pier the largest quay is height, floodlit) (59q16c˜30N 5q23c˜06E), passing (with
314 m long, with depths from 5˜9 to 8˜0 m alongside. positions relative to Boknahovud Light):

2 - 118
 NP57A
Paragraph 6.36 4 lines 4-8 Replace by: Bømlafjorden – Auklandshamn; Vestvikvågen —
Anchorages
...off the E side of Sauøy.
The track then continues N, passing: 219
Between Guleskjeret (1½ miles NNW) and
Austdjupholmane; the light is exhibited from the Paragraph 7.16 1 Replace by:
SW extremity of the NW islet. A light (post, 8 m in
1 Description. Auklandshamn (59q38c˜3N 5q22c˜3E) is
height, floodlit) is exhibited from Dyna, a rock
situated 1 mile ESE of Nappholmen. The bay is
1 cable NNW of Guleskjeret.
entered between Litle Bleikja, an above-water rock
Paragraph 6.36 5 line 1 Replace by: lying close SW of the S end of Storøy and
Storableikja, 1½ cables farther SW.
5 Once N of Austdjupholmane, the track continues N,
at night in the white sector (183q-186q), astern, of Paragraph 7.16 4 lines 1-3 Delete
Austdjupholmane Light, passing (with positions relative
to Boknahovud Light): 221
Between the W side of Høvring (1¾ miles N) and...
Paragraph 7.31 3 Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 20/39574/11
(SDDs 2011000 201126, 205199) [47/11] 3 The anchorage at Liereid (7.33) is approached
within the white sector (231¾q-234½q), astern, of
Førdespollen Light.
Rogaland – Fosen – Vågavågen — Anchorage
Paragraph 7.34 and heading Replace by:
194
Spare
Paragraph 6.39 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 7.34

1 Description. Vågavågen (59q16c˜80N 5q21c˜90E) lies Norwegian Notice 20/45205/12

5 cables N of Sauøy. The channel, marked... (SDD 2012000 217797) [48/12]

Norwegian Notice 12/47779/13 Hordaland – Høylandssundet – Valen —

(SDD 2013000 140424) [31/13] Anchorage

235
Rogaland – Røyksundsvik and Låvesundet —
Anchorages Paragraph 7.124 1 Replace by:
1 Valen (59q49c˜7N 5q47c˜0E), is located on the NE
194
side of Høylandssundet. A submarine pipeline is laid
Paragraph 6.41 and heading Replace by: across the harbour. Mooring rings are available. The
quay at Valen, at the entrance to Nordre Valevåg, is
only suitable for small craft.
Spare
6.41 Norwegian Notice 2/46102/13
(SDD 2013000 024916) [08/13]
196
Husnesfjorden – Laukhammarsundet — Lights
Paragraph 6.60 4 Replace by:

4 Anchorage. There is an anchorage in Vollsvåg, 239

6 cables ENE of Dragøya. Paragraph 7.136 3 lines 4-5 Replace by:

Norwegian Notice 9/47177/13 Between the N end of Huglo (1¼ miles NNW),
(SDD 2013000 102762) [30/13] marked by Seldalsneset Light (floodlit)
(59q52c˜22N 5q36c˜41E) and Laukhammarsundet
Vestre Light (floodlit) (59q52c˜57N 5q35c˜72E), and
Karmsundet – Storasundflu — Light the SW side of Skorpo. Thence:
Paragraph 7.136 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
210
4 SW of Paddeborgsneset Light (floodlit) (2 miles
Paragraph 6.140 6 Replace by: NW), thence:
NE of Store Storsøya (2¼ miles NW), with Litle
6 The track then leads to a position close SW of Storsøya close NW.
Vestre Storasundflu (7 cables NW).
Norwegian Notices 22/40176/11; 22/40194/11:
Norwegian Notice 09/43929/12 22/40214/11
(SDD 2012000095033) [23/12] (SDD 2011000 221029) [51/11]

2 - 119
 NP57A
Hordaland – Laukhammarsundet — Light Bergen – Skoltegrunnskaien — Light

239 329

Existing Section IV Notice (Week 51/11) Paragraph 7.136 3 Paragraph 9.166 1 lines 9-11 Replace by:
lines 4-5 Replace by: ...Light towards Bergen Havn.
NE of Seldalsneset (59q52c˜22N 5q36c˜41E), the NE
333
end of Huglo, marked by a light (floodlit), thence:
Between the S end of Skorpo (1¼ miles NNW), Paragraph 9.200 1 lines 1-2 Delete
marked by Laukhammarsundet Light (floodlit)
(59q52c˜57N 5q36c˜03E), and the N end of Huglo,
335
marked by Laukhammarsundet Vestre Light
(floodlit) (59q52c˜57N 5q35c˜72E). Thence: Paragraph 9.202 1 lines 2-4 Replace by:

Norwegian Notice 17/48877/13 ...the largest of which are as follows:

(SDD 2013000 200559)
Hordaland – Eidfjorden — Bridge
254
[40/13] Paragraph 9.202 1 line 5 For (close ESE) Read
(60q24c˜09N 5q18c˜70E)
Paragraph 9.202 2 line 1 For (2 cables SE) Read
(60q23c˜95N 5q19c˜00E)

Paragraph 7.238 1 Replace by: Paragraph 9.202 3 line 1 For (1½ cables SSE) Read
(60q23c˜99N 5q18c˜68E)
1 Eidfjorden is spanned by overhead cables with
vertical clearances of 60 m, and a bridge, with a
vertical clearance of 55 m, between Gangstod 336
(60q28c˜50N 6q50c˜40E) and the N side of the fjord, Diagram Bergen Plan B Replace by:
7 cables NW.
Diagram Bergen Plan B which is printed at Annex D
Norwegian Notice 17/48837/13 (see page 4 - 17).
(SDD 2013000 200559) [40/13]
Norwegian Notice 01/41494/12
(SDD 2012000 011429) [07/12]
Stokksundet – Koløyosen — Anchorage
Fedjeosen – Hernar – Hernesundet —
282 Overhead cable
Paragraph 8.102 1 lines 2-4 Replace by: 348
...inlet with Koløystø at its head, lies E of Koløy. A After Paragraph 10.48 2 line 2 Insert:
reef, on the W end of which...
Vertical clearance. An overhead cable with a
Norwegian Notice 21/40076/11 vertical clearance of 14 m spans Hernesundet S of
(SDD 2011000 211493) [49/11] Hernar village.

Norwegian Notice 23/40695/11

Lysefjorden – Eidsvågen — Anchorage (SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]

312
Hauglandsosen – Horsøy — Lights
Paragraph 9.80 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
353
1 Description. Eidsvågen...
Paragraph 10.87 4 lines 6-8 Delete
Norwegian Notice 08/43640/12
Paragraph 10.87 5 lines 1-2 Delete
(SDD 2012000 084608) [21/12]

Norwegian Notice 01/41514/12

Raunefjorden to Hjelteneset – Vatlestraumen — (SDD 2012000 011429) [06/12]
Directions; light

326 Hordaland – Byfjorden – Bakarvågen —

Anchorage
Paragraph 9.146 7 lines 6-9 Replace by:
371
NE of Revskoltgrunnen Light Buoy (port hand)
(5½ cables NW), marking the edge of the 10˜0 m Paragraph 10.203 1 lines 2-3 Delete
depth contour. Thence: ...provides good anchorage for small vessels and...

Norwegian Notice 12/44277/12 Norwegian Notice 2/46139/13

(SDD 2012000 128544) [29/12] (SDD 2013000 024916) [09/13]

2 - 120
 NP57A
Masfjorden – Duesundet — Vertical clearance Svanøya – Stavfjorden — Depth

402 493
Paragraph 10.414 1 line 7 For 21 m. Read 19 m. Paragraph 12.269 4 line 3 For 13˜0 m Read 9˜7 m

Norwegian Notice 24/41156/11

(SDD 2011000 240192) [04/12] Norwegian Notice 5/43098/12
(SDD 2012000 051194) [14/12]
Matresfjorden – Tersundet — Vertical clearance
Sogn og Fjordane – Brufjorden –
403 Ytre Flokenesvågen —Anchorage
Paragraph 10.418 2 line 3 For 87 m. Read 60 m.
493

Norwegian Notice 23/41020/11 Paragraph 12.272 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:

(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
1 Description. Ytre Flokenesvågen (61q28c˜36N
5q14c˜90E) is entered S of a light (post, 6 m in height)
Sogn og Fjordane – Brandangersundet — (61q28c˜38N 5q14c˜49E); care is needed to avoid a
Vertical clearances shoal, with a depth of 4˜3 m, lying on the NE side of
414 the cove.

Paragraph 11.62 1 lines 5-7 Replace by: Paragraph 12.272 2 lines 1-4 Delete

In the vicinity of Bjørnøyna (60q53c˜80N 5q01c˜79E) the S

part of Brandangersundet is spanned by a bridge with a Norwegian Notice 21/49397/13
vertical clearance of 18 m. (SDD 2013000 248215) [49/13]
The N part is spanned by an overhead cable with a
vertical clearance of 25 m, close N of Grotteneset
(60q56c˜1N 5q00c˜3). Skorpa – Vassøya — Depth

Norwegian Notice 15/48479/2013 521

(SDD 2013000 176674) [39/13]
Paragraph 13.33 6 line 8 For 5˜4 Read 4˜6
Brandangersundet – Slovågen — Depths
Norwegian Notice 08/35116/11
415 (SDD 2011000 082181) [06/12]
Paragraph 11.68 2 line 6 For 4˜9 to 5˜7 Read 2˜7 to 5˜5
Frøya – Oldersundet — Depth
Paragraph 11.68 2 line 9 Replace by:
...with a depth of 6˜1 m alongside. 537

Norwegian Notice 08/35014/11 After Paragraph 13.129 7 line 3 Insert:

(SDD 2011000 082181) [06/12] W of a rock (61q46c˜23N 4q54c˜03E), with a depth of
4˜2 m, thence;
Sogn og Fjordane – Risnefjorden —
Vertical clearance Norwegian Notice 09/35256/11
(SDD 2011000 103081) [06/12]
425
Paragraph 11.117 2 lines 1-3 Delete Norway – Måløy — Lights; directions

Norwegian Notice 19/49117/13 545

(SDD 2013000 224986) [44/13]
Paragraph 13.171 4 lines 9-10 Replace by:
Askrova – Valvikevågen — Light ...(004q-062½q) of Måløysundet W passage SW Light
(floodlit) (61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E) (13.270).
489
Paragraph 12.243 2 line 2 Replace by: 546

Nesodden... Paragraph 13.172 4 lines 10-11 Replace by:

Norwegian Notice 01/41517/12 ...also into the white sector (004q-062½q) of Måløysundet
(SDD 2012000 011429) [06/12] W passage SW Light (floodlit) (61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E).

2 - 121
 NP57A
561
Paragraph 13.257 1 Replace by:
1 Måløystraumen (13.254) is divided into two
passages by a small islet on which stands the central
pillar of a bridge. In the W passage, there is a least
depth of 10˜0 m; the E passage has a least depth of
12˜0 m.
Paragraph 13.267 2 Replace by:
2 Prohibited anchorage. Vessels are not allowed to
anchor in the fairway E of a line drawn between
Måløysundet W passage NW Light (floodlit)
(61q55c˜79N 5q07c˜26E) and the light exhibited from the
E point of Goteberghammaren (61q56c˜55N 5q07c˜69E).
The fairway must be open to coastal through-traffic.
Anchorage is also prohibited near the quays.
Paragraph 13.270 Heading Replace by:
Directions for east passage
Paragraph 13.270 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 61q54c˜81N 5q06c˜65E the track
leads initially NNE for 8 cables and at night within the
white sector (004q-062½q) of Måløysundet W passage
SW Light (61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E), passing:
561-562
Paragraph 13.270 2 lines 1-7 Replace by:
2 ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light
(61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E), thence:
From the vicinity of 61q55c˜57N 5q07c˜31E the track
continues NNE for 2 cables through the E passage of
Måløystraumen, the sides of which are marked by
lights (lateral), thence:
562
Paragraph 13.270 3 Replace by:
3 Under the bridge (61q55c˜75N 5q07c˜31E)
(13.259), from which lights are exhibited to
indicate the centre. Thence:
From the vicinity of 61q55c˜78N 5q07c˜47E the track
then leads N for 3 cables to the vicinity of 61q56c˜10N
5q07c˜47E, in the middle of the port of Måløy, from
which the harbour berths can be directly accessed.
Lights are exhibited from some of the corners of the
berths on the Vågsøy side of the harbour.
Paragraph 13.270 4-5 Replace by:
Directions for west passage
13.270a
1 From the vicinity of 61q56c˜10N 5q07c˜47E the track
leads SSW for 3 cables through the W passage of
Måløystraumen, the sides of which are marked by
lights (lateral), thence:
2 From the vicinity of 61q55c˜80N 5q07c˜35E the track
leads S for 2 cables under the bridge (61q55c˜75N
5q07c˜39E) (13.259), from which lights are exhibited to
indicate the centre, thence:
2 - 122
3 From the vicinity of 61q55c˜57N 5q07c˜31E the track
leads SSW for 8 cables and at night within the white
sector (004q-062½q), astern of Måløysundet W
passage SW Light (61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E), passing:
ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light
(61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E), thence:
WNW of Kariskjeret Light (61q55c˜21N 5q07c˜24E)
(13.171), thence:
4 To a position in the vicinity of 61q54c˜81N 5q06c˜65E
where the directions for Vågsfjorden (13.168) can be
reversed.
Paragraph 13.271 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
...4¼ cables N and 4½ cables NNE of Måløysundet W
passage NW Light (61q55c˜79N 5q07c˜26E), and to a
submarine...
562-563
Paragraph 13.277 1 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 61q56c˜10N 5q07c˜47E, in the
middle of the port of Måløy, the route leads generally
NNE for about 3½ miles through Ulvesundet
(61q57c˜40N 5q08c˜90E), the channel between Vågsøy
and the mainland, to a position about 2 cables NNW
of Ulvesundet Front Leading Light (61q59c˜10N
5q10c˜12E). The channel has few dangers.
563
Diagram 13.272 Replace by:
Diagram 13.272a which is printed at Annex E
(see page 4 - 19).
After diagram 13.272a Insert:
Diagram 13.272b which was printed with the
accompanying chart correcting block. (This diagram is
not included in this publication as it has been replaced
by a new diagram at Annex F (see page 4 - 21).
563-564
Paragraph 13.280 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of 61q56c˜10N 5q07c˜47E, the track
leads NNE, passing:
Clear of, depending on draught, a shoal (61q56c˜60N
5q08c˜24E) which has been dredged to a least
depth of 12 m, thence:
564
Paragraph 13.281 1 Replace by:
1 At night the track leads NE, from the N end of
Måløystraumen (13.254), passing close NW of
Havnevesnet ISPS Terminal (61q56c˜23N 5q08c˜06E)
and Trollebø Industriområde.
Norwegian Notices 14/ 37115, 37134, 37135, 37136,
37194, 37195, 37196, 37197 & 37198 /11, Norwegian
Hydrographic Office e-mail
(SDD 2011000 142009, 155970) [38/11]

Nordfjord – Bryggja — Anchorage
547
Paragraph 13.185 1 lines 8-10 Delete
Norwegian Notice 08/43633/12
(SDD 2012000084608) [22/12]
Måloy – Måloystraumen — Lights; directions
561
Paragraph 13.254 1 Replace by:
1 The port is approached from the S through
Måløystraumen (61q55c˜73N 5q07c˜36E), the stretch of
water 1¼ cables wide which lies between the E side
of Måløyna (61q55c˜73N 5q07c˜10E) and the Kulen
peninsula on the mainland; a causeway joins Måløyna
to Sæterneset (61q55c˜65N 5q06c˜69E), the SE point of
Vågsøy.
2 An islet lies in the centre of Måløystraumen,
dividing the fairway into an E and a W passage, and
a bridge (13.259 and 13.260) spans the fairway, the
central pillar of which stands on this islet. Both E and
W passages are well marked by lights and leading
lines (see diagram 13.272b).
3 From the N the port is approached and entered
through Ulvesundet (61q57c˜40N 5q08c˜90E).
Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/11 Paragraph 13.257 1
Replace by:
1 In the W passage (13.254), there is a least depth
of 10˜5 m; the E passage has a least depth of 7˜0 m.
561-562
Paragraph 13.270 and 13.270a Including all Existing
Section IV Notices Week 38/11 replace by:
Directions
(continued from 13.171 and 13.172)
East passage
13.270
1 From the vicinity of 61q54c˜81N 5q06c˜65E the track
leads NNE for 8 cables and at night initially within the
white sector (004q-062½q) of Måløysundet W passage
SW Light (61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E), passing:
WNW of Kariskjeret Light (61q55c˜21N 5q07c˜24E)
(13.171), thence:
ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light, thence:
2 To the vicinity of 61q55c˜57N 5q07c˜37E, 1¾ cables
S of the bridge (13.259 and 13.260).
Leading lights. From the vicinity of 61q55c˜57N
5q07c˜37E, the alignment of leading lights (010¾q)
leads through the centre of E passage, with light
beacons marking the edges of the channel, and under
the centre of the E span of the bridge.
Front light: Måloysundet East passage No 1
(61q55c˜738N 5q07c˜439E) „.
Rear light: Måloysundet East passage No 2
(61q55c˜748N 5q07c˜443E) ….
2 - 123
NP57A
3 Once clear of the bridge, in the vicinity of
61q55c˜78N 5q07c˜47E, the track continues N into the
centre of the port of Måløy, from where the harbour
berths can be approached directly. Lights are
exhibited from the corners of some of the berths on
the W side of the harbour.
(Directions continue for Ulvesundet at 13.280)
West passage
13.270a
1 From a position in the centre of Måløy harbour, in
the vicinity of 61q56c˜10N 5q07c˜44E, the track leads
SSW for 3 cables to the entrance to W passage.
Leading lights. The alignment of leading lights
(190q) leads through the centre of W passage, with
light beacons marking the edges of the channel, and
under the centre of the W span of the bridge (13.259
and 13.260).
2 Front light: Måloysundet West passage No 1
(61q55c˜756N 5q07c˜309E) ƒ.
Rear Light: Måloysundet West passage No 2
(61q55c˜747N 5q07c˜306E) ‚.
Once clear of the bridge, the track leads SSW for
8 cables, and at night within the white sector
(004q-062½q), astern, of Måløysundet W passage SW
Light (61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E), passing:
ESE of Måløysundet W passage SW Light
(61q55c˜66N 5q07c˜22E), thence:
3 WNW of Kariskjeret Light (61q55c˜21N 5q07c˜24E)
(13.171), thence:
To a position in the vicinity of 61q54c˜81N
5q06c˜65E.
(Directions continue for Vågsfjorden at 13.168)
Existing Section IV Notice Week 38/11 Diagram 13.272b
Replace by:
New diagram 13.272b which is printed at Annex F
(see page 4 - 21).
Norwegian Chart 490; Norwegian Notices 21/39856/11;
21/39915/11
(SDDs 2008000 006311; 2011 211403) [51/11]
Sogn og Fjordene – Måløystraumen –
Deknepollen — Anchorage
562
Paragraph 13.271 2 Delete
Norwegian Notice 11/47697/13
(SDD 2013000 130154) [28/13]
Sogn og Fjordene – Ulvesundet –
Raudeberg — Anchorage
564
Paragraph 13.286 2 lines 4-8 Replace by:
Anchorage. Vessels may obtain anchorage, with
mooring rings, off the W shore between Kapellbukta
(13.285) and the mole at Raudeberg. Care must be
taken to avoid the submarine cables laid in
Skarebukta.
 NP57A
Paragraph 13.286 3 lines 1-6 Delete Paragraphs 3.59 and 3.60, including headings, Replace
by:

Norwegian Notice 11/47700/13 Spare

(SDD 2013000 130154) [30/13] 3.59
Spare
Sildegapet – Vågsøy — Directions; depth 3.60
Paragraph 3.61, including heading, Replace by:
565
Åramsundet
Paragraph 13.290 7 line 6 For 12˜0 m Read 10˜5 m 3.61
1 From a position S of Kyrholmskjeret Light
(62q12c˜51N 5q28c˜18E) the track leads ESE through
Norwegian Notice 10/44007/12 Åramsundet, passing:
(SDD 2012000 107597) [25/12] Clear of a rock (62q12c˜36N 5q29c˜19E) with a depth
of 11˜2 m, thence:
SSW of foul ground (62q12c˜40N 5q29c˜43E) fronting
Furenes to Stadtlandet – Fureneset — Langholmane, thence:
Directions; depth 2 NNE of a rock (62q12c˜18N 5q29c˜40E) with a
depth of 5˜9 m, marked on its E side by a
571 light buoy (N cardinal), and:
SSW of Rædene (62q12c˜40N 5q29c˜80E), a foul
Paragraph 13.333 3 line 2 For 2˜0 m Read 1˜6 m area, where the W-most part is marked by an iron
perch.
The track then leads E into the open waters of
Norwegian Notice 8/43657/12 Hallefjorden.
(SDD 2012000 084608) [29/12]
(Directions continue for Hallefjorden at 3.83)
Paragraph 3.62, including heading Replace by:
NP57B Norway Pilot Volume 2B (2012 Edition) Spare
3.62
Haugsfjorden – Åramsundet — 75
Route; depths; directions
Paragraph 3.63, including heading Replace by:
74
Spare
Paragraph 3.55 4 Delete 3.63
Paragraph 3.69 1 lines 4-5 For ...Stabbane Light
(62q12c˜24N 5q29c˜78E)... Read ...Åramsund Light
Paragraph 3.57 1 Replace by:
(62q12c˜17N 5q29c˜05E)...
1 Haugsfjorden is deep, but Åramsundet has a least
depth of 11˜2 m in the fairway. Paragraph 3.70 3 lines 2-9 Replace by:
...position E of Åramsund Light (62q12c˜17N
Paragraph 3.58 2 Replace by: 5q29c˜05E) (3.58).
2 The track then leads NNE, at night through an area (Directions continue for Hallefjorden at 3.83)
covered by a white sector (211½q-344½q) of
Terneskjerflu Light (62q10c˜74N 5q24c˜03E) (3.32), 77
passing: Paragraph 3.81 1 lines 1-2 For ...Stabbane Light
NNW of a rock (62q11c˜65N 5q27c˜27E) with a depth (62q12c˜24N 5q29c˜78E)... Read ...Åramsund Light
of 7˜7 m close W of an iron perch marking (62q12c˜17N 5q29c˜05E)...
Ytstefluda, both of which are covered by a green
sector (047q-060q) of Åramsund Light (post 5 m in Paragraph 3.83 1 lines 1-2 For ...Stabbane Light
height) (62q12c˜17N 5q29c˜05E). (62q12c˜24N 5q29c˜78E)... Read ...Åramsund Light
3 The track then leads NE passing: (62q12c˜17N 5q29c˜05E)...
Clear of a rock (62q12c˜28N 5q28c˜11E) with a depth
of 11˜3 m. Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 1-2 Delete
The track then continues NE to a position S of ...at night in a white sector (293q - 313q), astern, of
Kyrholmskjeret Light (lantern) (62q12c˜51N 5q28c˜18E). Stabbane Light...
Clearing marks: Paragraph 3.83 2 lines 8-10 Delete
The alignment (053q) of the gap between the two ...which lies close within the white sector of Stabbane
Langholmane (62q12c˜60N 5q29c˜30E) islets with Light
Hollenupen 1¾ miles ENE, passes NNW of
Ytstefluda; Hollenupen has a steep drop on its NW Norwegian Notice 12/44264/12
side. (SDD 2012000 128544) [33/12]

2 - 124
 NP57B
Møre og Romsdal – Geirangerfjorden – Norway – Tresfjorden — Bridge construction
Geiranger — Anchorage
152
106-107
Paragraph 4.250 2 line 3 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.323 1 line 6-12 Replace by:
...(353q-000½q), astern, of Tresfjorden Light, noting
Anchorage may be obtained, as indicated on the the requirements of bridge construction works
chart, in depths from about 30 to 40 m, sand and (2013-2015) 1˜5 miles S of the light, passing:
clay; care is necessary to avoid submarine cables and
a submarine pipeline. Norwegian Notice 9/47341/13
(SDD 2013000 102762) [23/13]
Norwegian Notice 20/49261/13
(SDD 2013000 237889) [47/13]
Romsdalsfjorden – Leirvågen —
Anchorage; light
Norddalsfjorden - Linge – Anchorage
154
107
Paragraph 4.269 1 line 3 Delete
Paragraph 3.332, including heading, Replace by:
...where a light (lantern on post) is exhibited,...

Spare Norwegian Notice 2/46138/13

3.332 (SDD 2013000 024916) [09/13]

Norwegian Notice 12/44137/12

(SDD 2012000 128544) [33/12] Hustadvika – Stoplan — Directions; beacon

181
Lepsøyrevet – Depths; directions
Paragraph 5.36 5 lines 2-3 Replace by:
140 ...exhibited.
Paragraph 4.130 1 line 8 For buoyed Read dredged
182
Paragraph 4.131 1 Replace by: Paragraph 5.48 3 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 A channel through Lepsøyrevet has a dredged NNE of Skipsflua (3¼ cables NNW).
depth of 11 m (2012) over a width of about ½ cable.
Norwegian Notice 2/46037/13
Paragraph 4.135 1 line 8 and 9 Replace by: (SDD 2013000 024916) [09/13]
...(62q35c˜4N 6q15c˜8E), to a position about 7 cables
SW of Søre Kverna Light at the entrance to a Sveggesundet – Depths; directions
dredged channel.
188
140-141
Paragraph 5.77 1 line 4 For 4.0 m Read 2.3 m
Paragraph 4.136 1 2 and 3 Replace by:
1 From a position about 7 cables SW of Søre Kverna 189
Light (62q35c˜4N 6q14c˜7E) the track leads NE through Paragraph 5.87 1 line 10 Replace by:
a dredged channel (4.131) marked by light beacons
(lateral) to a position about 6 cables NE of Søre ...Sveggøya, noting a rock with a depth of 2.3 m
Kverna Light. close E of the light.
Thence the track continues NE, at night in a white
sector (203q-237q), astern of Søre Kverna Light to a Norwegian Notice 18/44954/12
position ENE of Hestøya (62q36c˜5N 6q15c˜1E). (SDD 2012000 197479) [46/12]
Useful mark:
Lepsøyrevet Light (62q36c˜4N 6q15c˜8E) (4.135). Langøysundet to Raudholmen — Directions
(Directions continue at 4.155) 189

141 Paragraph 5.85 4 line 5 For NW Read NE

Paragraph 4.138 2 line 4 and 5 Replace by:

UKHO [51/12]
Thence the track continues NNE to a position about
7 cables SW of Søre Kverna Light at the entrance to Grip to Slettringen — Directions; light
a dredged channel.
237
Norwegion Notice 17/44949/12 and ENC NO5E1512
(SDD 2012000 188478) [43/12] Paragraph 6.12 2 line 8-10 Delete

2 - 125
 NP57B
238 Trondheim to Stjørdalsfjorden – Directions

Paragraph 6.14 3 line 8-11 Delete 277

Paragraph 6.328 3 lines 2-7 Replace by:
...The foul ground To Skalmen.
Useful marks:
Norwegian Notice 14/48323/13 Rota light (63q26c˜00N 10q45c˜30E).
(SDD 2013000 170267) [38/13] Stjørdal Havn Light (63q27c˜90N 10q52c˜90E) at the
head of the mole.
Norwegian Notice 23/45698/12
Trondheimsleia – Slåttavika — Anchorage (SDD2012000 254364) [02/13]

261-262 Frøya – Inntian — Anchorage

Paragraph 6.192 including heading Replace by: 310

Paragraph 7.178 1 line 5 For is clear Read is encumbered
Spare by a large marine farm;
6.192
Norwegian Notice 2/41876/12
Norwegian Notice 3/41914/12 (SDD 2012000 022567) [22/12]
(SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12]
Lina — Directions; lights
324
Trondheimsleia – Slåttavika — Anchorage
Paragraph 7.282 1 line 3 For (64q02c˜8N 9q55c˜4E) Read
266 (64q02c˜93N 9q55c˜38E)

Paragraph 6.192 including heading Replace by: Paragraph 7.282 1 line 7 For (320q-333½q) Read
(325½q-334½q)

Paragraph 7.282 2 and 3 Replace by:

Norwegian Notice 3/41914/12
(SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12] 2 ENE of Bruskjæret (1¼ miles SSE).
Thence the track continues NNW in a channel
marked by iron perches and light beacons, passing:
Trondheimsleia – Nordleksa – WSW of Torsholmbåen Light (tripod, 9 m in height)
Heradsvika — Anchorage (3¾ cables SE), thence:
ENE of Linasundet Light (1 cable S), thence:
266 Under a bridge (7.280) where Lina Light is exhibited.
Thence the track continues NNW, at night in a
Paragraph 6.235 including heading Replace by: white sector (151½q-156½q), astern, of Lina Light,
passing:
3 ENE of a rock (2¼ cables NW), with a depth of
Spare 5 m, thence:
6.235 WSW of Langtaren Light (tripod), (4 cables NNW),
thence:
ENE of a rock (5½ cables NW), with a depth of 7˜7 m.
Trondheimsleia – Kongsvoll — Anchorage Thence the track continues NNW to a position in
Flesafjorden WNW of Naustskjæret (9 cables N),
Paragraph 6.237 3-5 Replace by: marked by an iron perch. Flesafjorden forms part of
Asenleia.
3 Anchorage.
At the head of Innervågen, close S of the isthmus, in (Directions for Asenleia are given at 7.228)
depths of 13 m, sand and shell; mooring rings are
available. Norwegian Notices 21/45392/12, 21/45400/12
Berths: (SDD 2012000 231194) [51/12]
Ytterhamna, concrete quay; length 16 m, depths
from 2˜8 to 4˜8 m. Hopsfjorden — Depths
Innervågen. Outside a breakwater, within which lies
336
a marina; a bunkering pontoon, length 40 m,
depths from 4˜9 to 9˜1 m. Paragraph 8.57 1 line 5 For controlling depth of 12.5 m
Read least depth 11.5 m
Norwegian Notices 3/41937/12; 3/41941/12
(SDD 2012000 032731) [22/12] Paragraph 8.58 2 line 1 For 4.0 m Read 3.0 m

Spare Norwegian Notice 06/43439/12

6.192 (SDD 2012000 064895) [22/12]

2 - 126
 NP57B
Surviksundet — Directions; light Radio navigational warnings

361 9
Paragraph 8.271 3 line 3-6 Replace by:
Paragraph 1.49 1 lines 1-8 Replace by:
...11q20c˜7E, the SW point of Elvalandet.
1 Coastal navigational warnings and meteorological
Norwegian Notice 15/48519/13 warnings and forecasts for the area covered by this volume
(SDD 2013000 176674) [38/13] are available via the international NAVTEX service from
Bodø and Vardø Coast Radio Stations. NAVAREA
warnings and METAREA warnings for
Lauvoyfjorden — Directions; light
NAVAREA/METAREA XIX are also available via the
361 international SafetyNET service. The service is currently on
trial, and is scheduled to become fully operational on 1st
Paragraph 8.276 1 line 3 Delete Light June 2011.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 3(1) and
Paragraph 8.276 1 line 7-8 Delete Where To exhibited Volume 5, and the Mariner’s Handbook for details.

Paragraph 8.277 1 line 3 Delete Light United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
(SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
Paragraph 8.277 1 line 5-6 Delete Where To exhibited
Norway, north coast —
Paragraph 8.277 3 line 1-5 Delete Barents Area ship reporting system

Paragraph 8.278 1 line 7-11 Delete 9

Existing Section IV Notice Week 16/10 paragraph 1.46 and

362
heading Replace by:
Paragraph 8.284 1 line 2-4 Delete at night To 11q19c˜4E)

Vessel traffic services

363
NOR vessel traffic service
Paragraph 8.294 1 line 2-4 Delete at night To 11q19c˜4E) 1.46
1 The area covered by this volume lies within the NOR
Norwegian Notice 15/48519/13 VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the
(SDD 2013000 176674) [38/13] Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and
ocean towages in transit outside Norwegian territorial
waters are requested to report. For details see Admiralty
Elvalandet — Directions; light List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2).
365 Barents Area ship reporting system
1.46a
Paragraph 8.309 3 line 11-15 Delete A To bridge
1 The Barents Area SRS, a mandatory ship reporting
system, in force on 1st June 2013, will apply to the area
Norwegian Notice 15/48519/13 covered by this volume, N of 67q10c˜00N. Its purpose is to
(SDD 2013000 176674) [38/13] monitor shipping movements and provide shipping with
information concerning positioning, weather forecasting,
navigational warnings and other hazards in the ship
NP58A Norway Pilot Volume 3A (2010 Edition) reporting area.
2 Participation in the reporting system is mandatory for
the following:
NOR VTS All vessels of 5000 gt and above;
All tankers;
9 All vessels carrying hazardous cargoes;
Paragraph 1.46 Replace by: Vessels towing when the length of the tow exceeds
200 m;
1 The area covered by this volume lies within the NOR 3 Any vessels not under command, restricted in their
VTS area of operation, which comprises the waters of the ability to manoeuvre or having defective
Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels over 5000 gt and navigational aids.
ocean towages in transit are requested to report. For details For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
see Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 6(2). Volume 6(2).

Kystverket Norway Norwegian Notice 08/13

(SDD 2010000 036503) [16/10] (SDD 2013000 091304) [22/13]

2 - 127
 NP58A
Kvingra – Svinstein — wreck Torgfjorden – Nordoddtaren to Blåbakflua —
Directions; lights
77
110
After Paragraph 3.55 2 line 2 Insert: Paragraph 3.287 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
NW of a wreck (1¼ cables WSW), thence: 1 From a position about 8 cables NE of Nordoddtaren
Light (65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E) the route leads initially W
Norwegian Notice 23/40994 for...
(SDD 2011000 240191) [04/12]
Paragraph 3.289 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
1 From a position about 8 cables NE of Nordoddtaren
Melsteinfjorden – Melsteinen to Nordoddtaren — Light (65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E), the track leads W in the
Directions; lights
white...
100 Paragraph 3.289 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
ENE of Hokstaren Light (2½ miles S), thence:
Paragraph 3.235 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:

...NE of Nordoddtaren Light (65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E), at the S end Norwegian Notices 23/45777/12; 24/45783/12; 24/45817/12
of Torgfjorden. (SDDs 2012000 254364; 261673) [05/13]

102 Torgværet – north-east of Tverrtaren — Depth

Paragraph 3.241 2 lines 6-7 and 3 lines 1-3 Replace by: 110
Paragraph 3.290 1 line 7 For 9˜4 m Read 8˜2 m
WNW of Jektslua Light (1¼ miles NE), with a rock close
S of it marked by an iron perch.
3 The track then leads to a position about 8 cables NE of Norwegian Notice 05/43181/12
Nordoddtaren Light (9½ cables NNE). (SDD 2012000 051194) [13/12]

Paragraph 3.244 1 lines 2-3 Replace by:

Vegafjorden – Blåbakflua to Uttorgflesa —
Directions; light
From a position about 8 cables NE of Nordoddtaren Light
(65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E), the track leads WSW... 110

Norwegian Notices 23/45777/12; 24/45803/12 Paragraph 3.290 3 lines 1-2 Replace by:
(SDDs 2012000 254364; 261673) [05/13]
3 The track then leads to a position between Knutstaren
Light (65q26c˜02N 11q54c˜69E) and...
Melsteinfjorden – Lyran to Torgfjorden — Paragraph 3.291 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Directions; light
1 From the position between Knutstaren Light (65q26c˜02N
104 11q54c˜69E) and Uttorgflesa Light the track then leads
NNE,...
Paragraph 3.260 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Norwegian Notice 03/46298/13
...the vicinity of Nordoddtaren Light (65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E), at (SDD 2013000 035244) [11/13]
the S end of Torgfjorden.

Paragraph 3.260 3 line 6 For Nordoddtaren Read Nordoddtaren Torgværet – north-east of Tverrtaren — Depth
Light
110
Paragraph 3.290 1 line 7 including existing Section IV Notice
Norwegian Notice 23/45777/12 Week 13/12 For 8˜2 m Read 12˜0 m
(SDD 2012000 254364) [05/13]
Norwegian Notice 12/48038/13
Brakdjupet to Blåbakflua — Directions; light (SDD 2013000 140424) [29/13]

107 Vegafjorden – Nordoddtaren to Blåbakflua —

Directions
Paragraph 3.278 1 line 4 Replace by:
110
...Nordoddtaren Light (65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E) to Ylvingen,
passing... Paragraph 3.289 3 lines 3-4 Delete

Norwegian Notice 23/45777/12 Norwegian Notice 15/48543/13

(SDD 2012000 254364) [05/13] (SDD 2013000 176674) [41/13]

2 - 128
 NP58A
Tørgfjorden – Nordoddtaren to Uttorgflesa — Torgfjorden – Varholman to Ylvingen —
Directions Directions; light

110 111

Paragraph 3.292 2 lines 3-5 Replace by:

Paragraph 3.287 1 line 6 Delete Light
SE of Sørodden (1 mile SW), the S point of Ylvingen.
Paragraph 3.288 1 line 4 Delete Light Norwegian Chart 55 (06/10) [05/13]

Paragraph 3.289 and existing Section IVs Replace by: Torgfjorden – Nordoddtaren to Brønnøysundet —
Directions; light
Nordoddtaren Light to Blåbakflua 112
3.289
1 From a position about 8 cables NE of Nordoddtaren Paragraph 3.307 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Light (65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E) the track leads W in the white
sector (265q-283˜5q) of Klubbholmen Light, passing (with 1 From a position about 8 cables NE of Nordoddtaren
positions relative to Sandøytaren Light (65q22c˜6N Light (65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E) the route leads NE through...
12q00c˜2E)):
Paragraph 3.310 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
S of rocks (8½ cables E) awash, marked by an iron perch,
thence: 1 From a position about 8 cables NE of Nordoddtaren
2 N of Revlingstaren (8 cables S) marked by an iron Light (65q21c˜5N 12q02c˜7E) (3.241) the track leads NE in
perch, thence: the...
S of Sandøytaren Light (tripod, 6 m in height).
Thence the track leads NNW, passing (with positions Norwegian Notice 23/45777/12
relative to Uttorgflesa (65q26c˜2N 11q56c˜7E)): (SDD 2012000 254364) [05/13]
ENE of Mortenstaren (4¼ miles SSE), thence:
3 WSW of Bjørnholman (3¼ miles SSE), thence:
WSW of a patch (3 miles SSE) of drying ground on which Ylvingsfjorden – Ylvingen — Directions; Sørodden
lie some above-water rocks, thence:
WSW of a unmarked rock (2¼ miles SSE), with a depth 131-132
of 6˜7 m, and:
ENE of Hokstaren Light (2½ miles S), thence: Paragraph 4.33 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
4 WSW of Fleina Light (post on base, 6 m in height)
(2¼ miles SSE). 2 WSW of a rocky patch (3¼ miles SE), with a depth
The track then leads to a position about 3 cables NE of of 5˜0 m, lying 3 cables WSW of Sørodden,
Blåbakflua Light (column, 12 m in height) (2 miles SSE). thence:
Useful mark:
Paragraph 4.34 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Lislfleina Beacon (black tower) (65q24c˜1N 11q57c˜0E).
(Directions continue for the route through Toftsundet 2 WNW of a rocky patch (3¼ miles SE), with a depth
and Kattøysundet at 3.299) of 5˜0 m, lying 3 cables WSW of Sørodden,
thence:
Paragraph 3.290 1 line 4 Delete Light
Paragraph 4.37 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:

Paragraph 3.290 2 lines 6-7 Replace by: ...a rocky patch marked by an iron perch, with a depth of 1˜0 m,
2¼ cables W, leads along the SW side of Ylvingen.
...Uttorgværet.
Norwegian Chart 55 (06/10) [05/13]
Existing Section IV Notice Week 11/13 Paragraph 3.290 3 lines
1-2 and Paragraph 3.290 3 line 3 Replace by:
Vevelstadsundet – Snertholmen — Directions
3 The track then leads to a position between Knutstaren
Light (65q26c˜0N 11q54c˜70E) and Uttorgflesa. 139

Existing Section IV Notice Week 11/13 Paragraph 3.291 1 lines Paragraph 4.79 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
1-2 Replace by:
...Snertholmen Light, where the track leads W of Snertholmen.
1 From the position between Knutstaren Light (65q26c˜0N
Paragraph 4.81 including heading Replace by:
11q54c˜7E) and Uttorgflesa the track then leads NNE,...

Paragraph 3.291 1 line 5 Delete Light Spare

4.81

Norwegian Notices 20/49227/13; 20/49237 Norwegian Notice 15/48243/13

(SDD 2013000 237889) [47/13] (SDD 2013000 176674) [35/13]

2 - 129
 NP58A
Ranfjorden – Finneidfjorden, Forneset and Stigfjorden – Innerkvarøya Harbour — Anchorage
Skjånes — Anchorages
217
184
Paragraph 4.405 4 lines 1-2 Replace by: Paragraph 5.83 3 lines 1-3 Delete

4 Anchorage may be obtained S of Kalabukta (66q12c˜54N

13q46c˜74E) and at the head of the fjord, WSW of Neset Norwegian Notice 20/39336/11
(66q11c˜80N 13q46c˜98E), in depths from 30 to 45 m, as (SDD 2011000 200655) [47/11]
shown on the chart. Care is needed to avoid the submarine
cable laid across the fjord from Granmoen and another
Norway, west coast – Melfjorden – Nordfjorden —
submarine cable laid along the E side of the fjord in the Vertical clearance
vicinity of Neset.
Paragraph 4.407 1 lines 4-5 Delete 222

Paragraph 5.109 2 line 5 For 48 m Read 40 m

Paragraph 4.408 and heading Replace by:

Spare Norwegian Notice 11/47760/13

4.408 (SDD 2013000 130154) [27/13]

Norwegian Notice 13/44438/12

(SDD 2012000 139130) [32/12] Meløyfjorden – Kjerkholmen — Light

Lovundvika – Lovund — anchorages 235

193 Paragraph 5.181 3 line 7 Replace by:

...from which a light is exhibited, lying W of
Paragraph 4.474 7 lines 3-5 Delete Laksbuneset, thence:

Paragraph 4.474 8 lines 1-5 Delete Norwegian Notice 06/26709/10

(SDD 2010000063005) [50/10]
Norwegian Notice 17/38354/11
(SDD 2011000 171248) [40/11]
Meløyvær – Kubakkflua — Light

Tomma – Finnvika — anchorage 238

194-195 Paragraph 5.211 2 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.484 including headings Replace by: 2 W of Kubakkflua (2 miles SSE), marked by an iron
perch and from which a light (S cardinal) is
exhibited. Kubakkflua is the SW-most danger of
Spare several lying off...
4.484

Norwegian Notice 17/38380/11 Norwegian Notice 20/31296/10

(SDD 2011000 171248 ) [40/11] (SDD 2010000189949) [50/10]

Nesøya – Jovika — Directions; leading lights Gåsværfjorden – Meløyvær — Directions

210
238
Paragraph 5.40 2 line 1 to 3 line 7 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.211 4 lines 7-8 Replace by:
2 Directions. From a position about 3 cables S of Lille
Svenningen Light (66q34c˜2N 12q35c˜7E), the track leads ...patch (2 cables SE) with a depth of 13˜0 m.
ENE into Jovika, passing (with positions relative to Lille
Svenningen Light): Paragraph 5.211 5 lines 5-6 Replace by:
SSE of a rock (2 cables SE) with a depth of 4˜0 m, thence: NW of a rocky patch (4¾ cables ENE) with a depth of
3 SSE of a rock (2½ cables ESE) with a depth of 11˜0 m, thence:
4˜9 m, thence:
Between the shore of Nesøya, to the S, marked by Paragraph 5.211 6 lines 6-7 Replace by:
Jovikgrunnen Light (floodlit) (3¾ cables ESE), and a
line of rocks and drying patches (2¾ cables E to SE of a patch (1¼ miles NE) with a depth of 13˜5 m,
6¼ cables ENE), to the N, marked by lights and iron thence:
perches.
Norwegian Notices 20/49201/13; 20/49200; 20/49222;
Norwegian Notice 8/27235/10 20/49224/13
(SDD 2010000 070894) [21/10] (SDD 2013000 237889) [47/13]

2 - 130
 NP58A
Eiet and Mesøyfjorden — Lights 328

240 Paragraph 9.35 1 Replace by:

Paragraph 5.224 3 lines 1-6 Replace by: Principal mark

3 E of a point (1¼ miles N) on the E side of Mesøya, 9.35
fronted by a rock awash. Raudsetodden Light is 1 Major light:
exhibited from the rock and there are depths of Tranøy Light (68q11c˜N 15q35c˜9E) (6.13).
10 m, 1 cable SE and 2 cables NNE of the point.
And: 330
W of Skjåholmen (1½ miles NNE), an islet lying close off Paragraph 9.46 2 lines 1-2 Delete
the mainland coast, from the W side of which a light is
exhibited. A rock with a depth of 3˜7 m, fronts the NW Paragraph 9.47 3 line 7 For (160q-174q) Read (160½q5-174q)
side of Skjåholmen. Thence:
344
Norwegian Notices 21/31294/10, 20/30779/10
(SDD 2010000189948 and 2010000179949) [50/10] Paragraph 9.130 2 lines 3-4 Delete

Paragraph 5.225 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: Paragraph 9.132 2 lines 2-3 Replace by:
2 SE of Grytøya (1½ miles NE) and Risøya (2 miles ...of Barøya Light (9.12), the track continues to lead ENE within
NE). A light is exhibited from the E point of the white sector (241½q-248½q), astern, of Barøya Light...
Risøya. Thence: Norwegian Notice 23/32334/10
Norwegian Notice 20/30779/10 (SDD 2010000214711) [04/11]
(SDD 2010000179948) [50/10]
Kanstadfjorden – Straumen — Vertical clearance
Saltfjorden – South-west of Bodø — Pilotage 328
249 Paragraph 9.33 1 line 2 For 10 m Read 5 m
Paragraph 7.3 1 lines 5-6 For 67q13c˜5N 13q46c˜2E Read
67q13c˜57N 13q46c˜11E Norwegian Notice 05/43137/12
After Paragraph 7.3 2 line 2 Insert: (SDD 2012000 051194) [13/12]
There is also an inner boarding position for Bodø in the
vicinity of 67q13c˜90N 14q07c˜20E, 3 miles SW of
Kanstadfjorden – Neshamn — Anchorage
Svartoksen Light.
329
Norwegian Notice 5/46638/13
(SDD 2013000 060048) [15/13] Paragraph 9.42 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
1 Description. Neshamn (68q24c˜0N 15q52c˜3E), a small
Bodø approaches – Nyholmsundet — cove, is situated on the E side of the S part of
Controlling depths Kanstadfjorden. A submarine cable lands on its E shore,
279 making the cove unsuitable as an anchorage.

Paragraph 7.200 1 line 1 Replace by: Norwegian Notice 21/45407/12

(SDD 2012000 231194) [50/12]
1 Entrance channel depths are as follows:
Paragraph 7.200 2 lines 1-2 Replace by: Tysfjorden – Skrovkjosen –
Skarberget — Buoyage
2 Hjartøysundet (67q17c˜5N 14q20c˜4E). There are
depths of more than 20˜0 m in this channel. 334
Nyholmsundet. Least charted depth of 16˜5 m, 2 cables
Paragraph 9.64 2 lines 4-8 Replace by:
NNE of Nyholmen Light (67q17c˜2N 14q21c˜9E).
ESE of Skarberget Indre Light (starboard hand, floodlit)
Norwegian Notice 21/45439/12 (½ cable N).
(SDD 2012000 231194) [50/12]
Norwegian Notice 22/31918/10
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
Ofotfjorden – Barøya — Barøya Light

325 Tysfjorden – Haukøygrunnen and Storlysbotn —

Buoyage
Paragraph 9.11 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
336
1 Major light:
Tranøy Light (68q11c˜N 15q35c˜9E) (6.13). Paragraph 9.73 1 Replace by:
Paragraph 9.12 4 line 6 Replace by: General remarks. There are no specific directions for
Haukøyfjorden, the chart being sufficient guide. However,
...Barøya Light (white round metal tower, red top, 7 m in height)
attention is drawn to Haukøygrunnen (68q10c˜3N
(3 miles E).
16q15c˜7E), consisting of a group of dangerous below-water
Paragraph 9.12 5 line 3 For (046q-056q) Read (046½q-055½q) rocks lying in the middle of the entrance to the fjord.

2 - 131
 NP58A
Paragraph 9.79 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Storlysbotn (5½ cables W), which is unmarked.
Norwegian Notice 22/31918/10
(SDD 2010000 199675) [51/10]
Ofotfjorden – Bogen — Directions; light
349
Paragraph 9.162 4 lines 4-5 Delete
Paragraph 9.163 4 lines 1-4 Replace by:
4 The track then leads NW, passing (with positions
relative to Østervik Light):
Norwegian Notice 6/26909/10
(SDD 2010000 059101) [18/10]
Ofotfjorden – Ballangen — Directions
350
Paragraph 9.169 5-8 Replace by:
5 Thence the track leads SW through Ballangsfjorden,
passing (with positions relative to Kårholmen Light):
NW of a rock (1 mile ESE) with a depth of 8˜3 m, thence:
NW of Arnesgrunnen (1 mile SE), marked by an iron
perch, thence:
6 SE of Steingrunnen (5½ cables SSW), marked by a
buoy (starboard hand); a rock with a depth of
5˜8 m, lies 1½ cables S of the buoy. And:
NW of Hattholmgrunnen (9 cables S), consisting of
several dangerous below-water rocks, thence:
NW of Fornesskjeran (1˜2 miles SSW), marked by an iron
perch, thence:
7 NW of a quay at Fornes (1˜4 miles SSW) (9.171),
thence:
SE of a rock (1˜6 miles SSW) with a depth of 8˜0 m,
thence:
NW of a rock (1˜9 miles SSW) with a depth of 4˜0 m.
The track then leads directly to the anchorage and berth
at Ballangen (9.172).
Norwegian Notice 24/32818/10
(SDD 2010000 218916) [04/11]
Sørlandsvågen – Røssnesvågen —
Lights; Directions
367
Paragraph 10.57 2 line 1 Delete
368
Paragraph 10.62 4 lines 3-10 Replace by:
ESE of the entrances to Sørlandsvågen (67q39c˜4N
12q42c˜6E) (3 miles SSW) (10.67) and Røssnesvågen,
which are marked by several lights, thence:
369
Paragraph 10.71 5 lines 3-6 Replace by:
W of a reef, marked by an iron perch, fringing the W side
of the head of Værøy Molo (67q39c˜0N 12q43c˜2N)
(1¾ miles N).
2 - 132
370
Paragraph 10.72 Replace by:
1 Røssnesvågen. Værøy Molo Leading Lights:
Front light (post, floodlit) (67q39c˜0N 12q43c˜2E).
Rear light (post) (¼ cable NW).
From a position about 5 cables SE of Værøy Molo Front
Light the track initially leads NW on the alignment
(320¼q) of these lights, passing (with positions relative to
Ytre Seiklakken Light (67q38c˜8N 12q43c˜3E)):
Close NE of a patch (67q38c˜9N 12q43c˜4E) (¾ cable ENE),
with a depth of 4˜9 m, thence:
SW of a rock (67q38c˜9N 12q43c˜5E) (1½ cables NE),
with a depth of 3˜7 m, marked by an iron perch, thence:
NE of a rock (67q38c˜9N 12q43c˜3N) (½ cable NNE), with
a depth of 3˜2 m, thence:
NE of an above-water rock (67q38c˜9N 12q43c˜2E) (¾ cable N)
surrounded by drying ground, thence:
SW of Røstnesvågen S Light (floodlit) (67q39c˜0N
12q43c˜4E) (1½ cables NNE); a rock, with a depth of
1˜9 m, lies close NW of the light.
4 The track then leads NNW, passing close ENE of the
head of the mole from which Værøy Molo Leading Lights
(67q39c˜0N 12q43c˜2N) are exhibited, and thence through a
channel, marked on both sides by lights and iron perches,
into Røstnesvågen.
371
Port plan for Sørlandsvågen (10.73) Replace by:
New port plan at Annex G (see page 4 - 23)
Norwegian Notices 3/26326/10; 3/26329/10; 6/26855/10;
6/26893/10; 6/26895/10
(SDDs 2010000 025063; 026160; 059101) [19/10]
Lofoten – South-east coast of Moskenesøya –
Å — Anchorage
379
Paragraph 11.18 lines 1-5 Delete
Norwegian Notices 2/33274/11
(SDD 2011000019417) [08/11]
Lofoten south-east side – Sørvagen — Anchorage
380
Paragraph 11.26 1 lines 1-7 Replace by:
1 Anchorage. Vessels may anchor in the harbour of
Moskenes in depths of about 10 m, sand. Mooring rings are
available.
Norwegian Notice 20/31154/10
(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
Vestvågøya – Stamsund – W entrance —
Controlling depth
399
Paragraph 11.123 1 line 4 For 3 m Read 9˜0 m

402
Port plan for Stamsund (11.131) Replace by new port plan
accompanying chart blocks at end of Section II. Annex H
(see page 4 - 25).
Norwegian Notice 2/46077/13
(SDD 2013000 024916) [21/13]
Stamsund – Rokkvika — Directions; leading lights
400-401
Paragraph 11.129 Replace by:
11.129
1 Rokkivika (continued from 11.127). From the position
SSW of Skarvsteinan (68q06c˜89N 13q50c˜98E) the track
leads WNW for a short distance, passing SSW of Søre
Joøyskjersnaget (68q06c˜81N 13q50c˜11E), a rock with a
depth of 0˜9 m, marked by an iron perch, lying off the SW
side of Joøyskjæran, to the beginning of the alignment of
Rokkvika Leading Lights:
2 Front light (68q07c˜42N 13q50c˜11E) exhibited from
the head of Rokkivika.
Rear light (68q07c˜38N 13q50c˜09E).
Thence the track leads N on the alignment (006˜6q) of
these lights, passing:
W of Søre Joøyskjersnaget (68q06c˜81N 13q50c˜11E),
thence:
3 W of Joøyskjæran (68q06c˜85N 13q50c˜22E), from the
S part of which Østre Joøyskjeret Light (white
lantern on cairn) (68q06c˜84N 13q50c˜22E) is
exhibited, and:
E of Vestre Joøyskjeret (68q06c˜90N 13q49c˜70E), on
which stands a beacon (black tower, white band),
thence:
4 E of an above-water rock from which a light
(floodlit) (68q06c˜98N 13q49c˜82E) is exhibited,
thence:
E of a drying rock, from which Stamsund Havn Light
(post, 6 m in height) (68q07c˜01N 13q49c˜80E) is
exhibited, thence:
W of Stamsund Mole (68q07c˜03N 13q50c˜16E) from
which a light (floodlit) is exhibited.
5 Thence course may be shaped to approach the district
boat quay (11.131) on the W side of Stamneset
(68q07c˜24N 13q50c˜49E), or the W entrance to the inner
harbour, S of Stamneset.
Useful marks:
Drangelholmen Light (68q06c˜92N 13q49c˜21E).
Joøyskjæran Vestre Light (68q06c˜91N 13q49c˜63E).
6 Joøy Vestre Light (68q07c˜10N 13q50c˜42E).
Tankholmen Vestre Light (68q07c˜16N 13q50c˜45E).
Norwegian Notices 21/39696; 39677; 39714; 39740; 39754;
39774/11; 03/42574/12
(SDD 2011000 211493; 2012000 032731) [11/12]
Lofoten – South coast of Vestvågøya – Stamsund —
Anchorage
401
Paragraph 11.131 1 lines 5-7 Delete
Norwegian Notices 2/33314/11
(SDD 20110000 019417) [08/11]
2 - 133
NP58A
Stamsund – Rokkvika — Directions
401
Existing Section IV Notice Week 11/12 Paragraph 11.129 4 lines
4-6 Replace by:
E of a drying rock (68q07c˜01N 13q49c˜80E), marked by
an iron perch, thence:
Norwegian Notice 19/49165/13
(SDD2013000 224986) [44/13]
North side of Vestfjorden – Svolvær — Directions
422
Paragraph 12.80 1 line 3 Including existing Section IV Notice
Week 18/10 For Osan Light Read Kleppfiskholmen Light
424
Paragraph 12.96 3 line 4 to 6 line 6 Including existing Section IV
Notice Week 18/10 Replace by:
3 The track then leads generally N, and at night within the
white sector (008q-013q) of Kleppfiskholmen Light
(68q13c˜6N 14q32c˜6E), passing (with positions relative to
Stretarneset Light (68q13c˜2N 14q32c˜3E)):
E of the point from which Stretarneset Light is exhibited,
thence:
4 W of Stretarholmen (68q13c˜2N 14q32c˜6E) (¾ cable
ENE), from the W side of which a light (metal
column, floodlit) is exhibited, thence:
Between the mainland shore and Nedre Steinvikholmen
(68q13c˜3N 14q32c˜6E) (1½ cables NE), thence:
5 W of Øvre Steinvikholmen Light (68q13c˜48N
14q32c˜69E) (2˜9 cables NNE) exhibited from a
small islet, thence:
W of Salttønna (68q13c˜5N 14q32c˜7E) (3 cables NNE),
thence:
E of Kleppfiskholmen Light (68q13c˜6N 14q32c˜6E)
(3½ cables NNE) (3¾ cables NNE).
6 The track then leads into Osanpollen, passing W of
Osan Havn Light (68q13c˜70N 14q32c˜89E) (5 cables NNE),
marking a rock. Attention is drawn to a sunken wreck
(68q13c˜9N 14q32c˜5E) (7 cables N) lying on the NW side
of Osanpollen, with a depth of 1˜0 m, which is marked by
a buoy (S cardinal).
Norwegian Notices 19/30494/10; 19/30496/10; 19/30487/10;
19/30636/10
(SDDs 2010000 171528) [45/10]
North side of Vestfjorden –
Svolvær — Directions
424
Paragraph 12.96 1 line 3 to 3 line 3 Replace by:
...SW of Rødholmskallen (68q12c˜8N 14q33c˜1E), which is
covered by the red sector (319q-341q) of Stretarneset Light
(68q13c˜2N 14q32c˜3E). Thence the track leads NNW, passing
(with positions relative to Stretarneset Light):
ENE of Tennholman (68q12c˜9N 14q32c˜0E) (3 cables
SSW), and:
2 WSW of an islet (68q13c˜1N 14q32c˜8E) (2¾ cables
SE), lying off the W side of Rødholman, from
which Rødholmen Light (12.60) is exhibited,
thence:
 NP58A
ENE of a rock (68q13c˜1N 14q32c˜2E) (1½ cables SSW), NP58B Norway Pilot Volume 3B (1984 Edition) —
with a depth of 9˜3 m, lying close off the S side of Supplement 9-2004
Stretarneset.

Norwegian Notice 20/31099/10 Norway, north coast — Barents SRS

(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10]
9

North side of Vestfjorden – Molldøra – Kjepsøyhamn Paragraph 1.47 and heading Replace by:
and Litlmolla — anchorages

429 Vessel traffic services

Paragraph 12.131 including heading Replace by: NOR vessel traffic service
1.47
Spare 1 The area covered by this volume lies within the
12.131 NOR VTS area of operation, which comprises the
waters of the Norwegian EEZ. All tankers, vessels
Paragraph 12.132 including heading Replace by:
over 5000 gt and ocean towages in transit outside
Spare Norwegian territorial waters are requested to report.
12.132 For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Volume 6(2).
Norwegian Notice 3/33376/11
Barents Area ship reporting system
(SDD 2011000 029653) [10/11]
1.47a
1 The Barents Area SRS, a mandatory ship reporting
Lofoten west side – Ramberg — Anchorage system, in force on 1st June 2013, will apply to the
area covered by this volume. Its purpose is to monitor
447 shipping movements and provide shipping with
information concerning positioning, weather
Paragraph 13.32 5 lines 1-5 Delete
forecasting, navigational warnings and other hazards
in the ship reporting area.
Norwegian Notice 20/31100/10 2 Participation in the reporting system is mandatory
(SDD 2010000 179948) [47/10] for the following:
All vessels of 5000 gt and above;
Vesterålen – Langøya Northwestwards — Jennegga All tankers;
All vessels carrying hazardous cargoes;
492 Vessels towing when the length of the tow exceeds
Paragraph 14.175 and heading Replace by: 200 m;
3 Any vessels not under command, restricted in
Spare their ability to manoeuvre or having defective
14.175 navigational aids.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
Norwegian Notice 2/26132/10 Volume 6(2).
(SDD 2010000 017977) [16/10]
Norwegian Notice 08/13
(SDD 2013000 091304) [22/13]
Andøya – Nordmela — Depth; Directions

506 Finnsnesrenna – Gisundet — Directions

Paragraph 14.255 2 lines 1-3 Replace by: 156

2 Controlling depth. There is a least charted depth of Paragraph 5.162 4 lines 4-5 Replace by:
5˜0 m in the entrance to the harbour, ¾ cable SSE of E of a rock (69q14c˜08N 17q58c˜04E), with a depth of
Nordmela Mole Head Light (69q08c˜6N 15q40c˜5E). 5˜5 m, thence:
Paragraph 14.255 7 lines 5-6 Delete
157
507 Paragraph 5.162 7 lines 1-5 Replace by:

Paragraph 14.255 9 lines 1-2 Replace by: 7 E of a rock (69q14c˜19N 17q58c˜04E), with a
depth of 6˜4 m, thence:
9 N of Leisteinen Light (iron pole) (69q08c˜6N W of a patch (69q14c˜31N 17q58c˜15E), with a depth
15q39c˜9E) (3 cables NNW), thence: of 5˜0 m, thence:

Norwegian Notices 24/1190/09; 4/26414/10 Norwegian Notice 20/49223/13

(SDDs 2010000 000150; 034428) [16/10] (SDD 2013000 237889) [47/13]

2 - 134
 NP58B
Norway, north coast – Fugløysundet – Årviksand 59
— Entrance depth
Paragraph 2.24 including heading Replace by:
242
Spare
Paragraph 8.57 1 line 5 For 5˜4 m Read 4˜8 m 2.24

Canadian Eastern Notice 607/06/12

Norwegian Notice 11/47777/13 (SDD 2012000 128379) [29/12]
(SDD 2013000 130154) [27/13]

Larrys River — Light

Norway – Laksefjorden – Bekkarfjorden —
Lilleskjeret light 67
Paragraph 3.50 1 lines 4-6 Replace by:
368
...and covers at HW, and by Ram Island. The small
Paragraph 11.134 1 lines 6-8 Replace by: settlement of Larrys...

...track leads ESE, passing: Canadian Eastern Notice 4233/04/09

(SDD 2009000 031547) [44/09]
Paragraph 11.134 2 lines 3-5 Replace by:

SSW of Lilleskjeret, an islet. An unmarked rocky Isaacs Harbour — Directions; light

patch, with a depth of 7˜0 m, lies 2 cables farther
E. Thence: 70
Paragraph 11.134 3 lines 2-3 Replace by: Paragraph 3.70 1 lines 1-5 Replace by:

1 From a position abeam Country Harbour Head, the track

...the fjord.
leads NNW to the harbour entrance passing, (positioned
from Bear Trap Head (45q10cN 61q40cW)):
Norwegian Notice 14/48240/2013
(SDD 2013000 170267) [34/13]
Paragraph 3.70 3 line 9 Delete

Canadian Eastern Notice 4227/04/09

Elvenesfjorden – South of Kirkenes —
Controlling depth; wreck (SDD 2009000 031546) [44/09]

413 Sambro Harbour — Directions to Anchorage Area;

buoyage
Paragraph 12.204 1 line 3 For 2˜7 m Read 2˜5 m
93

414 Paragraph 4.23 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:

2 WSW of Pennel Shoal (8 cables S), the most S
Paragraph 12.206 2 line 4 Replace by: danger on the bank surrounding Sambro Island.
...(69q43c˜18N 30q06c˜06E), passing: HS2 Light Buoy (starboard hand) is moored
SW of a wreck (69q43c˜74N 30q06c˜62E), with a depth 2 cables SSW. Thence:
of 5˜1 m, and: WSW of Shag Rock (4 cables SW), marked 2¾ cables
NE of the E side of Prestøya. SSW by HS2/2 Light Buoy (starboard hand), thence:

Norwegian Notice 22/49500/2013 94

(SDD 2013000 258916) [51/13]
Paragraph 4.23 3 lines 1-5 Replace by:
3 WSW of rocky patches (6 cables WSW) and
(9 cables WNW), marked respectively by HS4 and
NP59 Nova Scotia and Bay of Fundy Pilot HS4/2 Light Buoys (starboard hand). Thence:
(2008 Edition)
Paragraph 4.23 4 lines 1-3 Replace by:
4 ENE of Fairweather Rock (1¾ miles WNW) and a
Canada – Sable Island — Directions; light bank extending 1½ cables SSE from the rock.
HSE Light Buoy (E cardinal) is moored 2 cables
58 SE of Fairweather Rock. And:

Paragraph 2.19 1 line 3 For East End Light Read East End Light Canadian Eastern Notice 4385/11/2011
tower (SDD 2011000 216118) [50/11]

2 - 135
 NP59
Saint John Harbour and approaches –
Limiting conditions — Deepest and
longest berths
173
Paragraph 8.32 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Tankers. Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal (8.62);
Canaport LNG facility (8.62a).
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches -
Arrival information — Anchorages
174
Paragraph 8.41 Replace by:
1 Designated anchorage areas A, B and D are established
within the port limits in the approach to the harbour, as
shown on the chart.
Anchorage A, in the SW approaches, centred on
45q12c˜5N 66q04c˜7W.
Anchorage B, adjoining the S boundary of A, centred on
45q10c˜0N 66q07c˜0W. An obstruction has been
reported (1997) in approximate position 45q10c˜5N
66q05c˜6W.
Anchorage D, centred on 45q09c˜1N 66q01c˜7W.
2 Pilotage is compulsory in Anchorage A, and in the N
parts of Anchorages B and D.
Ships at anchor should remain in a state of readiness to
proceed or manoeuvre at short notice and maintain
continuous listening watch on VHF Radio.
Caution. Herring purse seine fishing is carried out in
area A between 1st November and 1st of April annually;
care is necessary to avoid fouling nets.
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches -
Arrival information — Pilots and tugs
174
Paragraph 8.43 1 line 5 Replace by:
...chart. A pilot boarding position for tankers and LNG
carriers is located on a line bearing 295q from position
45q08c˜80N 66q03c˜65W to position 45q09c˜50N
66q05c˜80W. The pilot vessel (black hull with white band
and...
Atlantic Pilotage Authority
(SDD 2009000 000375) [44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Harbour —
Canaport LNG facility
174
Paragraph 8.48 3 lines 3-5 Replace by:
Canaport LNG jetty is located 6 cables NNE of
Canaport Deep Water Oil Terminal SBM. For details see
8.62a.
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
2 - 136
177
Paragraph 8.55 2 line 3 Replace by:
...conspicuous white oil and LNG storage tanks is...
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Saint John Harbour and approaches - Berths —
Canaport LNG facility
180
After Paragraph 8.62 Add:
Canaport LNG facility
8.62a
1 Canaport LNG facility is located at the end of a trestle
which extends 300 m from the shore 2 cables ENE of
Mispec Point. The facility consists of an unloading
platform with four mooring dolphins on each side. Three
conspicuous LNG tanks have been constructed to the NE of
the unloading platform. A flare tower is situated adjacent to
the E most tank, close to the shoreline.
2 The unloading platform and dolphins, linked by
catwalks, is 425 m in length overall. The unloading
platform itself has a length of 65 m, with a depth alongside
of 29 m. The mooring dolphins adjacent to the platform are
in line with it, giving an effective berth length of 115 m.
Lights (round masts 7˜5 m in height) are exhibited from
these and the outermost dolphins. Lesser depths of between
23˜8 and 25˜6 m are reported to be in the vicinity of the
mooring dolphins.
3 Sector lights have been established on Mispec Point,
Connoly Head and in the vicinity of Cape Spencer for the
sole purpose of aiding pilotage to and from the facility.
They are operated when needed for berthing and
unberthing.
Adverse weather may cause vessels to be required to
leave the berth and go to anchor.
3 Sector lights have been established on Mispec Point,
Connoly Head and in the vicinity of Cape Spencer for the
sole purpose of aiding pilotage to and from the facility.
They are operated when needed for berthing and
unberthing.
Adverse weather may cause vessels to be required to
leave the berth and go to anchor.
Canadian Eastern Notice 06/09
(SDD 2009000 047015) [44/09]
Bay of Fundy – Hantsport – Directions —
Leading lights; light
226
Paragraph 9.53 1 lines 3-4 Delete
Paragraph 9.54 1 lines 1-9 Replace by:
1 From the vicinity of the anchorage, the track leads
generally S to the mouth of the Avon River, passing
(positioned from Horton Bluff (45q06cN 64q13cW)):
Paragraph 9.54 4 lines 1-4 Replace by:
4 Useful mark (positioned from Horton Bluff):
Canadian Eastern Notices 4010; 4140/08/13
(SDD 2013000 190263) [39/13]
 NP59
Cape Spencer to Martin Head — Nouvelle-Calédonie – Passe du Duroc —
Directions; buoy Directions; light beacons

229 104

Paragraph 9.77 4 line 4 For Q Read KW Paragraph 3.85 Charts Add:

Canadian Eastern Notice 4010/08/2010 French Chart 6554

(SDD 2010000 140044) [38/10] Paragraph 3.86 1 line 2 For Pointe Giboudot Read Pointe
de Gatope

NP60 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 1 Paragraph 3.86 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
(2012 Edition) NW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (20q59c˜85S
164q36c˜88E) marking the N point of Grand Recifé
de Koné, thence:
Papua New Guinea – Oro Bay —
Directions; dangerous shoal Paragraph 3.86 3 line 6-7 Replace by:
NW of Le Grand Ronfleur (20q59c˜54S 164q37c˜45E),
262 marked by a light beacon (starboard hand),
Paragraph 6.224 2 lines 7-8 Delete thence:
Paragraph 3.86 4 Replace by:
Australian Notice 185/4/13 4 The track then continues to anchorages in Baie
(SDD 2013000 039946) [15/13] Chasseloup (3.115) or to the entrance channel to
Anse Vavouto (3.114).
(Directions continue for the inshore passage NW
Papua New Guinea – Cape Endaiadere to
Cape Ward Hunt — Directions; shoal patch at 3.110, Anse de Vavouto at 3.114 and for
Bai Chasseloup at 3.115)
264 French Chart 6554-12
Paragraph 6.233 4 line 2 For 7˜6 m Read 4˜1 m (SDD 2012000 210085) [46/12]

Nouvelle-Calédonie – Anse Vavouto –

Australian Notice 186/4/13 Baie Chasseloup — Directions; anchorages; port
(SDD 2013000 039946) [15/13]
108

Yap Islands – Tamil Harbour — Light Paragraph 3.114 Replace by:

French Chart 6554

422
Anse Vavouto
Paragraph 11.190 3 lines 2-3 Delete 3.114
...on the Directional Light (9q30c˜13N 138q07c˜36E)... 1 General information. Anse Vavouto (21q00c˜00S
164q39c˜81E) is a port development serving local
Paragraph 11.194 1 lines 1-5 Delete nickel mines, lying SE of Baie Chasseloup (3.115).
2 Directions. (continued from 3.86). From a position
US Chart 81187 1½ miles WSW of Île Gatope (20q58c˜48S
(SDD 2013000 101178) [23/13] 164q38c˜64E) the track leads N to the entrance
channel to Anse Vavouto. The channel entrance is
marked by a light beacon (N cardinal) (20q58c˜58S
NP61 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 2 164q37c˜72E), a light beacon (S cardinal) lies
1˜3 cables NE.
(2011 Edition)
3 Leading Lights. The alignment (127˜5q) of the
following lights leads to the port area.
Nouvelle Calédonie – Île des Pins – Baie de Kuto Front light (white upward pointing triangle on pylon)
— Anchorages (21q00c˜14S 164q40c˜00E).
Middle light (red rectangle on red and white pylon)
75 (260 m from front).
Rear light (white downward pointing triangle on
Paragraph 2.36 1 Replace by:
pylon) (0˜69 miles from front).
1 Baie de Kuto. Designated anchorages lie within the 4 The dredged channel leads SE for 2˜6 miles and is
bay in the following positions: marked by light beacons (lateral), passing:
I1 - 22q39c˜46S 167q25c˜91E Between an extensive area of reefs and dangerous
I2 - 22q39c˜57S 167q25c˜68E rocks lying on either side of the channel, SW of Île
I3 - 22q39c˜71S 167q25c˜25E Gatope. Thence:
I4 - 22q39c˜98S 167q25c˜79E 5 SW of Pointe Vincent (20q59c˜32S 164q39c˜37E),
thence:
French Notice 13/35/205 NE of an extensive area of drying reef (21q00c˜20S
(SDD 2013000 189559) [38/13] 164q39c˜50E).

2 - 137
 NP61
The channel then leads to a basin area. A jetty lies Nouvelle-Calédonie – East Coast –
on the SW side of Pointe de Vavouto. Baie de Kouaoua — Directions
6 Anchorage may be obtained in the following
positions: 136
V3 (Barge anchorage) - 20q59c˜58S 164q39c˜64E in
4 m. Paragraph 4.126 1 line 5 For (212q) Read (211q)
V4 - 20q59c˜48S 164q38c˜60E in 11-14 m.
Paragraph 3.115 Replace by: French Notice 30/205/2013
(SDD 2013000 165483) [34/13]
Baie Chasseloup
3.115
1 General information. Baie Chasseloup (20q57c˜43S Nouvelle-Calédonie – îles Loyauté – île Maré –
Port de Tadine — Anchorages
164q39c˜40E), NW of Presqu’île de Gatope, is
protected from S by Grand Récif de Koné and from W
162
by Grand Récif de Gatope and Plateaux des
Massacres. It is well protected from winds from any Paragraph 5.38 5 lines 1-4 Replace by:
direction.
2 Directions (continued from 3.86). From a position 5 Anchorage (Mouillage de Saint-Pierre) may be
1½ miles WSW of Île Gatope (20q58c˜48S obtained off the port, in designated anchorages as
164q38c˜64E), the track leads N towards the follows:
anchorages, passing: M1 - Centred on position 21q32c˜99S 167q52c˜37E
W of a light beacon (N cardinal) (20q58c˜58S M2 - Centred on position 21q33c˜02S 167q52c˜27E
164q37c˜72E) marking the NW entrance to the M3 - Centred on position 21q33c˜06S 167q52c˜17E
buoyed channel to Anse Vavouto (3.114), thence:
W of Pointe de Gatope (20q58c˜10S 164q38c˜87E) French Notice 205/36/2013
(3.86). (SDD 2013000 196706) [39/13]
The track then continues to the anchorages.
3 Useful mark: Nouvelle Calédonie – Île Lifou – Baie de Santal –
Monument (white pyramid) (20q57c˜98S Baie de Gaatcha — Anchorage
164q39c˜37E) stands on a hillock on the S side of
the bay. 165
4 Anchorage may be obtained in the bay in the
following positions: Paragraph 5.63 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
V1 - 20q57c˜40S 164q39c˜00E in 4-6 m.
3 Anchorage may be obtained in position 20q55c˜14S
V2 - 20q57c˜48S 164q37c˜59E in 13-18 m.
V5 - 20q58c˜29S 164q37c˜03E in 12-39 m. 167q04c˜68E in 25 m, sand and coral, good holding
The beach SE of the monument may be used as a ground, with the church bearing 175q, distant
landing place. 5½ cables.
5 Facilities. Medical centre at Voh, an agricultural
and mining centre 4 km ENE. French Notice 204/37/13
(SDD 2013000 200684) [40/13]
French Chart 6554-12
(SDD 2012000 210085) [46/12]
Nouvelle Calédonie – Île Lifou – Baie de Santal –
Baie de Chépénéhé — Anchorages
Nouvelle-Calédonie – East Coast –
Baie de Nakéty — Anchorages; directions 165
133 Paragraph 5.64 6 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Paragraph 4.95 6 line 1 For 071q Read 075q Anchorage may be obtained in the following
positions:
Paragraph 4.95 6 lines 3 - 4 Replace by: 20q47c˜79S 167q07c˜36E.
20q47c˜37S 167q08c˜03E.
Front beacon (white pyramid) (ruin) (21q31c˜05S
166q05c˜46E). French Notice 204/37/13
After Paragraph 4.95 6 line 6 Insert: (SDD 2013000 200684) [40/13]

7 A further anchorage is charted where the leading

line (075q) above intersects the leading line (180q) Nouvelle-Calédonie – Île Lifou - East coast –
Baie du Châteaubriand — Leading lights
provided by the following beacons:
Front beacon (white pyramid) (21q31c˜96S 166
166q04c˜61E).
Rear beacon (white pyramid) (50 m S of front Paragraph 5.73 3 line 1 For 195q Read 198q
beacon.

French Notice 203/29/13; ENC FR57073A French Notice 204/40/13

(SDD 2013000 160001) [33/13] (SDD 2013000 216891) [44/13]

2 - 138
 NP61
Republic of Vanuatu - Anatom - NW of a 2˜4 m shoal (16˜29c˜58S 167q48c˜69E),
Anelghowhat Bay — Beacons; leading lines thence to a position approximately 2 cables NW of
Vanbuaï Point (16q29c˜84S 167q48c˜40E).
177 3 The track then leads 7 cables SSW and 8 cables
SE, around the reef fringing the SW end of Sakao
Paragraph 6.41 1 line 2-5 Replace by:
Island (6.221), passing:
Front beacon (white triangular topmark, point up) Between a dangerous rock (16q30c˜14S
(20q14c˜46S 169q46c˜93E). 167q47c˜74E) and a 3˜7 m shoal patch
Rear beacon (similar construction) (30 m from front (16q30c˜01S 167q48c˜32E), thence:
beacon). NE of two drying reefs (16q30c˜53S 167q47c˜80E and
16q30c˜68S 167q48c˜16E) lying 3½ cables NNE
Paragraph 6.42 Replace by: and 4½ cables ENE of Ulendeuv Islet (6.233).
Spare 4 The track then joins East Channel S of the W end
6.42 of Sakao Island.

Paragraph 6.43 2 line 2-3 Delete Useful Mark:

..., on the alignment (060q) with the front beacon
(6.42) 4 cables distant
New Zealand Hydrographic Office
(SDD 2012000 106271)
Republic of Vanuatu – Port-Vila —
Vertical clearance
184
6.235
1 A 0˜9 m high rock (16q29c˜35S 167q50c˜57E) (6.230).
Vanuatu Port and Harbour department
(SDD 2013000 010530) [10/13]
[30/12]
Fiji Islands – Suva — Wrecks
269
Paragraph 8.176 1 line 6 For (18q07c˜24S 178q24c˜90E)
Read (18q07c˜45S 178q25c˜43E)

Paragraph 6.94 1 line 7 For 27 m Read 23 m After Paragraph 8.176 1 Insert:

Two wrecks, with depths of 2˜8 m and 6˜3 m, lie
(SDD 2012000 197853) [42/12] close N and NW of a mooring buoy in position
18q08c˜48S 178q24c˜79E.
Republic of Vanuatu – Port-Vila — Fiji Hydrographic Office
Vertical clearances (SDD 2012000 207975) [47/12]
184
Îles Wallis - Approaches to Halalo and Mata Utu
Paragraph 6.94 1 lines 6-8 Including existing Section IV — Directions; buoyage; depths;
place name changes
Notice Week 42/12 Replace by:
An overhead power cable with a vertical clearance of 367
19 m, spans the entrance to Paray Bay (6.95), as Paragraph 11.46 1 line 7 For Nukuaeta Read Nukuatea
shown on the plan.
369
SHOM
(SDD 2012000 226968) [51/12] Paragraph 11.49 1 line 4 For Île Fenua Fou Read Île
Fenuafo’ou
Republic of Vanuatu – Malakula –
Channels through Maskelyne Islands – Paragraph 11.51 1 line 4 For Nukuaeta Read Nukuatea
North East Channel — Directions
Paragraph 11.51 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
202 The alignment (032˜3q) of these lights leads through
Passe Honikulu, in a least depth of 12˜2 m,
Paragraphs 6.234 and 6.235 Replace by:
passing:

North East Channel Paragraph 11.51 2-3 Replace by:

6.234
1 From a position in the vicinity of 16q28c˜00S
167q52c˜20E, the track leads WSW, passing:
SSE of Douceré Point and:
NNW of the extensive reef extending NE of Sakao
Island (6.222), thence to a position SE of Gaspard
Point (16q28c˜52S 167q49c˜52E).
2 The track then leads SW, passing:
SE of Fairway Patches (16q29c˜06S 167q49c˜36E),
lying in mid-channel and consisting of two
patches, thence:
2 ESE of beacons (port hand) (13q23c˜34S
176q13c˜07W and 13q23c˜20S 176q12c˜99W)
marking the reef on the NW side, and:
WNW of beacons (starboard hand) (13q23c˜36S
176q12c˜94W and 13q23c˜20S 176q12c˜86W)
marking the reef on the SE side, and on W end of
which lies Île Fenuafo’ou.
3 This alignment leads very close to the beacon NW
of Île Fenuafo’ou and, when passing through the
narrows, an adjustment of course may be needed to
keep in mid-channel.

2 - 139
 NP61
Paragraph 11.52 1 lines 6-7 Delete: Useful mark:
White monument standing on the coast, 2 cables
...The recommended track is shown on the chart. SSW of Pointe Tepako (13q16c˜02S
176q09c˜76W).
Paragraph 11.53 1-3 Replace by:
Paragraph 11.56 1 Replace by:
1 Leading beacons
Front light beacon (starboard hand, 4 m in height) 1 Anchorage may be obtained in Baie de Mua
(13q22c˜08S 176q10c˜70W). (13q22c˜70S 176q11c˜44W) in 40 m, sand and coral,
Rear beacon (red and yellow, can topmark, with Nuku Ta’aki Moa (11.53) bearing 342q. However
non-IALA) (7 ¾ cables from front light beacon). this anchorage is inconveniently far from the shore.
The alignment (064˜8q) of these beacons leads from
the inner end of Passe Honikulu, across Baie de Mua, Paragraph 11.57 Replace by:
to Passe Faïoa, passing:
2 SSE of Pointe Ha’ofa (13q22c˜81S 176q12c˜66W),
Spare
the SE extremity of Nukuatea (11.46), thence:
11.57
NNW of a drying reef (13q23c˜02S 176q12c˜49W),
thence: Paragraph 11.60 2 Replace by:
SSE of a 2˜5 m patch (13q22c˜80S 176q12c˜54W)
which can be distinguished by the green colour of 2 Directions. The channel from Passe Honikulu to
the water, thence: Halalo leads through Canal du Nord Ouest
3 SSE of a 3˜9 m patch (13q22c˜63S 176q12c˜31W), (13q23c˜00S 176q13c˜00W) rounding Pointe Pa’agogo,
thence: the SW extremity of Nukuatea. The reefs on each
NNW of a drying reef (13q22c˜74S 176q12c˜03W). side of the passage are marked by beacons, are
Mariners may wish to consider giving a bias to the steep-to and easily seen. From the N end of Canal du
N of the track into safer water until this reef is Nord-Ouest, the track leads NW for 2 miles, passing:
passed. SW of Pointe Puko (13q22c˜27S 176q13c˜22W),
SSE of Nuku Ta’aki Moa (13q22c˜17S 176q11c˜93W), thence:
which has the appearance of a boat under sail. NE of a 4˜9 m patch (13q22c˜47S 176q13c˜64W),
NNW of a 4˜2 m shoal (13q22c˜63S 176q10c˜82W). A thence:
dangerous rock lies close N. NE of a reef (13q22c˜21S 176q13c˜84W), which dries
at 0˜3 m, thence:
Paragraph 11.54 1-3 Replace by: SW of Nukutapu (13q21c˜82S 176q13c˜47W), thence:
1 The track then leads NE through Passe Faïoa, SW of a beacon (starboard hand) (13˜21c˜76S
176q13c˜73W) which marks a 0˜6 m drying reef.
passing:
NE of a 4˜2 m patch (13q21c˜82S 176q14c˜16W).
SE of a light beacon (port hand) (13q22c˜07S
SW of a beacon (starboard hand) (13˜21c˜00S
176q10c˜90W) marking the edge of the reef on the
176q14c˜00W).
NW side of the channel, and:
The track then continues NW until the alignment of
NW of a light beacon (starboard hand) (13q22c˜08S
the leading marks is reached.
176q10c˜70W) marking the edge of the reef
extending W from Pointe Faka’afu at the N end of Paragraph 11.60 3 line 2 For (018q) Read (018˜1q)
Île Faïoa (11.53).
2 From a position close SE of a light beacon (port
hand) (13q21c˜75S 176q10c˜52W), the track continues Paragraph 11.60 4 line 1 For (103¼q) Read (103˜3q)
NE, passing:
NW a light beacon (starboard hand) (13q21c˜26S Paragraph 11.60 5 line 3 For statue Read church
176q09c˜88W) marking the inner edge of the
barrier reef on the SE side of the channel. Thence:
Paragraph 11.60 5 lines 5-6 Delete
3 SE of a light beacon (E cardinal) (13q20c˜76S
176q09c˜70W) marking a drying reef.
NW of a beacon (starboard hand) (13q20c˜91S French Chart 6876-12
176q09c˜47W) marking the inner edge of the (SDD 2012000 098561) [35/12]
barrier reef on the SE side of the channel.

370
NP62 Pacific Islands Pilot Volume 3
Paragraph 11.55 Replace by: (2010 Edition)

1 From a position about 1¼ miles E of Pointe

Matalaa (13q20c˜50S 176q10c˜53W), the line of bearing Pitcairn Islands – National limits
(340˜5q) of Mata Utu Cathedral, leads towards
Mouillage de Mata Utu, passing: 17
ENE of a light beacon (port hand) (13q19c˜96S
176q09c˜75W), thence: Paragraph 1.120 1 line 1 For 12 mile Read 3 mile.
2 Between a light beacon (port hand) (13q18c˜95S
176q09c˜75W) and a Light Beacon (starboard NP247(1) Annual Notice 12/10
hand) (13q18c˜80S 176q09c˜64W). (HH. 062/200/01) [33/10]

2 - 140

Îles Gambier – Port de Rikitea — Directions
122
Paragraph 5.36 4-6 Replace by:
4 The track then alters NW into the inner bay area,
of Port de Rikitea passing:
Between the beacons (port and starboard hand)
(23q07c˜14S 134q57c˜78W), thence:
SW of the beacon (starboard hand) standing on a
detached reef (23q074c˜4S 134q57c˜80W), thence:
NW of a beacon (port hand) (23q07c˜09S
134q57c˜95W), thence;
SW of the beacon (S cardinal) standing on an
unnamed detached reef (23q06c˜93S
134q57c˜88W).
French Chart 6418 [03/12]
Tahiti – Passe de Taapuna — Directions
163-164
Paragraph 6.93 2 Replace by:
2 Passe de Taapuna to Lagon de Punaauia. From
a position W of Passe de Taapuna (17q36c˜10S
149q37c˜60W) the track leads E, through the entrance,
following a buoyed channel, passing:
164
Paragraph 6.93 3-5 Replace by:
3 Close N of patches, depths 4˜6 m (17q36c˜14S
149q37c˜38W) and 1˜6 m (17q36c˜12S
149q37c˜24W), over which a moderate swell
may cause even boats to ground.
The track then leads NE to a position SE of a light
beacon (E cardinal) (17q35c˜80S 149q36c˜85W) which
marks the E extremity of Récif Tepuahono at the
entrance to Lagon de Punaauia.
Paragraph 6.94 1-5 Replace by:
1 Lagon de Punaauia to Chenal de Faaa. Mariners
using this channel must be aware of the possibility of
confusing the lighted beacons and buoys with those of
the adjacent airport and navigate with caution.
2 From a position at the entrance to Lagon de
Punaauia, the track leads NNW following the buoyed
channel, passing:
ENE of the inner edge of Récif Tepuahono, marked
by a light beacon (17q35c˜71S 149q36c˜85W),
thence:
SSW of a light beacon (17q35c˜29S 149q37c˜00W),
marking a detached reef.
Thence the track leads generally N for 1 miles to a
position 2 cables W of Toa Mao (17q34c˜00S
149q37c˜30W), a reef island which divides the channel
into two. The use of the E channel is prohibited
(6.92).
3 Useful mark:
Tower (17q34c˜15S 149q37c˜66W). Charted as an
aero light beacon on chart 1382.
French NM 09/25-P-03; ENC FR674601
(SDD 2009000 049391) [20/12]
2 - 141
NP62
Polynésie Française – Moorea –
Baie de Cook — Charts; directions;
leading lights
184
Paragraph 6.249 Chart heading Replace by:
Chart 1436 Baie de Cook and Baie d’Opunohu
(Undetermined), ENC FR566570 (See 1.22)
Paragraph 6.250 2 lines 6-9 Replace by:
Front light (white pylon, 8 m in height) (17q29c˜36S
149q49c˜06W).
Rear light (similar construction, 10 m in height)
(190 m from front light).
Paragraph 6.250 3-5 Replace by:
3 From a position about 3 miles NNW of Passe
Avaroa, the alignment (149˜7q) of these lights which
are synchronised, leads SSE through the pass,
passing:
Between the light buoys (lateral) (17q28c˜58S
149q49c˜49W and 17q28c˜63S 149q49c˜57W)
which mark the entrance, thence:
4 WSW of No 4 Light Buoy (17q28c˜65S
149q49c˜46W) which marks the NW edge of a
2˜6 m shoal, lying close to the reef on the E
side of the pass, thence:
5 ENE of No 3 Light Buoy (17q28c˜94S
149q49c˜40W) marking the inner end of the
pass on the W side; two beacons standing
close W mark the edges of the reef awash,
and Toatane, a group of remarkable looking
stones lie on the barrier reef 2¼ cables
WNW. Thence:
WSW of a beacon (port hand) (17q28c˜89S
149q49c˜10W) marking the inner end of the pass
on the E side and the N side of the entrance to a
boat passage (6.246).
French Notice 7/52/11 and French Notice 6/KB2008/11
(SDD 2011000 033391, SDD 2011000 031533)
[13/11]
Republic of Kiribati — Southern Line Group —
Vostock Island — Charts; position
238
Paragraph 9.16 Chart heading Add:4653, 4654
After Paragraph 9.16 1 Insert:
Caution. Vostock Island was reported (1985) to lie
4¾ miles ENE from its charted position.
BA Chart 979 [50/10]
NP63 Persian Gulf Pilot (2013 Edition)
Iran – South Pars Gasfield —
Directions; platforms
55
Paragraph 2.26 3 line 1 Replace by:
3 NNE of SPD-14D (26q55c˜91N 52q21c˜03E) and...
UKHO; Capt Farhad Shakir
(SDD 2013000 125293) [28/13]
 NP63
Oman – Port Sultan Qºboos — Outer anchorage Arrival information
7.25c
69 1 Pilotage. Pilots board 2 miles WNW of the harbour
entrance.
Paragraph 3.79 1 line 8 Add:
Harbour
A dangerous wreck (position approximate) lies 8 cables N 7.25d
of the cape. 1 The harbour basin has an area of 820 000 m2, with
five km of quay wall.
NM 32/3503/13
(SDD 2013000 141430) [33/13] Directions for entering harbour
7.25e
1 Landmarks:
Gulf of Oman – Fujairah — Minarets (25q57c˜93N 56q03c˜08E) 2½ cables SE of
Operations Outside Port Limits
the breakwater head.
Radio Tower (25q57c˜74N 56q03c˜06E), 3½ cables
81
SSE of the breakwater head.
Paragraph 3.187 2 Replace by: Port Control Tower (25q57c˜60N 56q03c˜18E),
5¼ cables SSE of the breakwater head.
2 Operations Outside Port Limits. Port of Fujairah 2 Entry. From the pilot boarding position the track
has advised that anchoring outside the port limits, W leads 2 miles ESE and SE to the harbour entrance,
of 56q47c˜00E, is prohibited. Vessels may be subject passing:
to sanctions should they anchor in this area. NE of RMC1 Light Buoy (starboard hand)
(25q58c˜06N 56q02c˜83E), thence:
Port of Fujairah Notice 169 NE of a 500 m long breakwater with a light at its head
(SDD 2013000 040677) [15/13] (25q58c˜02N 56q02c˜84E).
Thence to the required berth.
Gulf of Oman – Khawr Fakkºn — Chart 3404
Operations Outside Port Limits
(HA369 004/014/01) [41/13]
85
United Arab Emirates – Shºrjah — Wreck
After Paragraph 3.232 Insert:
155
Operations Outside Port Limits
3.217a Paragraph 7.93 1 line 7 After port. Insert: A third dangerous
1 Sharjah Ports Authority has advised that anchoring wreck lies 4½ miles WNW of the fairway buoy, 5 cables S
outside the port limits, W of 56q49c˜50E, is prohibited. of the outer anchorage (7.102).
Vessels, their owners and their owners other vessels
may be subject to sanctions should they anchor in this Dubai Maritime City Authority
area. (SDD 2013000 175239) [35/13]

Sharjah Ports Authority Notice 101/2012

(SDD 2013000 049021) [15/13] United Arab Emirates –
Fateh Oil Terminals — Wreck

United Arab Emirates – RAK Maritime City 161

148 After Paragraph 7.165 2 line 3 Insert:

Caution. A stranded wreck (reported 2013) is
After Paragraph 7.25 1 line 6 Insert:
located in position 25q27c˜38N 54q26c˜85E.

Pakistan Navigational Warning 227/36/2013

RAK Maritime City
(SDD 2013000 201549) [42/13]
Charts 3174, 3404 plan of Saqr Port
General information
United Arab Emirates – Abu Dhabi —
7.25a Controlling depth
1 Position and function. RAK (Ras al Khaimah)
Maritime City (25q57c˜50N 56q03c˜50E), a new port 166
(2013) and free zone, lies 1 mile S of Saqr Port
(MØnº’ Saqr) (7.19). Paragraph 7.230 1 lines 1-2 Replace by:
Port Authority. See 7.19.
1 Both the entrance channel and MØnº’ Zºyid Basin
Limiting conditions (7.242) are dredged to 14˜3 m (2012); the channels...
7.25b
1 Controlling depths. The entrance and port are Abu Dhabi Ports Company
dredged to 7 m (2010). (SDD 2013000 125926) [33/13]

2 - 142
 NP63
United Arab Emirates – Developments. A further terminal is planned (2013)
Zaqqøm Channel — Wreck 1½ miles E of GASCO Sulphur Handling Terminal 2.

173 UK Notice 4162(P)/13

(SDD 2013000 166505) [40/13]
After Paragraph 7.297 1 line 12 Insert:
Clear of a wreck (25q01c˜62N 53q12c˜59E), safe Saudi Arabia – Jubail — Outer anchorages
clearance depth 16 m, which lies in the middle of
the WSW bound lane of the TSS, thence: 223
After Paragraph 8.240 2 line 8 Insert:
HMS Shoreham
(SDD 2013000 160635) [35/13] A foul area lies in the central part of the anchorage.

MV Al Barrah
United Arab Emirates – Ar Ru’ays — (SDD 2013000 147358) [33/13]
Berths; developments

180-181
NP64 Red Sea and Gulf of Aden Pilot
Paragraph 7.351 2 Replace by: (2012 Edition)
2 Alongside berths. Western Jetty (24q11c˜02N
52q42c˜14E), SE of Jabal Aþ ¹annah Oil Terminal Eritrea – North Massawa Channel – Harat —
Directions; rock
Berths, extends 2¼ miles NNE from the shore with an
outer arm extending NW. The arm has three alongside 182
berths G, H and J on its seaward side. Port operator:
Takreer Company. Completion date 2014. After Paragraph 7.31 1 line 9 Insert:
Carbon Black Export Jetty lies close E of Western W of an underwater rock (16q07c˜77N 39q22c˜00E),
Jetty, and extends 6 cables NNE. The berth is thence:
approached through a dredged channel 1½ miles long,
which lies between Western Jetty and Liquid Products UKHO
Jetty (below). A turning circle lies close NNE of the (SDD 2013000 101034) [27/13]
head of the export jetty. Completion date 2014.
Liquid Products Jetty (24q10c˜34N 52q42c˜88E), close
Yemen – Red Sea – E side – Aî ¬alØf —
SE of Western Jetty, consists of a trestle jetty Directions; landmark
extending 1½ miles N from the shore and an outer
arm extending NW with three alongside berths. Berth 288
B has an alongside depth of 18˜5 m and can handle
vessels up to 280 m in length; Berth C has a depth of Paragraph 11.34 1 lines 2-4 Replace by:
18˜8 m and can handle vessels up to 130 000 dwt and The line of bearing (060q) of Aî ¬alif Blockhouse
295 m in length; Berth E has a depth of 19˜6 m and (15q17c˜92N 42q40c˜76E) (11.50) leads...
can handle vessels up to 333 000 dwt and 360 m in
length; lights are exhibited from the ends of the outer Paragraph 11.34 1 line 8 Delete
arm.
290
181
Paragraph 11.50 1 lines 4 to 10 Delete
Paragraph 7.351 5 Replace by:
5 Construction Wharf, also known as Borouge Jetty, BA 1955
lies about 1¼ miles SE of Bulk Cargo Terminal within (SDD 2008000 004021) [33/13]
a small basin protected by a breakwater and an E
berthing face. The basin is approached from N Gulf of Masirah – Ad Duqm Port —
passing between Ar Ru’ays Patch Light Buoy (N Limiting conditions; arrival information;
cardinal) (24q10c˜06N 52q44c˜86E) and No 30 Light anchorages; pilotage; directions
Buoy (port hand), 6 cables ENE; the track then leads
through Borouge Channel, which is 160 m wide, 337
marked by light buoys (lateral) and with a minimum Paragraph 13.99 2 Delete
depth of 13˜3 m (2013), to a turning basin 360 m in
diameter. The Borouge Polymers Company quay on After Paragraph 13.99 Insert:
the S side of the basin can handle vessels up to
12 000 dwt with a maximum draught of 9˜0 m; a RoRo Arrival information
berth lies at its W end.
GASCO Sulphur Handling Terminal 2, lies 1½ miles 13.99a
E of Construction Wharf. The berthing face, which is 1 Notice of ETA required, 48, 24, 12 and 6 hours in
orientated NW/SE is 500 m long. The terminal is advance via email to pilot@portduqm.com and update
approached via a buoyed channel (lit), dredged to by VHF 2 hours in advance. See Admiralty List of
15˜9 m (2013). Radio Signals Volume 6 for more information.

2 - 143
 NP64
Outer anchorage berths are allocated by the port
authority according to size, draught, type of vessel
and nature of cargo.
2 Pilotage is compulsory for vessels over 200 gt and
is available on a 24 hour basis. Pilot boards vessels
with a draught of more than 8˜4 m in the vicinity of
Fairway Light Buoy (safe water) (19q42c˜70N
57q48c˜90E). Vessels with a lesser draught are
boarded 1˜5 miles ENE of the breakwater in position
19q42c˜25N 57q45c˜30E. See Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volume 6 for more information.
Paragraph 13.101 2 Replace by:
2 Approach – Deep draught route. Gulf of Masirah is
inhabited by the endangered humpback whale. All
mariners should keep a sharp lookout to prevent
collision and restrict noise. For mitigation purposes all
vessels bound for or from Ad Duqm Port should use
the charted deep draught route which has a minimum
depth of 19 m LAT.
338
Paragraph 13.101 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
3 Entry. A channel marked by light buoys (lateral)
and dredged to 11.0 m (2012) leads generally W and
SSW for about 6 miles to the harbour entrance.
Oman Notice 06/2012
(SDD 2012000 134456) [40/12]
NP65 St Lawrence Pilot (2012 Edition)
Traffic and operations – St Lawrence Waterway
Vessel Traffic Services Zone — Under Keel
Clearance
6 Traffic Services Zone — Transit of Wide-beam
Paragraph 1.28 2 lines 7-10 Replace by:
Mariners must comply with under–keel clearance
rules established by the St. Lawrence Waterway
MCTS Centres. For further details, see Appendix IV.
After Paragraph 1.29 1 line 6 Add:
Information on the condition of the main shipping
channel in the St. Lawrence River can be found online
at www.marinfo.gc.ca.
Cap Brûlé to Trois-Rivières –
General Information — Under-keel clearance
163
After Paragraph 9.4 1 line 2 Add:
Under-keel clearance
9.4a
1 Mariners must comply with under–keel clearance
rules established by the St. Lawrence Waterway
MCTS Centres. See Appendix IV for further details of
under-keel clearance parameters.
2 - 144
Paragraph 9.9 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Information on the condition of the main shipping
channel in the St. Lawrence River can be found online
at www.marinfo.gc.ca.
Trois-Rivières to Montréal and routes above
Montréal – General Information —
Under-keel clearance
183
After Paragraph 10.5 4 line 3 Add:
Information on the condition of the main shipping
channel in the St. Lawrence River can be found online
at www.marinfo.gc.ca.
After Paragraph 10.7 1 line 6 Add:
Under-keel clearance
10.7a
1 Mariners must comply with under–keel clearance
rules established by the St. Lawrence Waterway
MCTS Centres. See Appendix IV for further details of
under-keel clearance parameters.
Appendix IV
322
After Appendix III Insert new Appendix IV which is
printed at the end of Section IV of this week’s notices.
Canada Sailing Directions ATL111/112
Canada Eastern Notice 01/ATL111/ATL112/13
(SDD 2013000 014704) [07/13]
Navigation and Regulations – Traffic and
Operations – St Lawrence Waterway Vessel
and long vessels
6
Paragraph 1.28 2 after section IV correction week 7/13
Add:
Guidance for wide-beam and long vessels in the
Québec-Montréal segment of the St Lawrence river is
available. For further details, see Appendix V.
163
After Section IV Notice week 7/13, Paragraph 9.4a 1 line 4
Insert:
Guidance for wide-beam and long vessels in the
Québec-Montréal segment of the St Lawrence river is
available. For further details, see Appendix V.
183
After Paragraph 10.4 1 line 3 Insert:
Guidance for wide-beam and long vessels in the
Québec-Montréal segment of the St Lawrence river is
available. For further details, see Appendix V.
 NP65
Appendix V Paragraph 9.9 1 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Insert the accompanying new Appendix V after Information on the condition of the main shipping
Appendix IV (issued week 07/13). channel in the St. Lawrence River can be found online
at www.marinfo.gc.ca.
Notship Q0227/2013
(SDD 2013000 091143) [21/13]
Trois-Rivières to Montréal and routes above
Montréal – General Information —
Canada – Sept-Îles – Pointe-Noire — Under-keel clearance
Directions; Leading Lights
183
92
After Paragraph 10.5 4 line 3 Add:
Paragraph 5.39 1 lines 6-11 Delete Information on the condition of the main shipping
channel in the St. Lawrence River can be found online
Paragraph 5.39 2 lines 1-4 Delete at www.marinfo.gc.ca.
After Paragraph 10.7 1 line 6 Add:
Canada East Notice 1220/05/13
(SDD 2013000 116188) [24/13] Under-keel clearance
10.7a
Canada – Riviere Saguenay and approaches – 1 Mariners must comply with under–keel clearance
Saguenay-St. Lawrence Marine Park — Whale rules established by the St. Lawrence Waterway
protection MCTS Centres. See Appendix IV for further details of
under-keel clearance parameters.
106

Paragraph 5.148 2 after line 6 Add:

Appendix IV

3 All whale species that are found in the St. 322

Lawrence Estuary are protected under the Marine After Appendix III Insert new Appendix IV which is
Mammal Regulations, pursuant to the Fisheries Act. printed at the end of Section IV of this week’s notices.
Within the boundaries of the Saguenay-St. Lawrence Annex I (see page 4 - 27).
Marine Park, specific measures are set out in the
Marine Activities in the Saguenay–St. Lawrence Canada Sailing Directions ATL111/112
Marine Park Regulations. Any collision with a marine
mammal must be reported immediately to park Canada Eastern Notice 01/ATL111/ATL112/13
wardens on VHF Channel 16 or the emergency (SDD 2013000 014704) [07/13]
contact number. (for full details see section 5C of the
Canadian Annual Edition of the Notices to Mariners – Trois-Rivières — vertical clearance
April 2013 to March 2014).
178
Canada East Notice *505/05/13
(SDD 2013000 116188) [24/13] Paragraph 9.138 2 line 2 For 50 Read 48

Canada Eastern Notice 1313/08/12

Îles de la Madeleine – La Passe — depth
(SDD 2012000 172164) [38/12]
120
Cape Breton Island – Bras D’Or Lake —
Paragraph 6.48 1 line 2 For 4˜7 Read 2˜0 Directions; buoy

222
Canada Eastern Notice 4950/08/12
(SDD 2012000 172164) [38/12] Paragraph 11.131 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
...track leads SSW, to a position WSW of Kelly...
Cap Brûlé to Trois-Rivières – General
Information — Under-keel clearance Canada Eastern Notice 4279/04/2013
(SDD 2013000 091143) [21/13]
163

After Paragraph 9.4 1 line 2 Add: Approach to Chedabucto Bay —

Directions; Light
Under-keel clearance 228
9.4a
1 Mariners must comply with under–keel clearance Paragraph 12.14 1 line 1 For Useful Marks Read Useful
rules established by the St. Lawrence Waterway Mark
MCTS Centres. See Appendix IV for further details of
under-keel clearance parameters. Paragraph 12.14 1 lines 2-5 Delete

2 - 145
NP65
Paragraph 12.18 1 line 5 For Useful Marks Read Useful Baie de Chaleurs — Directions; Light
Mark
295
Paragraph 12.18 1 lines 6-7 Delete Paragraph 14.104 3 lines 2-4 Delete

Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12

Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12]
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12]
Canada – East Coast - Rivière Restigouche —
Outer Pilot Position to Eddy Point — Directions
Directions; Light
298-299
229 Paragraph 14.126 1-7 Replace by:
Paragraph 12.24 1 lines 2-3 Delete 1 Pointe à Campbell to Campbellton. From a
position about 7 cables E of Dalhousie Island Light
(14.103), the buoyed channel leads NW, then WSW to
Canada Eastern Notice *612/06/12 Campbellton, passing:
(SDD 2012000 128379) [38/12] SSW of Barre Fullerton (48q05c˜85N 66q25c˜25W) a
narrow drying spit extending about 1 mile SSW
Canada – Hillsborough Bay to Confederation from the coast, thence:
Bridge — Directions; Light Between the shoal filling Baie d’Escuminac
(48q05c˜55N 66q28c˜31W), extending 4 miles SW,
269 and shoal ground extending up to 1 mile from the
S shore, thence:
Paragraph 13.188 1 lines 8-9 Delete 2 Between drying ground in Anse Busteed
(48q03c˜05N 66q34c˜17W) and the shoal
ground, drying in parts, extending about
Canada East Notice 12/4023/12 1¼ miles from the S shore, thence:
(SDD 2012000 260244) [02/13] Close to the N shore between Point à la Batterie
(48q02c˜71N 66q34c˜82W) and Pointe au Chêne
(48q02c˜43N 66q36c˜59W), thence:
Canada – East Coast – Miramichi Bay —
Directions; Leading Lights Between the E part of shoal ground extending
1¼ miles SW that fills Baie au Chêne (48q02c˜32N
66q38c˜09W), and:
282
3 NNW of shoal ground (48q00c˜79N 66q38c˜15W),
Paragraph 14.15 3 line 4 For Lights Read Beacons drying in parts, extending 1½ miles from the S
shore.
Useful marks:
Paragraph 14.15 3 line 5 For light Read beacon Dalhousie Wharf Light (48q04c˜30N 66q21c˜62W)
(14.131).
Paragraph 14.15 4 line 1 For light Read beacon Miguasha-Ouest (48q05c˜90N 66q20c˜63W) port
hand daybeacon Bn G (48q05c˜9N 66q20c˜9W).
Paragraph 14.15 4 line 3 For light Read beacon Radio tower (elevation 239 m (785 ft); red lights)
(48q03c˜07N 66q26c˜35W).
Radio tower (48q00c˜96N 66q34c˜77W).
283 4 Sugarloaf Mountain (47q59c˜40N 66q41c˜11W).
Richardsville church (spire) (48q00c˜22N
Paragraph 14.22 1 line 7 For Lights Read Beacons 66q37c˜30W).
White statue (48q00c˜33N 66q39c˜70W) on top of a
hospital at Campbellton.
Paragraph 14.22 2 line 1 For Lights Read Beacons
Campbellton Wharf Light (square framework tower,
5 m in height) (48q00c˜79N 66q39c˜89W) at the E
Paragraph 14.22 2 line 2 For light Read beacon end of the jetty.
Canadian Notice 8/4426/13
Paragraph 14.22 3 line 1 For light Read beacon
(SDD 2013000 190263) [50/13]

Paragraph 14.22 3 line 3 For light Read beacon Appendix IV

322
Paragraph 14.22 3 line 4 For light Read beacon
After Appendix III Insert new Appendix IV which is
printed at the end of Section IV of this week’s notices.
Paragraph 14.22 3 line 5 For Light Read Beacon
Canada Sailing Directions ATL111/112
Canadian Notice 6/4911/13 Canada Eastern Notice 01/ATL111/ATL112/13
(SDD 2013000 140875) [50/13] (SDD 2013000 014704) [07/13]

2 - 146

APPENDIX V
ST LAWRENCE RIVER - TRANSIT OF WIDE-BEAM VESSELS AND LONG VESSELS
IN THE QUÉBEC-MONTRÉAL SEGMENT
Definitions:
In the Québec-Montréal segment
Wide-beam vessel means a vessel whose overall
length does not exceed 300˜0 metres and whose width
is equal to or greater than 32˜5 metres, but not
exceeding 44˜0 metres.
Long vessel means a vessel whose overall length is
between 270˜0 and 300˜0 metres and whose width
does not exceed 44˜0 metres.
Effective date: Spring 2013.
This notice authorizes wide-beam and long vessels to
safely navigate the St. Lawrence waterway between
Québec and Montréal.
Mariners are requested to refer to the Notices to
Mariners monthly edition at www.notmar.gc.ca -
Edition 4 and chart VN-301. These documents explain
which segments pose a risk. They are available on
the Canadian Coast Guard, Central and Arctic Region
website at www.marinfo.gc.ca.
This notice describes vessel transit conditions for:
1) Ice navigation (G);
2) Meeting in risk areas (R);
3) Overtaking in risk areas (D);
4) Anchorage areas (M).
1) Ice navigation (G)
G-1: The Corporation of Mid St. Lawrence Pilots
(CMSLP) must appoint a liaison officer to work with
the Ice Operations Centre in coordinating information
on any ice-related risks that may be present during
the transit of a wide-beam or long vessel.
G-2: Wide-beam and long vessels must wait for
favourable conditions before proceeding through the
waterway between Québec and Montréal, in
accordance with the CCG Ice Operations Centre
notices or directives. Accordingly, vessels must comply
with the following conditions:
a) For an up bound vessel destined for the
Québec-Montréal segment: At Île Blanche, the
CMSLP pilot will notify the CCG Ice Operations
Centre of the vessel’s estimated time of arrival
(ETA) at the Québec pilot station, as well as report
on how the vessel is handling in the ice. The CCG
Ice Operations Centre will then contact the CMSLP
liaison officer and together they will assess the ice
conditions, including weakened or unstable fast ice,
with a view to determining whether dislodged ice
floes could pose problems to shipping during the
vessel’s transit between Québec and Montréal;
2 - 147
NP65
b) Before a vessel leaves her berth, bound for the
Québec–Montréal segment: the CMSLP liaison
officer must contact the CCG Ice Operations Centre
so that they together may assess the ice
conditions, including any weakened or unstable fast
ice, with a view to determining whether dislodged
ice floes could pose problems to shipping during
the vessel’s transit in the Québec–Montréal
segment.
G-3) Wide-beam and long vessels which, given their
operational conditions, appear unable to overcome the
forces exerted by the ice, whether due to:
S mechanical problems;
S problems with the propulsion system;
S limitations resulting from the types of propulsion
system programming;
S or other,
shall not proceed upriver from Québec before the
systems in question are re-established, in order to
ensure safe passage at confined areas of the river.
G-4) When there is ice under pressure, as determined
by the CCG Ice Operations Centre and the CMSLP
liaison officer, wide-beam and long vessels must
proceed under the Québec bridges with the tidal
currents.
G-5) In the Lac St-Pierre sector, pilots must give
preference to the meeting of vessels during daylight
and under good visibility in order to clearly perceive
vessel movement, the ice conditions and whether
wake from passing vessels could result in the risk of
fast ice breaking off.
2) Directives concerning the meeting of
vessels in medium and high-risk areas
(R)
R-1) Meetings are prohibited in high-risk areas. The
high-risk areas between Québec and Montréal for
vessels with a combined nominal breadth of between
65 and 72˜6 metres and between 72˜61 metres and
88 metres are identified on chart VN-301.
Specific sector: Contrecoeur course
a) The Contrecoeur course sector is identified as
a study sector for meetings of wide-beam vessels
of a combined nominal breadth of between
72˜6 metres and 88 metres. Though, a priori,
meetings are prohibited, pilots will be able to meet
other wide -beam vessels under favourable
conditions. Before their vessels meet, the pilots
must notify MCTS of the manoeuvres they have
agreed on.
b) Within 10 days following the meeting, the
CMSLP must provide CCG and TC authorities with
a report describing the vessels’ condition, the
passage conditions, the environmental factors, the
manoeuvring conditions and all relevant comments
on how the vessels handled when they met.
NP65
R-2) Medium-risk areas are assessed by pilots to
determine whether vessels may be able to safely
meet where one or more of the factors listed below
apply:
a) The medium-risk areas between Québec and
Montréal for vessels with a combined nominal
breadth of between 65 metres and 72˜6 metres and
between 72˜61 metres and 88 metres are identified
on chart VN-301. Before their vessels meet, the
pilots must notify MCTS of the manoeuvres they
have agreed on.
b) Within 10 days following the meeting, the
CMSLP must provide CCG and TC authorities with
a report describing the vessels’ condition, the
passage conditions, the environmental factors, the
manoeuvring conditions and all relevant comments
on how the vessels handled when they met.
c) In assessing the risks associated with the
meeting of vessels, pilots must take the following
factors into consideration:
1) Nighttime navigation: Darkness makes it more
difficult to evaluate distances, background light can be
confused with ship’s navigation lights and aids to
navigation, beacons are fewer and unlit in winter and
the effect of wave action from passing vessels on
shorelines is difficult to observe;
2) Visibility: When vessels meet, the visibility must be
sufficient for the pilots to visually assess the approach
between the two vessels. Pilots must take into
consideration that aids to navigation have a theoretical
availability (75% availability) of 4˜3 nm and that buoys
can be hidden under the ice cover;
3) Wind velocity and direction: Under certain vessel
load conditions, wind direction and velocity (above
35 knots) can influence vessel manoeuvrability;
4) Manoeuvring distance: The pilot must ensure that
he/she has sufficient distance to complete the
manoeuvre and re-establish the course before the
next medium - or high-risk area;
5) Marine traffic: The pilot must ensure that there are
no other vessels manoeuvring to overtake or meet in
the sector and must also consider recreational boating
and other nautical activities. All manoeuvre
agreements made between vessels that contradict
these directives must be communicated to the sector’s
MCTS;
6) Vessel characteristics: The pilot must ensure that
the vessel’s manoeuvring characteristics and the
distance separating the vessels are sufficient to
counter the interaction effects between them;
7) Passage under overhead cables and bridges: In
order to ensure safe passage, the pilot must make
certain that he/she has the exact data on the vessel’s
draught and on the vertical clearance of any electrical
lines and bridges at the place of passage;
8) Towing and dredging operations: MCTS must
provide pilots with information on towing and dredging
operations being carried out so that the pilot may
adequately assess the situation and plan the vessel’s
passage;
9) Channel characteristics: The pilot must take into
consideration the channel configuration, type of
bottom, currents and tides.
2 - 148
Specific sectors: Portneuf Bend,
Sorel -Tracy Bend and Pointe à la
Citrouille
In the context of a meeting with a tanker, the pilot
must ensure that the angle of incidence on the
tanker’s longitudinal axis is under 30q in order to
increase the likelihood (in the event of a collision) of a
ricochet effect on the broadside of the vessel instead
of perforating her double hull.
R-3) Speed control: In the context of a meeting of
vessels that are subject to speed controls because of
their draught, the pilots must adjust the prescribed
speed so as to increase the safety margin by 50%
more than that prescribed in the CCG underkeel
clearance table, without, however, exceeding a speed
over water (SOW) of 9 knots.
R-4) Meetings with long vessels are prohibited in the
following areas (chart VN-301):
- Sainte-Croix Bend
- Barre à Boulard
- Cap Charles Bend
- Cap-à-la-roche Bend
- Champlain Bend
- Bécancour Bend
- Île de Grâces Bend
- Belmouth Bend
- The segment between Cap Saint-Michel and Île
aux Vaches
- The downstream sector of Tétreauville
3) Directives on overtaking in medium-
and high-risk (D)
D-1) Overtaking is prohibited in high-risk areas. The
high-risk areas between Québec and Montréal for
vessels with a combined nominal breadth of between
65 metres and 72˜6 metres and between 72˜61 metres
and 88 metres are identified on chart VN-301.
D-2) Medium-risk areas are assessed by pilots to
determine whether a vessel may be able to safely
overtake another where one or more of the factors
listed below apply:
a) The medium-risk areas between Québec and
Montréal for vessels with a combined nominal
breadth of between 65 metres and 72˜6 metres and
between 72˜61 metres and 88 metres are identified
on chart VN-301. Before a vessel overtakes
another, the pilots must notify MCTS of the
manoeuvres they have agreed on;
b) Within 10 days following the meeting, the
CMSLP must provide CCG and TC authorities with
a report describing the vessels’ condition, the
passage conditions, the environmental factors, the
manoeuvring conditions and all relevant comments
on how the vessels handled when they met;
c) In assessing the risks associated with overtaking
a vessel, pilots must take the following factors into
consideration:
1) Nighttime navigation: Darkness makes it more
difficult to evaluate distances, background light can be
confused with ship’s navigation lights and aids to
navigation, beacons are fewer and unlit in winter and
the effect of wave action from passing vessels on
shorelines is difficult to observe;
 NP65
2) Visibility: When a vessel overtakes another, the 4) Directives concerning anchorage
visibility must be sufficient for the pilots to visually areas(M)
assess the approach between the two vessels. Pilots
must take into consideration that aids to navigation M-1) No anchoring of wide-beam or long vessels at
have a theoretical availability (75% availability) of the Pointe-aux-Trembles (PAT) anchorage, except
4˜3 nm and that buoys can be hidden under the ice under exceptional circumstances.
cover; M-2) No wide-beam or long vessels may use the
long-term anchorage areas in the sector of the
3) Wind velocity and direction: Under certain vessel waterway between Québec and Montréal.
load conditions, wind direction and velocity (above
M-3) The holding anchorage areas authorized for
35 knots) can influence vessel manoeuvrability;
wide-beam or long vessels are the following:
4) Manoeuvring distance: The pilot must ensure that Québec/Saint-Nicolas, Trois-Rivières and
he/she has sufficient distance to complete the Sorel/Lanoraie.
manoeuvre before the next medium- or high-risk area; M-4) If wide-beam or long vessels use an authorized
holding anchorage area, the avoidance radius of the
5) Marine traffic: The pilot must ensure that there are anchorage point must not adversely affect traffic or
no other vessels manoeuvring to overtake or meet in make it deviate.
the sector and must also consider recreational boating
Source: notmar.gc.ca Q0227/2013
and other nautical activities. All manoeuvre
agreements made between vessels that contradict Canada Eastern Notice 01/ATL111/ATL112/13
these directives must be communicated to the sector’s (SDD 2013000 014704) [07/13]
MCTS;

6) Vessel characteristics: The pilot must ensure that NP66 West Coast of Scotland Pilot (2011 Edition)
the vessel’s manoeuvring characteristics and the
distance separating the vessels are sufficient to Loch Ryan – Cairnryan Ferry Terminal —
counter the interaction effects between them; Directions; works in progress; light buoy

7) Passage under overhead cables and bridges: In 55

order to ensure safe passage, the pilot must make Paragraph 2.50 6 lines 5-7 Replace by:
certain that he/she has the exact data on the vessel’s
draught and on the vertical clearance of any electrical SW of Loch Ryan Port Pier Front Leading Light
lines and bridges at the place of passage; (54q59c˜19N 5q02c˜36W).
Paragraph 2.50 7 lines 5-6 Delete ..., marked close S by a
8) Towing and dredging operations: MCTS must light buoy (S cardinal)
provide pilots with information on towing and dredging
operations being carried out so that the pilot may
P&O Ferries, BA Chart 1403
adequately assess the situation and plan the vessel’s
(SDD 2013000 038692) [11/13]
passage;

9) Channel characteristics: The pilot must take into Firth of Clyde and Approaches – Sanda Island —
Directions; AIS
consideration the channel configuration, type of
bottom, currents and tides. 61
D-3) Speed control: When planning to overtake After Paragraph 2.83 1 line 1 Insert:
another vessel, the pilot must obtain the authorization Sanda Lighthouse (55q16c˜51N 5q34c˜98W).
of the vessel to be overtaken. The vessels will adjust
their speeds to obtain, ideally, a ratio of 2:1 (twice the Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 29/13
speed) in order to minimize the interaction effects (SDD 2013000 234695) [48/13]
between the vessels. However, the overtaking vessel
must not maintain a speed that could lead to Firth of Clyde – Lamlash — Position
accelerated shoreline erosion or cause shoreline
property damage. 72
Paragraph 2.152 1 line 2 For 4q Read 5q
D-4) Overtaking long vessels is prohibited in the
following areas (chart VN-301):
BA Chart 1864 [50/13]
- Sainte-Croix Bend
- Barre à Boulard Firth of Clyde – Upper Part — Pilotage
- Cap Charles Bend 77
- Cap-à-la-roche Bend
- Champlain Bend Paragraph 2.173 1 lines 7-8 Replace by:
- Bécancour Bend A pilot boarding area and a military pilot boarding
- Île de Grâces Bend area are positioned 3½ and 7 cables NW of Kempock
- Belmouth Bend Point (55q57c˜78N 4q49c˜06W) respectively.
- The segment between Cap Saint-Michel and Île
aux Vaches HMNB Clyde
- The downstream sector Tétreauville (SDD 2012000 145310) [35/12]

2 - 149
 NP66
Firth of Clyde – Inverkip — Directions; landmark Kilbrannan Sound and Approaches –
Campbeltown — Basins and berths; depths
78
111
Paragraph 2.179 2 lines 3-5 Delete Paragraph 2.345 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
2 New Quay (55q25c˜45N 5q35c˜97W). On the NW
80 side there is 120 m of berthing space, with a depth of
9˜0 m. On the SE side there is a RoRo berth, 80 m in
Paragraph 2.188 1 line 4 Delete
length with a linkspan, and depth 5˜0 m.

91 Harbour Master, Campbeltown

(SDD 2013000 024944) [08/13]
Paragraph 2.248 1 lines 2-4 Delete
Mull of Kintyre – Machrihanish Bay —
Directions; depth
92
136
Paragraph 2.251 1 lines 2-4 Delete
Paragraph 3.46 4 line 1 Replace by:

Peel Ports Clydeport Notice M47/13 4 W of a shoal (55q25c˜69N 5q46c˜04W), with a depth
(SDD 2013000 160708) [33/13] of 7˜1 m, which lies close W of Skerrivore (55q25c˜75N
5q45c˜45W). Skerrivore is a...
Firth of Clyde – Gareloch – Rhu Narrows — Paragraph 3.46 6 line 7 Replace by:
Port closure signals
...and the 7˜1 m shoal which lies close W, but passes inside
80 Skerrinagal. Mull of Kintyre Light is...
MV Pole Star
Paragraph 2.186 3 lines 5-6 Delete Rhu Narrows port
(SDD 2012000 223584; 223860) [47/12]
closure signals are shown from the roof.
Islay – Port Ellen — Directions
97
140
Paragraph 2.275 5 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.63 1 lines 7-8 Delete
5 Traffic signals. When Rhu Narrows is closed, port
closure signals are shown from Rosneath Point radar Paragraph 3.64 7 lines 9-10 Replace by:
tower (55q59c˜34N 4q46c˜09W) and Rhu Hard (2.287). Thence as required for berthing. Vessels should
refrain from anchoring in the approaches to the ferry
444 terminal and maintain a clear approach for RoRo
ferries and other large vessels.
Paragraph 2. (2) (b) (iv) Delete
Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited
Notice 44/12
HMNB Clyde
(SDD 2012000 162083) [35/12]
(SDD 2013000 210459) [42/13]
Islay – Port Ellen — Directions
Firth of Clyde – Dunoon — Berth
140
87 Paragraph 3.64 7 line 2 Replace by:
Paragraph 2.217 4 line 4 After berth, Insert Dunoon Pier, ...with a depth of 3˜7 m marked by a light buoy (E
cardinal) moored close E, thence:
Maritime and Coastguard Agency Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited
(SDD 2012000 176068) [38/12] Notice 59/12
(SDD 2012000 207132) [44/12]
Gareloch – Faslane — Berths
Islay – Port Ellen — Directions; buoy
101
140
Paragraph 2.288 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
Paragraph 3.64 4 lines 4-5 Replace by:
2 The berths in Faslane Bay are protected by a ENE of Otter Gander (55q36c˜60N 6q12c˜46W), a
floating barrier; from S to N they are numbered 7A, shoal with a depth of 2˜6 m, marked by a light buoy
7B, 8B, 8A, 9B, 9A, 10, 11 and 12. (E cardinal) moored close E, thence:
Queen’s Harbour Master, Faslane Northern Lighthouse Board NM 8/13
(SDD 2013000 030207) [09/13] (SDD 2013000 056288) [14/13]

2 - 150
 NP66
Sound of Islay – Glas Eilean — Directions; shoal Firth of Lorn and South–west Approaches —
Directions; other aids to navigation
145

Paragraph 3.101 1 lines 8-9 Delete 172

...a shoal (44q48c˜61N 6q04c˜52W), with a depth of After Paragraph 4.14 1 line 3 Insert:
2˜3 m, fronting...
AIS:
Chart 2481 [44/13] Dubh Artach Lighthouse (56q07c˜99N 6q38c˜07W)
See The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 2
Sound of Jura – North Part – Rèisa an t-Sruith —
Position 174
152
After Paragraph 4.25 1 line 13 Insert:
Paragraph 3.148 1 line 4 For (56q07c˜92N 5q39c˜70W) Read
(56q07c˜90N 5q38c˜70W) Other aids to navigation
4.25a
Racon:
154 Skerryvore Light (56q19c˜36N 7q06c˜87W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
Paragraph 3.159 1 line 2 For (56q07c˜92N 5q39c˜70W) Read AIS:
Dubh Artach Lighthouse (56q07c˜99N 6q38c˜07W).
(56q07c˜90N 5q38c˜70W)
See The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 2
158
176
Paragraph 3.184 3 line 3 For (56q07c˜92N 5q39c˜70W) Read
(56q07c˜90N 5q38c˜70W) After Paragraph 4.36 1 line 3 Insert:

Paragraph 3.185 1 line 2 For (56q07c˜92N 5q39c˜70W) Read AIS:

Dubh Artach Lighthouse (56q07c˜99N 6q38c˜07W).
(56q07c˜90N 5q38c˜70W) See The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of
Paragraph 3.194 1 line 2 For (56q07c˜92N 5q39c˜70W) Read Radio Signals Volume 2

(56q07c˜90N 5q38c˜70W)
225
Paragraph 3.198 1 line 2 For (56q07c˜92N 5q39c˜70W) Read
(56q07c˜90N 5q38c˜70W) After Paragraph 4.341 1 line 4 Insert:

Dubh Artach Lighthouse (56q07c˜99N 6q38c˜07W).

160
233
Paragraph 3.194 1 line 2 For (56q07c˜92N 5q39c˜70W) Read
(56q07c˜90N 5q38c˜70W) Paragraph 4.401 1 line 3 Replace by:

Paragraph 3.198 1 line 2 For (56q07c˜92N 5q39c˜70W) Read AIS:

Dubh Artach Lighthouse (56q07c˜99N 6q38c˜07W).
(56q07c˜90N 5q38c˜70W)
See The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of
Radio Signals Volume 2
UKHO
(Chart 2343) [31/12]
234

Sound of Luing and North Approach — Paragraph 4.407 1 line 3 Replace by:
Directions; buoy
AIS:
163 Dubh Artach Lighthouse (56q07c˜99N 6q38c˜07W).
See The Mariner’s Handbook and Admiralty List of
Paragraph 3.211 3 line 3 For (port hand) Read (E cardinal) Radio Signals Volume 2

Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 15/12 Northern Lighthouse Board

(SDD 2012000 149891) [33/12] (SDD 2013000 121528) [26/13]

2 - 151
 NP66
Scotland – West Coast – Firth of Lorn — 209
Directions; AIS
Paragraph 4.242 1 line 6 For Scottish Pulp and Paper Mills
181 Read Timber Pier

After Paragraph 4.65 3 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 4.245 4 lines 4-5 For Boyd Brothers Berth Read
Timber Pier
Other aids to navigation
4.65a Paragraph 4.246 1 lines 7-8 For (56q50c˜15N 5q07c˜65W)
1 AIS: Read (56q50c˜04N 5q07c˜22W)
Lady’s Rock Light (56q26c˜91N 5q37c˜03W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and
Paragraph 4.247 1 lines 4-11 Replace by:
The Mariner’s Handbook.
Alongside berths. New Wharf (56q50c˜38N
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 16/13 5q07c˜92W extends E from Eilean nan Craobh which is
(SDD 2013000 155160) [38/13] connected to the mainland by a causeway. The berth
has a depth alongside of 8˜9 m, is about 60 m in
length and its effective berthing length is extended by
Scotland – West Coast – Kerrera Sound —
Directions; light dolphins to the N and S.
Paragraph 4.247 2 line 1 For Boyd Brothers Jetty Read
184 Timber Pier
Paragraph 4.80 3 line 3 Replace by:
210
...extending SW of Heather Island (56q24c˜47N 5q30c˜19W)
from which a light is exhibited. Paragraph 4.253 1 line 8 For (56q50c˜15N 5q07c˜65W) Read
(56q50c˜04N 5q07c˜22W)
185

After Paragraph 4.82 6 line 14 Insert: BA Chart 2372 (5th Edition) [50/12]

Heather Island Light (56q24c˜41N 5q30c˜24W).

Fort William and Corpach —
Northern Lighthouse Board Directions; buoy; depth
(SDD 2011000 213023) [04/12]
207

Scotland – West coast – Lynn of Lorn — Paragraph 4.233 1 line 4 For 5˜5 m Read 2˜7m (56q50c˜28N
Directions; light beacon 5q07c˜04W)

193
209
Paragraph 4.136 5 lines 3-4 For black metal framework
tower, red band, Read metal framework structure on white Paragraph 4.245 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
column, Clear of a shoal bank (56q50c˜28N 5q07c˜04W) with
depth 2˜7 m which is marked by a light buoy
moored close SE.
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 085533) [20/12] Paragraph 4.245 2 lines 1-3 Delete

Loch Linnhe – Corpach — Northern Lighthouse Board and BA Chart 2372

Directions; position; depths; berths (SDD 2012000 193390; 207029) [46/12]

207
Loch Linnhe – Northern part — Directions; buoy
Paragraph 4.231 1 line 8 For Scottish Pulp and Paper Mills
Read Timber Pier (56q50c˜46N 5q08c˜11W) 208

Paragraph 4.237 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:

208
Paragraph 4.237 3 lines 6-10 Replace by:
E of a drying reef (56q50c˜00N 5q07c˜14W), extending
¼ cable E from Rubha Dearg (56q50c˜04N
5q07c˜22W), the E point of a grassy islet lying
¾ cable E of, and connected to the mainland by a
narrow tongue of sand and gravel.
WNW of a Light Buoy (starboard hand) (56q49c˜23N
5q07c˜14W) which marks a commercial dive site
situated close WNW of Underwater Centre Ltd
pierhead (56q49c˜22N 5q06c˜86W) (4.241),
thence:
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 174686) [38/12]

2 - 152
 NP66
Sound Of Mull – Loch Aline — Directions; light 406

216 After Paragraph 9.22 1 line 7 Insert:

Paragraph 4.283 1 lines 3-7 Delete Other aids to navigation

9.22a
1 AIS:
Paragraph 4.283 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Barra Head Light (56q47c˜12N 7q39c˜21W).
2 Track. From a position SSE of the monument See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and
(56q32c˜06N 5q46c˜67W) (4.265), the narrow white The Mariner’s Handbook.
sector (356q–358q) of Loch Aline Direction Light
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 20/13; BA Chart 2722
(orange concrete plinth) (56q32c˜38N 5q46c˜47W) leads (SDD 2013000 166392) [41/13]
N, passing:

Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited Sea of the Hebrides — Directions; AIS
Notice 11/13 246
(SDD 2013000 041293; 054692) [13/13]
After Paragraph 5.35 1 line 7 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 41/13 Insert:
Scotland – West Coast – Outer Hebrides —
Directions; AIS Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).

242 248

After Paragraph 5.16 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 5.46 1 line 1 Replace by:
1 Racon:
2 AIS:
Hyskeir Light (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
Barra Head Light (56q47c˜12N 7q39c˜21W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and
AIS:
The Mariner’s Handbook.
Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).

244 250
After Paragraph 5.23 1 line 3 Insert: Paragraph 5.59 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 AIS: 2 Racon:
Barra Head Light (56q47c˜12N 7q39c˜21W). Hyskeir Light (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
The Mariner’s Handbook. AIS:
Ardnamurchan Lighthouse (56q43c˜63N 6q13c˜57W).
245 Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).

After Paragraph 5.28 1 line 7 Insert: 258

After Paragraph 5.112 1 line 6 Insert:
Other aids to navigation Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
5.28a
1 Racon: 259
Skerryvore Lighthouse (56q19c˜36N 7q06c˜87W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 5.117 2 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 AIS:
2 Racon:
Barra Head Light (56q47c˜12N 7q39c˜21W).
Hyskeir Light (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
The Mariner’s Handbook.
AIS:
Ardnamurchan Lighthouse (56q43c˜63N 6q13c˜57W).
246 Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
Humla Light Buoy (57q00c˜44N 6q37c˜37W).
After Paragraph 5.35 1 line 6 Insert:
Barra Head Light (56q47c˜12N 7q39c˜21W). 260
Paragraph 5.119 2 lines 5-7 Replace by:
285
Racon:
After Paragraph 5.291 1 line 7 Insert: Hyskeir Light (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
2 AIS: AIS:
Barra Head Light (56q47c˜12N 7q39c˜21W). Ardnamurchan Lighthouse (56q43c˜63N 6q13c˜57W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
The Mariner’s Handbook. Humla Light Buoy (57q00c˜44N 6q37c˜37W).

2 - 153
 NP66
261 286
Paragraph 5.130 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: Paragraph 5.294 1 lines 3-5 Replace by:
1 Racon:
Hyskeir Light (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W). NNW of the coastal bank (56q47c˜53N 6q37c˜97W),
with a depth of 7˜8 m, fronting Shelter Rock
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
(56q47c˜45N 6q37c˜99W), and:
2 AIS:
Ardnamurchan Lighthouse (56q43c˜63N 6q13c˜57W). Paragraph 5.296 1 line 6 For 22˜5 m Read 16˜8 m
Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
Neist Point Lighthouse (57q25c˜39N 6q47c˜33W)
Paragraph 5.296 1 lines 6-7 Delete See caution regarding
285 soundings at 5.288.
After Paragraph 5.291 1 line 6 including existing Section IV
Notice Week 41/13 Insert: Paragraph 5.297 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
2 AIS: S of the S extremity (56q50c˜90N 7q32c˜95W) of
Barra Head Light (56q47c˜12N 7q39c˜21W). Rosinish (5.292), thence:
Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
Paragraph 5.297 2 line 2 For 5˜0 m Read 9˜7 m
294
Paragraph 5.344 1 lines 1-3 Replace by: 287

1 Racon: Paragraph 5.299 1 lines 3-10 Replace by:

Hyskeir Light (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. S of the coastal bank (56q52c˜39N 7q32c˜94W), with a
2 AIS: depth of 7˜6 m, fronting Greanamul (56q52c˜54N
Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W). 7q33c˜06W), a small flat island. A spit, depth 1˜9 m,
Neist Point Lighthouse (57q25c˜39N 6q47c˜33W). extends 1 cable NW from the islet. And:
McKenzie Rock Light Buoy (57q08c˜28N 7q13c˜65W).
Paragraph 5.299 2 lines 4-8 Replace by:
295
S of Lingay (56q52c˜37N 7q34c˜72W), the coasts of
After Paragraph 5.350 1 line 6 Insert: which are moderately bold and precipitous. From
NW, Lingay shows a...
Other aids to navigation
Paragraph 5.299 3 lines 1-4 Replace by:
5.350a
1 Racon: N of the coastal bank (56q51c˜77N 7q34c˜72W), with a
Hyskeir Light (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W). depth of 6˜2 m at its outer edge, fronting the N
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. extremity of Pabbay. The N side of Pabbay is
2 AIS: otherwise steep-to. Thence:
Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 and Paragraph 5.302 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
The Mariner’s Handbook.
2 Depths. The least charted depth in the approach is
298 6˜3 m which lies close to the leading line NNW of
Sgeir Na Treanne Light Buoy (port hand) (56q56c˜50N
Paragraph 5.368 1 line 1 Replace by: 7q29c˜68W) (port hand). Greater depths can be found
1 Racon: close N of the leading line.
Hyskeir Light (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W).
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. 288
AIS:
Hyskeir Lighthouse (56q58c˜15N 6q40c˜84W). Paragraph 5.303 3 lines 5-6 Replace by:
Northern Lighthouse Board Notice 30/13; Chart 1795 ...2 cables S of a rock (56q56c˜38N 7q28c˜29W), with a
(SDD 2013000 239072) [47/13] depth of 3˜1 m, and on to the alignment of Rhuba...
Paragraph 5.304 5 line 2 For 4˜4 m Read 4˜0 m
Sea of the Hebrides – West Part –
Berneray to Curachan — Directions
289
285
Paragraph 5.312 3 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.288 2 Replace by:
2 Source information. Within Vatersay Bay 3 SW of a patch (56q55c˜40N 7q28c˜25W), which dries
(56q55c˜60N 7q31c˜50W) and Bàgh Siar (56q55c˜50N 1˜6 m, thence:
7q33c˜70W) depths have been obtained by lead-line
surveys. Chart 2769 [44/13]

2 - 154

Outer Hebrides – Castle Bay – Loch Boisdale –
East Loch Tarbet — Anchorages
289
Paragraph 5.306 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Caution. When anchoring or mooring, vessels
should consider their proximity to ferry routes and
harbour areas. Sufficient sea room should be allowed
so as to avoid a possible close quarters situation or
risk of collision with vessels approaching or departing
RoRo berths, piers, jetties or quays.
Anchorage may be obtained generally in Castle
Bay, in depths from 5 to 16 m, mud with good holding
in its N part, and fine sand in its S part.
297
Paragraph 5.358 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
1 Caution. When anchoring or mooring, vessels
should consider their proximity to ferry routes and
harbour areas. Sufficient sea room should be allowed
so as to avoid a possible close quarters situation or
risk of collision with vessels approaching or departing
RoRo berths, piers, jetties or quays.
324
After Paragraph 6.152 1 line 6 Insert:
Caution. When anchoring or mooring, vessels
should consider their proximity to ferry routes and
harbour areas. Sufficient sea room should be allowed
so as to avoid a possible close quarters situation or
risk of collision with vessels approaching or departing
RoRo berths, piers, jetties or quays.
Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited Notice 21/13
(SDD 2013000 087032) [20/13]
Loch Boisdale — Directions; light
296
Paragraph 5.355 2 lines 2-4 Replace by:
...Lochboisdale (57q09c˜13N 7q18c˜29W) is open between
the N edge of Gasay...
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2013000 035025) [10/13]
South Uist – Loch Boisdale — Development
296
After Paragraph 5.354 Insert:
Development
5.354a
1 A new harbour development is in progress at
Lochboisdale. The work includes construction of a
causeway from Rubha Bhuailt to Gasay, with two
breakwaters and a pier at Gasay. The work will be
completed in 2015. Mariners should approach the area
with caution.
MacInnes Bros, Contractors
(SDD 2013000 135548) [28/13]
2 - 155
NP66
Loch Boisdale — Directions; light
296-297
Paragraph 5.355 2 lines 7-8 Replace by:
...WNW through the channel N of Gasay in the narrow
white sector (292q-293q) of Loch Boisdale Ferry Terminal
Directional Light (57q09c˜19N 7q18c˜24W), passing:
Paragraph 5.355 3-7 Replace by:
3 NNE of an obstruction (57q08c˜87N 7q16c˜93W),
position approximate, which lies within the red
sector of Gasay Light (5.351), thence:
SSW of Loch Boisdale North Side Light (metal post,
2 m in height) (57q08c˜98N 7q17c˜04W), thence:
4 NNE of Gasay Rock (57q08c˜90N 7q17c˜16W)
which, when covered in calm weather, cannot
be detected owing to the brownish water and
seaweed which covers it. The rock lies within
the red sector of Gasay Light (5.351). Thence:
NNE of a bank (57q08c˜98N 7q17c˜32W) with a depth
of 3˜8 m, which fronts Gasay Light (3.351),
thence:
5 SSW of two isolated shoal patches (57q09c˜05N
7q17c˜49W and 57q09c˜07N 7q17c˜60W), with
depths of 3˜8 m.
Thence the track leads as required for berthing at
the pier, passing:
6 SSW of Sgeir Rock (57q09c˜16N 7q17c˜70W)
marked off its S side by Sgeir Rock Light
Buoy (starboard hand).
NNE of the bank (57q09c˜04N 7q17c˜70W), with
depths of less than 5 m, which extends from the
NW end of Gasay to the RoRo terminal, and:
SSW of a shoal bank (57q09c˜18N 7q17c˜88W), with a
depth of 1˜5 m.
7 Useful marks:
Eilean Dubh Light (black column, 2 m in height)
(57q09c˜09N 7q18c˜11W).
Hotel (57q09c˜20N 7q18c˜21W), a two-storeyed stone
building with gables facing the harbour.
Harbour Master, Caledonian Maritime Assets Limited
(SDD 2012000 243254) [51/12]
The Little Minch — Directions; AIS
313
After Paragraph 6.92 1 line 4 Insert:
Eilean Trodday Light (57q43c˜63N 6q17c˜93W).
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2013000 126590) [27/13]
The Little Minch – Loch Maddy — Directions;
light
336
Paragraph 6.226 7 line 4 Delete reported in 2011 as
unreliable,
Northern Lighthouse Board
(SDD 2012000 045711) [13/12]
 NP66
Inner Sound and Sound of Raasay – Raasay – Inner Sound — Directions; light buoy
Dùn Caan — Position
355
344
Paragraph 7.80 4 lines 1-3 Delete
Paragraph 7.11 5 line 13 For (57q22c˜90N 6q02c˜67W) Read
(57q22c˜88N 6q01c˜75W) Serco Marine Services
(SDD 2013000 116645) [25/13]

351
Sound of Raasay to Rubha Réidh —
Directions; shoal
Paragraph 7.56 1 line 2 For (57q26c˜56N 6q01c˜68W) Read
(57q22c˜88N 6q01c˜75W) 365

Paragraph 7.142 1 lines 6-7 Replace by:

355
E of a shoal bank (57q40c˜70N 6q07c˜20W), with a
Paragraph 7.79 1 line 2 For (57q26c˜56N 6q01c˜68W) Read depth of 9˜9 m, thence:
(57q22c˜88N 6q01c˜75W)
366

Paragraph 7.148 2 line 1 For (57q50c˜69N 6q07c˜20W) Read

359 (57q40c˜70N 6q07c˜20W)

Paragraph 7.101 1 line 2 For (57q26c˜56N 6q01c˜68W) Read

(57q22c˜88N 6q01c˜75W) BA Chart 2210 [49/12]

Outer Hebrides West Side – South Uist —

BA Chart 2534 (6th Edition) [07/13] Directions; racon

408
Loch Carron — Directions; light beacons; buoy
Paragraph 9.35 1 lines 2-3 Delete
347
Northern Lighthouse Board
Paragraph 7.32 3 lines 4-7 Delete (SDD 2013000 069810) [17/13]

Paragraph 7.32 4 lines 3-5 Delete

NP67 West Coasts of Spain and Portugal Pilot
Paragraph 7.32 5 Replace by:
(2011 Edition)

5 Between the coastal bank (57q21c˜58N

Spain – NW Coast – Ría de Ferrol — Pilotage
5q39c˜32W), with depths of less than 10 m,
fronting Sgeir a’ Chinn (57q21c˜66N 5q39c˜45W)
70
and Sgeir Golach (57q21c˜37N 5q38c˜94W), an
above-water and below-water reef, with a Paragraph 3.47 1 lines 3-4 For further W at 43q26c˜65N
whitish stone marker not easily distinguished 8q22c˜45W Read further SW at 43q26c˜05N 8q22c˜05W...
at HW. The SW extremity of the area is
marked by a light (metal platform structure,
white panels, 4 m in height). See clearing Spanish Notice 12/84/2013
marks below. Thence: (SDD 2013000 068221) [17/13]

Paragraph 7.32 6 lines 1-3 Delete

Portugal – Vila do Conde — Bar

Paragraph 7.33 4 line 2 Delete marked by a buoy 135

(starboard hand),
Paragraph 5.33 2 lines 5-6 Replace by:

Paragraph 7.33 5 lines 5-6 Replace by: 2 Depths in the river are about 2 m but are subject
to frequent change. The bar is restricted for navigation
...light (metal structure, red panels, 7 m in height). as it is silted up; all vessels using this bar are
The track passes over the least depth in... requested to do so only in the period three hours
either side of high water.
Northern Lighthouse Board Notices 22 and 23/13;
Chart 2528 Portuguese Notice 351/11
(SDD’s 2013000 181784; 181866; 208061) [42/13] (SDD 2011000 226083) [08/12]

2 - 156
 NP67
Portugal – West Coast – Approaches to Leixões After Paragraph 6.182 1 line 9 Insert:
and Douro — Depth
Muelle No 4 (finger pier); length 350 m.
136 Paragraph 6.182 2 lines 1-2 Delete
Paragraph 5.38 4 line 4 For 6˜3 m Read 4˜7 m
Spanish chart 4431 & ES504431
Portuguese Notice 9/343(P)/13 (SDD 2013000 036339) [15/13]
(SDD 2013000 219921) [46/13]
Spain – South-west Coast – Bahia de Cadiz –
Puerto de Santa María — Anchorage
Portugal – West coast – Porto de Aveiro —
Leading line
211
146 Paragraph 6.186 1 lines 1 to 4 Delete
Paragraph 5.114 1 line 2 For 065.6q Read 063.1q
Spanish chart 4431
Portuguese Notice 10/325/12 (SDD 2012000 261252) [08/13]
(SDD 2012000 221779) [51/12]
Spain – South West Coast – Puerto de Cádiz —
Berth
Portugal – Figueira da Foz — Power line
213
148
Paragraph 6.205 1 lines 9-10 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.127 2 line 8 Replace by:
...de Levante. Cádiz...
... 39 m. A power line, safe vertical clearance 30 m,
spans the river ¾ cable E of the bridge. A service
214
dock and the commercial berth, stand ...
Paragraph 6.213 1 lines 8-11 including existing Section IV
Portuguese Notice 3/165/13 Notice Week 27/12 Delete
(SDD 2013000 080267) [24/13]

215
Portugal – Foz do Arelho — Buoy
Paragraph 6.218 including heading Replace by:
151

Paragraph 5.140 2 lines 5-8 Delete Spare

6.218
Portuguese Notice 348/11 Spanish Notice 26/173/2012
(SDD 2011000 226083) [08/12] (SDD 2012000 134548) [33/12]

Portugal – Peniche de Cima — Morocco – Baie de Tanger — Light buoy

Directions; leading lights
228
154
Paragraph 7.56 4 lines 5-7 Replace by:
Paragraph 5.145 2 and 3 Delete
... lying 5½ cables N of Pointe Malabata. Pointe ...
Portuguese Notice 1/111/13 Spanish Notice 16/99/2012
(SDD 2013000 030406) [10/13] (SDD 2012000 084426) [20/12]

Spain – South-west Coast – Rota — Morocco – Baie de Tanger — Light buoy

Harbour layout, leading lights and berths
228
210
Paragraph 7.56 4 line 5 including existing Section IV Notice
Paragraph 6.180 1 line 2 For ...a finger pier... Read ...two
Week 20/12 Replace by:
finger piers...
...lying 5½ cables N of Pointe Malabata. The shoal
Paragraph 6.181 3 line 2 For 320q Read 322q is marked by a light buoy (N cardinal) moored
¾ mile NW of the point. Pointe...
Paragraph 6.182 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
Spanish Notice 43/315/2013
...depths alongside between 13 and 14 m. (SDD 2013000 237786) [48/13]

2 - 157
 NP67
Gibraltar – Europa Point — Los Picos Buoy Chesapeake Bay – Great Wicomico River —
Directions; obstruction; dangerous wreck
233
Paragraph 7.79 11 lines 2-4 Replace by: 134
...Europa Point Light (7.76). Paragraph 5.22 2 lines 1-5 Delete.

246
US Chart 12235 New Edition
Paragraph 7.143 1 lines 4-6 Replace by: (SDD 2011000 179449) [51/11]

...than 24 meters in length are prohibited.

Potomac River – Hallowing Point —
Gibraltar Local Notice 6/2013 Directions; beacon
(SDD 2013000 037594) [11/13]

Gibraltar – Gibraltar Airport western runway — 144

Artificial reef
Paragraph 5.114 4 lines 5-7 Replace by:
E of Hallowing Point (38q38c˜12N 77q07c˜84W),
245 thence:
After Paragraph 7.139 2 line 8 Insert: US Notice (OCS) 43/12289/11
3 Artificial reef. An artificial reef has been created in (SDD 2011000 192820) [51/11]
an area NW of the Gibraltar Airport western runway,
as shown on the chart, consisting of concrete blocks,
which reduce the depth by up to 1˜5 m from the Chesapeake Bay – Choptank River —
Directions; fish haven
charted depth.

Gibraltar Notice to Mariners 28/13 150

(SDD 2013000 179697) [38/13]
After Paragraph 5.183 4 line 1 Insert:
Portugal – Arquipélago dos Açores – Clear of a fish haven (38q39c˜27N 76q16c˜97W) with a
Princesse Alice Bank — Depth minimum depth of 2˜4 m (8 ft), thence:
255 US Notice 48/12266/11
(SDD 2011000 215357) [51/11]
Paragraph 8.6 4 line 10 Add:
...A shoal depth 54 m has been reported (2011) at
37q37c˜70N 31q51c˜20W. Georgia – St Marys Entrance —
Anchorages and
Portuguese chart 43101 harbours; anchorage
(SDD2011000199976) [11/12]
236
Paragraph 9.57 1 lines 3-4 Replace by:
NP68 East Coast of the United States Pilot
Volume 1 (2013 Edition) One mile N of the entrance channel in depths of
about 12˜8 to 14˜0 m (42 to 46 ft), sand and
Nil shingle.

US Coast Pilot 4/2010 Change 12

NP69 East Coast of the United States Pilot (SDD 2011000 144218) [51/11]
Volume 2 (2011 Edition)
NP69A East Coasts of Central America and
Delaware – Wilmington – Christina River — Gulf of Mexico Pilot (2012 Edition)
Depths

78 NAVIGATION AND REGULATIONS –

Traffic separation schemes
Paragraph 3.156 2 lines 1-4 Replace by:
5
2 Above Lobdell Canal the project depth to the
Market Street bascule bridge, about 3 miles above the Paragraph 1.41 1 lines 3-4 Delete
entrance, is 6˜4 m (21 ft) with a minimum channel
width of 60 m. (IMO SN.1/Circ.309) [46/12]
US Notice 34/12311/11 The following routeing measures will be implemented
(SDD 2011000 150146) [51/11] at 0000 UTC on 1st December 2012

2 - 158
 NP69A
Mexico – Bay of Campeche — Routeing Changes 2 Areas to be avoided:
(i) Most of the associated platforms are in an ATBA
centred on 19q25c˜00M 92q10c˜00W.
(ii) ATBA centred on Cayo Arcas terminal.
125 (iii) ATBA centred on Rebombeo Oilfield.
(iv) ATBA centred on May Oilfield.
(v) ATBA centred on Dos Bocas terminal.
Paragraph 6.61 6 lines 4-6 Replace by: 3 Prohibited anchorage. Anchoring is prohibited
within the charted restricted areas except in
Anchorage may be obtained in depths of 39 to designated anchorages (6.72).
41 m in a charted area 9 miles SE of Cayo Arcas
Light. Paragraph 6.80 Replace by:
1 From a position about 13 miles E of Cayo Arcas
Paragraph 6.65 2 lines 4-5 Replace by:
(6.61) the route leads generally S for about 85 miles,
avoiding the restricted areas, to the Precautionary
Track. Charted IMO recommended two-way routes Area 11½ miles N of Punta Atalaya Light (18q38c˜67N
should be followed. 91q50c˜65W).
2 Useful Mark:
Punta Atalaya Light (white truncated conical
masonry tower, red cupola, 23 m in height)
126 (18q38c˜67M 91q50c˜65W).
(Directions continue at 6.92)
Paragraph 6.72 2 Replace by:
BA chart 2626
(IMO SN.1/Circ.309) [46/12]
2 Anchorages for tankers and vessels involved in oil
related activities are charted as follows:
Mid-position Depths Mexico –Gulf of Campeche – Dos Bocas —
20q14c˜50N 91q52c˜50W 39 to 41 m. Directions; light buoy; AIS

19q42c˜50N 91q52c˜50W 49 to 59 m.
19q17c˜50N 91q53c˜50W 20 to 29 m. 127
19q19c˜75N 92q25c˜50W 50 to 100 m.
18q55c˜25N 92q46c˜50W 46 m. After Paragraph 6.77 1 Insert:

3 An anchorage centred on 18q47c˜00N 91q47c˜50W is 2 AIS:

established for vessels arriving at, or manoeuvring NE Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (18q27c˜74N
93q12c˜83W).
of the port of Isla del Carmen, located NW of the sea
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
buoy.
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
4 An anchorage centred on 18q34c˜00N 93q13c˜00W is
established for vessels other than tankers, involved in
cargo exportation activities, arriving at or manoeuvring
129
NW to the port of Dos Bocas.

After Paragraph 6.100 1 line 4 Insert:

Paragraph 6.74 Replace by: 2 AIS:
Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (18q27c˜74N
1 Description of routeing system. An 93q12c˜83W).
IMO-recommended routeing system exists in the area For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
of offshore oil and gas activity primarily for oil Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
exploration and production support vessels. Other
vessels are strongly recommended to avoid the
recommended system. The system comprises the 131
following:
After Paragraph 6.117 1 Insert:
(i) Five ATBA’s containing the oil and gas fields,
Cayo Arcas terminal, Rebombeo Oilfield, May 2 AIS:
Oilfield and Dos Bocas Oilfield. Dos Bocas Fairway Light Buoy (18q27c˜74N
(ii) Recommended tracks NNW, NW, WNW and W 93q12c˜83W).
in both directions from precautionary area A at For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
the approaches to Ciudad del Carmen. Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.
(iii) Recommended tracks S of Cayo Arcas terminal.
(iv) Six precautionary areas (A, B, C, D, E, F) at the Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2
junctions of the recommended tracks. (HH. 69A/200/02) [27/12]

2 - 159
 NP69A
United States of America – Calcasieu Pass to Hispaniola – North Coast — Directions; lights
Southwest Pass — Directions; light; AIS

151
192
Paragraph 6.39 2 line 1 For lights Read light

After Paragraph 8.12 1 Insert:

Paragraph 6.39 2 lines 4-8 Delete
2 AIS:
Southwest Pass Entrance Light (28q54c˜36N Paragraph 6.42 1 line 1 For marks Read mark
89q25c˜72W).
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Paragraph 6.42 1 lines 2-4 Delete
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2.

Paragraph 6.46 2 lines 5-7 Delete

196

After Paragraph 8.56 1 Insert:

153
2 AIS:
Southwest Pass Entrance Light (28q54c˜36N Paragraph 6.60 2 lines 8-10 Delete
89q25c˜72W).
Paragraph 6.61 2 lines 2-4 Delete

209

154
After Paragraph 8.153 1 Insert:
Paragraph 6.70 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
2 AIS:
Southwest Pass Entrance Light (28q54c˜36N 1 Pilotage is compulsory. Pilots board about 1 mile
89q25c˜72W). NNE of Pointe Picolet.
For information see The Mariner’s Handbook and
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2. Paragraph 6.73 1 lines 6-9 Delete

Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volume 2 Paragraph 6.74 2 lines 6-7 Replace by:
(SDD 2012000 074965) [27/12]
At least 1 cable E of Pointe Picolet, thence:

155
NP70 West Indies Pilot Volume 1 (2011 Edition)
Paragraph 6.86 1 lines 6-8 Delete

United States of America – Straits of Florida – Light List Volume J 5410; 5427; 5427.5; 5428
Miami — Traffic Regulation; restricted area (SDD 2011000 227905) [34/13]

130
Hispaniola – South Coast — Directions; lights
After Paragraph 5.132 5 line 5 Insert:
For information on regulations covering danger 184
zones and restricted areas see Appendix VI.

Paragraph 8.13 2 lines 3-4 Replace by:

287
S of Punta Pescadero (18q26c˜07N 69q17c˜92W),
thence:
After Paragraph §334.600 Insert: Paragraph 8.14 1 line 1 For marks Read mark

§334.605 Meloy Channel, U.S. Coast Guard Paragraph 8.14 1 lines 2-7 Delete
Base Miami Beach, FL; restricted area.
Paragraph 8.20 2 lines 4-6 Replace by:
United States Coast Pilot 4 2011 Edition Change 12
(SDD 2012000 165951) [37/12] ENE of Punta Berroa and:

2 - 160
 NP70
186 Paragraph 1.32 Replace by:
Paragraph 8.26 1 lines 1-3 Replace by:
Spare
1 Anchorage may be obtained 1 mile S of Punta 1.32
Pescadero in depths of about 18 m (59 ft).
Paragraph 8.28 1 lines 1-4 Replace by:
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III
1 From the pilot boarding position 1 mile SSW of (SDD 2010000 092655) [41/10]
Punta Pescadero the track leads N then NW through
a channel marked by buoys (lateral), passing:
Paragraph 8.29 1 lines 7-8 Delete
Russian Federation, southern Barents Sea —
Barents SRS
Light List Volume J 5449; 5450
(SDD 2011000 227905) [34/13]
6

NP71 West Indies Pilot Volume 2 (2012 Edition) After Paragraph 1.28 Insert:

Puerto Rico – Ensenada Honda — Barents Area ship reporting system

Directions; leading lights 1.28a
1 The Barents Area SRS, a mandatory ship reporting
system, in force on 1st June 2013, will apply to the area
157 covered by this volume, W of 35qE. Its purpose is to
Paragraph 4.292 2 Delete. monitor shipping movements and provide shipping with
information concerning positioning, weather forecasting,
navigational warnings and other hazards in the ship
Paragraph 4.292 3 line 1 Replace by:
reporting area.
A track of 315q... 2 Participation in the reporting system is mandatory for
the following:
US Notice (OCS) 17/25666/13 All vessels of 5000 gt and above;
(SDD 2013000 086187) [19/13] All tankers;
All vessels carrying hazardous cargoes;
Guadeloupe – Passe Ouest — Directions; depth Vessels towing when the length of the tow exceeds
200 m;
246 3 Any vessels not under command, restricted in their
ability to manoeuvre or having defective
Paragraph 6.137 3 line 1 For 8˜2 m Read 7˜7 m navigational aids.
For details see Admiralty List of Radio Signals
FR Notice 18-T-03/13 Volume 6(2).
(SDD 2013000 096169) [21/13]

Norwegian Notice 08/13

(SDD 2013000 091304) [22/13]
NP72 Southern Barents Sea and Beloye More Pilot
(2010 Edition)

Barents Sea – NE of Kol’skiy Zaliv —

Radio Navigation Warnings submerged mooring buoys
6
Paragraph 1.31 Replace by: 67

Radio navigational warnings and weather messages

1.31 Paragraph 2.7 1 lines 4-5 Replace by:
1 Navigational warnings and weather bulletins for Barents
Sea and Beloye More are issued by Across Skolpen Bank (70q50c˜4N 36q00c˜4E) (1.86),
NAVAREA/METAREA XX. They are broadcast in English passing clear of two submerged mooring buoys above
on the NAVTEX service by Murmansk and Arkhangel’sk a wreck, depth more than 20 m, in position 69q54c˜4N
Coast Radio Stations, and on the SafetyNET service. The 35q11c˜4E, thence:
latter is currently on trial, and enters full operational
capability on 1st June 2011.
See Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3(1) and 5 Russian Notice 218/3/2012
and The Mariner’s Handbook for details. (SDD 2012000 015298) [06/12]

2 - 161
 NP72
North approach to Arkhangel’sk – Barents Sea – Otmel ’ Pakhtusova —
Outer anchorage — Foul ground Drilling Platform

186
131
After Paragraph 6.98 1 line 5 Insert:
After Paragraph 5.18 2 line 4 Insert: 2 The drilling platform Prirazlomnaya situated in position
69q15c˜95N 57q17c˜29E (2011) has a safety zone of 3 miles
3 Foul ground, an anchor and chain, lies in position radius centred on that position. Vessels should not enter the
65q00c˜49N 39q54c˜46E. safety zone of the marine ice-stable platform without
permission of the operator of the platform.

Russian Notice 7/869/2013 Russian Notice 6623/51/11

(SDD 2013000 030411) [09/13] (SDD 2011000 225619) [01/12]

2 - 162
 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL
PUBLICATIONS

PART 3
CURRENT EDITIONS OF ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS
NP No Title Edition Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
100} The Mariner’s Handbook 9th (2009) 50/09
136 Ocean Passages for the World 5th (2004) 24/04
350(1)} Admiralty Distance Tables — Atlantic Ocean 2nd (2011) 07/12
350(2)} Admiralty Distance Tables — Indian Ocean 3rd (2008) 15/08
350(3)} Admiralty Distance Tables — Pacific Ocean 2nd (2009) 39/09
735} IALA Maritime Buoyage System 7th (2012) 50/12
5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on Admiralty Paper Charts 5th (2011) 12/11
5012 Admiralty Guide to ENC Symbols used in ECDIS 1st (2012) 30/12
133A Paper Chart Maintenance Record 4th (2013) 49/13
231 Admiralty Guide to the Practical Use of ENCs 1st (2012) 23/12
294 How to Keep your Admiralty Products Up-to-date 7th (2013)
201 Admiralty Tide Tables United Kingdom and Ireland (including European 2013 & 2014
Channel Ports) Volume 1
202 Admiralty Tide Tables Europe (excluding United Kingdom and Ireland), 2013 & 2014
Mediterranean Sea and Atlantic Ocean Volume 2
203 Admiralty Tide Tables Indian Ocean and South China Sea (including Tidal 2013 & 2014
Stream Tables) Volume 3
204 Admiralty Tide Tables Pacific Ocean (including Tide Stream Tables) 2013 & 2014
Volume 4
120 Admiralty Manual of Tides 1941
122(1) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No.1 Harmonic Tidal Analysis for Long Periods 1985
122(2) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No. 2 Datums for Hydrographic surveys 1975
122(3) Admiralty Tidal Handbook No.3 Harmonic Tidal Analysis for Short Periods 1986
160 Tidal Harmonic constants (European Waters) 5th (2010)
164 Dover, Times of High Water and mean ranges (published annually) 2013 & 2014
209 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Orkney and Shetland Islands 4th
218 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Coast of Ireland and West Coast of 5th
Scotland
219 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Portsmouth Harbour and Approaches 2nd
220 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Rosyth Harbour and Approaches 2nd
221 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Plymouth Harbour and Approaches 2nd
222 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Firth of Clyde and Approaches 1st
233 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Dover Strait 3rd
249 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Thames Estuary (with Co-Tidal Charts) 2nd
250 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The English Channel 4th
251 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Southern Portion 4th
252 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea North-Western Part 4th
253 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas North Sea, Eastern Part 2nd
254 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The West Country, Falmouth to Teignmouth 1st

3-1
NP No Title Edition Published /
correct from
Weekly Edition
Number
255 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Falmouth to Padstow, including Isles of Scilly 1st
256 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea and Bristol Channel 4th
257 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Approaches to Portland 3rd
258 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Bristol Channel (Lundy to Avonmouth) 1st
259 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Irish Sea, Eastern Part 1st
263 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas Lyme Bay 1st
264 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The Channel Islands and Adjacent Coasts of 5th
France
265 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas France, West Coast 2nd
337 Admiralty Tidal Stream Atlas The Solent and Adjacent Waters 4th
214 Admiralty Co-Tidal Atlas Persian Gulf 2nd
215 Admiralty Co-Tidal Atlas South-East Asia 1st
303(1) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol I Selected Stars Epoch 2015.0 28/12
303(2) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol II Lat 0q - 40q Dec 0q - 29q 2007
303(3) Rapid Sight Reduction Tables Vol III Lat 39q - 89q, Dec 0q - 29q 2007
314 The Nautical Almanac 2014 11/13
321 The Star Almanac for Land Surveyors 2014 23/12
323 Star Finder and Identifier
GP100 The Astronomical Almanac 2015 11/13
GP200 Astronomical Phenomena 2015 11/13
DP 330 NavPac and Compact Data 2011-2015
} Volumes on an extended cycle of Continuous Revision of 5 or more years.

3-2
 UPDATES TO ADMIRALTY MISCELLANEOUS
NAUTICAL PUBLICATIONS

PART 4

INDEX OF UPDATES IN FORCE ON 31 DECEMBER 2013 (Week 52/13)

NP Publication Page
100 . . . The Mariner’s Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
136 . . . Ocean Passages for the World . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
201-13 Admiralty Tide Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
202-13 Admiralty Tide Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
202-14 Admiralty Tide Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
204-14 Admiralty Tide Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
294 . . . How to Keep Your Admiralty Products Up-to-Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
5012 . Admiralty Guide to ENC Symbols Used in ECDIS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9

4-1
 NP100
NP100 The Mariner’s Handbook
(2009 Edition)
Page ii - Preliminary pages - Directions for
updating — Publication of updates
Paragraph 2 line 1 For Section IV Read Section VII
Paragraph 3 line 2-3 Replace by:
...Mariners. The full text of all extant Section IV and Section
VII Notices are published annually in January in NP247(2)
Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners -
Amendments to Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous
Nautical Publications.
UKHO 01/13
ECDIS
39
Paragraph 2.82 2 lines 10-12 Replace by:
...implications.
3 IMO Safety of Navigation Circular 266 (SN Circ266)
warns that ECDIS that is not updated for the latest
versions of IHO Standards may not meet the chart
carriage requirements set out in SOLAS regulation
V/19.2.1.4.
It also advises that any ECDIS which is not
upgraded to be compatible with the latest version of
the Product Specification or the S-52 Presentation
Library may be unable to correctly display the latest
charted features.
4 Additionally, in some cases, the appropriate alarms
and indications may not be activated even though the
features have been included in the ENC.
An up-to-date list of all the relevant IHO standards
relating to ECDIS equipment is maintained within the
“About ENCs” section of the IHO website: www.iho.int
After Paragraph 2.82 Insert:
Software anomalies and feedback from users
2.82a
1 Since 2010, warnings have been issued to alert
mariners to anomalies in the operation of some
ECDIS systems. To date, these have related to
display and alarm behaviour in particular system
configurations, in that equipment may not display
certain combinations of chart features and attributes
correctly, and on rare occasions may fail to display a
navigationally significant feature. This appears to be
caused by anomalous behaviour in some ECDIS
software, especially early versions.
2 The existence of such anomalies is not surprising
given that ECDIS is the first complex, safety-related
computer-based navigational system, and it is quite
possible that further anomalies remain to be
discovered. In the first instance, mariners are
recommended to make appropriate checks with the
equipment manufacturer. This is of particular
importance where ECDIS is the only source of chart
information available to the mariner.
4-2
3 As ECDIS is now in widespread use, and its
carriage about to become mandatory (2.84), it is
important that any anomalies identified by mariners
are reported to flag-state Administrations so that the
appropriate authorities can investigate them. Mariners
are therefore encouraged to make reports in sufficient
detail to permit analysis, and, when appropriate, to
issue alerts when such anomalies affect the safety of
navigation.
4 For UK-flagged vessels, MCA MIN 406 (M+F) has
requested that reports be made to the MCA by e-mail
to ECDISreport@mca.gov.uk with the following
information:
ECDIS: Manufacturer, model name/type, serial
number (if available), software version.
ENC: Issuer (eg UKHO), cell name (eg GB40282A),
edition number, and the latest update number
applied.
Date time group.
5 Description of anomaly, including location (in
lat/long or otherwise), and screen-shots (if
possible).
Details of system settings at the time of occurrence,
including display mode and display scale, ideally
shown as screen-shots.
Rectifying action (if any).
Additionally, for vessels irrespective of nationality, it
is requested that reports are copied to UKHO via the
Customer Service Desk at
customerservices@ukho.gov.uk
6 Further information will be made available through
Notices to Mariners and within the UK element of the
README.TXT file included on ENC service media.
40
After Paragraph 2.86 2 line 10 Insert:
3 Particular issues. Mariners using ECDIS are
reminded not to rely solely on automated voyage
planning and monitoring checks and alarms. Some
ECDIS appear only to undertake route check functions
on larger scale ENCs and therefore alarms might not
activate. This may not be clearly indicated on the
ECDIS display. Mariners should always undertake
careful visual inspection of the entire planned route
using the “other/all” display mode to confirm that it,
and any deviations from it, is clear of dangers.
4 Some ECDIS may not display certain combinations
of chart features and attributes correctly and on rare
occasions may fail to display a navigationally
significant feature. This appears to be caused by
anomalous behaviour in some ECDIS software,
especially early versions. It is recommended that
appropriate checks are made with the equipment
manufacturer. This is of particular importance where
ECDIS is the only source of chart information
available to the mariner.
5 Further information will be made available through
Notices to Mariners and within the UK element of the
README.TXT file included on ENC service media.
UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 51/11

Page 52 Chapter 3 - Revised limits of Volumes of
Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals
Diagram 3.14 Replace by New diagram 3.14 printed as a
block in Section II. Annex J (see page 4 - 29).
UKHO 25/13
Navigational Warnings — Different types
60
Paragraph 4.6 5 lines 4-6 Delete Navigational to local
warnings.
UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 10/10
NAVAREAS/METAREAS
60 - 62
Paragraph 4.7 Replace by:
1 For the purposes of WWNWS, the world is divided
into 21 geographical sea areas, termed NAVAREAs,
each identified by the roman numerals I - XXI, and
one sub-area (the Baltic Sea). The authority charged
with coordinating and promulgating long range
navigational warnings within a NAVAREA is called the
NAVAREA (or Sub-Area) Coordinator. The
Coordinators are listed in Admiralty List of Radio
Signals Volumes 3 and 5 and are shown in diagram
4.7.
2 The service in NAVAREAs XVII - XXI is currently
on trial and is expected to become fully operational in
2011.
61
Diagram 4.7 Caption line 3 Replace by:
The service in NAVAREAS XVII - XXI is currently
on trial and is expected to become fully
operational in 2011
63
Paragraph 4.17 lines 6-7 Replace by:
...almost identical to the 21 NAVAREAs (4.7) within
the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service
(WWNWS). The service in METAREAs XVII - XXI is
currently on trial and is expected to become fully
operational in 2011. Each...
United States of America Notice 24/10 Section III (SDD 2010000
092655) 41/10
PAGE 65, Chapter 4, Section III – Reprints of
Navigational Warnings 4.33
Paragraph 4.33 1 Including existing section VII Notice
Week 25/11 Replace by:
2 This section lists the serial numbers of all
NAVAREA I messages in force with reprints of those
issued during the week. The full text of all NAVAREA
I warnings in force is reproduced in Weekly Editions 1,
13, 26 and 39 each year.
UKHO 39/12
4-3
NP100
Publication of daily Admiralty Notices to
Mariners
64
After Paragraph 4.26 1 line 15 Add:
2 Publication of daily Admiralty Notices to
Mariners. From January 2014, Section II of Admiralty
Notices to Mariners (Updates to Standard Nautical
Charts) will be published daily, excluding weekends
and UK public holidays. The daily NMs will be
published in PDF format on the UKHO website at
www.ukho.gov.uk/msi. Adobe Reader (version 6.0 or
later) will be required to use them. Associated NM
Blocks will be published on Mondays.
Note, daily NMs will not be included in the Searchable
Notices to Mariners (www.ukho.gov.uk/nmwebsearch)
until later in the year.
There will be no change to the publication of the
weekly Admiralty Notices to Mariners.
UKHO [50/13]
Page 65, Chapter 4, SectionVI - Admiralty Notice to
Mariners - Structure of Weekly Edition —
Section VII Updates to Miscellaneous Nautical
Publications
After Paragraph 4.36 1 line 8 Insert:
Admiralty Notices to Mariners - Section VII —
Updates to Admiralty Miscellaneous Publications
4.36a
1 This section contains updates to Admiralty
Miscellaneous Nautical Publications published during
the week.
Note. The full text of all extant Section VII Notices
is published annually in January in Annual Summary
of Admiralty Notices to Mariners Part 2 - Amendments
to Sailing Directions and Miscellaneous Nautical
Publications.
UKHO 01/13
Page 65 Chapter 4 - Notification of new Section VIII
in Weekly Editions of Notices to Mariners
After Paragraph 4.36a, including Section VII Notice Week
01/13 Insert:
Section VIII - Admiralty digital products and
services
4.36b
1 This section contains information relating to
Admiralty Digital Products and Services, in particular:
ENCs and ECDIS safety notices;
Admiralty Vector Chart Service (AVCS);
Admiralty Information Overlay (AIO);
Admiralty Raster Chart Service (ARCS);
Admiralty Total Tide (ATT);
Admiralty Digital Lights List (ADLL);
Admiralty Digital List of Radio Signals Volume 6
(ADRS6).
UKHO 22/13
 NP100
PAGE 66, Chapter 4, Summary of periodical Page 66, Chapter 4 - Admiralty Notices to Mariners
information 4.40 - Maintenance of NM Data — Annual Summary of
Notices to Mariners
Paragraph 4.40 1 including table Replace by:
Paragraph 4.38 2 lines 9-10 Replace by:
2 Annual Summary of Admiralty Notices to Mariners
and Notices issued at regular intervals provide details ...amendments to Admiralty Sailing Directions and
of messages, updates and amendments in force. Miscellaneous Nautical Publications which have been
The table shows where this information can be published in Section IV and Section VII of Weekly...
found:
Weekly NM Subject Recapitulation UKHO 01/13
Section list details
IA Temporary and Serial numbers of
Preliminary T&P NMs in force
Page 67, Chapter 4 - Reporting of Information -
Notices to published monthly. Other forms of report — Hydrographic Note
Mariners Full text published in
Annual Summary Paragraph 4.45 6 line 4 For hdcfiles@ukho.gov.uk Read
Part 1 (NP247(1)) sdr@ukho.gov.uk
each year.
IB Current Current edition dates
Nautical published every
Publications 3 months.
Page 79, Chapter 4 - Reporting of Information -
II Updates to Cumulative List of Other forms of report — Hydrographic Note
Standard Admiralty NMs
Nautical Charts published in Wk 1 Paragraph 1 line 2 For hdcfiles@ukho.gov.uk Read
(NP234(A)) and sdr@ukho.gov.uk
Wk 26 (NP234(B))
each year.
III NAVAREA I Serial numbers of
UKHO 01/13
warnings warnings in force
published weekly.
Full text published
every 3 months in MARPOL 73/78 — Special Areas
Wks 1, 13, 26 & 39
each year.
IV Updates to Serial numbers of 209
Admralty updates published Existing Section IV Week 41/10 Paragraph 10.7 Table
Sailing every 3 months. Column 1 The Wider Caribbean Region Replace by:
Directions Full text published in
Annual Summary The Wider Caribbean Region, as defined in article
Part 2 (NP247(2)) 2, paragraph 1 of the Convention for the Protection
each year. and Development of the Marine Environment of the
VI Updates to Serial numbers of Wider Caribbean Region (Cartagena de Indias, 1983),
Admiralty List updates published means the Gulf of Mexico and Caribbean Sea proper
of Radio every 3 months. including the bays and seas therein and that portion
Signals of the Atlantic Ocean within the boundary constituted
by the 30qN parallel from Florida eastward to 77q30’W
VII Updates to Serial numbers of meridian, thence a rhumb line to the intersection of
Mariner’s updates published 20qN parallel and 59qW meridian, thence a rhumb line
Handbook every 3 months. to the intersection of 7q20cN parallel and 50qW
(NP100) Full text published in meridian, thence a rhumb line drawn south-westerly to
Annual Summary the eastern boundary of French Guiana.
Part 2 (NP247(2))
each year
MARPOL 73/78 Annex V Regulation 5(1)h; Roman Dumala (SDD
UKHO 39/12 2010000 151016, 200597) 50/10

4-4
 NP100
MARPOL - Environmental Control Areas (ECAs) — North American and US Caribbean Areas

209
After Paragraph 10.7 Table row 14 Insert:

The North American Environmental Control Area (ECA) includes waters adjacent to the Pacific coast, VI
the Atlantic/Gulf coast and the eight main Hawaiian islands (Hawaii, Maui, Oahu, Molokai, Niihau, Kauai,
Lanai and Kahoolawe). It extends up to 200 miles from the coasts of the United States of America, Canada
and the French territory of Saint-Pierre et Miquelon, except that it does not extend into marine areas subject
to the sovereignty or jurisdiction of other States. The precise coordinates of the ECA are given in IMO
document MEPC.1/Circ.723 dated 13 May 2010.
The United States Caribbean ECA includes the sea area located off the Atlantic and Caribbean coasts of VI
the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and the United States Virgin Islands. The precise coordinates of the ECA
are given in IMO document MEPC 62/6/2 dated 17 November 2010.

Paragraph 10.7 Table Note Replace by:

Notes.
1. * The Special Area requirements for these areas have not yet taken effect because of a lack of notifications from
MARPOL. Parties whose coastlines border the relevant Special Areas on the existence of adequate reception
facilities (Regulations 38.6 of MARPOL Annex I and 5(4) of MARPOL Annex V).
2. The North American ECA came into force on 1 August 2011 and will become effective from 1 August 2012.
3. The US Caribbean ECA comes into force on 1 January 2013 and will become effective from 1 January 2014.

211 MARPOL 73/78 – Annex II — Categorisation of

Paragraph 10.21 1 lines 9-10 Replace by:
The Baltic Sea, North Sea, North American waters
and US Caribbean waters as defined in the table at
10.7 are designated as SOx Emission Control Areas
in the Protocol. North American and US Caribbean
waters will also enforce restrictions on the emissions
of NOx and Fine Particulate Matter (PM2.5) on
becoming effective on 1 August 2012 and 1 January
2014 respectively.
IMO MEPC.1/Circ.723 dated 13 May 2010; IMO MEPC 62/6/2
dated 17 November 2010 (HH. 073/200/6) 08/12
Noxious Liquid Substances
210
Paragraph 10.15 2-6 Replace by:
Category X. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if
discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or
deballasting operations, are deemed to present a
major hazard to either marine resources or human
health and, therefore, justify the prohibition of the
discharge into the marine environment.
3 Category Y. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if
discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or
deballasting operations, are deemed to present a
hazard to either marine resources or human health or
cause harm to amenities or other legitimate uses of
the sea and therefore justify a limitation on the quality
and quantity of the discharge into the marine
environment.
4 Category Z. Noxious Liquid Substances which, if
discharged into the sea from tank cleaning or
deballasting operations, are deemed to present a
minor hazard to either marine resources or human
health and therefore justify less stringent restrictions
on the quality and quantity of the discharge into the
marine environment.
5 Other Substances. Substances which have been
evaluated and found to fall outside Category X, Y or Z
because they are considered to present no harm to
marine resources, human health, amenities or other
legitimate uses of the sea when discharged into the
sea from tank cleaning or deballasting operations. The
discharge of bilge or ballast water or other residues or
mixtures containing these substances are not subject
to any requirements of MARPOL Annex II.
MARPOL 73/78 Annex II as amended; MT Magda
(HH. 073/200/06) 03/10

4-5
 NP100
Loran-C — Discontinuation of US and Right Column Replace by:
Canadian signals
220 Preferred channel to port

After Paragraph 11.20 1 line 5 Insert: Colour: Red with one broad green band.
Shape: Conical, pillar or spar.
Note. The transmission of the US Loran-C signal Topmark (when fitted): Single red cone point
ceased with effect from 8 February 2010 and is upward.
permanently discontinued. This does not affect US Retroflector: Red band or square.
participation in the Russian-American or Canadian
chains. It has also been announced that the Canadian
signal is to be discontinued from 1 October 2010. This UKHO (HH. 073/200/06) 07/10
should be considered when using volumes of Sailing
Directions which cover the withdrawn chains.
Paragraph 11.20 4 lines 5-7 Delete However, on US Charts
to this effect is shown. IALA Maritime Buoyage System – Lateral Marks
– Region B – Preferred channels —
NAVAREA IV 40/10 (SDD 2010000 013752) 07/10 characteristics of buoys

315
NAVSTAR Global Positioning System (GPS) —
Gaps in coverage
Existing Section IV Notice Week 07/10 Diagram C.16.2
224 Lateral Marks - Region B PREFERRED CHANNELS Left
column Preferred channel to starboard line 2 Replace by:
After Paragraph 11.39 2 line 10 Insert:
Persian Gulf (Bahrain) - Approaches to MØnº' Shape: Can, pillar or spar.
Salmºn.

HMS Pembroke (SDD 2010000 020481) 08/10 UKHO; MY Queen K (HH. 073/200/06) 10/10

IALA Maritime Buoyage System –

Lateral Marks – Region B –
Preferred channels —
characteristics of buoys NP136 Ocean Passages for the World
(2004 Edition)
315

Diagram C.16.2 Lateral Marks - Region B PREFERRED

CHANNELS After...a preferred channel is indicated by: Singapore Ÿ Hong Kong – Routes —
Low-powered vessels; distance
Left Column Replace by:
Preferred channel to starboard
168
Colour: Green with one broad red band. Paragraph 7.88 2 line 4 For 1460 Read 1925
Shape: Conical, pillar or spar.
Topmark (when fitted): Single green can.
Retroflector: Green band or triangle. UKHO (HH. 074/200/01) 26/04

NP201-13 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2013 Edition)

Page 321, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports
Page 321, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports
Replace the below data:
Replace the below data:
113a113a Chelsea
Chelsea Bridge
Bridge ......................... 5129
51 29 0 09
0 09 +0015+0020 +0030 +0030
+0015 +0020 +0030 -0.6
+0030 -1.1-0.5 0.0 -1.1 -0.3 0.0 3.12 -0.3 +
3.13 +

with:with:
113a Chelsea Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.13 +
113a Chelsea Bridge 51 29 0 09 +0015 +0020 +0030 +0030 -0.6 -0.7 -0.4 -0.2 3.12 +
UKHO 46/12
UKHO 46/12

4-6
 NP201-13
Page 323, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports
Page 323, Part II, Time and Height Differences for Predicting the Tide at Secondary Ports
Replace the below data:
Replace the below data:
177 177 BurtonBurton Stather
Stather ......................... 5339
53 39 0 42
0 42 +0105 +0050
+0105 +0240
+0050 +0205
+0240 +0205 -2.1-2.1 -2.3 -2.3 -2.3 +0.9
-2.3 +0.9 +c§
1.88 1.88 +c§
177a177a Flixborough
Flixborough
WharfWharf
...................... 5337
53 37 0 42
0 42 +0100 +0115
+0100 +0305
+0115 +0220
+0305 +0220 -2.3-2.3 -2.6 -2.6 -2.2 -0.9
-2.2 1.86
-0.9 c§1.86 c§
178 178 KeadbyKeadby
............................... 5336
53 36 0 44
0 44 +0135 +0120
+0135 +0425
+0120 +0410
+0425 +0410 -2.5-2.5 -2.8 -2.8 -2.3 -0.9
-2.3 -0.9 +c§
1.53 1.53 +c§

with:with:
177 177 Burton Stather
Burton .........................
Stather 53
5339 0 42 +0105
39 0 42 +0105 +0050
+0050 +0240
+0240 +0205 -2.0-2.0 -2.7 -2.7 -2.2 -1.1
+0205 -2.2 -1.1 +c§
1.88 1.88 +c§
177a177a Flixborough Wharf
Flixborough ......................
Wharf 53
5337 0 42 +0100
37 0 42 +0100 +0115
+0115 +0305
+0305 +0220 -2.1-2.1 -2.8 -2.8 -2.2 -0.9
+0220 -2.2 -0.9 c§
1.86 1.86 c§
178 178 Keadby ...............................
Keadby 53
5336 0 44 +0130
36 0 44 +0130 +0115
+0115 +0320
+0320 +0235 -2.8-2.8 -3.3 -3.3 -2.3 -0.9
+0235 -2.3 -0.9 +c§
1.53 1.53 +c§

UKHO 46/12
UKHO 46/12

NP202-13 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2013 Edition)

Page xxxvi, Table IV, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Land Levelling System in countries outside of the
NP202-13
United ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES (2013 Edition)
Kingdom
Page xxxvi, Table IV, Height in metres of Chart Datum relative to Land Levelling System in countries outside of the
Replace the below data:
United Kingdom
1562 ZEEBRUGGE . . . . . . . . . . -0.19 TAW
1564Replace
Oostende
the. below
. . . . . . . data:
....... -0.39 TAW
1565 Nieuwpoort . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.51 TAW
with:1562 ZEEBRUGGE . . . . . . . . . . -0.19 TAW
1564 Oostende . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.39 TAW
15621565 ZEEBRUGGE
Nieuwpoort. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . -0.23-0.51 TAWTAW
1564 Oostende . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.50 TAW
1565with:Nieuwpoort . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.65 TAW
UKHO
156246/12ZEEBRUGGE . . . . . . . . . . -0.23 TAW
1564 Oostende . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.50 TAW
1565 Nieuwpoort . . . . . . . . . . . . . -0.65 TAW

UKHO 46/12

NP202-14 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES VOLUME 2 (2014 Edition)

Page 259, FALKLAND ISLANDS (Part II Time and Height Differences at Secondary Ports).
Delete the “Zone +0400” heading which appears above port numbers 2067a Walker Creek, 2067c Mare Harbour and 2074d Egg
Harbour.
(all of these ports are in Time Zone +0300)
UKHO 42/13

NP204-14 ADMIRALTY TIDE TABLES VOLUME 4 (2014 Edition), FRONT COVER.

Delete title Indian Ocean and South China Sea
and replace by:
Pacific Ocean
UKHO 32/13

4-7
NP294
NP294 HOW TO KEEP YOUR ADMIRALTY PRODUCTS UP-TO-DATE (Sixth Edition 2011)

Page 15, Chapter 2, Section III Reprints of Radio Navigational Warnings

Delete and Replace by:

Section III Reprints of NAVAREA I Navigational Warnings

See the note at the start of Section III of the Weekly Edition. Information included in this Section is:
See the note at the start of Section III of the Weekly Edition. Information included in this Section is:
• a list of the numbers of all NAVAREA I warnings in force;
x a list of the numbers of all NAVAREA I warnings in force;
• a table of all NAVAREA I warnings issued since the last Weekly Edition, with the full text of
x those
a table
thatofwere
all NAVAREA I warnings
in force at the timeissued since
the table the compiled.
was last Weekly Edition, with the full text of
• the those that were in force at the time the table was compiled.
full text of all NAVAREA I warnings in force is reproduced in Weekly Editions 1, 13, 26
x and the full text year.
39 each of all NAVAREA I warnings in force is reproduced in Weekly Editions 1, 13, 26
It is recommended
and 39 that
eachin force warnings should be plotted on in-use charts in pencil and kept in a
year.
file or logbook.
It is recommended that in force warnings should be plotted on in-use charts in pencil and kept in a file or logbook.
More details on the World-Wide Navigational Warning Service can be found in the Mariner's
Handbook
More details(NP100) and the Admiralty
on the World-Wide ListWarning
Navigational of RadioService
Signals Volumes
can be found3 in
& the
5 (NP283(1), NP283(2)(NP100)
Mariner’s Handbook & and the
NP285)
Admiralty List of Radio Signals Volumes 3 & 5 (NP283(1), NP283(2) & NP285).

UKHO 39/12

PAGE 15, Chapter 2, Information available from Weekly Edition of Admiralty Notices to Mariners, before
Hydrographic Note.

Insert:

Section VII Amendments to Miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical

Section VII Publications
Amendments to Miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications
Amendments to selected miscellaneous Admiralty Nautical Publications are given in Section VII (see
Amendments to selected
Section I of Weekly miscellaneous
Bulletin Admiralty Nautical Publications are given in Section VII
for list of Publications).
(see Section I of Weekly Bulletin for list of Publications).

UKHO 23/12

PAGE 21, Chapter 4, Equipment – Tools, lines 1 to 6, It is recommended ...to... for this purpose.

Delete and replace by:

It is recommended that you have the proper tools before you begin to update your charts.

1. Pens You need two pens with different sizes of nib - use a 0.18mm nib to insert
information and a 0.25mm nib to delete.

UKHO 35/12

4-8
 NP294
PAGE 22, Chapter 4, Equipment – Publications, Paragraph 14.

Delete and replace by:

14. NP5011 Symbols and Abbreviations used on Admiralty Charts is based on

the Chart Specifications of the International Hydrographic Organization
(IHO) adopted in 1982, with later additions and updates. The layout and
numbering accords with the official IHO version of INT 1. It explains every
symbol used on Admiralty Charts and should be used as a guide during
the chart updating process. It is updated by NM in Section VII of the
Weekly Admiralty Notices to Mariners when necessary.

UKHO 23/12

NP5012 ADMIRALTY GUIDE TO ENC SYMBOLS USED IN ECDIS (2012 Edition)

Page 73 Radar, Radio, Satellite Navigation Systems S

Replace Radio panel 2.1 with block printed at the end of Section II. Annex K (see page 4 - 31).

UKHO 12/13

4-9
4 - 10
 ANNEX A (NP41) (See Page 2 - 85)
1.181 WMO No 32215 SEVERO-KURIL’SK
50°41'N 156°08'E. Height above MSL - 23 m Climate Information for period 1995 - 2008
50 14 yr period Mean annual maximum = 22°C
Mean maximum and minimum Mean annual minimum = -13°C
40
temperatures (°C) Period maximum = 26°C
Period minimum = -18°C
30

20

SEVERO-KURIL’SK 10
Mean monthly maximum
0 Mean daily maximum
Mean daily minimum
-10 Mean monthly minimum

-20

-30
J F M A M J J A S O N D

1032 14 yr period
10 14 yr period
4 14 yr period
8 14 yr period

1028 MSL pressure (hPa) Days with gales Days with thunder
Annual mean 1009 hPa 3.5 7
31 days per year 1 day per year 1100 local
1024 8
3 6
1020
6 2.5 5 1700 local
1016
2 4
1012
4 1.5 3
1008
1 2
1004 2 Cloud cover (oktas)
Annual
1000 0.5 1
1100 local mean = 6
1700 local mean = 6
996 0 0 0
J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D

300 11 yr period
40 11 yr period
35 14 yr period
100 14 yr period
Mean precipitation (mm) Mean precipitation days Days with fog
35 (> 0.1mm) 30 90
250 1815 mm per year 42 days per year
205 days per year
30
25 80 1700 local
200
25
20 70 1100 local

150 20
15 60
15
100
10 50
10 Relative humidity (%)
50 5 40 Annual
5
1100 local mean = 75
1700 local mean = 76
0 0 0 30
J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O N D

Station Wind Distribution - 1100 local

7 52
68 68
69 9

July November
January May September
March August December
February June October
April

The frequency of wind is given by scale: Beaufort force is indicated by:

Wind flow is towards the circle. The figure
0% 10 20 30 40 50% 4 in the circle gives the percentage of calms.

Station Wind Distribution - 1700 local

7 8 8
6 6
6 July
August September
May November
January March October
June December
February April

63
4 - 11
4 - 12
 ANNEX B (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 117)
4° 3° 2° 1° 0° 1° 2° 3° 4° 5° 6° 7° 8° 9°

2674
NP57B
NORWAY PILOT
VOL 2B

62° 295 62°

299 2291
2305
2674

2182C
61° 61°
219
288

Shetland
Islands
1234 2182D

1233
60° NP52 60°
NORTH COAST
OF 2673
SCOTLAND 294
PILOT NP57A
1954 NORWAY PILOT
1119 VOL 2A

59° 59°
292 286

115
1942
1239

281
58° 2182B 58°
h 291
F i rt
r ay NP56
Mo K
NORWAY PILOT RA
ER
VOL l AG
K
S

2182C 275 1402

57° 278 274 57°
2672
1407

1409

Firth of Forth
56° 272 56°
273 1192
N O R T H S E A
2182A

266
268 1191 267 3767
55° 1422 55°
NP55
NORTH SEA (EAST)
NP54
PILOT
NORTH SEA (WEST)
PILOT
1187 1635
1632 1633 Die
54° 1190 El b 54°
e

2182B
1408
1423

53° 53°
1503

1631 1630
1406
52° 52°
2182A

1610

R Thames
280411

4° 3° 2° Meridian of 0° Greenwich 2° 3° 4° 5° 6° 7° 8° 9°
Block A for NP57A
xvii
4 - 13
4 - 14
 ANNEX C (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 117)
Chapter Index Diagram

3° 4° 5° 6° 7° 8° 9°

2674
NP57B
NORWAY PILOT Svinøya
VOL 2B
Sunnmørsfjordens

Stadlandet
Sildegapet
62° 62°
Vågsøy

13 Måløy
Nordfjord
Bremanger
13
299 2673

2291
r ø
Flo
Ytterøyane
2305
2674 Stavfjorden

12
Årdalstangen
Buefjorden
12
n
11 Sognefjorden
jøe
61° Utvær es 61°
gn
So

11
t ad

288
gs
on
M

Fenfsjorden
2291
10
10

Bergen

7
en

Stora
rd

Sotra Sørfjorden
fjo
er

9
ng

n
Korsfjorde 8
rda

Odda
Ha

60° 60°
2672
286 Selbjørnsfjorden

288
2673
8 7
Sauda

Bømlafjorden
6
Haugesund

Utsira 6 5
281 Karmøy
en
rd
f jo
nes
e
59° ud 59°
Sk
Stavanger
4 4
286

Egersund

275

58° NP56 58°

NORWAY PILOT s
sn e
VOL 1 Linde
2672
280411

3° 4° 5° Longitude 6° East from Greenwich 8° 9°

Norway Pilot Vol 2A
Block B for NP57A xviii
NP 57A
4 - 15
4 - 16
 ANNEX D (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 120)

NP57A

@
Breiviken KEY
The circled numbers relate to the same
symbols inserted in the adjacent text.

N
Elsero

Nyhavn
>
?
Hegreneset

Måseskjæret
=

Sandviken

<
B y f j o r d e n

Skutevik

; Skuteviken

8
Vågen
9
Bergen Plan B (9.202 - 9.206)

4 - 17
4 - 18
 ANNEX E (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 122)

NP57A
Leistholmen

Seljehammaren

Goteberghammaren
KEY 12
The circled numbers relate to the same <
symbols inserted in the adjacent text.
7
6

5
Måløy
;
4
: Trollebø Industriområde

Fureneset

3 Morteneset
Ulvesundet

Sildoljefabrikk

9
1
8
2
Måløystraumen

Sæterneset
Måløyna

Ivahavet

See Plan of Måløystraumen Brulykter

Vågsfjor den
Kletten

Måløy (13.272a)

4 - 19
4 - 20
 ANNEX F (NP57A) (See Page 2 - 122)

190°
NP57A
Kulen
g Line
Leadin

„ Måløysundet East passage No1

~ Måløysundet West passage South West
 Måløysundet East passage South West
€ Måløysundet East passage South East
 Måløysundet West passage West
‚ Måløysundet West passage No2
ƒ Måløysundet West passage No1
Måløyna
‡ … Måløysundet East passage No2
† ˆ ‰ † Måløysundet West passage North West
‡ Måløysundet West passage North East
ˆ Måløysundet East passage North West
ƒ ‰ Måløysundet East passage North East
‚ …
„

€


~
10·8°
Line 0

W
g
Leadin

Brulykter

Måløystraumen (13.272b)

4 - 21
4 - 22
 ANNEX G (NP58A) (See Page 2 - 132)

To accompany Section IV Notice for NP58A 7th Edition

Key
The circled numbers relate to the same
symbols inserted in the adjacent text
Shipyard

4
Municipal quay

3
Olsen/Michaelson

6
M Michaelson

Røssn esvåge n
Tjuvneset Kr Fagertun
5 7
Concrete
N quay
W

r y
Fer
1 G R
W
G

R
R
32
0·
25
°
W
G

W
R G

Kvalneset

Sørlandsvågen (10.73)

4 - 23
4 - 24
 ANNEX H (NP58A) (See Page 2 - 133)
CHAPTER 11

Key
The circled numbers relate to the same
F

G
symbols inserted in the adjacent text
E
D

W
Buøyhamna

R
W
G
C
B
A

Buøya

9 :
8

;
7 <
Stamsund

Rokkvika 6
Smiholmen
Langsundet

Tørnholmen

1 4
Stamneset
3
2
Einebærøya

e
nc
tra W
En
W
R
R

Joøyan G Langsundet
W

Stamsund (11.131)

402
4 - 25
4 - 26
 ANNEX I (NP65) (See Page 2 - 145)
APPENDIX IV
UNDER-KEEL CLEARANCE
To promote safety and efficiency of navigation and environmental protection, the Marine Communications and Traffic Services Officer
(MCTSO) has the power to issue, in some cases, directions to a vessel under section 126 of the 2001 Canada Shipping Act. In exercising
its powers, the MCTSO will consider the under-keel clearance for the vessels transiting the areas shown below. The MCTSO will determine
the required under-keel clearance of the vessel according to the parameters given in the tables below:
Vessel’s speed not exceeding (Knots)

Vessel beam not 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

exceeding St Lawrence River, below Québec (Traverse du Nord)
(metres) Required under-keel clearance (metres; this includes the estimated squat and the manoeuvrability/safety margin)
31 m 0˜86 0˜95 1˜06 1˜17 1˜38 1˜60 1˜84 2˜09
34 m 0˜87 0˜97 1˜08 1˜20 1˜41 1˜64 1˜89 2˜15
37 m 0˜89 0˜98 1˜10 1˜22 1˜44 1˜68 1˜93 2˜20
40 m 0˜90 1˜00 1˜11 1˜25 1˜47 1˜72 1˜97 2˜25
43 m 0˜91 1˜01 1˜13 1˜27 1˜50 1˜75 2˜01 2˜29
46 m 0˜92 1˜03 1˜15 1˜29 1˜53 1˜78 2˜05 2˜34
49 m 0˜93 1˜04 1˜17 1˜32 1˜56 1˜81 2˜09 2˜38
52 m 0˜94 1˜05 1˜18 1˜34 1˜58 1˜85 2˜13 2˜42
Estimated squat (metres)
31 m 0˜25 0˜34 0˜45 0˜56 0˜70 0˜84 1˜00 1˜18
34 m 0˜27 0˜36 0˜47 0˜59 0˜73 0˜88 1˜05 1˜23
37 m 0˜28 0˜37 0˜49 0˜62 0˜76 0˜92 1˜09 1˜28
40 m 0˜29 0˜39 0˜51 0˜64 0˜79 0˜95 1˜14 1˜33
43 m 0˜30 0˜40 0˜52 0˜66 0˜82 0˜99 1˜18 1˜38
46 m 0˜31 0˜42 0˜54 0˜68 0˜84 1˜02 1˜21 1˜42
49 m 0˜32 0˜43 0˜56 0˜71 0˜87 1˜05 1˜25 1˜47
52 m 0˜33 0˜44 0˜57 0˜73 0˜90 1˜08 1˜29 1˜51
Manoeuvrability/safety margin (metres)
0˜61 0˜61 0˜61 0˜61 0˜69 0˜76 0˜84 0˜91

St Lawrence River, Québec City to Montréal

Required under-keel clearance (metres; this includes the estimated squat and the manoeuvrability/safety margin)
24 m 0˜84 0˜96 1˜07 1˜19 1˜40 1˜63 1˜87 2˜12
26 m 0˜88 0˜98 1˜09 1˜22 1˜43 1˜66 1˜91 2˜17
28 m 0˜89 0˜99 1˜11 1˜24 1˜46 1˜70 1˜95 2˜21
31 m 0˜91 1˜01 1˜13 1˜27 1˜50 1˜74 2˜00 2˜28
34 m 0˜92 1˜03 1˜16 1˜30 1˜54 1˜79 2˜06 2˜34
37 m 0˜94 1˜05 1˜18 1˜33 1˜57 1˜83 2˜11 2˜40
40 m 0˜95 1˜07 1˜20 1˜36 1˜61 1˜87 2˜15 2˜45
44 m 1˜08 1˜20 1˜35 1˜50 1˜76 2˜01 2˜30 2˜59
Estimated squat (metres)
24 m 0˜26 0˜35 0˜46 0˜59 0˜71 0˜87 1˜03 1˜21
26 m 0˜27 0˜37 0˜48 0˜61 0˜74 0˜89 1˜07 1˜26
28 m 0˜28 0˜38 0˜50 0˜63 0˜77 0˜93 1˜11 1˜30
31 m 0˜30 0˜40 0˜52 0˜66 0˜81 0˜98 1˜16 1˜36
34 m 0˜31 0˜42 0˜55 0˜69 0˜85 1˜03 1˜22 1˜42
37 m 0˜33 0˜44 0˜57 0˜72 0˜89 1˜07 1˜27 1˜48
40 m 0˜34 0˜46 0˜59 0˜75 0˜92 1˜11 1˜31 1˜54
44 m 0˜47 0˜59 0˜74 0˜89 1˜07 1˜25 1˜46 1˜68
Manoeuvrability/safety margin (metres)
0˜61* 0˜61 0˜61 0˜61 0˜69 0˜76 0˜84 0˜91

* An exception to the margin of safety / manoeuvrability is allowed for a ship with a width not exceeding 24 m at a speed of 6 to 7 knots.
Only in this case, a margin of 0˜58 m is accepted instead of 0˜61 m
The above parameters are presented on the basis that the vessel’s Master or Officer-in-charge has given consideration to other specific
elements which may have an impact on under-keel clearance, some of which are: the accurate determination of water level (including tides)
during vessel’s transit; the vessel’s speed; the wind and waves effects and the vessel’s response to it; the estimation of the vessel’s draught
(changes in ballast); and any additional squat effects due to passing within close proximity to the bank of the channel or when overtaking
another vessel. The vessel’s Master or Officer-in-charge has the ultimate responsibility for the vessel’s safety at all times.

4 - 27
4 - 28
 ANNEX J (NP100) (See Page 4 - 3)

80° 40° 0° 40° 80° 120° 160° 160° 120°

H L H
(NP 81) L L (NP 84) (NP 81)
70° (NP 84) (NP 84) 70°

B
(NP 75)

H A C
(NP 74) (NP 76)
(NP 81)

40° M 40°
E (NP 85)
(NP 78)
J D G
(NP 82) (NP 77) (NP 80)
F
(NP 79)
G D
0° (NP 80) (NP 77) 0°

G
(NP 80)

40° K 40°
K
G (NP 83) (NP 83)
(NP 80) D
(NP 77)

80° 40° 0° 40° 80° 120° 160° 160° 120°

Limits of Admiralty List of Lights and Fog Signals (3.14)

4 - 29
4 - 30
 ANNEX K (NP5012) (See Page 4 - 9)

To accompany Section VII amendment

Radio

Radio station
2.1 Note: further information can be found through the pick report
S10-S16
4 - 31

Virtual AIS aid to navigation (example). The symbol indicates the

2.2 V-AIS
navigational purpose see section Q
S18.2

Block for NP5012 page 73